3g_param

class
BFD
parameter
bfdActivation
BFD
BFD
BFD
BFD
bfdAdminUp
bfdDestAddress
bfdDetectMult
bfdId
ACP
ACP
firstTsl
ACPId
ACP
ACP
lastTsl
notificationOrigin
ACP
pcmCircuitId
ADCE
adjCellBsicBcc
ADCE
adjCellBsicNcc
ADCE
adjCellLayer
ADCE
adjacentCellIdCI
ADCE
adjacentCellIdLac
ADCE
adjacentCellIdMCC
ADCE
adjacentCellIdMNC
ADCE
adjcIndex
ADCE
amrDadlbTargetCell
ADCE
bcchFrequency
ADCE
cellType
ADCE
ADCE
chainedAdjacentCell
dadlbTargetCell
ADCE
drThreshold
ADCE
dtmEnabled
ADCE
dtmPowerBudgetMargin
ADCE
ADCE
enableDerivedHandoverPower
enableHoMarginLevQual
ADCE
fastMovingThreshold
ADCE
gprsEnabled
ADCE
gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
gprsMsTxpwrMaxCCH
gprsPenaltyTime
gprsRxlevAccessMin
ADCE
gprsTemporaryOffset
ADCE
hcsPriorityClass
ADCE
ADCE
hcsThreshold
hoLevelUmbrella
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
hoLoadFactor
hoMarginLev
hoMarginPbgt
hoMarginQual
ADCE
hoPriorityLevel
ADCE
hoTargetArea
ADCE
msPwrOptLevel
ADCE
msTxPwrMaxGSM
ADCE
msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00
ADCE
nccrEgprsPbgtMargin
ADCE
ADCE
nccrEgprsQualityMargin
nccrGprsPbgtMargin
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
nccrGprsQualityMargin
neighbourCellRanking
notificationOrigin
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
rac
adjIdCi
adjIdLac
adjIdMCC
ADCE
adjIdMNC
ADCE
ciEstWeight
ADCE
ADCE
ADCE
levelAdj
reportingPriority
rxLevMinCell
ADCE
synchronized
ADCE
ADJW
NMS
trhoTargetLevel
AdjwCId
address
IU_CS
IU_CS
IU_CS
CNDRXLength
CNDomainIndicator
CNDomainVersion
IU_CS
CSAttachDetachAllowed
IU_CS
NRIMaxForCSCN
IU_CS
NRIMinForCSCN
IU_CS
CS_T3212
IU_CS
IU_CS
IU_CS
IU_CS
DefaultCN
CNId
MCC
MNC
IU_CS
IU_CS
MNCLength
IuBarringDelayTimerCS
IU_CS
IuBarringRecoveryGroupCS
IU_CS
IuBarringRecoveryTimer
IU_CS
IuState
IU_CS
IU_CS
IU_CS
Iufailure
NetworkInd
RelocationSupport
IU_CS
SharedAreaMCC
IU_CS
SharedAreaMNC
IU_CS
IU_CS
IU_CS
IU_CS
SharedAreaMNClength
SignPointCode
TRafC
TRatC
IU_CS
TigOR
IU_CS
TinTR
IU_PS
IU_PS
IU_PS
IU_PS
CNDRXLength
CNDomainIndicator
CNDomainVersion
CellFACHRelocSupport
IU_PS
IU_PS
IU_PS
IU_PS
DefaultCN
CNId
MCC
MNC
IU_PS
IU_PS
MNCLength
IuBarringDelayTimerPS
IU_PS
AXCSDH
IuBarringRecoveryGroupPS
if
A2ST_ROUTa2ea
A2ST_ROUTif
A2ST_ROUTslot
A2ST_ROUTvci
A2ST_ROUTvpi
AXCSDH
slot
AXCSDH
smttBerMode
AXCSDH
smttRdiOnExcessiveBer
AXCSDH
spttAdministrativeState
AXCSDH
spttLaserMode
AXCSDH
spttStmLevel
AXCSDH
srttExpTraceID
AXCSDH
srttXmtTraceID
AXCSDH
svttExpTraceID
AXCSDH
svttRdiMode
AXCSDH
svttXmtTraceID
EGCE
bcchFrequency
EGCE
bsIdentityCodeBCC
EGCE
locationAreaIdMCC
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
SITE
GCAL
ANTE
ANTE
EWCE
EWCE
GCAL
NMS
NMS
NMS
NMS
NMS
NMS
NMS
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
locationAreaIdMNC
bsIdentityCodeNCC
cellId
cellType
egprsEnabled
frequencyBandInUse
gprsEnabled
locationAreaIdLAC
rac
siteId
egceId
name
Version
candidateStatus
groundHeight
latitude
longitude
nominalSite
siteCode
siteNotes
streetAddress
siteId
Version
name
name
name
antennaName
name
Version
gcalId
nms_address
nms_id
nms_name
path
release
template_name
template_set
feederLength
mhaType
name
rxDiversity
txDivType
txDiversity
UserDefinedState
bearing
corrFactor
groundHeight
height
latitude
longitude
ANTE
managedBy
ANTE
maxTiltValue
ANTE
ANTE
minTiltValue
notes
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
ANTE
EWCE
EWCE
EWCE
retTiltValue
technology
tilt
typeName
CId
EWCEId
LAC
EWCE
WCAL
EWCE
EWCE
EWCE
EWCE
EWCE
EWCE
LcrId
wcalId
MCC
MNC
PriScrCode
PtxPrimaryCPICH
RAC
RncId
EWCE
SAC
EWCE
UEtxPowerMaxDPCH
EWCE
UEtxPowerMaxRACH
EWCE
UarfcnDl
EWCE
EWCE
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
UarfcnUl
WBTSId
feederLength
feederLoss
feederLossPerMetre
feederType
linkedCellDN
mha
mhaGain
mhaNoise
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
GCAL
mhaType
rxDivType
rxDiversity
txDivType
txDiversity
IU
CNDRXLength
IU
CNDomainIndicator
IU
IU
CS_T3212
IU
IU
MSActivitySupervision
NetworkInd
IU
IU
IU
PS_NMO
RelocationSupport
SignPointCode
IU
IU
IU
TDataFwd
TRafC
TRatC
IU
TigOR
IU
WCAL
BCSM
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
WCAL
NMS
TinTR
mhaGain
name
feederLoss
feederLossPerMetre
feederType
linkedCellDN
mha
mhaNoise
rxDivType
name
IU_PS
IU_PS
IuState
IU_PS
IU_PS
Iufailure
NetworkInd
IU_PS
NRIMaxForPSCN
IU_PS
NRIMinForPSCN
IU_PS
IU_PS
PS_NMO
RelocationSupport
IU_PS
SharedAreaMCC
IU_PS
SharedAreaMNC
IU_PS
IU_PS
SharedAreaMNClength
SignPointCode
IU_PS
IU_PS
IU_PS
TDataFwd
TRafC
TRatC
IU_PS
TigOR
IU_PS
TinTR
WBTSF_BTScommType
FTM_BFD bfdDetectMult
FTM_BFD desiredMinTxIntvl
FTM_BFD requiredMinRxIntvl
NMS
ListId
NMS
Version
FTM_BFD bfdActivation
FTM_BFD
FTM_BFD
FTM_BFD
bfdAdminUp
bfdDestAddress
bfdId
ADJW
cellParameter
ADJW
fddReportingPriority
WBTSF_BTSbtsManVer
WBTSF_BTSfileAuthor
WBTSF_BTSfileCDate
WBTSF_BTSprevFileV
WBTSU_BTSbtsManVer
WBTSU_BTScommType
WBTSU_BTSfileAuthor
WBTSU_BTSfileCDate
WBTSU_BTSprevFileV
IUR2
CellFACHnRncRelocSupport
IUR2
IUR2
IUR2
IUR2
IUR2
IUR2
IUR2
IUR2
IurUPSupport
NRncId
NRncNetworkInd
NRncRelocationSupport
NRncSignPointCode
NRncVersion
NeighbourMCC
NeighbourMNC
ADJW
ADJWId
ADJW
intSystemDaEcioThr
ADJW
ADJW
isnccrFddQualityThr
lac
ADJW
mcc
ADJW
minEcnoThreshold
ADJW
ADJW
ADJW
ADJW
mnc
notificationOrigin
rncId
sac
ADJW
ADJW
scramblingCode
syncCase
ADJW
txDiversityInd
ADJW
ANE
uarfcn
aneId
ANE
ANE_NET
ANE_NET
aneName
networkId
networkMCC
ANE_NET
networkMNC
ANE_NET
ANE
networkTechnology
notificationOrigin
BAL
frequency
BAL
BAL
BAL
frequencyBandInUse
BALId
notificationOrigin
BCF
adminState
BCF
autoConfig
BCF
autoUnlAllowed
BCF
batteryBackupProcedure
BCF
bcchTrxBatbuTimer
BCF
bcfOutputInUse
BCF
bcfType
BCF
btsSiteSubtype
BCF
clockSource
BCF_INPUT inputId
BCF_INPUT inputText
BCF_INPUT inputTextId
BCF_INPUT polarity
BCF_INPUT reportingRoute
BCF_INPUT severity
BCF
flexiEdgeAbisOverIpEthernetUsage
BCF
flexiEdgeAdditional2E1T1Usage
BCF
flexiEdgeTrsAbisGroomingUsage
BCF
flexiEdgeTrsLoopProtectionUsage
BCF
BCFId
BCF
lapdLinkName
BCF
lapdLinkNumber
BCF
masterClock
BCF
masterClockBcf
BCF
normTrxBatbuTimer
BCF
normTrxBatbuTimer2
BCF
BCF
normTrxBatbuTimer3
notificationOrigin
BCF
outputText
BCF
textId
BCF
pcmPortId0
BCF
pcmPortId1
BCF
pcmPortId2
BCF
pcmPortId3
BCF
pcmPortId4
BCF
pcmPortId5
BCF
pcmPortId6
BCF
pcmPortId7
BCF
rxDifferenceLimit
BCF
slaveBcfList
BCF
syncMode
BCF
syncSource
BCF
synchEnabled
BCF
synchStatus
BCF
testEquipment
BSC
adjCellFreqsInMeasBAInfo
BSC
alrmChFail
BSC
alrmNoOfSei
BSC
alrmSchFail
BSC
alrmSdcch
BSC
alrmSeizReq
BSC
alrmTch
BSC
amhLowerLoadThreshold
BSC
amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell
BSC
BSC
amhTrhoGuardTime
amhUpperLoadThreshold
BSC
amrConfInHandovers
BSC
amrLoadDepTchRateLower
BSC
amrLoadDepTchRateUpper
BSC
amrPpcDlFrLowerThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrPpcDlFrUpperThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrPpcDlHrLowerThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrPpcDlHrUpperThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrSetGradesEnabl
ansiEnvironment
BSC
batteryBackupTimer
BSC
bcsuLoadThr
BSC
bimConfidenceProb
BSC
bimInterfThreshold
BSC
bimUpdateGuardTime
BSC
bimUpdatePeriod
BSC
BSC
BSC
bimUpdateScalingFactor
bscOptions
bscType
BSC
btsLoadDepTchRateLower
BSC
BSC
btsLoadDepTchRateUpper
callReleaseLimit
BSC
BSC
BSC
ciTargetUlOffset
csForcedMode
csLoadBalancingValue
BSC
csNriLength
BSC_CSNRI cnId
BSC_CSNRI csMSCState
BSC_CSNRI csNasNodeMethod
BSC_CSNRI csNullNri
BSC_CSNRI csWeightFactor
BSC_CSNRI defaultSignallingPointCode
BSC_CSNRI mcc
BSC_CSNRI mnc
BSC_CSNRI nriList1
BSC_CSNRI nriList10
BSC_CSNRI nriList2
BSC_CSNRI nriList3
BSC_CSNRI nriList4
BSC_CSNRI nriList5
BSC_CSNRI nriList6
BSC_CSNRI nriList7
BSC_CSNRI nriList8
BSC_CSNRI nriList9
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC1
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC10
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC11
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC12
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC13
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC14
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC15
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC16
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC2
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC3
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC4
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC5
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC6
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC7
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC8
BSC_CSNRI rnwMCC9
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC1
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC10
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC11
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC12
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC13
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC14
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC15
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC16
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC2
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC3
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC4
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC5
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC6
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC7
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC8
BSC_CSNRI rnwMNC9
BSC_CSNRI signallingPointCode
BSC
dcsMacrocellThreshold
BSC
dcsMicrocellThreshold
BSC
delayHoPcEmergencyCalls
BSC
dfca144Connection_ciTarget
BSC
BSC
dfca144Connection_softBlockingCi
dfca144Connection_softBlockingCn
BSC
dfcaAmrFrConnection_ciTarget
BSC
BSC
dfcaAmrFrConnection_softBlockingCi
dfcaAmrFrConnection_softBlockingCn
BSC
dfcaAmrHrConnection_ciTarget
BSC
BSC
dfcaAmrHrConnection_softBlockingCi
dfcaAmrHrConnection_softBlockingCn
BSC
dfcaChannelAllocMethod
BSC
dfcaCiTargetGPRS
BSC
dfcaCiTargetSDCCH
BSC
dfcaFrConnection_ciTarget
BSC
dfcaFrConnection_softBlockingCi
BSC
dfcaFrConnection_softBlockingCn
BSC
dfcaHrConnection_ciTarget
BSC
BSC
dfcaHrConnection_softBlockingCi
dfcaHrConnection_softBlockingCn
BSC
dfcaSoftBlockingCiGPRS
BSC
BSC
BSC
dfcaSoftBlockingCiSDCCH
disableExtDr
disableIntHo
BSC
dldcOffsefPcu2e
BSC_GPRS dtmFragmentationPenalty
BSC
dtrxPowerDownSupervisionPeriod
BSC
emerCallOnFacch
BSC
BSC
BSC
expectedBscBscInterfaceDelay
extraTrxBcsuNumber
extraTrxMaxTrxInBcsu
BSC
fcdRelPriThres
BSC
BSC
fepInPcHoUse
frTchALim
BSC_GPRS freeTSLsCsDowngrade
BSC_GPRS freeTSLsCsUpgrade
BSC
freqInMeasBAInfo
BSC_GPRS gprsTerritoryCalc
BSC
gsmMacrocellThreshold
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
gsmMicrocellThreshold
hoPrefOrderInterfDl
hoPrefOrderInterfUl
hrTchALim
BSC
ibhoGsmCellsAnoMs
BSC
BSC
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
ibhoWcdmaCellsAnoMs
BSCId
inactCriteria
inactEventsPerHour
BSC
incomeRateThreshold
BSC
initAmrChannelRate
BSC
initialAMRCodecType
BSC
BSC
internalHoToExternal
intraSegSdcchHoGuard
BSC_GPRS ishoPreferredForNonDtmMs
BSC
lapdLoadThr
BSC
BSC
BSC
loadRateChSearch
maxBcfCapacity
maxBtsCapacity
BSC
maxHldSdcch
BSC
BSC
maxHldTch
maxOnHiIf
BSC
BSC
BSC
maxTchTransactionRate
maxTrxCapacityHw
maxTrxCapacityReal
BSC_GPRS meanBepLimitUL_Prof0_2tsl
BSC
measPrdCh
BSC
measPrdFail
BSC
measPrdSdcch
BSC
measTchMhold
BSC
minHiIf
BSC
minHldTch
BSC
BSC
msDistanceBehaviour
msSpeedC11
BSC
msSpeedC12
BSC
naccUsage
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
nccrControlMode
nccrIdleModeRepPeriod
nccrNeighborCellPenalty
nccrReturnOldCellTime
BSC
BSC
BSC
nccrTargetCellPenalty
nccrTraModeRepPeriod
noOfPrefCells
BSC
nokBtsOffHour
BSC
nokBtsOffMinute
BSC
nokBtsOnHour
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
nokBtsOnMinute
notificationOrigin
ordinaryCallOnFacch
pagingAnsOnFacch
pcuMaxNoDLtbfInCH
pcuMaxNoULtbfInCH
BSC
pcuSelectionThresh
BSC_GPRS pfcAckBlerLimit_legacyStream
BSC_GPRS pfcAckBlerLimit_limit10004000ms
BSC_GPRS pfcAckBlerLimit_notAvailable
BSC_GPRS pfcUnackBlerLimit_legacyStream
BSC_GPRS pfcUnackBlerLimit_limit110e1
BSC_GPRS
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
pfcUnackBlerLimit_notAvailable
pieToSubscriberType
prdHighIf
prdNokBts
preemptionUsageInHO
BSC
pseOverlAlarmThresh
BSC
publicServCount
BSC_GPRS qcActionTriggerThr_drop
BSC_GPRS qcActionTriggerThr_nccr
BSC_GPRS qcActionTriggerThr_qosRenego
BSC_GPRS qcActionTriggerThr_realloca
BSC
BSC
reestablishOnFacch
rnwConfId
BSC
rnwFallbackConfId
BSC
rnwPlanConfId
BSC
rnwPlanDatabaseState
BSC_GPRS rtsl0PrefInTCHAlloc
BSC
rxAntSupPer
BSC
rxLevBalance
BSC
rxLevelBasedTchAccess
BSC_GPRS rxqualLimitUL_Prof0_2tsl
BSC
BSC
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
BSC_GPRS
sacchRepeatWindow
saicDlCIOffset
schedStepSizeDlHighPrior
schedStepSizeDlLowPrior
schedStepSizeDlNormPrior
schedStepSizeUlPrior1
schedulingWeight_backgroundARP1
BSC_GPRS schedulingWeight_interactive1ARP1
BSC_GPRS schedulingWeight_streamingARP1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC_GPRS
sdcchAlLimit
signallingPointCodeIN0
signallingPointCodeIN1
signallingPointCodeNA0
signallingPointCodeNA1
slowAmrLaEnabled
supervisionPeriod
BSC
tchRateInternalHo
BSC
BSC_GPRS
BSC
BSC
tchTransactionCount
terrUpdGuardTGprs
timeLimitWPS
timeLimitWPSHO
BSC
BSC
triggerMeasPeriod
variableDlStepSize
BSC
wcdmaFddNccrEnabled
BSC
wcdmaFddNccrPreferred
BSC
wcdmaRanSaiPenalty
BSC
wpsPrefCapa
BSC
BSTE
BSTE
wpsPriCapa
BSTEId
notificationOrigin
BSTE
BSTE
BTS_GPRS
BTS
BTS
q1Address
unitType
adaptiveLaAlgorithm
adminState
allowIMSIAttachDetach
BTS
amhLowerLoadThreshold
BTS
amhMaxLoadOfTgtCell
BTS
amhTrhoGuardTime
BTS
amhUpperLoadThreshold
BTS
amrConfFrCodecModeSet
BTS
amrConfFrDlThreshold1
BTS
BTS
BTS
amrConfFrHysteresis1
BTS
BTS
BTS
amrConfFrInitCodecMode
BTS
amrConfFrStartMode
BTS
amrConfFrUlThreshold1
BTS
BTS
BTS
amrConfHrCodecModeSet
BTS
amrConfHrDlThreshold1
BTS
BTS
BTS
amrConfHrHysteresis1
BTS
BTS
BTS
amrConfHrInitCodecMode
BTS
amrConfHrStartMode
BTS
amrConfHrUlThreshold1
BTS
BTS
BTS
amrHoFrInHoThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrHoFrSupReuBadCiThr
BTS
amrHoFrSupReuGoodCiThr
BTS
amrHoFrThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrHoFrThrUlRxQual
BTS
amrHoHrInHoThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrHoHrSupReuBadCiThr
BTS
amrHoHrSupReuGoodCiThr
BTS
amrHoHrThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrHoHrThrUlRxQual
BTS
amrPocFrPcLThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrPocFrPcLThrUlRxQual
BTS
amrPocFrPcUThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrPocFrPcUThrUlRxQual
BTS
amrPocHrPcLThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrPocHrPcLThrUlRxQual
BTS
amrPocHrPcUThrDlRxQual
BTS
amrPocHrPcUThrUlRxQual
BTS
amrSegLoadDepTchRateLower
BTS
amrSegLoadDepTchRateUpper
BTS
amrWbFrCodecModeSet
BTS
amrWbFrHysteresis1
BTS
amrWbFrHysteresis2
BTS
amrWbFrThreshold1
BTS
amrWbFrThreshold2
BTS
BTS
antennaHopping
applyRepeatedFacch
BTS
bsIdentityCodeBCC
BTS
bsIdentityCodeNCC
BTS
bscBscInterfaceStatus
BTS
BTS
btsIsHopping
btsLoadInSeg
BTS
btsLoadThreshold
BTS
btsMeasAver
BTS
btsSpLoadDepTchRateLower
BTS
BTS
btsSpLoadDepTchRateUpper
callReestablishmentAllowed
BTS
BTS
carrierUnitConfiguration
cellBarQualify
BTS
cellBarred
BTS
cellId
BTS
cellLoadForChannelSearch
BTS
BTS
BTS
cellNumberInBtsHw
cellReselectHysteresis
cellReselectOffset
BTS
BTS
cellReselectParamInd
cnThreshold
BTS_GPRS cs3Cs4Enabled
BTS_GPRS dedicatedGPRScapacity
BTS_GPRS defaultGPRScapacity
BTS
dfcaMaLists
BTS
dfcaMode
BTS
dfcaUnsyncModeMaList
BTS_GPRS directGPRSAccessBts
BTS
diversityUsed
BTS
dlNoiseLevel
BTS
dldcEnabled
BTS
BTS
downgradeGuardTimeHSCSD
drInUse
BTS
drMethod
BTS_GPRS dtmEnabled
BTS
dtrxPowerDownThreshold
BTS
BTS
BTS
dtrxPowerUpThreshold
dtxMode
earlySendingIndication
BTS
egprsEnabled
BTS_GPRS egprsInitMcsAckMode
BTS_GPRS egprsInitMcsUnAckMode
BTS
egprsLinkAdaptEnabled
BTS_GPRS egprsMaxBlerAckMode
BTS_GPRS egprsMaxBlerUnAckMode
BTS_GPRS egprsMeanBepOffset8psk
BTS_GPRS egprsMeanBepOffsetGmsk
BTS
emergencyCallRestricted
BTS
enableTemporaryOverpower
BTS
extendedCellGprsEdgeEnabled
BTS
extendedCellLocationKeepPeriod
BTS
facchBusyThreshold
BTS
fddQMin
BTS
fddQMinOffset
BTS
fddQOffset
BTS
fddRscpMin
BTS
forcedAmrHrCiThreshold
BTS
forcedHrCiAverPeriod
BTS
forcedHrCiThreshold
BTS
forcedHrModeHysteresis
BTS
freeTchLimit
BTS
frequencyBandInUse
BTS_GPRS gprsEnabled
BTS_GPRS gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00
BTS_GPRS gprsMsTxpwrMaxCCH
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
gprsNonBCCHRxlevLower
gprsNonBCCHRxlevUpper
gprsRxlevAccessMin
hcsPriorityClass
hcsThreshold
BTS
hoppingMode
BTS
hoppingSequenceNumber1
BTS
BTS
BTS
ibhoGsmEnabled
BTS
ibhoWcdmaEnabled
BTS
BTSId
BTS
BTS
BTS
idleStateBcchAllocListId
idrCellType
idrUsed
BTS
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
BTS_GPRS
immediateSdcchHoEnabled
inactEndTimeHour
inactEndTimeMinute
inactStartTimeHour
inactStartTimeMinute
BTS_GPRS inactWeekDays
BTS_GPRS csAckDl
BTS_GPRS csAckUl
BTS
csExtAckDl
BTS
csExtAckUl
BTS
csExtUnackDl
BTS
csExtUnackUl
BTS_GPRS csUnackDl
BTS_GPRS csUnackUl
BTS
initMcsExtAckMode
BTS
BTS
initMcsExtUnackMode
interferenceAveragingProcessAverPeriod
BTS
interferenceAveragingProcessBoundary0
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
intervalMeasReportSending
BTS
locationAreaIdLAC
BTS
locationAreaIdMCC
BTS
locationAreaIdMNC
BTS
lowerLimitCellLoadHSCSD
BTS
BTS
maioOffset
maioStep
BTS
BTS_GPRS
BTS
BTS
masterBcf
maxGPRSCapacity
maxNumberOfRepetition
maxNumberRetransmission
BTS
maxQueueLength
BTS
BTS
maxTimeLimitDirectedRetry
measListUsedDuringMeas
BTS
measurementBCCHAllocation
BTS
minExhaustHSCSD
BTS
minHSCSDcapacityCell
BTS
minMsTxPower
BTS
minTimeLimitDirectedRetry
BTS
msMaxDistInCallSetup
BTS
BTS
msPriorityUsedInQueueing
msTxPwrMaxCCH
BTS
msTxPwrMaxCCH1x00
BTS
msTxPwrMaxGSM
BTS
msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00
BTS
BTS
multiBandCell
multiBandCellReporting
BTS
nbrOfSlotsSpreadTrans
BTS
BTS
nbrTchForPrioritySubs
newEstabCausesSupport
BTS
BTS
BTS
noOfBlocksForAccessGrant
noOfMFramesBetweenPaging
nonBCCHLayerOffset
BTS
BTS
notAllowedAccessClasses
notificationOrigin
BTS_GPRS nsei
BTS
nwName
BTS_GPRS pcuCsHopping
BTS_GPRS pcuCsNonHopping
BTS_GPRS pcuDlBlerCpHopping
BTS_GPRS pcuDlBlerCpNonHop
BTS_GPRS pcuDlLaRiskLevel
BTS
pcuIdentifier
BTS_GPRS pcuUlBlerCpHopping
BTS_GPRS pcuUlBlerCpNonHop
BTS_GPRS pcuUlLaRiskLevel
BTS
pcuUpToDate
BTS
penaltyTime
BTS
plmnPermitted
BTS
powerOffset
BTS_GPRS preferBCCHfreqGPRS2
BTS
priorityChUseIncomingHO
BTS_GPRS psei
BTS
qSearchI
BTS
qSearchP
BTS
queuePriorityNonUrgentHo
BTS
queuePriorityUsed
BTS
queueingPriorityCall
BTS
queueingPriorityHandover
BTS_GPRS raReselectHysteresis
BTS_GPRS rac
BTS
BTS
BTS
BTS
rachBusyThreshold
radioLinkTimeout
radioLinkTimeoutAmr
radioLinkTimeoutAmrHr
BTS
radiusExtension
BTS
repeatedFacchInDl
BTS
repeatedFacchInUl
BTS
repeatedSacchInDl
BTS
repeatedSacchInUl
BTS
repeatedSacchRxLevThresholdDl
BTS
BTS
BTS
repeatedSacchRxLevThresholdUl
reservationMethod
rxLevAccessMin
BTS
scaleOrd
BTS
sdcchMeasReportSending
BTS
sectorId
BTS
segmentId
BTS
BTS
segmentName
smsCbUsed
BTS
stircEnabled
BTS
superRadiusExtension
BTS
tchRateIntraCellHo
BTS
temporaryOffset
BTS_GPRS throughputFactor_cs1cs4dlcs
BTS_GPRS throughputFactor_cs1cs4ulcs
BTS_GPRS throughputFactor_mcs1mcs4ulcs
BTS_GPRS throughputFactor_mcs1mcs9dlcs
BTS_GPRS throughputFactor_mcs1mcs9ulcs
BTS
BTS
BTS
timeLimitCall
timeLimitHandover
timerPeriodicUpdateMs
BTS
trafficTypesForTrunk
BTS_GPRS transportType
BTS
trunkReservationUsed
BTS
trxPriorityInTchAlloc
BTS
txDiversityTimeShift
BTS
ulNoiseLevel
BTS
underlayHoppingMode
BTS
underlayMaAllocationId
BTS
underlayMaioOffset
BTS
underlayMaioStep
BTS
upgradeGainHSCSD
BTS
upgradeGuardTimeHSCSD
BTS
upperLimitCellLoadHSCSD
BTS
upperLimitRegularLoadHSCSD
BTS
usedMobileAllocation
DAP
bcsuID
DAP
firstTSL
DAP
DAPId
DAP
lastTSL
DAP
DAP
logicalBCSUAddress
notificationOrigin
DAP
pcmCircuit_ID
DAP
pcuID
DAP
psei
BSC_DMR DMRId
BSC_DMR notificationOrigin
BSC_DMR q1Address
BSC_DMR unitType
BCF_DMR
BCF_DMR
DMRId
notificationOrigin
BCF_DMR
BCF_DMR
DN2
DN2
q1Address
unitType
DN2Id
notificationOrigin
DN2
q1Address
BSC_FRBC accessRate
BSC_FRBC firstTSL
BSC_FRBC frbcId
BSC_FRBC notificationOrigin
BSC_FRBC nwName
BSC_FRBC pcmCircuitID
BSC_FRBC piuIndex
BSC_FRBC sgsnOrBscId
BSC_FRBC unitIndex
BSC_FRBC unitType
GPC
gprsControlId
GPC
GPC
nccrNumberZeroResults
nccrOtherPcuCellOffset
GPC
nccrRxlevIdleWinSize
GPC
GPC
GPC
GPC
GPC
GPC
nccrRxlevTraWinSize
notificationOrigin
qcTputThrModes_egprsDlRlcAckMode
qcTputThrModes_egprsUlRlcAckMode
qcTputThrModes_gprsDlRlcAckMode
qcTputThrModes_gprsUlRlcAckMode
HOC
HOC
advancedCompressionHoForAmr
allAdjacentCellsAveraged
HOC
allInterfCellsAveraged
HOC
HOC
HOC
allUtranAdjAver
amhTrafficControlIUO
amhTrafficControlMCN
HOC
amhTrhoPbgtMargin
BTS_DFCA_ dfcaMaId
HOC
LAPD
enableIntracellHandover
lapdLinkName
LCSE
rxAllowed
NSE
pcuCapacity
NSVL
RA
FTM_BFD
nsvlId
ipAddress
bfdActivation2
FTM_BFD
FTM_BFD
bfdAdminUp2
bfdDestAddress2
FTM_BFD
FTM_BFD
bfdSourceUdpPort
bfdType
BSC
amrPpcUlFrLowerThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrPpcUlFrUpperThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrPpcUlHrLowerThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
BSC
amrPpcUlHrUpperThreshold1
BSC
BSC
BSC
IVMP_TRAFFifNetPtr
IVMP_TRAFFvlanTrafficPath
LTE_ADIPNOmrbtsId
LTE_ADIPNOlnBtsId
LTE_ADIPNOadIpNoId
LTE_ADIPN mrbtsId
LTE_ADIPN lnBtsId
LTE_ADIPN adIpNoId
LTE_ADIPN adjEnbCPlaneIpAddress
LTE_ADIPN adjMacroEnbId
LTE_ADIPN adjMcc
LTE_ADIPN adjMnc
LTE_ADIPNOmmeIpAddress
LTE_ADIPNOmmeMainCode
LTE_ADIPNOmmeMainGroupId
LTE_ADIPNOmmeMainMcc
LTE_ADIPNOmmeMainMnc
LTE_ADIPNOmrbtsId
LTE_ADIPNOlnBtsId
LTE_ADIPNOadIpNoId
LTE_ADIPNOsgwIpAddress
LTE_AMGR mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_id
LTE_ECREL mrbtsId
LTE_ECREL
LTE_ECREL
LTE_ECREL
LTE_ECREL
LTE_ECREL
lnBtsId
btsscId
retId
ecrelId
targetCellDN
FMCS
ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient
FMCS
AdditionReportingInterval
FMCS
AdditionTime
FMCS
AdditionWindow
FMCS
DSRepBasedSHO
FMCS
DropReportingInterval
FMCS
DropTime
FMCS
DropWindow
FMCS
EDCHAddEcNoOffset
FMCS
EDCHRemEcNoOffset
FMCS
FMCS
FMCS
EcNoFilterCoefficient
FMCSChangeOrigin
FMCSId
FMCS
HHoEcNoCancel
FMCS
HHoEcNoCancelTime
FMCS
HHoEcNoThreshold
FMCS
HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis
FMCS
HHoRscpCancel
FMCS
HHoRscpCancelTime
FMCS
HHoRscpFilterCoefficient
FMCS
HHoRscpThreshold
FMCS
HHoRscpTimeHysteresis
FMCS
IMSIbasedSHO
FMCS
MaxActiveSetSize
FMCS
ReplacementReportingInterval
FMCS
ReplacementTime
FMCS
ReplacementWindow
HOPG
AdjgHCSpriority
HOPG
AdjgHCSthreshold
HOPG
HOPG
AdjgMinRxLevNCHO
AdjgPenaltyTime
HOPG
AdjgPenaltyTimeNCHO
HOPG
AdjgPriorityCoverage
HOPG
AdjgPrioritySLHO
HOPG
AdjgQoffset1
HOPG
AdjgQrxlevMin
HOPG
AdjgRxLevMinHO
HOPG
HOPG
HOPG
AdjgTempOffset1
HOPGChangeOrigin
HOPGId
HOPI
AdjiEcNoMargin
HOPI
AdjiHCSpriority
HOPI
AdjiHCSthreshold
HOPI
AdjiMinEcNo
HOPI
AdjiMinEcNoNCHO
HOPI
AdjiMinRSCP
HOPI
HOPI
AdjiMinRscpNCHO
AdjiPenaltyTime
HOPI
AdjiPenaltyTimeNCHO
HOPI
AdjiPlossMargin
HOPI
AdjiPriorityCoverage
HOPI
AdjiPriorityDCellCAHO
HOPI
AdjiPriorityHSCAHO
HOPI
AdjiPriorityMIMOCAHO
RNC
HSDPACPICHAveWindow
RNC
HSDPACPICHCTSRepPer
RNC
HSDPACPICHEcNoThreshold
RNC
HSDPACPICHReportPeriod
RNC
RNC
HSDPACellChangeMinInterval
HSDPACellChangeRepetitionTime
RNC
HSDPAChaTypeSwitchWindow
RNC_PS_OPHSDPADynamicResourceAllocation
RNC
HSDPAFlowControlLowThresholdDedicatedVCC
RNC
HSDPAFlowControlLowThresholdSharedVCC
RNC
HSDPAFlowControlTargetDelayDedicatedVCC
RNC
HSDPAFlowControlTargetDelaySharedVCC
RNC_PS_OPHSDPAInitialBRULStrNRT
RNC_HCPC HSDPALayerLoadShareThreshold
RNC
HSDPAMaxCellChangeRepetition
RNC_PS_OPHSDPAMinBRULStrNRT
RNC
HSDPAMobility
RNC_PS_OPHSDPAPeakRateLimitRABMax
RNC_AC
HSDPAPriority
RNC_HCPC HSDPARRCdiversity
RNC
HSDPASIRErrorAveWindow
RNC
HSDPASIRErrorFilterCoefficient
RNC
RNC
HSDPASIRErrorReportPeriod
HSDPASIRErrorServCell
RNC
HSDPASIRErrorTargetCell
RNC_HCPC HSDPASRBWindow
RNC
HSDPAServCellWindow
RNC_PS_OPHSDPAinitialBitrateUL
RNC_PS_OPHSDPAminAllowedBitrateUL
RNC
HSDSCHCTSwitchGuardTimer
RNC_AC
HSDSCHGuardTimerLowThroughput
RNC_AC
HSDSCHQoSclasses
RNC_HCPC HSPADRNCEcNoOffset
RNC_HCPC HSPADRNCSIRErrorOffset
RNC_HCPC HSPAInterRNCMobility
RNC_PS_OPNBRForPri0DL
RNC_PS_OPNBRForPri0UL
WBTSU_BTSbtsscuId
WBTSU_BTScabinetType
WBTSU_BTSdoorSwitchInUse
WBTSU_BTScancelDelay
WBTSU_BTSdescr
WBTSU_BTSid
WBTSU_BTSinUse
WBTSU_BTSpolarity
WBTSU_BTSseverity
WBTSU_BTSstartDelay
WBTSU_BTSdescr
WBTSU_BTSid
WBTSU_BTSinUse
WBTSU_BTSinitState
WBTSU_BTShappyBitPingFiltUse
WBTSU_BTShappyBitUphThreshold
WBTSU_BTShsdpa16QAMSupport
WBTSU_BTShsdpaBbResAllocation
WBTSU_BTShsdpaFairPacketSched
WBTSU_BTSintShutdownInUse
WBTSU_BTSmainsPowerAlarmId
WBTSU_BTSmaxIubDelayThreshold
WBTSU_BTSmibbuType
WBTSU_BTSmidIubDelayThreshold
WBTSU_BTSminIubDelayThreshold
WBTSU_BTSnoiseKitInUse
WBTSU_BTSnumOfLines
WBTSU_BTSpathMaxRetrans
WBTSU_BTSpsmAlarms
WBTSU_BTSccPolicy
WBTSU_BTSid
WBTSU_BTSweight
WBTSU_BTSrncType
WBTSU_BTSsharedHsdpaSheduler
WBTSU_BTSsmokeAlarmInUse
WBTSU_BTSsmokeAlarmPolarity
WBTSU_BTStimeZone
WBTSU_BTSwiaInUse
WBTSU_BTSwiaProdCode
WBTSU_BTSwiaSerNum
WBTSU_LCEallowedCarrierList
WBTSU_LCEcellRange
WBTSU_LCEconcept
WBTSU_LCEdefaultCarrier
WBTSU_LCEexpirationTime
WBTSU_LCEhspaMapping
WBTSU_LCEintShutdownTimeout
WBTSU_LCElCelId
WBTSU_LCEmimoType
WBTSU_LCErachCapacity
WBTSU_LCEshutdownStepAmount
WBTSU_LCEshutdownWindow
WBTSU_LCEintTxSumInUse
WBTSU_LCEtrxId
HOC
averagingWindowSizeAdjCell
HOC
ciEstMethod
HOC
ddeThresholdsLevNx
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
ddeThresholdsLevPx
ddeThresholdsLevRxLevel
ddeWindow
enaFastAveCallSetup
enaFastAveHo
enaFastAvePc
HOC
enaTchAssSuperIuo
HOC
enableInterFrtIuoHo
HOC
enableIntraHoDl
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
enableIntraHoUl
enableMsDistance
enablePowerBudgetHo
enableSddchHandover
enableUmbrellaHo
HOC
HOC
erfdEnabled
erfdOver
HOC
failMoveThreshold
HOC
fddMultiratRep
HOC
fddRepThr2
HOC
gsmPlmnPriorisation
HOC
hoAvaragingLevDLWeighting
HOC
hoAvaragingLevDlWindowSize
HOC
hoAveragingLevUlWeighting
HOC
hoAveragingLevUlWindowSize
HOC
hoAveragingQualDlWeighting
HOC
hoAveragingQualDlWindowSize
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
hoAveragingQualUlWeighting
hoAveragingQualUlWindowSize
hoPeriodPbgt
hoPeriodUmbrella
HOC
HOC
hoTLDlPx
hoTLDlRxLevel
HOC
hoTLUlNx
HOC
HOC
hoTLUlPx
hoTLUlRxLevel
HOC
hoTQDlNx
HOC
HOC
hoTQDlPx
hoTQDlRxQual
HOC
hoTQUlNx
HOC
HOC
hoTQUlPx
hoTQUlRxQual
HOC
hoThrInterferenceDlNx
HOC
HOC
hoThrInterferenceDlPx
hoThresholdsInterferenceDlRxLevel
HOC
hoThresholdsInterferenceULNx
HOC
HOC
hoThresholdsInterferenceULPx
hoThresholdsInterferenceULRxLevel
HOC
HOC
hoThresholdsLevDLNx
hoThresholdsRapidLevUl
HOC
HOC
hoThresholdsRapidLevUlN
HOCId
HOC
interSystemDa
HOC
intfCellAvgWindowSize
HOC
intfCellNbrOfZeroResults
HOC
intraHoLoRxLevLimAmrHr
HOC
intraHoLoRxQualLimAmr
HOC
intraHoUpRxLevLimAmrHr
HOC
invalidBsicReporting
HOC
lowerCiLimit
HOC
lowerSpeedLimit
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
maxMsDistanceHoThreshold
minBsicDecodeTime
minIntBetweenHoReq
minIntBetweenUnsuccHoAttempt
HOC
minIntIuoHoReqBQ
HOC
minIntUnsuccIsHo
HOC
minIntUnsuccIuoHo
HOC
minMsDistanceHoThreshold
HOC
HOC
modifiedAveWinNCell
modifiedNoz
HOC
msDHoThrParamN8
HOC
HOC
msDistanceAveragingParamHreqave
msDistanceHoThresholdParamMsRangeMax
HOC
HOC
msDistanceHoThresholdParamP8
msSpeedAveraging
HOC
msSpeedDetectionState
HOC
msSpeedThresholdNx
HOC
msSpeedThresholdPx
HOC
noOfZeroResUtran
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
nonBcchLayerAccessThr
nonBcchLayerExitThr_nx
nonBcchLayerExitThr_px
notificationOrigin
numberOfZeroResults
HOC
priorityAdjStep
HOC
qSearchC
HOC
reportingOffset1800
HOC
reportingOffset1900
HOC
reportingOffset850
HOC
reportingOffset900
HOC
reportingOffsetFdd
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
HOC
reportingRate
reportingThreshold1800
HOC
reportingThresholdFdd
HOC
HOC
rxLevel
servingBandReporting
HOC
smaxMsDistanceHoThreshold
HOC
sminMsDistanceHoThreshold
HOC
superReuseBadCiThresholdCiRatio
HOC
superReuseBadCiThresholdNx
HOC
superReuseBadCiThresholdPx
HOC
superReuseBadRxLevThresholdNx
HOC
HOC
superReuseBadRxLevThresholdPx
superReuseBadRxLevThresholdRxLevel
HOC
superReuseEstMethod
HOC
superReuseGoodCiThresholdCiRatio
HOC
superReuseGoodCiThresholdNx
HOC
superReuseGoodCiThresholdPx
HOC
superReuseGoodRxLevThresholdNx
HOC
HOC
superReuseGoodRxLevThresholdPx
superReuseGoodRxLevThresholdRxLevel
HOC
upperSpeedLimit
HOC
utranAveragingNumber
HOC
utranHoThScTpdc
HOC
wcdmaRanCellPenalty
LAPD
LAPD
LAPD
abisSigChannelSubSlot
abisSigChannelTimeSlotPcm
abisSigChannelTimeSlotTsl
LAPD
LAPD
adminState
bitRate
LAPD
combinedSignalling
LAPD
LAPD
dChannelType
LAPDId
LAPD
LAPD
LAPD
logicalBCSUAddress
name
notificationOrigin
LAPD
parameterSetNumber
LAPD
LAPD
LAPD
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
relatedLapdLinkName
sapi
tei
altitude
antBearing
antHeight
antHorHalfPwrBeam
LCSE
bCCHFrequency
LCSE
bsicBcc
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
bsicNcc
cityType
LCSEId
latDegrees
latFractions
latMinutes
latSeconds
latSign
LCSE
lcsGlobalIdCi
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
lcsGlobalIdLac
lonDegrees
lonFractions
lonMinutes
lonSeconds
LCSE
LCSE
LCSE
lonSign
maxRadiatedPwr
notificationOrigin
LCSE
predBckServRad
LCSE
predFrtServRad
LMUA
LMUA
fnOffset
LMUAId
LMUA
lmuEquipBcfId
LMUA
lmuEquiptransmissionEquipment_ID
LMUA
LMUA
lmuTslFnOffset
notificationOrigin
MAL
frequency
MAL
frequencyBandInUse
MAL
MAL
MALId
notificationOrigin
MALD
dfcaMAListGroupId
MALD
dfcaMAListUsage
MALD
frequency
MALD
frequencyBandInUse
MALD
MALDId
MALD
MALD
maListState
notificationOrigin
MBAL
MBAL
frequencyBandInUse
MBALId
MBAL
MBAL
measBAListFreqs
notificationOrigin
NSE
NSE
localUdpPort
notificationOrigin
NSE
nsEntityId
NSE
nseNriMask
NSE
nseStatus
NSE
nseType
NSE
psNriList
NSE
psNullNri
NSE
psSgsnLoadBalancing
NSE
psei
BSC_NSVC adminState
BSC_NSVC committedInfoRate
BSC_NSVC dataLinkConnectionId
BSC_NSVC nsvcId
BSC_NSVC notificationOrigin
BSC_NSVC nsEntityId
BSC_NSVC nwName
NSVL
dataWeight
NSVL
dnsName
NSVL
NSVL
ipAddressValue
ipAddressVersion
NSVL
ipNsVirtualConnectionId
NSVL
NSVL
localUdpPort
notificationOrigin
NSVL
nsEntityId
NSVL
nsVirtualConnectionName
NSVL
nseNriMask
NSVL
preconfSgsnIpEpInd
NSVL
psNriList
NSVL
psNullNri
NSVL
psSgsnLoadBalancing
NSVL
psei
NSVL
signWeight
NSVL
BSC_PCM
BSC_PCM
udpPort
pcmId
notificationOrigin
PCU
bcsuID
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
gbIfType
notificationOrigin
pcuID
pcuIdentifier
PCU
PCU
pcuUpToDate
piuType
PCU
psei
POC
POC
alpha
bepPeriod
POC
bsTxPwrMax
POC
bsTxPwrMax1x00
POC
bsTxPwrMin
POC
bsTxPwrOffset
POC
POC
derivedHoPowerSecurityMargin
enableAla
POC
estimatedDlInterference
POC
POC
gamma
POCId
POC
maxDlPowerReduction
POC
maxUlPowerReduction
POC
POC
minIntBetweenAla
notificationOrigin
POC
pcALDlWeighting
POC
pcALDlWindowSize
POC
pcALUlWeighting
POC
pcALUlWindowSize
POC
pcAQLDlWeighting
POC
pcAQLDlWindowSize
POC
pcAQLUlWeighting
POC
POC
POC
POC
pcAQLUlWindowSize
pcControlEnabled
pcControlInterval
pcIncrStepSize
POC
pcLTLevDlNx
POC
pcLTLevDlPx
POC
pcLTLevUlNx
POC
pcLTLevUlPx
POC
pcLTQual144Nx
POC
pcLTQual144Px
POC
pcLTQual144RxQual
POC
pcLTQualDlNx
POC
pcLTQualDlPx
POC
pcLTQualDlRxQual
POC
pcLTQualUlNx
POC
pcLTQualUlPx
POC
pcLTQualUlRxQual
POC
pcLowerThresholdsLevDLRxLevel
POC
POC
pcLowerThresholsLevULRxLevel
pcRedStepSize
POC
pcUTLevDlNx
POC
pcUTLevDlPx
POC
pcUTLevUlNx
POC
pcUTLevUlPx
POC
pcUTQualDlNx
POC
pcUTQualDlPx
POC
pcUTQualDlRxQual
POC
pcUTQualUlNx
POC
pcUTQualUlPx
POC
pcUTQualUlRxQual
POC
pcUpperThresholdsLevDLRxLevel
POC
pcUpperThresholdsLevULRxLevel
POC
powerDecrQualFactor
POC
powerLimitAla
POC
pwrDecrLimitBand0
POC
pwrDecrLimitBand1
POC
POC
POC
POC
pwrDecrLimitBand2
tAvgT
tAvgW
transmitPowerReduction
RA
RA
RA
RAId
notificationOrigin
nseiList
RA
routingAreaIdLac
RA
routingAreaIdMcc
RA
routingAreaIdMnc
RA
SG
routingAreaIdRac
homeMcc
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
homeMnc
notificationOrigin
relatedAne
sgId
sgName
SG
SMLC
wcdmaRanAccess
SMLCId
SMLC
SMLC
lcsIgnoreLimit
notificationOrigin
SMLC
pbsHalfRateLimit
SMLC
pbsStopLimit
SMLC
responseTimeHigh
SMLC
responseTimeLow
SPC
SPC
lacToSpcId
locationAreaCode
LTE_AMGR lnBtsId
LTE_AMGR ftmId
LTE_AMGR amgrId
LTE_AMGR
LTE_AMGR
LTE_AMGR
LTE_ANTL
ldapConnectionType
primaryLdapPort
primaryLdapServer
mrbtsId
LTE_ANTL
LTE_ANTL
LTE_ANTL
lnBtsId
btsscId
antlId
LTE_ANTL
LTE_ANTL
alDcVoltageEnabled
antId
LTE_ANTL
LTE_ANTL
antennaRoundTripDelay
antennaTotalLoss
LTE_ANTL
communication3gppEnabled
LTE_ANTL
LTE_ANTL
feederVoltage
frId
LTE_ANTL mrcProdCode
LTE_ANTL vswrMajorAlarm
LTE_ANTL vswrMinorAlarm
LTE_ANTL UserDefinedState
LTE_ANTL bearing
LTE_ANTL latitude
LTE_ANTL longitude
LTE_BTSSC_mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC_btsscId
LTE_BTSSC_alToggAmount
LTE_BTSSC_alToggClearenceTime
LTE_BTSSC_alToggConditonTime
LTE_BTSSC_faultName
LTE_BTSSC_inUse
LTE_BTSSC mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC btsscId
LTE_BTSSC btsId
LTE_BTSSC btsName
LTE_BTSSC cabinetType
LTE_BTSSC ext2M048ClkInUse
LTE_BTSSC_mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC_btsscId
LTE_BTSSC_cancelDelay
LTE_BTSSC_descr
LTE_BTSSC_id
LTE_BTSSC_inUse
LTE_BTSSC_module
LTE_BTSSC_polarity
LTE_BTSSC_severity
LTE_BTSSC_startDelay
LTE_BTSSC_mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC_btsscId
LTE_BTSSC_descr
COCO_VPLTVPLTPCDVT01Egr
COCO_VPLTVPLTPEgressMDCR
COCO_VPLTVPLTPPCR01Egr
COCO_VPLTVPLTPServiceCategory
COCO_VPLTVPLTPTrafficShaping
FMCG
FMCG
FMCG
FMCG
AMRDirReCell
DLDPCHTxPwrClOffset
FMCGChangeOrigin
FMCGId
FMCG
GSMcauseCPICHEcNo
FMCG
GSMcauseCPICHrscp
FMCG
GSMcauseTxPwrDL
FMCG
FMCG
GSMcauseTxPwrUL
GSMcauseUplinkQuality
FMCG
GsmDLTxPwrThrAMR
FMCG
GsmDLTxPwrThrCS
FMCG
GsmDLTxPwrThrNrtPS
FMCG
GsmDLTxPwrThrRtPS
FMCG
GsmMaxMeasPeriod
FMCG
FMCG
GsmMeasAveWindow
GsmMeasRepInterval
FMCG
GsmMinHoInterval
FMCG
GsmMinMeasInterval
FMCG
GsmMinSLHOInterval
FMCG
GsmNcellSearchPeriod
FMCG
GsmUETxPwrFilterCoeff
FMCG
GsmUETxPwrThrAMR
FMCG
GsmUETxPwrThrCS
FMCG
GsmUETxPwrThrNrtPS
FMCG
GsmUETxPwrThrRtPS
FMCG
GsmUETxPwrTimeHyst
FMCG
IMSIbasedGsmHo
FMCG
ISHOClcauseCPICHEcNo
FMCG
ISHOClcauseCPICHrscp
FMCG
ISHOClcauseTxPwrDL
FMCG
ISHOClcauseTxPwrUL
FMCG
FMCI
FMCI
MaxBSICIdentTime
FMCIChangeOrigin
FMCIId
FMCI
IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo
FMCI
IFHOcauseCPICHrscp
FMCI
IFHOcauseTxPwrDL
FMCI
FMCI
IFHOcauseTxPwrUL
IFHOcauseUplinkQuality
FMCI
IMSIbasedIFHO
FMCI
InterFreqDLTxPwrThrAMR
FMCI
InterFreqDLTxPwrThrCS
FMCI
InterFreqDLTxPwrThrNrtPS
FMCI
InterFreqDLTxPwrThrRtPS
FMCI
InterFreqMaxMeasPeriod
FMCI
FMCI
InterFreqMeasAveWindow
InterFreqMeasRepInterval
FMCI
InterFreqMinHoInterval
FMCI
InterFreqMinMeasInterval
FMCI
InterFreqMinSLHOInterval
FMCI
InterFreqNcellSearchPeriod
SPC
notificationOrigin
SPC
spcList
TCSM_CARDcardName
TCSM_CARDcardNumber
TCSM
TCSMId
TCSM
notificationOrigin
TCSM_PCM
TCSM_PCM
TCSM
TID
pcmNumber
pcmType
tcsmType
TIDId
TID
TID
ioTextValue
notificationOrigin
BSC_TRE
BSC_TRE
treId
notificationOrigin
BSC_TRE
BSC_TRE
q1Address
unitType
BCF_TRE
BCF_TRE
treId
notificationOrigin
BCF_TRE
BCF_TRE
TRKT
TRKT
TRKT
TRKT
q1Address
unitType
decisionThrValue
TRKTId
notificationOrigin
randomValueLimit
TRX
adminState
TRX
autoConfig
TRX
bbUnitSupportsEdge
TRX
bcfOutputs
TRX
channel0AdminState
TRX
channel0Maio
TRX
channel0Pcm
TRX
channel0Subslot
TRX
channel0Tsl
TRX
channel0Type
TRX
channel1AdminState
TRX
channel1Maio
TRX
channel1Pcm
TRX
channel1Subslot
TRX
channel1Tsl
TRX
channel1Type
TRX
channel2AdminState
TRX
channel2Maio
TRX
channel2Pcm
TRX
channel2Subslot
TRX
channel2Tsl
TRX
channel2Type
TRX
channel3AdminState
TRX
channel3Maio
TRX
channel3Pcm
TRX
channel3Subslot
TRX
channel3Tsl
TRX
channel3Type
TRX
channel4AdminState
TRX
channel4Maio
TRX
channel4Pcm
TRX
channel4Subslot
TRX
channel4Tsl
TRX
channel4Type
TRX
channel5AdminState
TRX
channel5Maio
TRX
channel5Pcm
TRX
channel5Subslot
TRX
channel5Tsl
TRX
channel5Type
TRX
channel6AdminState
TRX
channel6Maio
TRX
channel6Pcm
TRX
channel6Subslot
TRX
channel6Tsl
TRX
channel6Type
TRX
channel7AdminState
TRX
channel7Maio
TRX
channel7Pcm
TRX
channel7Subslot
TRX
channel7Tsl
TRX
channel7Type
TRX
combinedSignalling
TRX
daPool_ID
TRX
dfcaIndication
TRX
directAccessLevel
TRX
doublePowerTrxFaulty
TRX
dualTrxUsage
TRX
eTrxInd
TRX_INPUT inputId
TRX_INPUT inputText
TRX_INPUT
TRX_INPUT
TRX_INPUT
TRX_INPUT
TRX
TRX
inputTextId
polarity
reportingRoute
severity
gprsEnabledTrx
halfRateSupport
TRX
TRXId
TRX
initialFrequency
TRX
TRX
lapdLinkName
lapdLinkNumber
TRX
TRX
metroTrxType
notificationOrigin
TRX
numberOfTrxRfPowerLevels
TRX
omLapdLinkName
TRX
omLapdLinkNumber
TRX
optimumRxLevDL
TRX
TRX
TRX
TRX
optimumRxLevUL
outputDefinition
preferredBcchMark
rfHoppingAllowed
TRX
serverTRXId
TRX
subslotsForSignalling
TRX
trxAbilities
TRX
trxDDUAssociation
TRX
TRX_INTF
TRX_INTF
trxFrequencyType
adjIdCi
adjIdLac
TRX_INTF
adjIdMCC
TRX_INTF
adjIdMNC
TRX_INTF
ciEstWeight
TRX_INTF
estType
TRX_INTF
TRX
levelAdj
trxRfPower
TRX
trxShutdownGroup
TRX
ADCE
ADJW
BCF
BCF
tsc
targetCellDN
targetCellDN
latitude
longitude
BCF
slaveBcf
BSC
dtmFragmentationPenalty
BSC
BSC
BTS
BTS
ishoPreferredForNonDtmMs
siteId
cellType
dtmEnabled
BTS
BTS
idleStateBcchAllocIdUsed
insiteBuilding
BTS
insiteGateway
BTS
psei
BTS
underlayMaIdUsed
BTS
usedMobileAllocIdUsed
LTE_BTSSC_inUse
LTE_BTSSC_initState
LTE_BTSSC_module
LTE_BTSSC gpsInUse
LTE_BTSSC_mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC_btsscId
LTE_BTSSC_module
LTE_BTSSC_modLocation
LTE_BTSSC_mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC_btsscId
LTE_BTSSC_comment
LTE_BTSSC_name
LTE_BTSSC_prodCode
LTE_BTSSC_serNum
LTE_BTSSC_version
LTE_BTSSC tdmSyncInUse
LTE_BTSSC timeZone
LTE_BTSSC_mrbtsId
LTE_BTSSC_lnBtsId
LTE_BTSSC_btsscId
LTE_BTSSC_prodCode
LTE_BTSSC_unitName
LTE_BTSSC_unitNumber
LTE_BTSSC_variant
LTE_CERTH mrbtsId
LTE_CERTH
LTE_CERTH
LTE_CERTH
LTE_CERTH
lnBtsId
ftmId
certhId
btsCertificateUpdateTime
LTE_CERTH caCertificateUpdateTime
LTE_CERTH caSubjectName
LTE_CERTH cmpServerIpAddress
LTE_CERTH cmpServerPort
LTE_CERTH crlUpdatePeriod
LTE_ETHLK mrbtsId
LTE_ETHLK lnBtsId
LTE_ETHLK ftmId
LTE_ETHLK ethLinkId
LTE_ETHLK administrativeState
LTE_ETHLK speedAndDuplex
LTE_FTM
mrbtsId
LTE_FTM
LTE_FTM
lnBtsId
ftmId
LTE_FTM
adaptationVersionMajor
LTE_FTM
LTE_FTM
LTE_FTM
LTE_FTM
LTE_FTM
LTE_GFIM
locationName
softwareReleaseVersion
systemTitle
userLabel
name
mrbtsId
LTE_GFIM
lnBtsId
LTE_GFIM
LTE_GFIM
lnCelId
gfimId
LTE_GFIM
LTE_GFIM
LTE_GFIM
LTE_GNFL
tResGer
gerResTiFHM
gerResTiFMM
mrbtsId
LTE_GNFL lnBtsId
LTE_GNFL lnCelId
LTE_GNFL gfimId
LTE_GNFL gnflId
LTE_GNFL bandInd
LTE_GNFL gCelResPrio
LTE_GNFL_ mrbtsId
LTE_GNFL_ lnBtsId
LTE_GNFL_
LTE_GNFL_
LTE_GNFL_
LTE_GNFL_
LTE_GNFL
LTE_GNFL
lnCelId
gfimId
gnflId
gerArfcnVal
gerFrqThrH
gerFrqThrL
LTE_GNFL nccperm
LTE_GNFL
LTE_GNFL
LTE_GNFL
LTE_GTPU
pMaxGer
qRxLevMinGer
startArfcn
mrbtsId
LTE_GTPU lnBtsId
LTE_GTPU gtpuId
LTE_GTPU gtpuN3Reqs
LTE_GTPU gtpuPathSupint
LTE_GTPU gtpuT3Resp
LTE_IAFIM mrbtsId
LTE_IAFIM lnBtsId
LTE_IAFIM lnCelId
LTE_IAFIM iafimId
LTE_IAFIM_ mrbtsId
LTE_IAFIM_ lnBtsId
LTE_IAFIM_ lnCelId
LTE_IAFIM_ iafimId
LTE_IAFIM_ rangeIntraPci
LTE_IAFIM_ startIntraPci
LTE_IAFIM_ mrbtsId
LTE_IAFIM_ lnBtsId
LTE_IAFIM_
LTE_IAFIM_
LTE_IAFIM_
LTE_IAFIM_
LTE_IEIF
lnCelId
iafimId
physCellIdNcl
qOffsetCell
mrbtsId
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
ethIfNetId
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
localIpAddr
mtu
netmask
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
LTE_IEIF
qosEnabled
sbs
sbsTotal
sir
sirTotal
LTE_IEIF
trafficPathShapingEnable
LTE_IEIF
upperLayerShaping
LTE_IEIF
wfqSchedQueueWeight
LTE_IHCP_CmrbtsId
LTE_IHCP_ClnBtsId
LTE_IHCP_CftmId
LTE_IHCP_CipNodeId
LTE_IHCP_CdhcpAccessId
LTE_IHCP_CdhcpClientIdentifier
LTE_IHCP_CdhcpFixedIpAddress
LTE_IHCP mrbtsId
LTE_IHCP
LTE_IHCP
lnBtsId
ftmId
LTE_IHCP ipNodeId
LTE_IHCP dhcpAccessId
LTE_IHCP_HmrbtsId
LTE_IHCP_HlnBtsId
LTE_IHCP_HftmId
LTE_IHCP_HipNodeId
LTE_IHCP_HdhcpAccessId
LTE_IHCP_HdhcpFixedIpAddress
LTE_IHCP_HdhcpHardwareIdentifier
LTE_IHCP
dhcpRangeEnd
LTE_IHCP
LTE_INTP
dhcpRangeStart
mrbtsId
LTE_INTP lnBtsId
LTE_INTP ftmId
LTE_INTP ipNodeId
LTE_INTP ntpAccessId
LTE_INTP_N mrbtsId
LTE_INTP_N lnBtsId
LTE_INTP_N ftmId
LTE_INTP_N ipNodeId
LTE_INTP_N ntpAccessId
LTE_INTP_N ntpServers
LTE_IPNO mrbtsId
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
btsId
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
cPlaneIpAddress
ftmBtsSubnetAddress
ftmBtsSubnetMask
icmpResponseEnabled
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
LTE_IPNO
mPlaneIpAddress
oamIpAddr
omsTls
LTE_IPNO
sPlaneIpAddress
LTE_IPNO uPlaneIpAddress
LTE_IPRM_RmrbtsId
LTE_IPRM_RlnBtsId
LTE_IPRM_RftmId
LTE_IPRM_RipNodeId
LTE_IPRM_RiprmId
LTE_IPRM_RsourceTwoDiscr
LTE_IPRM_RsourceTwoIpAddr
LTE_IPRM_RsourceTwoNetMask
LTE_IPRM_RuserLabel
LTE_IPRM mrbtsId
LTE_IPRM
LTE_IPRM
LTE_IPRM
LTE_IPRM
LTE_IPRT
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
iprmId
mrbtsId
LTE_IPRT
LTE_IPRT
LTE_IPRT
LTE_IPRT
LTE_IPRT_S
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
ipRoutingTableId
mrbtsId
LTE_IPRT_S
LTE_IPRT_S
LTE_IPRT_S
LTE_IPRT_S
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
ipRoutingTableId
LTE_IPRT_S destIpAddr
LTE_IPRT_S gateway
LTE_IPRT_S netmask
LTE_IPSECCmrbtsId
LTE_IPSECClnBtsId
LTE_IPSECCftmId
LTE_IPSECCipSeccId
LTE_IPSECCipSecEnabled
LTE_IPSECCmrbtsId
LTE_IPSECClnBtsId
LTE_IPSECCftmId
LTE_IPSECCipSeccId
LTE_IPSECCantiReplayEnabled
LTE_IPSECCantiReplayWindowSize
LTE_IPSECCauthentication
LTE_IPSECCdpddelay
LTE_IPSECCdpdtimeout
LTE_IPSECCencryptionMethod
LTE_IPSECCikeEncryptionMethod
LTE_IPSECCikeProtocol
LTE_IPSECCipSecStatus
LTE_IPSECClocalIpAddress
LTE_IPSECClocalIpPort
LTE_IPSECClocalNetmask
LTE_IPSECClocalTunnelEndpoint
LTE_IPSECCpolicyNumber
LTE_IPSECCprotocol
LTE_IPSECCremoteIpAddress
LTE_IPSECCremoteIpPort
LTE_IPSECCremoteNetmask
LTE_IPSECCremoteTunnelEndpoint
LTE_IPSECCsaMaxLifeTime
LTE_IRFIM mrbtsId
LTE_IRFIM lnBtsId
LTE_IRFIM
LTE_IRFIM
LTE_IRFIM
LTE_IRFIM
LTE_IRFIM_
lnCelId
irfimId
dlCarFrqEut
eutCelResPrio
mrbtsId
LTE_IRFIM_ lnBtsId
LTE_IRFIM_ lnCelId
LTE_IRFIM_ irfimId
LTE_IRFIM_ rangeInterPci
LTE_IRFIM_ startInterPci
LTE_IRFIM_ mrbtsId
LTE_IRFIM_ lnBtsId
LTE_IRFIM_ lnCelId
LTE_IRFIM_ irfimId
LTE_IRFIM_
LTE_IRFIM_
LTE_IRFIM
LTE_IRFIM
physCellIdNcl
qOffCell
interFrqThrH
interFrqThrL
LTE_IRFIM interPresAntP
LTE_IRFIM interTResEut
LTE_IRFIM measBdw
LTE_IRFIM pMaxInterF
LTE_IRFIM qOffFrq
LTE_IRFIM qRxLevMinInterF
LTE_IRFIM eutResTiFHM
LTE_IRFIM eutResTiFMM
LTE_ITRACE mrbtsId
LTE_ITRACE lnBtsId
LTE_ITRACE iTraceId
LTE_ITRACE mrbtsId
LTE_ITRACE lnBtsId
LTE_ITRACE iTraceId
LTE_ITRACE cellId
LTE_ITRACE macTraced
LTE_ITRACE rlcTraced
LTE_ITRACE rrcTraced
LTE_ITRACE serverAddr
LTE_ITRACE serverTCPPortNum
LTE_ITRACE serverUDPPortNum
LTE_ITRACE state
LTE_ITRACE s1ApTraced
LTE_ITRACE x2ApTraced
LTE_IVIF
mrbtsId
LTE_IVIF
LTE_IVIF
LTE_IVIF
LTE_IVIF
LTE_IVIF
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
ethIfNetId
vlanIfNetId
LTE_IVIF
localIpAddr
LTE_IVIF
netmask
LTE_IVIF
qosEnabled
LTE_IVIF
sbs
LTE_IVIF
sir
LTE_IVIF
vlanId
LTE_IVIF
wfqSchedQueueWeight
LTE_LCEL_AmrbtsId
LTE_LCEL_AlnBtsId
LTE_LCEL_AbtsscId
LTE_LCEL_AlCelId
LTE_LCEL_AantlIdList
LTE_LCEL mrbtsId
LTE_LCEL
LTE_LCEL
lnBtsId
btsscId
LTE_LCEL lCelId
LTE_LNADJ mrbtsId
LTE_LNADJ lnBtsId
LTE_LNADJ lnAdjId
LTE_LNADJ adjEnbId
LTE_LNADJ_mrbtsId
LTE_LNADJ_lnBtsId
LTE_LNADJ_lnAdjId
LTE_LNADJ_mcc
LTE_LNADJ_mmeGroupId
LTE_LNADJ_mnc
LTE_LNADJ mcc
LTE_LNADJ mnc
LTE_LNADJLmrbtsId
LTE_LNADJLlnBtsId
LTE_LNADJLlnAdjId
LTE_LNADJLlnAdjlId
LTE_LNADJLadjEutraCelId
LTE_LNADJLmrbtsId
LTE_LNADJLlnBtsId
LTE_LNADJLlnAdjId
LTE_LNADJLlnAdjlId
LTE_LNADJLmcc
LTE_LNADJLmnc
LTE_LNADJLdlTrmBw
LTE_LNADJLmcc
LTE_LNADJLmnc
LTE_LNADJLfDlEarfcn
LTE_LNADJLfUlEarfcn
LTE_LNADJLphyCellId
LTE_LNADJLtac
LTE_LNADJLulTrmBw
LTE_LNBTS mrbtsId
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
lnBtsId
actCiphering
actRedirect
amRlcPBTab1dlPollByte
amRlcPBTab1ueCategory
amRlcPBTab1ulPollByte
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
eea0
eea1
eea2
enbName
eia0
eia1
eia2
intraEnbPrio
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
keyRefrMarg
localState
mcc
mnc
nullFallback
operationalState
pdcpProfileId
LTE_LNBTS statusRepReq
LTE_LNBTS tDiscard
LTE_LNBTS qciTab5dscp
LTE_LNBTS qciTab5packDelay
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab5packLoss
qciTab5pdcpProfIdx
qciTab5prio
qciTab5qci
qciTab5qciSupp
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab5resType
qciTab5rlcMode
qciTab5rlcProfIdx
qciTab5ulsBSD
qciTab5ulsPrio
LTE_LNBTS qciTab6packLoss
LTE_LNBTS qciTab6pdcpProfIdx
LTE_LNBTS qciTab6prio
LTE_LNBTS qciTab6qci
LTE_LNBTS qciTab6qciSupp
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab6resType
qciTab6rlcMode
qciTab6rlcProfIdx
qciTab6ulsBSD
qciTab6ulsPrio
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab7packLoss
qciTab7pdcpProfIdx
qciTab7prio
qciTab7qci
qciTab7qciSupp
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab7resType
qciTab7rlcMode
qciTab7rlcProfIdx
qciTab7ulsBSD
qciTab7ulsPrio
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab8packLoss
qciTab8pdcpProfIdx
qciTab8prio
qciTab8qci
qciTab8qciSupp
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab8resType
qciTab8rlcMode
qciTab8rlcProfIdx
qciTab8ulsBSD
qciTab8ulsPrio
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab9packLoss
qciTab9pdcpProfIdx
qciTab9prio
qciTab9qci
qciTab9qciSupp
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
LTE_LNBTS
qciTab9resType
qciTab9rlcMode
qciTab9rlcProfIdx
qciTab9ulsBSD
qciTab9ulsPrio
pollPdu
rlcProfileId
LTE_LNBTS tPollRetr
LTE_LNBTS tProhib
LTE_LNBTS tReord
LTE_LNBTS name
LTE_LNCEL mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL a2TimeToTriggerRedirect
LTE_LNCEL a3Offset
LTE_LNCEL a3ReportInterval
LTE_LNCEL a3TimeToTrigger
LTE_LNCEL a5ReportInterval
LTE_LNCEL a5TimeToTrigger
LTE_LNCEL_mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL_ocAcBarAC
LTE_LNCEL_ocAcBarTime
LTE_LNCEL_ocAcProbFac
LTE_LNCEL_sigAcBarAC
LTE_LNCEL_sigAcBarTime
LTE_LNCEL_sigAcProbFac
LTE_LNCEL accesBarrMtCall
LTE_LNCEL accessClassBarrT
LTE_LNCEL accessProbFactor
LTE_LNCEL addAUeRrHo
LTE_LNCEL addAUeTcHo
LTE_LNCEL addSpectrEmi
LTE_LNCEL_mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL_eutraCelId
LTE_LNCEL administrativeState
LTE_LNCEL_mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL_phyCellIdRange
LTE_LNCEL_phyCellIdStart
LTE_LNCEL_celResTiFHM
LTE_LNCEL_celResTiFMM
LTE_LNCEL_cellBarred
LTE_LNCEL cellName
LTE_LNCEL_cellReSelPrio
LTE_LNCEL_mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL_cellReserve
LTE_LNCEL cellSrPeriod
LTE_LNCEL cqiAperEnable
LTE_LNCEL cqiAperMode
LTE_LNCEL cqiPerNp
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
cqiPerSbCycK
cqiPerSimulAck
dFpucchF1
dFpucchF1b
dFpucchF2
dFpucchF2a
dFpucchF2b
LTE_LNCEL dSrTransMax
LTE_LNCEL_defPagCyc
LTE_LNCEL deltaPreMsg3
LTE_LNCEL deltaPucchShift
LTE_LNCEL deltaTfEnabled
LTE_LNCEL dl64QamEnable
LTE_LNCEL dlCellPwrRed
LTE_LNCEL dlChBw
LTE_LNCEL dlMimoMode
LTE_LNCEL dlOlqcEnable
LTE_LNCEL dlPathlossChg
LTE_LNCEL dlTargetBler
LTE_LNCEL dlamcCqiDef
LTE_LNCEL dlamcEnable
LTE_LNCEL dlpcMimoComp
LTE_LNCEL dlsUsePartPrb
LTE_LNCEL_eCallAcBarred
LTE_LNCEL earfcnDL
LTE_LNCEL earfcnUL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
enableAmcPdcch
enableBetterCellHo
enableCovHo
enableDl16Qam
LTE_LNCEL enableLowAgg
LTE_LNCEL enablePcPdcch
LTE_LNCEL enableUl16Qam
LTE_LNCEL eutraCelId
LTE_LNCEL filterCenterTx
LTE_LNCEL filterCoeff
LTE_LNCEL filterCoefficientRSRP
LTE_LNCEL_mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL_lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL_mcc
LTE_LNCEL_mnc
LTE_LNCEL grpAssigPUSCH
LTE_LNCEL harqMaxMsg3
LTE_LNCEL harqMaxTrDl
LTE_LNCEL harqMaxTrUl
LTE_LNCEL hopModePusch
LTE_LNCEL hwState
LTE_LNCEL inactivityTimer
LTE_LNCEL iniMcsDl
LTE_LNCEL iniMcsUl
LTE_LNCEL iniPrbsUl
LTE_LNCEL_intrFrqCelRes
LTE_LNCEL_intraPresAntP
LTE_LNCEL lcrId
LTE_LNCEL localState
LTE_LNCEL maxBitrateDl
LTE_LNCEL maxBitrateUl
LTE_LNCEL maxCrPgDl
LTE_LNCEL maxCrRa4Dl
LTE_LNCEL maxCrRaDl
LTE_LNCEL maxCrSibDl
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
maxNrSymPdcch
maxNumActUE
maxNumRrc
maxNumUeDl
maxNumUeUl
mbrSelector
mbsfnNbCellConf
mimoOlCqiThD
mimoOlCqiThU
mimoOlRiThD
mimoOlRiThU
minBitrateDl
minBitrateUl
mobStateParamNCelChgHgh
mobStateParamNCelChgMed
mobStateParamTEval
LTE_LNCEL mobStateParamTHystNorm
LTE_LNCEL_modPeriodCoeff
LTE_LNCEL n1PucchAn
LTE_LNCEL_n310
LTE_LNCEL_n311
LTE_LNCEL nCqiRb
LTE_LNCEL numOfTxPorts
LTE_LNCEL operationalState
LTE_LNCEL p0NomPucch
LTE_LNCEL p0NomPusch
LTE_LNCEL pMax
LTE_LNCEL_pMaxIntraF
LTE_LNCEL_pMaxOwnCell
LTE_LNCEL_pagingNb
LTE_LNCEL pdcchAggDefUe
LTE_LNCEL pdcchAggMsg4
LTE_LNCEL pdcchAggPaging
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
pdcchAggPreamb
pdcchAggRaresp
pdcchAggSib
pdcchAlpha
pdcchCqiShift
LTE_LNCEL pdcchUlDlBal
LTE_LNCEL phichDur
LTE_LNCEL phichRes
LTE_LNCEL phyCellId
LTE_LNCEL prachCS
LTE_LNCEL prachConfIndex
LTE_LNCEL prachFreqOff
LTE_LNCEL prachHsFlag
LTE_LNCEL_prachPwrRamp
LTE_LNCEL_preambTxMax
LTE_LNCEL pucchNAnCs
LTE_LNCEL puschAckOffI
LTE_LNCEL puschCqiOffI
LTE_LNCEL puschHopOffset
LTE_LNCEL puschRiOffI
LTE_LNCEL_qHyst
LTE_LNCEL_qRxLevMinOffset
LTE_LNCEL_qrxlevmin
LTE_LNCEL_qrxlevminintraF
LTE_LNCEL raContResoT
LTE_LNCEL raLargeMcsUl
LTE_LNCEL raMsgPoffGrB
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
LTE_LNCEL
raNondedPreamb
raPreGrASize
raRespWinSize
raSmallMcsUl
raSmallVolUl
LTE_LNCEL redBwEnDl
LTE_LNCEL redBwMaxRbDl
LTE_LNCEL redBwMaxRbUl
LTE_LNCEL redBwMinRbUl
LTE_LNCEL redBwRpaEnUl
LTE_LNCEL riEnable
LTE_LNCEL riPerM
LTE_LNCEL riPerOffset
LTE_LNCEL rootSeqIndex
LTE_LNCEL mrbtsId
LTE_LNCEL lnBtsId
LTE_LNCEL lnCelId
LTE_LNCEL rxPowerScaling
LTE_LNCEL_sIntrasearch
LTE_LNCEL_sNonIntrsearch
LTE_LNCEL_si2MappingInfo
LTE_LNCEL_si2Periodicity
LTE_LNCEL_si2Repetition
LTE_LNCEL_siWindowLen
LTE_LNCEL soundRsEnabled
LTE_LNCEL_nCellChgHigh
LTE_LNCEL_nCellChgMed
LTE_LNCEL_qHystSfHigh
LTE_LNCEL_qHystSfMed
LTE_LNCEL_tEvaluation
LTE_LNCEL_tHystNormal
LTE_LNCEL srbSchedWeightDl
LTE_LNCEL srbSchedWeightUl
LTE_LNCEL sriEnable
LTE_LNCEL srsBandwidth
LTE_LNCEL srsBwConf
LTE_LNCEL srsDuration
LTE_LNCEL srsHoppingBw
LTE_LNCEL srsPwrOffset
LTE_LNCEL srsSimAckNack
LTE_LNCEL srsSubfrConf
LTE_LNCEL swState
LTE_LNCEL syncSigTxMode
LTE_LNCEL_t300
LTE_LNCEL_t301
LTE_LNCEL t302
LTE_LNCEL t304IntraLte
LTE_LNCEL_t310
LTE_LNCEL_t311
LTE_LNCEL tPeriodicBsr
LTE_LNCEL tPeriodicPhr
LTE_LNCEL tProhibitPhr
LTE_LNCEL tReTxBsrTime
LTE_LNCEL_tReselEutr
LTE_LNCEL taMaxOffset
LTE_LNCEL taTimer
LTE_LNCEL taTimerMargin
LTE_LNCEL tac
LTE_LNCEL_threshSrvLow
LTE_LNCEL threshold1
LTE_LNCEL threshold3a
LTE_LNCEL timeToTriggerSfHigh
LTE_LNCEL timeToTriggerSfMedium
LTE_LNCEL tpcStepSize
LTE_LNCEL txPowerScaling
LTE_LNCEL ulChBw
LTE_LNCEL ulRsCs
LTE_LNCEL ulTargetBler
LTE_LNCEL ulamcAllTbEn
LTE_LNCEL ulamcEdgFugEn
LTE_LNCEL ulamcEnable
LTE_LNCEL ulamcSwitchPer
LTE_LNCEL ulatbEnable
LTE_LNCEL ulatbEventPer
LTE_LNCEL ulpcAlpha
LTE_LNCEL ulpcEnable
LTE_LNCEL_ulpcIniPrePwr
LTE_LNCEL ulpcLowlevCch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcLowlevSch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcLowqualCch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcLowqualSch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcPucchEn
LTE_LNCEL ulpcPuschEn
LTE_LNCEL ulpcRarespTpc
LTE_LNCEL ulpcReadPeriod
LTE_LNCEL ulpcUplevCch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcUplevSch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcUpqualCch
LTE_LNCEL ulpcUpqualSch
LTE_LNCEL useId
LTE_LNCEL angle
LTE_LNCEL name
LTE_LNMMEmrbtsId
LTE_LNMMElnBtsId
LTE_LNMMElnMmeId
LTE_LNMMEmcc
LTE_LNMMEmnc
LTE_LNMMEmrbtsId
LTE_LNMMElnBtsId
LTE_LNMMElnMmeId
LTE_LNMMEmcc
LTE_LNMMEmmeCode
LTE_LNMMEmmeGroupId
LTE_LNMMEmnc
LTE_LNMMEmmeName
LTE_LNMMErelMmeCap
LTE_MHA mrbtsId
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
lnBtsId
btsscId
mhaId
ReleaseId3Gpp
active
aisgProtocol
LTE_MHA alarmThresholdLevel
LTE_MHA_A mrbtsId
LTE_MHA_A lnBtsId
LTE_MHA_A btsscId
LTE_MHA_A mhaId
LTE_MHA_A antBeamwidth
LTE_MHA_A antOperFreqBand
LTE_MHA_A antOperGain
LTE_MHA antBearing
LTE_MHA antModel
LTE_MHA antSerial
LTE_MHA antlId
LTE_MHA baseStationID
LTE_MHA connection
LTE_MHA gainResolution
LTE_MHA installDate
LTE_MHA installerID
LTE_MHA lnaNumber
LTE_MHA maxGain
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
mhaAlarmDetection
mhaGain
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
mhaType
minGain
prodCode
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
LTE_MHA
scannedAntennaInterface
sectorID
serNum
substance
tmaSubunitRxFreqBandMax
tmaSubunitRxFreqBandMin
tmaSubunitTxFreqBandMax
tmaSubunitTxFreqBandMin
tmaSubunitType
LTE_MHA wmhConnector
LTE_MRBTS mrbtsId
LTE_MRBTS altitude
LTE_MRBTS autoConfBlocked
LTE_MRBTS commissioningRequired
LTE_MRBTS latitude
LTE_MRBTS longitude
LTE_MRBTS resetToTestDedicated
LTE_MRBTS AutoConnHWID
LTE_MRBTS AutoConnSiteID
LTE_MRBTS autoConfMode
LTE_MRBTS autoConfPlanName
LTE_MRBTS autoConfPlanReady
LTE_MRBTS autoConfSWPackage
LTE_MRBTS autoConfStatus
LTE_MRBTS name
LTE_MRBTS siteTemplateDescription
LTE_MRBTS siteTemplateName
LTE_PPTT mrbtsId
LTE_PPTT
LTE_PPTT
lnBtsId
ftmId
LTE_PPTT
pdhPSTTPId
LTE_PPTT
LTE_PPTT
administrativeState
interfaceNumber
LTE_PPTT
pdhLbo
LTE_PPTT pdhLineType
LTE_PPTT unitNumber
LTE_QOS_D mrbtsId
LTE_QOS_D lnBtsId
LTE_QOS_D ftmId
LTE_QOS_D ipNodeId
LTE_QOS_D qosId
LTE_QOS_D dscp
LTE_QOS_D pHB
LTE_QOS_D vlanPrio
LTE_QOS mrbtsId
LTE_QOS lnBtsId
LTE_QOS ftmId
LTE_QOS ipNodeId
LTE_QOS qosId
LTE_QOS assuredForwardingClass1
LTE_QOS bestEffort
LTE_QOS_TRmrbtsId
LTE_QOS_TRlnBtsId
LTE_QOS_TRftmId
LTE_QOS_TRipNodeId
LTE_QOS_TRqosId
LTE_QOS_TRdscp
LTE_QOS_TRtrafficType
LTE_REDRT mrbtsId
LTE_REDRT lnBtsId
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
lnCelId
redrtId
redirBandCdma
redirFreqCdma
redirFreqEutra
redirFreqUtra
mrbtsId
LTE_REDRT lnBtsId
LTE_REDRT lnCelId
LTE_REDRT redrtId
LTE_REDRT redirGeranArfcnValueL
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_REDRT
LTE_RET
redirGeranBandIndicator
redirGeranStartingArfcn
redirRat
mrbtsId
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
lnBtsId
btsscId
retId
ReleaseId3Gpp
LTE_RET
active
LTE_RET
angle
LTE_RET_ANmrbtsId
LTE_RET_ANlnBtsId
LTE_RET_ANbtsscId
LTE_RET_ANretId
LTE_RET_ANantBeamwidth
LTE_RET_ANantOperFreqBand
LTE_RET_ANantOperGain
LTE_RET
antBearing
LTE_RET
antHeight
LTE_RET
antLocation
LTE_RET
antModel
LTE_RET
antSerial
LTE_RET
antTechnology
LTE_RET
antType
LTE_RET_ANmrbtsId
LTE_RET_ANlnBtsId
LTE_RET_ANbtsscId
LTE_RET_ANretId
LTE_RET_ANantlIdList
LTE_RET
baseStationID
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
calibrate
calibrationDone
configFileDlNeeded
configurationDone
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
configurationFile
connection
hwVersion
installDate
installerID
manufacturer
LTE_RET
maxAngle
LTE_RET
mechanicalAngle
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
minAngle
prodCode
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_RET
LTE_SCTP
scannedAntennaInterface
sectorID
serNum
swVersion
mrbtsId
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
lnBtsId
sctpId
LTE_SCTP
assocMaxRetrans
LTE_SCTP
rtoMax
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_SCTP
LTE_STPG_
rtoMin
s1SctpPortNumber
sctpHeartbeatInterval
sctpMaxInboundStreams
sctpMaxOutboundStreams
sctpNonUeAssocInboundStreamId
sctpNonUeAssocOutboundStreamId
x2SctpPortNumber
mrbtsId
LTE_STPG_
LTE_STPG_
LTE_STPG_
LTE_STPG_
LTE_STPG_
lnBtsId
ftmId
syncId
timingGenPgId
clockProtocol
LTE_STPG_ interfaceNumber
LTE_STPG_ priority
LTE_STPG_ ssmEnabled
LTE_STPG_ ssmTimeout
LTE_STPG_ unitNumber
LTE_STPG mrbtsId
LTE_STPG
LTE_STPG
LTE_STPG
LTE_STPG
LTE_SYNC
lnBtsId
ftmId
syncId
timingGenPgId
mrbtsId
LTE_SYNC
LTE_SYNC
LTE_SYNC
LTE_TOPIK
lnBtsId
ftmId
syncId
mrbtsId
LTE_TOPIK
LTE_TOPIK
LTE_TOPIK
LTE_TOPIK
LTE_TOPIK
lnBtsId
ftmId
ipNodeId
topId
administrativeState
LTE_TOPIK logMeanSyncValue
LTE_TOPIK masterIpAddr
LTE_UFFIM mrbtsId
LTE_UFFIM lnBtsId
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
lnCelId
uffimId
tResUtra
utrResTiFHM
utrResTiFMM
mrbtsId
LTE_UFFIM lnBtsId
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UFFIM
LTE_UNIT
lnCelId
uffimId
dlCarFrqUtra
pMaxUtra
qQualMinUtra
qRxLevMinUtra
uCelResPrio
utraFrqThrH
utraFrqThrL
mrbtsId
LTE_UNIT
LTE_UNIT
LTE_UNIT
LTE_UNIT
LTE_UNIT
LTE_CREL
lnBtsId
ftmId
unitId
unitTypeActual
unitTypeExpected
mrbtsId
LTE_CREL
LTE_CREL
LTE_CREL
LTE_CREL
LTE_CREL
lnBtsId
btsscId
retId
crelId
targetCellDN
HOPI
AdjiPriorityQuality
HOPI
AdjiPrioritySLHO
HOPI
AdjiQoffset1
HOPI
AdjiQoffset2
HOPI
AdjiQqualMin
HOPI
AdjiQrxlevMin
HOPI
ADJD
ADJD
ADJD
ADJD
AdjiTempOffset1
ADJDChangeOrigin
ADJDId
AdjdCI
AdjdCPICHTxPwr
ADJD
AdjdDERR
ADJD
ADJD
AdjdHSDPAHopsId
AdjdLAC
ADJD
AdjdMCC
ADJD
AdjdMNC
ADJD
ADJD
AdjdNRTHopsId
AdjdRAC
ADJD
AdjdRNCId
ADJD
AdjdRTHopsId
ADJD
AdjdRTWithHSDPAHopsId
ADJD
AdjdScrCode
ADJD
ADJG
AdjdTxDiv
ADJGChangeOrigin
ADJG
ADJG
ADJGId
ADJGType
ADJG
AdjgBCC
ADJG
AdjgBCCH
ADJG
AdjgBandIndicator
ADJG
AdjgCI
ADJG
AdjgLAC
ADJG
AdjgMCC
ADJG
AdjgMNC
ADJG
AdjgNCC
ADJG
AdjgSIB
ADJG
AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH
ADJG
AdjgTxPwrMaxTCH
ADJG
NrtHopgIdentifier
ADJG
ADJI
ADJI
RtHopgIdentifier
ADJIChangeOrigin
ADJIId
ADJI
ADJI
AdjiCI
AdjiCPICHTxPwr
ADJI
AdjiComLoadMeasDRNCCellNCHO
ADJI
AdjiEcNoOffsetNCHO
ADJI
ADJI
AdjiHandlingBlockedCellSLHO
AdjiLAC
ADJI
AdjiMCC
ADJI
ADJI
ADJI
AdjiMNC
AdjiNCHOHSPASupport
AdjiRAC
ADJI
AdjiRNCid
ADJI
ADJI
AdjiSIB
AdjiScrCode
ADJI
AdjiTxDiv
ADJI
AdjiTxPwrDPCH
ADJI
AdjiTxPwrRACH
ADJI
ADJI
ADJI
ADJL
ADJL
AdjiUARFCN
NrtHopiIdentifier
RtHopiIdentifier
ADJLChangeOrigin
ADJLId
ADJL
AdjLEARFCN
ADJL
AdjLMeasBw
ADJL
ADJS
ADJS
HopLIdentifier
ADJSChangeOrigin
ADJSId
ADJS
ADJS
AdjsCI
AdjsCPICHTxPwr
ADJS
AdjsDERR
ADJS
ADJS
AdjsEcNoOffset
AdjsLAC
ADJS
AdjsMCC
ADJS
ADJS
AdjsMNC
AdjsRAC
ADJS
AdjsRNCid
ADJS
ADJS
AdjsSIB
AdjsScrCode
ADJS
AdjsTxDiv
ADJS
ADJS
AdjsTxPwrRACH
HSDPAHopsIdentifier
ADJS
NrtHopsIdentifier
ADJS
ADJS
RTWithHSDPAHopsIdentifier
RtHopsIdentifier
CMOB
CMOB
ACBarredListSystem
CMOBChangeOrigin
CMOB
CMOBId
CMOB
CMOB
CMOB
CMOB
CellAccessRestriction
RestrictionGroupName
RestrictionGroupType
TrafficRestriction
COCO
COCO
AAL2LossRatio
AAL2Multiplexing
COCO
AAL2MuxDelay
COCO
AAL2QueueHSDPAWithFC
COCO
AAL2QueueHSDPAWithoutFC
COCO
AAL2QueueHSUPA
COCO
AAL2QueueNRTDCHWithFC
COCO
AAL2QueueNRTDCHWithoutFC
COCO
AAL2QueueRTDCH
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigCDVT01Egr
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigCDVT01Ing
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigEarlyPacketDiscard
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigEgressMDCR
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigEgressUBRShare
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigIngressMDCR
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigIngressUBRShare
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigPCR01Egr
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigPCR01Ing
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigPartialPacketDiscard
COCO_AAL2AAL2SigServiceCategory
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkATMIfId
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkTPId
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkVCI
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkVPI
COCO_AAL2AAL2FallbAttribute
COCO_AAL2AAL2PathId
COCO_AAL2AAL2PathType
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkATMIfId
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkVCI
COCO_AAL2AAL2SignLinkVPI
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPATMIfId
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPCDVT01Egr
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPCDVT01Ing
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPEgressMDCR
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPEgressUBRShare
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPIngressMDCR
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPIngressUBRShare
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPPCR01Egr
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPPCR01Ing
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPServiceCategory
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPUsage
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPVCI
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPVPI
COCO_AAL2COCOA2EA
COCO_AAL2VCCInBundle
COCO_AAL2WAMId
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
ATMEPProfileId
CNBAPCDVT01Egr
CNBAPCDVT01Ing
CNBAPEarlyPacketDiscard
CNBAPEgressMDCR
COCO
COCO
CNBAPEgressUBRShare
CNBAPIngressMDCR
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
CNBAPIngressUBRShare
CNBAPPCR01Egr
CNBAPPCR01Ing
CNBAPPartialPacketDiscard
CNBAPServiceCategory
CNBAPTPATMIfId
CNBAPVCI
CNBAPVPI
COCOChangeOrigin
COCOId
CalculateCDVT
COCO
CreateATMTP
COCO_DNBA
CControlPortID
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPATMIfId
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPCDVT01Egr
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPCDVT01Ing
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPEarlyPacketDiscard
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPEgressMDCR
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPEgressUBRShare
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPIngressMDCR
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPIngressUBRShare
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPPCR01Egr
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPPCR01Ing
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPPartialPacketDiscard
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPServiceCategory
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPVCI
COCO_DNBA
DNBAPVPI
COCO
DynNRTDCHSchedPathSwitch
COCO
COCO
GenerateAAL2Num
InternalHSDPAFCMethodBTS
COCO_BUND
VCCBundleEBS
COCO_BUND
VCCBundleId
COCO_BUND
VCCBundlePCR
COCO_VPLTCOCOVPI
COCO_VPLTVPLTPATMIfId
FMCI
InterFreqUETxPwrFilterCoeff
FMCI
InterFreqUETxPwrThrAMR
FMCI
InterFreqUETxPwrThrCS
FMCI
InterFreqUETxPwrThrNrtPS
FMCI
InterFreqUETxPwrThrRtPS
FMCI
InterFreqUETxPwrTimeHyst
HOPI
HOPI
HOPI
AdjiTempOffset2
HOPIChangeOrigin
HOPIId
HOPL
AdjLAbsPrioCellReselec
HOPL
AdjLQrxlevminEUTRA
HOPL
AdjLThreshigh
HOPL
HOPL
HOPL
AdjLThreslow
HOPLChangeOrigin
HOPLId
HOPS
AdjsHCSpriority
HOPS
HOPS
AdjsHCSthreshold
AdjsPenaltyTime
HOPS
AdjsQoffset1
HOPS
AdjsQoffset2
HOPS
AdjsQqualMin
HOPS
AdjsQrxlevMin
HOPS
AdjsTempOffset1
HOPS
AdjsTempOffset2
HOPS
HOPS
EcNoAveragingWindow
EnableInterRNCsho
HOPS
EnableRRCRelease
HOPS
HHOMarginAverageEcNo
HOPS
HOPS
HOPS
HHOMarginPeakEcNo
HOPSChangeOrigin
HOPSId
HOPS
HSDPAAvailabilityIur
HOPS
HSUPAAvailabilityIur
HOPS
ReleaseMarginAverageEcNo
HOPS
ReleaseMarginPeakEcNo
IPNB
SCTPPortNumberCNBAP
IPNB_DNBACControlPortID
IPNB_DNBASCTPPortNumberDNBAP
IPNB
IPNB
IPNB
IPBasedRouteId
IPNBChangeOrigin
IPNBId
IPNB
IPNB
MinSCTPPortIub
NBAPDSCP
IPNB
NodeBIPAddress
IPNB
WBTSId
IPQM
BackgroundTCToDSCP
IPQM
IPQM
IPQM
ConversationalTCToDSCP
IPQMChangeOrigin
IPQMId
IPQM
InteractiveTHP1TCToDSCP
IPQM
IPQM
IPQM
StreamingTCToDSCP
IUCS
IUCS
CNDRXLength
CNDomainVersion
IUCS
IUCS
NRIMaxForCSCN
IUCS
NRIMinForCSCN
IUCS
CS_T3212
IUCS
DefaultCN
IUCS_DESTIDestIPAddressCS
IUCS_DESTIIPNetmaskCS
IUCS_DESTIIPBasedRouteIdCS
IUCS_DESTIIPQMIdCS
IUCS
CNId
IUCS
MCC
IUCS
MNC
IUCS
IUCSChangeOrigin
IUCS
IUCSId
IUCS
IuBarringDelayTimerCS
IUCS
IuBarringRecoveryGroupCS
IUCS
IUCS
IuState
IUCS
Iufailure
IUCS
MinUDPPortCS
IUCS
IUCS
NetworkInd
RelocationSupport
IUCS
RtcpActivation
IUCS
SharedAreaMCC
IUCS
SharedAreaMNC
IUCS
IUCS
IUCS
SignPointCode
TRafC
TRatC
IUCS
TigOR
IUCS
TinTR
IUPS
IUPS
IUPS
CNDRXLength
CNDomainVersion
CellFACHRelocSupport
IUPS
DefaultCN
IUPS_DESTI DestIPAddressPS
IUPS_DESTI IPNetmaskPS
IUPS_DESTI IPBasedRouteIdPS
IUPS_DESTI IPQMIdPS
IUPS
CNId
IUPS
MCC
IUPS
MNC
IUPS
IUPS
IUPS
IUPSChangeOrigin
IUPSId
IuBarringDelayTimerPS
IUPS
IuBarringRecoveryGroupPS
IUPS
IUPS
IuState
IUPS
Iufailure
IUPS
NetworkInd
IUPS
NRIMaxForPSCN
IUPS
NRIMinForPSCN
IUPS
IUPS
PS_NMO
RelocationSupport
IUPS
SharedAreaMCC
IUPS
SharedAreaMNC
IUPS
SignPointCode
IUPS
IUPS
IUPS
TDataFwd
TRafC
TRatC
IUPS
TigOR
IUPS
IUR
TinTR
CellFACHnRncRelocSupport
IUR
DSCPHighIur
IUR
DSCPLowIur
IUR
DSCPMedDCHIur
IUR
DelayThresholdMaxIur
IUR
DelayThresholdMidIur
IUR
DelayThresholdMinIur
IUR
HSDPACCEnabledIur
IUR
HSDPAULCToDSCPIur
IUR
HSPAOverIur
IUR
IUR
HSUPADLCToDSCPIur
IBTSSharing
IUR
IUR
IUR
IPBasedRouteIdIur
IURChangeOrigin
IURId
IUR
IurUPSupport
IUR
MaxIurNRTHSDSCHBitRate
IUR
IUR
IUR
IUR
IUR
IUR
IUR
IUR
IUR
MinUDPPortIur
NRncId
NRncNetworkInd
NRncRelocationSupport
NRncSignPointCode
NRncVersion
MCC
MNC
NeighbouringRNWElement
IUR
IUR
OverbookingSwitchIur
ProbabilityFactorMaxIur
IUR
RNSAPCongAndPreemption
IUR
ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP
IUR
ToAWEOffsetRTDCHIP
IUR
ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP
IUR
ToAWSOffsetRTDCHIP
IUR
maxHSDPAFPSizeForATMIur
RNC
A2EA
RNC_PS_OPAMRLCBufMaxOverbook2NRT
RNC_PS_OPAMRLCBufMaxOverbook3NRT
RNC_AC
AMRLCMaximumBufferUE100
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLCMaximumBufferUE1k
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLCmaximumBufferUE400
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSCount
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSFilterReTX
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSMaxMRW
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSMaxRST
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfNRTPSTriggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136MaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136PeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136PeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136PollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136PollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136PollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB136Triggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34MaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34PeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34PeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34PollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34PollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34PollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfSRB34Triggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamCount
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamDiscardTime
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamFilterReTX
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamMaxMRW
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamMaxRST
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnDCHOfStreamTriggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSCount
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSMaxMRW
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSMaxRST
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSTriggers
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSCount
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSDiscardTime
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSMaxDAT
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSMaxMRW
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSMaxRST
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSPeriodMax
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSPeriodMin
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSPollPDU
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSPollSDU
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSPollWindow
RNC_AC
EDCHStrPSTriggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSMaxMRW
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSMaxRST
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfPSTriggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnFACHOfSRBTriggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSCount
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSFilterReTX
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSMaxMRW
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSMaxRST
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCOnHSDSCHOfNRTPSTriggers
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrDiscardTime
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSCount
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSFilterReTX
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSMaxDAT
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSMaxMRW
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSMaxRST
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSPeriodMax
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSPeriodMin
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSPollPDU
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSPollSDU
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSPollWindow
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
HSDSCHStrPSTriggers
AMRLCRelatTXWindowRate1
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLCRelatTXWindowRate1Size
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeDCH10
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeDCH20
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeDCH40
AMRLCRespTimeDCHRevHSDSCH
AMRLCRespTimeRevEDCH
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeEDCH
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeFACHAndRACH
AMRLCRespTimeHSDSCHRevDCH
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeHSDSCHRevEDCH
RNC_AC
AMRLCRespTimeSRBHSPA
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPAMaxDAT
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPAPeriodMax
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPAPeriodMin
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPAPollPDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPAPollSDU
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPAPollWindow
RNC_AC
AMRLCSRBHSPATriggers
RNC_AC
AMRLCTXWindowSizeSRB2
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
AMRLoadTxPower
AMRNumofReconf
RNC_HCPC AMRWithEDCH
RNC
RNC_AC
AMRWithHSDSCH
AMRwinSizeSCload
RNC_PS_OPWeightForARP1
RNC_PS_OPATOSRBsOnHSPA
RNC_PS
ActivationTimeOffset
RNC
Af122AMRDL
RNC
Af122AMRUL
RNC
Af59AMRDL
RNC
Af59AMRUL
RNC
Af144CSStreDL
RNC
Af144CSStreUL
RNC
Af576CSStreDL
RNC
Af576CSStreUL
RNC
Af64CSConDL
RNC
Af64CSConUL
RNC
Af128And136DCCHDL
RNC
Af128And136DCCHUL
RNC
Af16And17DCCHDL
RNC
Af16And17DCCHUL
RNC
Af32And34DCCHDL
RNC
Af32And34DCCHUL
RNC
AfFACHCCDL
RNC
AfFACHCIDL
RNC
AfFACHContUL
RNC
AfFACHSDL
RNC
AfFACHUDL
RNC
AfRACH208UL
RNC
AfRACHContDL
RNC
AfRTHSDPA
RNC
AfRTHSUPA
RNC
AfSRBOnHSDPA
RNC
AfSRBOnHSUPA
RNC
Af128NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af128NRTDCHUL
RNC
Af16NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af16NRTDCHUL
RNC
Af256NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af256NRTDCHUL
RNC
Af32NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af32NRTDCHUL
RNC
Af384NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af384NRTDCHUL
RNC
Af64NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af64NRTDCHUL
RNC
Af8NRTDCHDL
RNC
Af8NRTDCHUL
RNC
AfPCHContUL
RNC
AfPCHDL
RNC
Af128RTPSAMDL
RNC
Af128RTPSAMUL
RNC
Af128RTPSUMDL
RNC
Af128RTPSUMUL
RNC
Af16RTPSAMDL
RNC
Af16RTPSAMUL
RNC
Af16RTPSUMDL
RNC
Af16RTPSUMUL
RNC
Af256RTPSAMDL
RNC
Af256RTPSUMDL
RNC
Af32RTPSAMDL
RNC
Af32RTPSAMUL
RNC
Af32RTPSUMDL
RNC
Af32RTPSUMUL
RNC
Af64RTPSAMDL
RNC
Af64RTPSAMUL
RNC
Af64RTPSUMDL
RNC
Af64RTPSUMUL
RNC
Af8RTPSAMDL
RNC
Af8RTPSAMUL
RNC
Af8RTPSUMDL
RNC
Af8RTPSUMUL
RNC
AdjustmentPeriod
RNC
RNC
RNC
RNC
RNC
RNC
AdjustmentRatio
AnchorFmciIdentifier
AnchorFmcsIdentifier
AnchorHopiIdentifier
AnchorHopsIdentifier
AutomDLPlanUpdEnabled
RNC_AC
BitRateSetPSNRT
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBCIPaddress
CBCIPaddrType
MCC
MNC
RNC
RNC_PS
CCCHforCUCallowed
CMmasterSwitch
RNC_PS_OPN10msCPCOptObjective
RNC_PS_OPN10msCQIDTXTimer
RNC_PS_OPN10msCQIFeedbackCPC
RNC_PS_OPN10msInacThrUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPN10msInacThrUEDTXCycl2
RNC_PS_OPN10msMACDTXCycle
RNC_PS_OPN10msMACInacThr
RNC_PS_OPN10msUEDPCCHburst1
RNC_PS_OPN10msUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPN10msUEDTXCycle1
RNC_PS_OPN10msUEDTXLongPreamble
RNC_PS_OPN2msCPCOptObjective
RNC_PS_OPN2msCQIDTXTimer
RNC_PS_OPN2msCQIFeedbackCPC
RNC_PS_OPN2msInacThrUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPN2msInacThrUEDTXCycl2
RNC_PS_OPN2msMACDTXCycle
RNC_PS_OPN2msMACInacThr
RNC_PS_OPN2msUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPN2msUEDTXLongPreamble
RNC_PS_OPS10msCPCOptObjective
RNC_PS_OPS10msCQIDTXTimer
RNC_PS_OPS10msCQIFeedbackCPC
RNC_PS_OPS10msInacThrUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPS10msInacThrUEDTXCycl2
RNC_PS_OPS10msMACDTXCycle
RNC_PS_OPS10msMACInacThr
RNC_PS_OPS10msUEDPCCHburst1
RNC_PS_OPS10msUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPS10msUEDTXCycle1
RNC_PS_OPS10msUEDTXLongPreamble
RNC_PS_OPS2msCPCOptObjective
RNC_PS_OPS2msCQIDTXTimer
RNC_PS_OPS2msCQIFeedbackCPC
RNC_PS_OPS2msInacThrUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPS2msInacThrUEDTXCycl2
RNC_PS_OPS2msMACDTXCycle
RNC_PS_OPS2msMACInacThr
RNC_PS_OPS2msUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPS2msUEDTXLongPreamble
RNC_PS_OPV10msCPCOptObjective
RNC_PS_OPV10msCQIDTXTimer
RNC_PS_OPV10msCQIFeedbackCPC
RNC_PS_OPV10msInacThrUEDRXCycle
RNC
V10msInacThrUEDTXCycl2
RNC_PS_OPV10msMACDTXCycle
RNC_PS_OPV10msMACInacThr
RNC_PS_OPV10msUEDPCCHburst1
RNC_PS_OPV10msUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPV10msUEDTXCycle1
RNC_PS_OPV10msUEDTXLongPreamble
RNC_PS_OPV2msCPCOptObjective
RNC_PS_OPV2msCQIDTXTimer
RNC_PS_OPV2msCQIFeedbackCPC
RNC_PS_OPV2msInacThrUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPV2msInacThrUEDTXCycl2
RNC_PS_OPV2msMACDTXCycle
RNC_PS_OPV2msMACInacThr
RNC_PS_OPV2msUEDRXCycle
RNC_PS_OPV2msUEDTXLongPreamble
RNC_HCPC CPICHECNOSRBHSPA
RNC_HCPC CPICHECNOThreEDCH2MS
RNC_HCPC CPICHRSCPThreEDCH2MS
RNC_HCPC CPICHRSCPThreSRBHSDPA
RNC
CUCforPCHtoDCHallowed
RNC
CVUserInactInSignConnRel
RNC_PS
CellDCHtestTmr
RNC
CellReselectionObservingTime
RNC
CommonMCC
RNC
CommonMNC
RNC
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
CommonMNCLength
CrQueuingTimeDL
CrQueuingTimeUL
RNC_PS
DCHBitRateBalancing
RNC_PS_OPDCHScheOverIur
RNC_HCPC DCHSlopeOfTheCurve
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilBelowDowngradeThr
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilHighAveWin
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilHighBelowNRTDataRateThr
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilHighTimeToTrigger
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilLowerAveWin128
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilLowerDowngradeThr128
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilLowerTimeToTrigger128
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilMeasGuardTime
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilRelAveWin
RNC_PS
DCHUtilRelThrDL
RNC_PS
DCHUtilRelThrUL
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilRelTimeToTrigger
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilUpperAveWin128
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr128
RNC_PS_OPDCHUtilUpperTimeToTrigger128
RNC_PS_OPDCellVsMIMOPreference
RNC
DLBLERConfInterval
RNC
DLInLoopPCStepSizeCPC
RNC
DLLoadSource
RNC
DLOptimisationProhibitTime
RNC
DLOptimisationPwrOffset
RNC
DLOptimisationUsage
RNC_AC
DLmaxBitRateSF128
RNC_AC
DLmaxBitRateSF16
RNC_AC
DLmaxBitRateSF256
RNC_AC
DLmaxBitRateSF32
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
DLmaxBitRateSF64
DLpuncturingLimit
RNC_HCPC DRRCForHSDPALayerServices
RNC_HCPC DefaultAuthorisedNetworkId
RNC_HCPC DirectedRRCForHSDPALayerEnhanc
RNC_HCPC DisablePowerInHSDPALayeringDecision
RNC_AC
DiscardTimerHSCSVoice
RNC_HCPC DownlinkInnerLoopPCStepSize
RNC_PS_OPDynUsageHSDPAReturnChannel
RNC_HCPC EDCHCTSwitchGuardTimer
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMACdFlowThroughputAveWin
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMACdFlowThroughputRelThr
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMACdFlowThroughputTimetoTrigger
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMACdflowtputStrTtT
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMaxHARQReTxStr
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMaxHarqReTxSRB
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMaxHarqReTxSRB2MS
RNC_PS_OPEDCHMaxNumberOfHARQReTx
RNC_PS_OPEDCHQOSClasses
RNC_HCPC EDCHSlopeOfTheCurve
RNC
EUTRAdetection
RNC
EchoRequestSending
RNC_HCPC EcnoDifferenceThreshold
RNC_HCPC EmergencyCallISHOSupport
RNC
EmergencyCallRedirect
RNC
EmergencyCallRedirectTimer
RNC_PS_OPEnablDelayHHO
RNC_PS_OPEnablDelayStand
RNC_HCPC EnableULQualDetRep
RNC_AC
ExpectReorderingPDCP
RNC
ExtendedULDLactivationTmr
RNC_AC
FDPCHAllocMinInterval
RNC_AC
FDPCHAndSRBOnHSPATC
RNC_AC
FDPCHSetupEC
RNC_AC
FRLCEnabled
RNC_PS_OPFactorEDCHMaxBRPSstream
RNC_PS_OPFactorEDCHMaxBitRate
RNC_PS_OPFactorEDCHMaxBitRate2NRT
RNC_PS_OPFactorEDCHMaxBitRate3NRT
RNC_PS_OPFactorMinPBSinterval
RNC
FastUECancel
RNC
FastUEPeriod
RNC
FastUEThreshold
RNC_PS_OPFlexUpgrUsage
RNC_AC
FmaxPeriodPDCP
RNC_AC
FmaxTimePDCP
RNC_AC
FreePtxSafetyMarginStr
RNC_HCPC GANetwARFCN
RNC_HCPC GANetwBCC
RNC_HCPC
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_PS
GANetwNCC
PrachBetaC120
PrachBetaC15
PrachBetaC30
PrachBetaC60
PrachBetaD120
PrachBetaD15
PrachBetaD30
PrachBetaD60
GapPositionSingleFrame
RNC_HCPC GsmHandoverAMR
RNC_HCPC GsmHandoverCS
RNC_HCPC GsmHandoverNrtPS
RNC_HCPC GsmHandoverRtPS
RNC_PS
RNC
HLSModeSelection
HSCAHORabCombSupport
RNC_PS_OPHSDPA16KBPSReturnChannel
RNC
HSDPA48UsersEnabled
RNC_AC
HSPDSCHAdjustPeriod
RNC
HSUPACtrlChanAdjPeriod
RNC_PS_OPHappyBitDelayConditionEDCH
RNC
HeaderCompressionMethod
RNC_PS_OPHsdschGuardTimerHO
RNC_HCPC IBTSRabCombSupport
RNC
IPStackErrorTimer
RNC_HCPC ISHOCancellation
RNC_HCPC ISHOInIurMobility
RNC_PS_OPInacUserNbrXXXOverNRT
RNC_PS_OPInacUsersOverloadFact
RNC_PS_OPInactCPCBatOptT
RNC_PS_OPInactCPCNoBatOptT
RNC_PS
InactDetForStreamingRB
RNC_PS_OPInactNonCPCBatOptT
RNC_PS_OPInactNonCPCNoBatOptT
RNC_PS
InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH128
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
InactivityTimerUplinkDCH128
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_HCPC IntelligentEmergencyCallISHOSupport
RNC
IuDATree
RNC_IUOPE NRILengthForCSCN
RNC_IUOPE NRILengthForPSCN
RNC_IUOPE NullNRIForCSPool
RNC_IUOPE NullNRIForPSPool
RNC_IUOPE OperatorWeight
RNC_IUOPE MCC
RNC_IUOPE MNC
RNC
IuPSrelWait3G2GMultiServ
RNC
IubDATree
RNC
IurDATree
RNC_PS_OPIurPriority
RNC
RNC
LCSSupportForAnchoring
LCSfunctionality
RNC
RNC_AC
LHOMinNrtDchAllocTime
LoadBasedAMRCodecMode
RNC_HCPC LowerRxTxTimeDiff
RNC_AC
MACdflowthroughputAveWin
RNC_AC
MACdflowthroughputRelThr
RNC_AC
MACdflowthroughputTimetoTrigger
RNC_PS_OPMACdflowtputStrTtT
RNC_AC
MACdflowutilRelThr
RNC_PS_OPMACdflowutilStrTtT
RNC_AC
MACdflowutilTimetoTrigger
RNC
RNC
MIBPLMNIdIncluded
MOCNenabled
RNC
MSActivitySupervision
RNC
MaxAdjustmentStep
RNC_AC
MaxBitRateNRTMACDFlow
RNC_AC
MaxCSDelayRNCETTI10
RNC_AC
MaxCSDelayRNCETTI2
RNC_AC
MaxCSDelayUE
RNC
MaxCellReselections
RNC_AC
MaxEHARQReTxCSAMR10
RNC_AC
MaxEHARQReTxCSAMR2
RNC_AC
MaxFreezingTime
RNC_AC
MaxHeaderPDCP
RNC_HCPC MaxNumISHOClPerAS
RNC_AC
RNC
RNC
MaxNumberOfReAttemptsCong
MaxReWaitTime
MaxReWaitTime2msTTI
RNC
MaxReWaitTimeRT
RNC_AC
MaxSetOfEDPDCHCSAMR10
RNC_AC
MaxSetOfEDPDCHCSAMR2
RNC
RNC_HCPC
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
MinPrefChange
MultipleBSICIdent
N302
N304
RNC_SIB
N308
RNC
N3Requests
RNC
NCHOFilterCoeffComLoadMeasDRNCCell
RNC
NCHOHystComLoadMeasDRNCCell
RNC
NCHOThrComLoadMeasDRNCCell
RNC
NRTDCHFlowControlTargetDelay
RNC_PS_OPNRTRBBRWithEDCHStr
RNC_AC
NonTCPspacePDCP
RNC_PS_OPPBSpolicy
RNC
PCPreamble
RNC_AC
PCrangeDL
RNC_AC
PDUSizeBitRateThr
RNC_AC
PDUSizeCodeThreshold
RNC_AC
PDUSizeSIRThr
RNC_PS_OPPSOpThroUsage
RNC
RNC
PWSMDriftAllowed
PWSMDuration
RNC
PWSMExceededTrafficDur
RNC
PageRep1stInterv
RNC
PageRep2ndInterv
RNC
PeriodULRCAMR
RNC_PS_OPPeriodicityForSI
RNC
RNC
PostVerifPeriodDLSynch
PowerBalancing
RNC_AC
PowerOffsetEHARQVoice
RNC_PS_OPPowerOffsetForSI
RNC
PrefSubtract
RNC
PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute
RNC_PS
PriForBackARP1
RNC_PS
PriForBackARP2
RNC_PS
PriForBackARP3
RNC_PS
PriForConvOnHSPA
RNC_PS
PriForIntSignaling
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP1ARP1
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP1ARP2
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP1ARP3
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP2ARP1
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP2ARP2
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP2ARP3
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP3ARP1
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP3ARP2
RNC_PS
PriForIntTHP3ARP3
RNC_PS_OPPriForSRBsOnHSPA
RNC_PS
PriForStreamARP1
RNC_PS
PriForStreamARP2
RNC_PS
PriForStreamARP3
RNC_PS_OPRABDRAEnabled
RNC
RANAPCause1LoadHO
RNC
RANAPCause2LoadHO
RNC
RANAPCause3LoadHO
RNC
RANAPCause1ServHO
RNC
RANAPCause2ServHO
RNC
RANAPCause3ServHO
RNC
RNC
RNC
RANAPprocInitWait
RNCChangeOrigin
RNCName
RNC_AC
RRCSetupCCHEnabledR99
RNC_PS
RTOverNRTPriThresholdARP1
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
RNC_AC
RTservicesForPS
RNC
RestrictionInterval
RNC
RncId
RNC_OPTIORncOptions
RNC_AC
SDUdiscardModeRTPS
RNC_SIB
SIB11_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB12_priority
RNC
SIB15_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB18_priority
RNC
SIB19Priority
RNC_SIB
SIB1_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB2_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB3_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB4_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB5_priority
RNC_SIB
SIB6_priority
RNC_SIB
RNC
SIB7_priority
SLHOCmAllowedNRT
RNC
SLHOHandlingOfCellLoadMeasNotAct
RNC
SLHOProfileBackgroundPSNRTData
RNC
SLHOProfileConvCSSpeech
RNC
SLHOProfileConvCSTData
RNC
SLHOProfileConvPSRTData
RNC
SLHOProfileConvPSSpeech
RNC
SLHOProfileInteractivePSNRTData
RNC
SLHOProfileStreamCSNTData
RNC
RNC
RNC
RNC_HCPC
RNC
RNC
RNC
RNC
RNC
SLHOProfileStreamPSRTData
SLHOUseBackgroundPSNRTData
SLHOUseConvCSSpeech
SLHOUseConvCSTData
SLHOUseConvPSRTData
SLHOUseConvPSSpeech
SLHOUseInteractivePSNRTData
SLHOUseStreamCSNTData
SLHOUseStreamPSRTData
RNC
SRBDelay
RNC_HCPC ServBtwnHSDPALayers
RNC_HCPC ServicesToHSDPALayer
RNC
SignConnActivitySupervision
RNC
SignallingLinkInactivityTimer
RNC
SignallingToDSCP
RNC_HCPC StepSizeForDCHBLER
RNC_HCPC StepSizeForEDCHBLER
RNC_AC
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
RNC_SIB
T1HSCSVoice
T302
T304
T305
T307
T308
T309
RNC_SIB
T314
RNC_SIB
T316
RNC_SIB
T317
RNC
RNC_AC
T3Response
TCPspacePDCP
RNC_AC
TDMultForHSDPAStreaming
RNC
TFDCHZeroBitRate
RNC_PS_OPTGPLAMRHSDPAInterFreq
RNC_PS_OPTGPLHSDPAInterFreq
RNC_PS
TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm
RNC_PS
TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeCSgsm
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm
RNC_PS
TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq
RNC
THP1DelaySensitivitySwitch
RNC
RNC
RNC
TRelocOverall
RNC
TRelocPrep
RNC_PS_OPThresholdMaxEDPDCHSR1920kbps
RNC
ThresholdMaxEDPDCHSR3840kbps
RNC_PS_OPThresholdMaxEDPDCHSR960kbps
RNC
ToAWEOffsetForOverbook
RNC
ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti10
RNC
ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti20
RNC
ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti40
RNC
ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti10
RNC
ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti20
RNC
ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti40
RNC
ToAWE_Speech
RNC
ToAWSOffsetForOverbook
RNC
ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti10
RNC
ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti20
RNC
ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti40
RNC
ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti10
RNC
ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti20
RNC
ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti40
RNC
ToAWS_Speech
RNC_PS
ToCellFACHinTest
RNC
TraceLCSHorizAccur
RNC
TraceLCSPriority
RNC
TraceLCSVertAccur
RNC
TraceLCSWaitPeriod
RNC_PS
TrafVolPendingTimeDL
RNC_PS
TrafVolPendingTimeUL
RNC_PS
TrafVolThresholdDLHigh
RNC_PS_OPTrafVolThresholdDLHighDCH128
RNC_PS
TrafVolThresholdULHigh
RNC_PS_OPTrafVolThresholdULHighDCH128
RNC_PS
RNC_PS
TrafVolThresholdULLow
TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL
RNC_PS
RNC
TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL
UEQualityRepInterv
RNC_HCPC UETxPowerMaxRef
RNC
ULBLERConfInterval
RNC
ULCACSwitch
RNC_HCPC ULQualDetRepThreshold
RNC
UL_DL_activation_timer
RNC
UL_DLcapacityReqWait
RNC_AC
ULmaxBitRateSF128
RNC_AC
ULmaxBitRateSF16
RNC_AC
ULmaxBitRateSF256
RNC_AC
ULmaxBitRateSF32
RNC_AC
ULmaxBitRateSF64
RNC_AC
RNC_AC
ULmaxBitRateSF8
ULpuncturingLimit
RNC_AC
UMRLCEVoiceDiscardTime
RNC
UPResAllocInCellDCHWait
RNC_AC
UlScrCodeMin
RNC_HCPC UpLinkInitialTransmitPowerMode
RNC_HCPC UpLinkRecoveryPeriodPowerMode
RNC_HCPC UpperRxTxTimeDiff
RNC
UsedSRBALCSet
RNC_AC
WPSCallRestriction
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCbackground
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCconversational
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCemergency
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRChighPrioritySignalling
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCinterRATreselection
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCinteractive
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRClowPrioritySignalling
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCother
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCregistration
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCstreaming
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCsubscribed
RNC_AC
WaitTimeRRCunknown
RNC_PS_OPWeightDCHBG
RNC_PS_OPWeightDCHTHP1
RNC_PS_OPWeightHSPABG
RNC_PS_OPWeightHSPATHP1
RNC_AC
WireLessPriorityService
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri0
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri1
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri10
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri11
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri12
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri13
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri14
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri15
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri2
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri3
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri4
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri5
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri6
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri7
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri8
TQM
AfHSDPAQoSPri9
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri0
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri1
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri10
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri11
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri12
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri13
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri14
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri15
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri2
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri3
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri4
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri5
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri6
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri7
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri8
TQM
AfHSUPAQoSPri9
TQM
FallbackForDCHQoSPri0
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
FallbackForHSPAQoSPri0
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
CSTrafficToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri0ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri10ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri11ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri12ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri13ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri14ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri15ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri1ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri2ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri3ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri4ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri5ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri6ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri7ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri8ToAAL2PT
TQM
DCHQoSPri9ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri0ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri10ToAAL2PT
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
TQM
HSPAQoSPri1ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri2ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri3ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri4ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri5ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri6ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri7ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri8ToAAL2PT
TQM
HSPAQoSPri9ToAAL2PT
TQM
PchFachRachToAAL2PT
TQM
SRBToAAL2PT
TQM
CSTrafficToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri0ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri10ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri11ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri12ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri13ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri14ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri15ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri1ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri2ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri3ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri4ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri5ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri6ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri7ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri8ToDSCP
TQM
DCHQoSPri9ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri0ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri10ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri11ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri12ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri13ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri14ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri15ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri1ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri2ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri3ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri4ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri5ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri6ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri7ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri8ToDSCP
TQM
HSPAQoSPri9ToDSCP
TQM
PchFachRachToDSCP
TQM
TQM
SRBToDSCP
TQMChangeOrigin
TQM
TQMId
VBTS_CONTIHSPAadapterId
VBTS_CONTServingRNCId
VBTS
DediMeasRepPeriodCSdata
VBTS
DediMeasRepPeriodPSdata
VBTS
DedicatedMeasReportPeriod
VBTS
HARQRVConfiguration
VBTS
VBTS
VBTS
MeasFiltCoeff
VBTSChangeOrigin
VBTSId
VCEL
CSAMRModeSET
VCEL
CSAMRModeSETWB
VCEL
EDCHMinimumSetETFCI
VCEL
EbNoSetIdentifier
VCEL
HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL
VCEL
HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL
VCEL
VCEL
HSDPAFmcsIdentifier
HSDPAHopsIdentifier
VCEL
HSDPAenabled
VCEL
HSPAFmcsIdentifier
VCEL
HSUPAEnabled
VCEL
InitialBitRateDL
VCEL
InitialBitRateUL
VCEL
VCEL
VCEL
LAC
MaxBitRateDLPSNRT
MaxBitRateULPSNRT
VCEL
MaxTotalUplinkSymbolRate
VCEL
MinAllowedBitRateDL
VCEL
MinAllowedBitRateUL
VCEL
NrtFmcgIdentifier
VCEL
NrtFmciIdentifier
VCEL
NrtFmcsIdentifier
VCEL
NrtHopgIdentifier
VCEL
NrtHopiIdentifier
VCEL
NrtHopsIdentifier
VCEL
PtxOffsetHSSCCH
VCEL
RAC
VCEL
RelocComm_in_InterRNC_HHO
VCEL
RtFmcgIdentifier
VCEL
RtFmciIdentifier
VCEL
VCEL
VCEL
VCEL
RtFmcsIdentifier
RtHopgIdentifier
RtHopiIdentifier
RtHopsIdentifier
VCEL
VCEL
VCEL
WANE
RxDivIndicator
VCELChangeOrigin
VCELId
AuthorisedNetworkId
WANE_PLMNAuthorisedNetworkMCC
WANE_PLMNAuthorisedNetworkMNC
WANE_PLMNTechnology
WANE
WANEChangeOrigin
WANE
WANEName
WBTS
ATMInterfaceID
WBTS
AdminWBTSState
WBTS
AutoConnHWID
WBTS
AutoConnSiteID
WBTS
BTSAdditionalInfo
WBTS
BTSFallbackEnabled
WBTS
BTSIPAddress
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
BTSSupportForHSPACM
BlindTFdetectionUsage
BroadcastSIB15
WBTS
BroadcastSIB15_2
WBTS
BroadcastSIB15_3
WBTS
WBTS
COCOId
DCHnumberRL
WBTS
DCNLinkStatus
WBTS
DCNSecurityStatus
WBTS
DLORLAveragingWindowSize
WBTS
DSCPHigh
WBTS
DSCPLow
WBTS
DSCPMedDCH
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
DSCPMedHSPA
DediMeasRepPeriodCSdata
DediMeasRepPeriodPSdata
WBTS
DedicatedMeasReportPeriod
WBTS
DelayThresholdMax
WBTS
DelayThresholdMax2msTTI
WBTS
DelayThresholdMid
WBTS
DelayThresholdMid2msTTI
WBTS
DelayThresholdMin
WBTS
DelayThresholdMin2msTTI
WBTS
HARQRVConfiguration
WBTS
HSDPA14MbpsPerUser
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
HSDPACCEnabled
HSDPAULCToDSCP
HSUPADLCToDSCP
WBTS
HSUPAXUsersEnabled
WBTS
IPBasedRouteIdIub
WBTS
IPBasedRouteIdIub2
WBTS
IPNBId
WBTS
InactCACThresholdATM
WBTS
InactCACThresholdIP
WBTS
InactUsersCIDThreshold
WBTS
IntelligentSDPrioHO
WBTS
IubTransportFallback
WBTS
WBTS
IubTransportMedia
LoadControlPeriodPS
WBTS
MaxDCHuserRateRLDL
WBTS
MaxDCHuserRateRLUL
WBTS
MaxNumberEDCHLCG
WBTS
MeasFiltCoeff
WBTS
MinUDPPortIub
WBTS
WBTS
NBAPCommMode
NESWVersion
WBTS
NEType
WBTS
NbrOfOverbookedHSDPAUsers
WBTS
NodeBRABReconfigSupport
WBTS
OverbookingSwitch
WBTS
PDUSize656WithHSDSCH
WBTS
PSAveragingWindowSize
WBTS
PSRLAveragingWindowSize
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
PWSMInUse
PWSMRemCellSDBeginHour
PWSMRemCellSDBeginMin
PWSMRemCellSDEndHour
PWSMRemCellSDEndMin
PWSMShutdownBeginHour
PWSMShutdownBeginMin
PWSMShutdownEndHour
PWSMShutdownEndMin
PWSMWeekday
ProbabilityFactorMax
ProbabilityFactorMax2msTTI
WBTS
WBTS
PrxAlpha
PrxMeasAveWindow
WBTS
PrxTargetPSAdjustPeriod
WBTS
PtxAlpha
WBTS
PtxDPCHmax
WBTS
WBTS
PtxDPCHmin
PtxMeasAveWindow
WBTS
RACHloadIndicationPeriod
WBTS
RRIndPeriod
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorCSAMR
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorCSNTData
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorCSTData
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorPSBackgr
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorPSStream
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorPSTHP1
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
RRMULDCHActivityFactorSRB
WBTS
ReleaseTimerForSharedHSDPAallocation
WBTS
SatelliteIubUsage
WBTS
SchedulingPeriod
WBTS
SharedHSDPAVCCSelectionMethod
WBTS
SharedHSDPAallocation
WBTS
TQMId
WBTS
ToAWEOffsetNRTDCHIP
WBTS
ToAWEOffsetRTDCHIP
WBTS
ToAWSOffsetNRTDCHIP
WBTS
ToAWSOffsetRTDCHIP
WBTS
VCI
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
WBTS
VPI
WBTSChangeOrigin
WBTSId
WBTSName
WBTS
WinACRABsetupDL
WBTS
WinACRABsetupUL
WBTS
WinLCHSDPA
WBTS
WinLCHSUPA
WCEL
ACBarredList
WCEL
AICHTraTime
WCEL_AC
WCEL_AC
AMROverSC
AMROverTransmission
WCEL_AC
AMROverTxNC
WCEL_AC
AMROverTxNonHSPA
WCEL
AMROverTxTotal
WCEL_AC
AMRSF
WCEL_AC
WCEL_AC
AMRTargetSC
AMRTargetTransmission
WCEL_AC
AMRTargetTxNC
WCEL_AC
AMRTargetTxNonHSPA
WCEL_AC
AMRTargetTxTotal
WCEL_AC
AMRUnderSC
WCEL_AC
AMRUnderTransmission
WCEL_AC
AMRUnderTxNC
WCEL_AC
AMRUnderTxNonHSPA
WCEL
AMRUnderTxTotal
WCEL
AbsPrioCellReselec
WCEL
AdminCellState
WCEL
AllowedPreambleSignatures
WCEL
WCEL_PS
AllowedRACHSubChannels
AltScramblingCodeCM
WCEL_AC
CCHSetupEnabled
WCEL_AC
WCEL
CIRForFDPCH
CId
WCEL_PS
CPCEnabled
WCEL
CPICHEcNoSRBMapRRC
WCEL_AC
CPICHtoRefRABoffset
WCEL_AC
CSAMRModeSET
WCEL_AC
WCEL
CSAMRModeSETWB
CSGroupId
WCEL
CTCHCapaHighPri
WCEL
CUCEcNoThreshold
WCEL_AC
CableLoss
WCEL
CellAdditionalInfo
WCEL
CellBarred
WCEL
CellRange
WCEL
CellSelQualMeas
WCEL_HCPCCellWeightForHSDPALayering
WCEL
WCEL_AC
WCEL_AC
WCEL_AC
Cell_Reserved
CodeTreeOptTimer
CodeTreeOptimisation
CodeTreeUsage
WCEL_HCPCDCellHSDPACapaHO
WCEL_PS
DCellHSDPAEnabled
WCEL_HCPCDCellHSDPAFmcsId
WCEL_AC
DPCHOverHSPDSCHThreshold
WCEL
DPCModeChangeSupport
WCEL_AC
DRRCprxMargin
WCEL_AC
DRRCprxOffset
WCEL_AC
DRRCptxMargin
WCEL_AC
WCEL_PS
DRRCptxOffset
DeltaPrxMaxDown
WCEL_PS
WCEL_PS
DeltaPrxMaxUp
DeltaPtxMaxDown
WCEL_PS DeltaPtxMaxUp
WCEL_HCPCDirectedRRCEnabled
WCEL_HCPCDirectedRRCForHSDPALayerEnabled
WCEL
EDCHCapability
WCEL_PS
EDCHMinSetETFCIT0
WCEL_PS
WCEL
EDCHMinimumSetETFCI
EDCHOpState
WCEL_AC
EbNoSetIdentifier
WCEL_AC
FDPCHCodeChangeEnabled
WCEL_AC
FDPCHEnabled
WCEL_AC
FDPCHSetup
WCEL_PS
FachLoadMarginCCH
WCEL_PS
FachLoadThresholdCCH
WCEL
HCS_PRIO
WCEL
HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL
WCEL
HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL
WCEL_HCPCHSCapabilityHONumbUE
WCEL_HCPCHSCapabilityHOPeriod
WCEL_AC
HSDPA64QAMallowed
WCEL
HSDPA64UsersEnabled
WCEL_HCPCHSDPAFmcgIdentifier
WCEL_HCPCHSDPAFmciIdentifier
WCEL_HCPCHSDPAFmcsIdentifier
WCEL_HCPCHSDPALayeringCommonChEnabled
WCEL_PS
WCEL_PS
WCEL
HSDPAMPO
HSDPAMaxBitrateUL
HSDPAcapability
WCEL_AC
WCEL
HSDPAenabled
HSDSCHOpState
WCEL_AC
HSPA72UsersPerCell
WCEL_HCPCHSPACapaHO
WCEL_HCPCHSPAFmcsIdentifier
WCEL_PS
HSPAQoSEnabled
WCEL
HSPDSCHCodeSet
WCEL_AC
HSPDSCHMarginSF128
WCEL_AC
HSUPA2MSTTIEnabled
WCEL_PS
HSUPAEnabled
WCEL_AC
WCEL
HspaMultiNrtRabSupport
IncomingLTEISHO
WCEL_PS
InitialBitRateDL
WCEL_PS
WCEL
WCEL
InitialBitRateUL
InterFreqScaleTresel
InterRATScaleTresel
WCEL
WCEL
IntraFreq_Cell_Reselect_Ind
KforCTCH
WCEL
LAC
WCEL_HCPCLHOCapaReqRejRateDL
WCEL_HCPCLHOCapaReqRejRateUL
WCEL_HCPCLHODelayOFFCapaReqRejRate
WCEL_HCPCLHODelayOFFHardBlocking
WCEL_HCPCLHODelayOFFInterference
WCEL_HCPCLHODelayOFFResRateSC
WCEL_HCPCLHOHardBlockingBaseLoad
WCEL_HCPCLHOHardBlockingRatio
WCEL_HCPCLHOHystTimeCapaReqRejRate
WCEL_HCPCLHOHystTimeHardBlocking
WCEL_HCPCLHOHystTimeInterference
WCEL_HCPCLHOHystTimeResRateSC
WCEL_HCPCLHONRTTrafficBaseLoad
WCEL_HCPCLHONumbUEInterFreq
WCEL_HCPCLHONumbUEInterRAT
WCEL_HCPCLHOPwrOffsetDL
WCEL_HCPCLHOPwrOffsetUL
WCEL_HCPCLHOResRateSC
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeOFFCapaReqRejRate
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeOFFHardBlocking
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeOFFInterference
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeOFFResRateSC
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeONCapaReqRejRate
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeONHardBlocking
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeONInterference
WCEL_HCPCLHOWinSizeONResRateSC
WCEL
LTECellReselection
WCEL
LcrId
WCEL_HCPCLoadBasedCPICHEcNoSRBHSPA
WCEL_HCPCLoadBasedCPICHEcNoThreEDCH2MS
WCEL_AC
WCEL_AC
MHA
MIMOEnabled
WCEL_HCPCMIMOHSDPACapaHO
WCEL_AC
MaxBitRateDLPSNRT
WCEL_AC
WCEL_AC
MaxBitRateULPSNRT
MaxCodeReleases
WCEL
MaxDLPowerCapability
WCEL
MaxIncrInterferenceUL
WCEL
MaxNbrOfHSSCCHCodes
WCEL_PS
MaxNumbHSDPAUsersS
WCEL_PS
MaxNumbHSDSCHMACdFS
WCEL_PS
MaxNumberEDCHCell
WCEL_PS
MaxNumberHSDPAUsers
WCEL_PS
MaxNumberHSDSCHMACdFlows
WCEL_HCPCMaxNumberUECmHO
WCEL_HCPCMaxNumberUECmSLHO
WCEL_PS
MaxNumberUEHSPACmHO
WCEL_PS
MaxNumberUEHSPACmNCHO
WCEL_PS
MaxTotalUplinkSymbolRate
WCEL_PS
MinAllowedBitRateDL
WCEL_PS
MinAllowedBitRateUL
WCEL
WCEL
MultiplePLMNListIncluded
N300
WCEL
N312
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
N312Conn
N313
N315
WCEL_PS
NASsignVolThrDL
WCEL_PS
NASsignVolThrUL
WCEL
NCr
WCEL
NbrOfSCCPCHs
WCEL
NforCTCH
WCEL
NonHCSNcr
WCEL
NonHCSTcrMax
WCEL
NonHCSTcrMaxHyst
WCEL
NonHSEventECommMeas
WCEL
NrtFmcgIdentifier
WCEL
WCEL
NrtFmciIdentifier
NrtFmcsIdentifier
WCEL_PS
NumberEDCHReservedSHOBranchAdditions
WCEL_PS
OCULNRTDCHGrantedMinAllocT
WCEL_PS
OCdlNrtDCHgrantedMinAllocT
WCEL_PS
PBSgrantedMinDCHallocTequalP
WCEL_PS
PBSgrantedMinDCHallocThigherP
WCEL_PS
WCEL
WCEL
PBSgrantedMinDCHallocTlowerP
PCH24kbpsEnabled
PI_amount
WCEL
PRACHDelayRange
WCEL
PRACHRequiredReceivedCI
WCEL
PRACHScramblingCode
WCEL
WCEL
PRACH_preamble_retrans
PSGroupId
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
PTxPICH
PWSMAVLimitDCHSDPA
PWSMAVLimitNRTHSDPA
PWSMAVLimitRTDCH
PWSMAVLimitRTHSDPA
PWSMAVPwrNRTHSDPA
PWSMAVPwrRTHSDPA
PWSMCellGroup
PWSMEXPwrLimit
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
PWSMEXUsrLimit
PWSMSDLimitDCHSDPA
PWSMSDLimitNRTDCH
PWSMSDLimitNRTHSDPA
PWSMSDLimitRTDCH
PWSMSDLimitRTHSDPA
PWSMSDPwrNRTHSDPA
PWSMSDPwrRTDCH
PWSMSDPwrRTHSDPA
PWSMShutdownOrder
PWSMShutdownRemCell
WCEL
PowerOffsetLastPreamblePRACHmessage
WCEL
PO1_15
WCEL
PO1_30
WCEL
WCEL
PO1_60
PowerRampStepPRACHpreamble
WCEL
PowerSaveHSPAType
WCEL
PriScrCode
WCEL_PS
PrxLoadMarginDCH
WCEL_PS
PrxLoadMarginEDCH
WCEL_PS
PrxLoadMarginMaxDCH
WCEL_PS
PrxMaxTargetBTS
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
PrxMeasFilterCoeff
PrxNoise
PrxNoiseAutotuning
WCEL
PrxOffset
WCEL_AC
PrxOffsetWPS
WCEL
PrxTarget
WCEL
PrxTargetMax
WCEL_PS
PrxTargetPSMax
WCEL_PS
PrxTargetPSMin
WCEL_PS
PrxTargetPSStepDown
WCEL_PS
PrxTargetPSStepUp
WCEL
PrxTotalReportPeriod
WCEL
PtxAICH
WCEL_AC
PtxCellMax
WCEL_AC
PtxDLabsMax
WCEL_AC
PtxFDPCHMax
WCEL_AC
PtxFDPCHMin
WCEL_PS
PtxHighHSDPAPwr
WCEL_PS
PtxMarginCCH
WCEL
PtxMaxEHICH
WCEL_AC
PtxMaxHSDPA
WCEL
PtxMeasFilterCoeff
WCEL
PtxOffset
WCEL
PtxOffsetEAGCH
WCEL
PtxOffsetEAGCHDPCCH
WCEL
PtxOffsetEHICHDPCCH
WCEL
PtxOffsetERGCH
WCEL
PtxOffsetERGCHDPCCH
WCEL_AC
PtxOffsetExxCH2ms
WCEL_AC
PtxOffsetExxCHSHO
WCEL_AC
PtxOffsetFDPCHSHO
WCEL_AC
PtxOffsetHSDPA
WCEL
PtxOffsetHSSCCH
WCEL_AC
PtxOffsetWPS
WCEL_AC
PtxPSstreamAbsMax
WCEL
PtxPrimaryCCPCH
WCEL
PtxPrimaryCPICH
WCEL
PtxPrimarySCH
WCEL
PtxSCCPCH1
WCEL
PtxSCCPCH2
WCEL
PtxSCCPCH2SF128
WCEL
PtxSCCPCH3
WCEL
PtxSecSCH
WCEL
PtxTarget
WCEL_AC
PtxTargetHSDPA
WCEL_PS
PtxTargetPSAdjustPeriod
WCEL_PS
PtxTargetPSMax
WCEL_PS
PtxTargetPSMin
WCEL_PS
PtxTargetPSStepDown
WCEL_PS
PtxTargetPSStepUp
WCEL_AC
PtxTargetTotMax
WCEL_AC
PtxTargetTotMin
WCEL_PS
PtxThresholdCCH
WCEL
PtxTotalReportPeriod
WCEL
QHCS
WCEL
Qhyst1
WCEL
Qhyst1FACH
WCEL
Qhyst1PCH
WCEL
Qhyst2
WCEL
Qhyst2FACH
WCEL
Qhyst2PCH
WCEL
QqualMin
WCEL
QrxlevMin
WCEL
RAC
WCEL
RACHCapacity
WCEL
RACH_Tx_NB01max
WCEL
RACH_Tx_NB01min
WCEL
RACH_tx_Max
WCEL
RACHloadReportPeriod
WCEL
RACHmeasFilterCoeff
WCEL
RNARGroupId
WCEL
RRCconnRepTimer1
WCEL
RRCconnRepTimer2
WCEL
RSEPSEventECommMeas
WCEL
RTWPEventECommHyst
WCEL
RTWPEventECommMeas
WCEL
RTWPMeasFilterCoeff
WCEL
RTWithHSDPAFmcgIdentifier
WCEL
RTWithHSDPAFmciIdentifier
WCEL
RTWithHSDPAFmcsIdentifier
WCEL_HCPCRTWithHSPAFmcsIdentifier
WCEL_PS
RachLoadMarginCCH
WCEL_PS
RachLoadThresholdCCH
WCEL_AC
RefServForCodePower
WCEL
RelocComm_in_InterRNC_HHO
WCEL
RsrvdSignaturesOffset
WCEL
RtFmcgIdentifier
WCEL
WCEL
RtFmciIdentifier
RtFmcsIdentifier
WCEL_AC
RxDivIndicator
WCEL
SAC
WCEL
SACB
WCEL
SHCS_RAT
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
SHCS_RATConn
SIB4Indicator
SIB7factor
WCEL_AC
SIRDPCCHOffsetEDPCH
WCEL_AC
SRBBitRateRRCSetupEC
WCEL_AC
SRBMapRRCSetupEC
WCEL_AC
SectorID
WCEL_HCPCServHONumbUEInterFreq
WCEL_HCPCServHONumbUEInterRAT
WCEL_HCPCServHOPeriodInterFreq
WCEL_HCPCServHOPeriodInterRAT
WCEL
ShutdownStepAmount
WCEL
ShutdownWindow
WCEL
Sintersearch
WCEL
SintersearchConn
WCEL
Sintrasearch
WCEL
SintrasearchConn
WCEL
Slimit_SearchRAT
WCEL
Slimit_SearchRATConn
WCEL
SpeedScaleTresel
WCEL
Sprioritysearch1
WCEL
Sprioritysearch2
WCEL
SsearchHCS
WCEL
SsearchHCSConn
WCEL
Ssearch_RAT
WCEL
WCEL
Ssearch_RATConn
T300
WCEL
T312
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL
T312Conn
T313
T315
WCEL
TBarred
WCEL
TCPEventECommHyst
WCEL
TCPEventECommMeas
WCEL
TCPMeasFilterCoeff
WCEL
TCrmax
WCEL
TCrmaxHyst
WCEL_AC
TPCCommandERTarget
WCEL_PS
TargetNSEDCHToTotalEDCHPR
WCEL
Tcell
WCEL
Threshservlow
WCEL
ToAWE_CCH
WCEL
ToAWS_CCH
WCEL_PS
TrafVolThresholdDLLow
WCEL
Treselection
WCEL
TreselectionFACH
WCEL
TreselectionPCH
WCEL
UARFCN
WCEL_AC
UEtxPowerMaxDPCH
WCEL_AC
UEtxPowerMaxPRACH
WCEL_AC
UEtxPowerMaxPRACHConn
WCEL
URAId
WCEL
WCEL
WCEL_AC
UTRAN_DRX_length
UseOfHCS
UsersPerHSSCCHCode
WCEL
WCEL
VoiceOverrideSTHSUPA
WCELChangeOrigin
WCEL
WCEL
WCELCSCNId
WCELMCC
WCEL
WCELMNC
WCEL
WCELPSCNId
WCEL
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WCelState
AntBearing
AntHPBW
AntennaCoordAltitudeDirect
AntennaCoordAltitudeGround
CovType
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
EnvCharact
MaxCellBackRad
MaxCellRad
RepeaterExist
WLCSEChangeOrigin
WLCSECId
WLCSEMCC
WLCSE
WLCSEMNC
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSERncId
WLCSEid
WRAB
DeltaSIRAfterDownlink
WRAB
DeltaSIRAfterUplink
WRAB
DeltaSIRDownlink
WRAB
DeltaSIRUplink
WRAB
DownlinkOrthog
WRAB
EDCHBLERAdjCSVoice10
WRAB
EDCHBLERAdjCSVoice2
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSNRTPriQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSNRTPrim
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSNRTSec
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSNRTSecQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSNRTSelQuaDL
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSNRTSelQuaUL
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSStrPriQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSStrPrim
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSStrSec
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSStrSecQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSStrSelQuaDL
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfPSStrSelQuaUL
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfSRB136
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfSRB136Qua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfSRB34
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfSRB34Qua
WRAB
EbNoDCHRateGainCSAMR
WRAB
EbNoDCHRateGainCSData
WRAB
EbNoDCHRateGainPSData
WRAB
EbNoDCHRateGainSFDown
WRAB
EbNoDCHRateGainSFUp
WRAB
EbNoDCHRateGainSRB
WRAB
EbNoDCHRxDiv2
WRAB
EbNoDCHRxDiv4
WRAB
EbNoDCHTxDiv
WRAB
EbNoEDCHCSAMR
WRAB
EDCHPSStr128Kbps
WRAB
EDCHPSStr16Kbps
WRAB
EDCHPSStr248Kbps
WRAB
EDCHPSStr32Kbps
WRAB
EDCHPSStr64Kbps
WRAB
EDCHPSStr8Kbps
WRAB
EDCHPSStrOver248Kbps
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSDataNT
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSDataNTQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSDataT
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSDataTQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSNBAMR122
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSNBAMR59
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSNBAMRQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSNBAMRb
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSNBAMRc
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSWBAMR1265
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSWBAMRQua
WRAB
EbNoDCHOfCSWBAMRb
WRAB
L1BLERTEDCHVoice10
WRAB
L1BLERTEDCHVoice2
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCH128
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCH4
WRAB
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCH8
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCHHS128
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCHMax
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCHMin
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCHOffset
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCHRxDiv2
WRAB
WRAB
SIRDPCCHInitialDCHRxDiv4
WRABChangeOrigin
WRAB
WSG
WSG
WSG
WSG
WSG
WRABId
GSMRoaming
HomePlmnMCC
HomePlmnMNC
OperatorName
SubscriberGroupId
WSG
WSG
WSGAuthorisedNetworkId
WSGChangeOrigin
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
ConfAreaLevel
EmArc
EmPoint
EmPointAndAlt
EmPointAndCircle
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
EmPointAndEll3D
EmPointAndEllipse
EmPolygon
LCSCapacityUsage
LCSInterfaceOption
LCSShapeConversion
WSMLC
NetworkBasedAGPS
WSMLC
WSMLC
NetworkIndicatorForSAS
OperationalMode
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
PartialAGPSDataDelivery
PeriodicalReportingCapacityUsage
PreferredAGPSMethod
WSMLC
RNCDelayTolRespTime
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
RNCLowDelayResponseTime
Arc
Point
PointAndAlt
PointAndCircle
PointAndEll3D
PointAndEllipse
Polygon
SignallingPointCodeOfSAS
WSMLC
WSMLC
WSMLC
ADJD
ADJG
ADJI
ADJS
RNC
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
COCO
UEBasedAGPS
WSMLCChangeOrigin
WSMLCid
TargetCellDN
TargetCellDN
TargetCellDN
TargetCellDN
siteId
ATMInterfaceID
ConformanceDef
EarlyPacketDiscard
PartialPacketDiscard
QualityOfServiceClass
ServiceCategory
RNC
DelayThresholdMax
RNC
DelayThresholdMid
RNC
DelayThresholdMin
RNC
RNC
HSDPAResumptionTimer
ManagedBy
RNC
NRILengthForCSCN
RNC
NRILengthForPSCN
RNC
NullNRIForCSPool
RNC
RNC
RNC
NullNRIForPSPool
ProbabilityFactorMax
UserDefinedState
RNC_AC
WBTS
WBTS
WLCSE
WLCSE
WLCSE
StandAloneDCCHBitRate
ManagedBy
UserDefinedState
AntennaCoordLatitude
AntennaCoordLongitude
LinkedCellDN
WBTS
autoConfMode
WBTS
autoConfPlanName
WBTS
autoConfPlanReady
WBTS
WBTS
autoConfSWPackage
autoConfStatus
WSMLC
WSMLC
AGPSIPAddr
DataPortID
WSMLC
RedundantAGPSIPAddr
WSMLC
RedundantDataPortID
COCO_AAL2AAL2UPTPId
IUR
NRTDCHToDSCP
IUR
RTDCHToDSCP
WBTS
NRTDCHToDSCP
WBTS
NRTHSPAToDSCP
WBTS
RTDCHToDSCP
WBTS
RTHSPAToDSCP
WCEL
angle
WBTSF_BTScabinetId
WBTSF_LCEfilterCenterTx
WBTSF_RETactive
WBTSF_BTSfileAuthor
WBTSF_BTSfileCDate
WBTSF_RETreleaseId3Gpp
WBTSF_CREcrelId
WBTSF_CREtargetCellDN
WBTSF_ECRecrelId
WBTSF_ECRtargetCellDN
WBTSF_RETangle
WBTSF_RETantennaId
WBTSF_REThwVersion
WBTSF_RETmanufacturer
WBTSF_RETmaxAngle
WBTSF_RETmechanicalAngle
WBTSF_RETminAngle
WBTSF_RETswVersion
WBTSF_ANTantId
WBTSF_ANTantennaRoundTripDelay
WBTSF_ANTantennaTotalLoss
WBTSF_ANTantlId
WBTSF_ANTcableLength
WBTSF_ANTfeederLoss
WBTSF_ANTfeederVoltage
WBTSF_ANTfrId
WBTSF_ANTmrcProdCode
WBTSF_ANTmultiplexerAmount
WBTSF_ANTmultiplexerLoss
WBTSF_ANTmultiplexerTotalDelay
WBTSF_ANTmultiplexerType
WBTSF_ANTphsFilterTotalDelay
WBTSF_ANTvelocityFactor
WBTSF_BTSaddedMinorDeltaFiles
WBTSF_BTSassocMaxRetrans
WBTSF_BTSautoConHWId
WBTSF_BTSautoConSiteId
WBTSF_BTSautoConfBlocked
WBTSF_BTSbtsConfiguration
WBTSF_BTSbtsId
WBTSF_BTSbtsName
WBTSF_BTSbtsscId
WBTSF_BTScabinetType
WBTSF_BTScommissioningRequired
WBTSF_BTSext2M048ClkInUse
WBTSF_BTSext2M048ClkOutOn
WBTSF_BTScancelDelay
WBTSF_BTSdescr
WBTSF_BTSid
WBTSF_BTSinUse
WBTSF_BTSmodule
WBTSF_BTSpolarity
WBTSF_BTSseverity
WBTSF_BTSstartDelay
WBTSF_BTSdescr
WBTSF_BTSid
WBTSF_BTSinUse
WBTSF_BTSinitState
WBTSF_BTSmodule
WBTSF_BTSgpsInUse
WBTSF_BTShappyBitPingFiltUse
WBTSF_BTShappyBitUphThreshold
WBTSF_BTShsdpa16QAMSupport
WBTSF_BTShsdpaBbResAllocation
WBTSF_BTShsdpaFairPacketSched
WBTSF_BTSintShutdownInUse
WBTSF_BTSiubClkInUse
WBTSF_BTSmainsPowerAlarmId
WBTSF_BTSmaxIubDelayThreshold
WBTSF_BTSmidIubDelayThreshold
WBTSF_BTSminIubDelayThreshold
WBTSF_BTSmodule
WBTSF_BTSmodLocation
WBTSF_BTSnumOfLines
WBTSF_BTSS
comment
WBTSF_BTSS
name
WBTSF_BTSS
prodCode
WBTSF_BTSS
serNum
WBTSF_BTSS
version
WBTSF_BTSpathMaxRetrans
WBTSF_BTSccPolicy
WBTSF_BTSid
WBTSF_BTSweight
WBTSF_BTSresetToTestDedicated
WBTSF_BTSrncType
WBTSF_BTSsharedHsdpaSheduler
WBTSF_BTSsyncPropagationEnabled
WBTSF_BTStimeZone
WBTSF_BTSprodCode
WBTSF_BTSunitName
WBTSF_BTSunitNumber
WBTSF_BTSvariant
WBTSF_LCEallowedCarrierList
WBTSF_LCEantlIdList
WBTSF_LCEcellRange
WBTSF_LCEdefaultCarrier
WBTSF_LCEexpirationTime
WBTSF_LCEfilterCenterTx
WBTSF_LCEhspaMapping
WBTSF_LCEintShutdownTimeout
WBTSF_LCElCelId
WBTSF_LCEmaxCarrierPower
WBTSF_LCEmimoType
WBTSF_LCErachCapacity
WBTSF_LCEshutdownStepAmount
WBTSF_LCEshutdownWindow
WBTSF_LCEvamEnabled
WBTSF_LCEaccessBbCapacity
WBTSF_LCEcellGroupName
WBTSF_LCEdedicatedBbCapacity
WBTSF_LCEhsupaBbDecodCapacity
WBTSF_LCEhsupaBbMinimumUsers
WBTSF_LCEhsupaBbSharingInUse
WBTSF_LCElCelIdList
WBTSF_LCElCellGId
WBTSF_MHAactive
WBTSF_MHAaisgProtocol
WBTSF_MHAalarmThresholdLevel
WBTSF_MHAantBeamwidth
WBTSF_MHAantOperFreqBand
WBTSF_MHAantOperGain
WBTSF_MHAantBearing
WBTSF_MHAantModel
WBTSF_MHAantSerial
WBTSF_MHAantlId
WBTSF_MHAbaseStationID
WBTSF_MHAconnection
WBTSF_MHAdownlinkDelay
WBTSF_MHAgainResolution
WBTSF_MHAinstallDate
WBTSF_MHAinstallerID
WBTSF_MHAlnaNumber
WBTSF_MHAmaxGain
WBTSF_MHAmhaAlarmDetection
WBTSF_MHAmhaGain
WBTSF_MHAmhaId
WBTSF_MHAmhaType
WBTSF_MHAminGain
WBTSF_MHAprodCode
WBTSF_MHAreleaseId3Gpp
WBTSF_MHAscannedAntennaInterface
WBTSF_MHAsectorID
WBTSF_MHAserNum
WBTSF_MHAsubstance
WBTSF_MHAtmaSubunitRxFreqBandMax
WBTSF_MHAtmaSubunitRxFreqBandMin
WBTSF_MHAtmaSubunitTxFreqBandMax
WBTSF_MHAtmaSubunitTxFreqBandMin
WBTSF_MHAtmaSubunitType
WBTSF_MHAuplinkDelay
WBTSF_MHAwmhConnector
WBTSF_RETactive
WBTSF_RETantBeamwidth
WBTSF_RETantOperFreqBand
WBTSF_RETantOperGain
WBTSF_RETantBearing
WBTSF_RETantHeight
WBTSF_RETantLocation
WBTSF_RETantModel
WBTSF_RETantSerial
WBTSF_RETantTechnology
WBTSF_RETantType
WBTSF_RETantlIdList
WBTSF_RETbaseStationID
WBTSF_RETconnection
WBTSF_RETinstallDate
WBTSF_RETinstallerID
WBTSF_RETprodCode
WBTSF_RETreleaseId3Gpp
WBTSF_RETretId
WBTSF_RETscannedAntennaInterface
WBTSF_RETsectorID
WBTSF_RETserNum
WBTSF_BTSadaptationVersionMajor
WBTSF_BTSadaptationVersionMinor
WBTSU_ANTantennaRoundTripDelay
WBTSU_ANTantlId
WBTSU_ANTbtuInUse
WBTSU_ANTbtuProdCode
WBTSU_ANTbtuSerNum
WBTSU_ANTbtuVswrAlarmDetection
WBTSU_ANTcableLength
WBTSU_ANTdiplexerType
WBTSU_ANTfeederLoss
WBTSU_ANTfeederVoltage
WBTSU_ANTcableId
WBTSU_ANTinput
WBTSU_ANTinputPort
WBTSU_ANTwtrId
WBTSU_ANTwtrPort
WBTSU_ANTrxSignalUsage
WBTSU_ANTcableId
WBTSU_ANToutput
WBTSU_ANTwicId
WBTSU_ANTwicPort
WBTSU_ANTwpaId
WBTSU_ANTwtrId
WBTSU_ANTwtrPort
WBTSU_ANTvelocityFactor
WBTSU_ANTwafAntennaId
WBTSU_ANTwafId
WBTSU_BTSassocMaxRetrans
WBTSU_BTSbtsConfiguration
WBTSU_BTSbtsId
WBTSU_BTSbtsName
WBTSU_LCEtxRxUsage
WBTSU_LCEvamEnabled
WBTSU_LCEwocInUse
WBTSU_LCEaccessBbCapacity
WBTSU_LCEcellGroupName
WBTSU_LCEhsupaBbDecodCapacity
WBTSU_LCEhsupaBbMinimumUsers
WBTSU_LCEhsupaBbSharingInUse
WBTSU_LCElCelIdList
WBTSU_LCElCellGId
WBTSU_LCEsignalProcessorIdList
WBTSU_MHantlId
WBTSU_MHdownlinkDelay
WBTSU_MHmhaAlarmDetection
WBTSU_MHmhaGain
WBTSU_MHmhaId
WBTSU_MHmhaType
WBTSU_MHprodCode
WBTSU_MHserNum
WBTSU_MHuplinkDelay
WBTSU_MHwmhConnector
WBTSU_BTSadaptationVersionMajor
WBTSU_BTSadaptationVersionMinor
WBTSU_BTScabinetId
WBTSU_BTSfileAuthor
WBTSU_BTSfileCDate
WBTSU_BTSbtsscId
FTM_A2NE aal2NodeId
FTM_A2ST AAL2EndAddress
FTM_A2ST VCI
FTM_A2ST VPI
FTM_A2ST aal2sigTTPId
FTM_A2ST interfaceNumber
FTM_A2ST
FTM_A2ST
FTM_A2UT
FTM_A2UT
stcAlarmEnable
unitNumber
VCI
VPI
FTM_A2UT aal2pathTTPId
FTM_A2UT interfaceNumber
FTM_A2UT
FTM_A2UT
FTM_A2UT
FTM_A2UT
FTM_A2UT
FTM_ACCP
pid
queue2Weight
queue3Weight
queue4Weight
unitNumber
atmAccessProfileId
FTM_ACCP egressBandwidth
FTM_ACCP ingressBandwidth
FTM_AMGR amgrId
FTM_AMGR ldapConnectionType
FTM_AMGR primaryLdapPort
FTM_AMGR primaryLdapServer
FTM_ANBA VCI
FTM_ANBA VPI
FTM_ANBA interfaceNumber
FTM_ANBA nbapTTPId
FTM_ANBA nbapType
FTM_ANBA unitNumber
FTM_CCFA atmFabricId
FTM_CCFA ubrPlusEnabled
FTM_CCFA vccBundleEnabled
FTM_CERTHcerthId
FTM_CERTHcmpServerIpAddress
FTM_CERTHcmpServerPort
FTM_CERTHcrServerIpAddress
FTM_CERTHcrServerPort
FTM_CESIF cesMinUDPPort
FTM_CESIF cesifId
FTM_CESPWadministrativeState
FTM_CESPWcesPWid
FTM_CESPWdscp
FTM_CESPWframesNumber
FTM_CESPWjitterBufferSize
FTM_CESPWpayloadTimeslots
FTM_CESPWremoteUDPPort
FTM_CESPWcesPWTid
FTM_CESPWdestIpAddress
FTM_ETHLKadministrativeState
FTM_ETHLKethLinkId
FTM_ETHLKspeedAndDuplex
FTM_FRLI
afrLinkInterfaceId
FTM_FRLI
FTM_FRLI
afrTimeSlotSequence
interfaceNumber
FTM_FRLI
FTM
FTM
FTM
FTM
FTM
FTM
FTM_IAIF
FTM_IAIF
unitNumber
adaptationVersionMajor
ftmId
locationName
softwareReleaseVersion
systemTitle
userLabel
VCI
VPI
FTM_IAIF
FTM_IAIF
atmIfNetId
destIpAddr
FTM_IAIF
FTM_IAIF
interfaceNumber
unitNumber
FTM_IEIF
bfdActivation
FTM_IEIF
bfdActivation2
FTM_IEIF
bfdAdminUp
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
bfdAdminUp2
bfdDestAddress
bfdDestAddress2
FTM_IEIF
bfdDetectMult
FTM_IEIF
bfdSourceUdpPort
FTM_IEIF
bfdType
FTM_IEIF
cir
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
desMinTxInt
ieifId
localIpAddr
netmask
mtu
FTM_IEIF
qosEnabled
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
reqMinRxInt
sbs
sbsTotal
FTM_IEIF
shapedBandwidth
FTM_IEIF
sir
FTM_IEIF
sirTotal
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
upperLayerShaping
FTM_IEIF
FTM_IEIF
vlanEnabled
vlanId
FTM_IHCP_CdhcpClientIdentifier
FTM_IHCP_CdhcpFixedIpAddress
FTM_IHCP dhcpAccessId
FTM_IHCP_ dhcpFixedIpAddress
FTM_IHCP_ dhcpHardwareIdentifier
FTM_IHCP_ dhcpRangeEnd
FTM_IHCP_ dhcpRangeStart
FTM_IMAG administrativeState
FTM_IMAG imaGroupId
FTM_IMAG imaVersionId
FTM_IMAG interfaceNumber
FTM_IMAG interfaces
FTM_IMAG minNumLinks
FTM_IMAG unitNumber
FTM_INTP ntpAccessId
FTM_INTP ntpServers
FTM_IPNO btsId
FTM_IPNO btsIpAddr
FTM_IPNO flexBusIpAddr
FTM_IPNO ftmIpAddr
FTM_IPNO ftmNetmask
FTM_IPNO_IiHSPAAdapterCommissioningParameter
FTM_IPNO iHSPAmode
FTM_IPNO icmpResponseEnabled
FTM_IPNO
FTM_IPNO
FTM_IPNO
FTM_IPNO
FTM_IPNO
FTM_IPNO
FTM_IPNO
ihspaIpAddr
ipNodeId
mtu
omsTls
ret1IpAddr
rncIpAddr
transportMode
FTM_IPRM_EsourceTwoDiscr
FTM_IPRM_EsourceTwoIpAddr
FTM_IPRM_EsourceTwoNetMask
FTM_IPRM_EuserLabel
FTM_IPRM iprmId
FTM_IPRT ipRoutingTableId
FTM_IPRT_RdestIpAddr
FTM_IPRT_Rgateway
FTM_IPRT_Rnetmask
FTM_IVIF
bfdActivation
FTM_IVIF
bfdActivation2
FTM_IVIF
bfdAdminUp
FTM_IVIF
FTM_IVIF
FTM_IVIF
bfdAdminUp2
bfdDestAddress
bfdDestAddress2
FTM_IVIF
bfdDetectMult
FTM_IVIF
bfdSourceUdpPort
FTM_IVIF
bfdType
FTM_IVIF
cESoPSN
FTM_IVIF
cir
FTM_IVIF
FTM_IVIF
FTM_IVIF
desMinTxInt
localIpAddr
netmask
FTM_IVIF
qosEnabled
FTM_IVIF
FTM_IVIF
reqMinRxInt
sbs
FTM_IVIF
FTM_IVIF
sir
vlanId
FTM_IVIF
vlanIfNetId
FTM_IVMP_TifNetPtr
FTM_IVMP_TvlanTrafficPath
FTM_IVMP vlanMapId
FTM_PPTT administrativeState
FTM_PPTT interfaceNumber
FTM_PPTT pdhLbo
FTM_PPTT pdhLineType
FTM_PPTT pdhPSTTPId
FTM_PPTT unitNumber
FTM_PWMP bfdAdminUp
FTM_PWMP bfdEnable
FTM_PWMP cellsConcatUl
FTM_PWMP_ctpList
FTM_PWMP labelDl
FTM_PWMP labelUl
FTM_PWMP perHopBehaviour
FTM_PWMP pkTimer
FTM_PWMP pwMplsId
FTM_PWNE bfdDetectMult
FTM_PWNE desiredMinTxIntvl
FTM_PWNE requiredMinRxIntvl
FTM_PWNE cwEnable
FTM_PWNE pwNeId
FTM_PWTIP administrativeState
FTM_PWTIP attachedPWList
FTM_PWTIP pwTipId
FTM_PWTIP remoteIpv4Addr
FTM_QOS assuredForwardingClass1
FTM_QOS bestEffort
FTM_QOS qosId
FTM_QOS_TR
dscpList
FTM_QOS_TR
pHB
FTM_QOS_TR
trafficType
FTM_QOS_TR
vlanPrio
FTM_SDHIF administrativeState
FTM_SDHIF interfaceNumber
FTM_SDHIF laserMode
FTM_SDHIF rdiOnExcessiveBer
FTM_SDHIF sdhifId
FTM_SDHIF unitNumber
FTM_SDHIF xmtTraceId_HP
FTM_SDHIF xmtTraceId_RS
FTM_STPG_ clockProtocol
FTM_STPG_ interfaceNumber
FTM_STPG_ priority
FTM_STPG_ ssmEnabled
FTM_STPG_ ssmTimeout
FTM_STPG_ unitNumber
FTM_STPG timingGenPgId
FTM_SYNC syncId
FTM_TCTT interfaceNumber
FTM_TCTT tcAdaptorTTPId
FTM_TCTT unitNumber
FTM_TMPARcacCommittedBitRate
FTM_TMPARdcnCommittedBitRate
FTM_TMPARexternalNATIpAddress
FTM_TMPARfarEndSctpSubnetIpAddress
FTM_TMPARfarEndSctpSubnetMask
FTM_TMPARminSCTPPort
FTM_TMPARminUDPPort
FTM_TMPARsignallingCommittedBitRate
FTM_TMPARtmparId
FTM_TOPIK administrativeState
FTM_TOPIK
FTM_TOPIK
FTM_TOPIK
FTM_TRDE
logMeanSyncValue
masterIpAddr
topId
atmTrafficDescriptorId
FTM_TRDE conformanceDefinition
FTM_TRDE minDesiredCellRate
FTM_TRDE peakCellRate
FTM_TRDE ubrShare
FTM_TRDE userLabel
FTM_UNIT unitId
FTM_UNIT unitTypeActual
FTM_UNIT unitTypeExpected
FTM_VCCT VCI
FTM_VCCT VPI
FTM_VCCT interfaceNumber
FTM_VCCT
FTM_VCCT
FTM_VCCT
FTM_VCTT
FTM_VCTT
trafficDescriptorId
unitNumber
vcCTPId
VCI
VPI
FTM_VCTT aalProfilePtr
FTM_VCTT interfaceNumber
FTM_VCTT unitNumber
FTM_VCTT vcTTPId
FTM_VPCT VPI
FTM_VPCT interfaceNumber
FTM_VPCT trafficDescriptorId
FTM_VPCT unitNumber
FTM_VPCT vpCTPId
FTM_VPTT VPI
FTM_VPTT interfaceNumber
FTM_VPTT unitNumber
FTM_VPTT vpTTPId
FTM_A2UT a2stInterfaceNumber
FTM_A2UT a2stVpiVci
FTM_A2UT a2utInterfaceNumber
FTM_A2UT a2utVpiVci
FTM_ACCP interfaceNumber
FTM_ACCP tcttType
FTM_ACCP unitNumber
FTM_ETHLKinterfaceNumber
FTM_ETHLKunitNumber
FTM_FRLI maxTimeslot
FTM_IMAG interface
FTM_INTP ntpServer1
FTM_INTP ntpServer2
FTM_INTP ntpServer3
FTM_PWMP mp
FTM_PWMP unitNumber
FTM_PWMP_interfaceNumber
FTM_PWMP_pwmpMp
FTM_PWMP_pwmpUnitNumber
FTM_PWMP_unitNumber
FTM_PWTIP interfaceNumber
FTM_PWTIP subnetMask
FTM_PWTIP unitNumber
FTM_STPG synchroSource1InterfaceNumber1
FTM_STPG synchroSource1UnitNumber1
FTM_STPG synchroSource2InterfaceNumber1
FTM_STPG
FTM_TCTT
FTM_TOPIK
FTM_UNIT
FTM_VPCT
synchroSource2UnitNumber1
tcttType
masterClockState
unitNumber
tcttType
A2ST
A2ST
A2ST
A2ST
A2ST
A2ST
AAL2EndAddress1
AAL2EndAddress2
AAL2EndAddress3
AAL2EndAddress4
AAL2EndAddress5
AAL2EndAddress6
A2ST
A2ST
AAL2EndAddress7
aal2sigTTPenablePm
A2ST
ani
A2ST
if
A2ST
slot
A2ST
stcAlarmEnable
A2ST
vci
A2ST
vpi
A2UT
a2stIf
A2UT
a2stSlot
A2UT
a2stVpiVci
A2UT
a2utIf
A2UT
a2utSlot
A2UT
a2utVpiVci
A2UT
A2UT
aal2UpUsage
aal2pathTTPenablePm
A2UT
A2UT
A2UT
A2UT
pid
queue2Weight
queue3Weight
queue4Weight
A2UT
timerCu
ACCP
egressBandwidth
ACCP
if
ACCP
ingressBandwidth
ACCP
maxNumVCIBitsSupported
ACCP
ACCP
ACCP
maxNumVPIBitsSupported
slot
upcNpc
ANBA
ANBA
if
nbapType
ANBA
slot
ANBA
vci
ANBA
vpi
ANBA
AXC
AXC
AXC
wamId
AxcSystemTitle
Version
btsIpAddr
AXC
AXC
btsParaModEnabled
configurationObject
AXC
AXC
AXC
enableAal2Multiplexing
encryptedPassword
encryptedUsername
AXC
equipmentHolderSpecificType
AXC
AXC
AXC
icmpResponseEnabled
localUserPassword
locationName
AXC
AXC
newBaseId
oldBaseId
AXC
AXC
AXC
AXC
AXC
AXC
omsTls
password
publicIpAddress
ret1IpAddr
rncIpAddr
timeToWait
AXC
ubrPlusEnabled
AXC
AXC
AXC
useNext
userLabel
userName
AXC
AXC
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
CERTH
username
vccBundleEnabled
certhId
cmpServerIpAddress
cmpServerPort
crServerIpAddress
crServerPort
CIWT
cesPartialFill
CIWT
cesPortPointerIf
CIWT
cesPortPointerSlot
CIWT
cesPortPointerVci
CIWT
cesPortPointerVpi
CIWT
cesService
CIWT
cesTimeSlotSequenceCbrIf
CIWT
if
CIWT
slot
DHCP_CLIE clientId
DHCP_CLIE fixedIpAddress
DHCP_HW fixedIpAddress
DHCP_HW hardwareId
DHCP_RANGrangeEnd
DHCP_RANGrangeStart
ETHLK
administrativeState
ETHLK
if
ETHLK
slot
ETHLK
FMAF
FMAF
FMAF
speedAndDuplex
alarmFilterSetActivation
alarmFilterSetName
fmafId
FMAF_ALARalarmFilter
FRLI
if
FRLI
maxTimeslot
FRLI
FRLI
slot
useTimeslot16
IAIF
connectivityPtrVci
IAIF
connectivityPtrVpi
IAIF
destIpAddr
IAIF
IAIF
IAIF
IAIF
IAIF
IAIF
IAIF
IAIF
if
interfaceArea
interfaceCost
ospfExtIfNetId
ospfHelloInterval
ospfRetransInterval
ospfRouterDeadInterval
ospfTransitDelay
IAIF
slot
IEIF
activeEthernetLink
IEIF
bfdActivation
IEIF
bfdActivation2
IEIF
bfdAdminUp
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
bfdAdminUp2
bfdDestAddress
bfdDestAddress2
IEIF
bfdDetectMult
IEIF
IEIF
bfdSourceUdpPort
bfdType
IEIF
cir
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
desMinTxInt
discardPublic
ethIfNetId
localIpAddr
netmask
ospfExtIfNetId
IEIF
qosEnabled
IEIF
IEIF
IEIF
reqMinRxInt
sbs
sbsTotal
IEIF
IEIF
shapedBandwidth
sir
IEIF
sirTotal
IEIF
IEIF
upperLayerShaping
IEIF
IEIF
vLanEnabled
vlanId
IFPG
lockoutStatePg
IFPG
mspProtocol
IFPG
revertiveOperation
IFPG
transIfPuPtrsIf1
IFPG
transIfPuPtrsIf2
IFPG
transIfPuPtrsSlot1
IFPG
IFPU
IFPU
IFPU
transIfPuPtrsSlot2
if
maskSignalDegrade
slot
IMAG
IMAG
administrativeState
diffDelayMax
IMAG
imaLinkPtrsCount
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
imaLinkPtrsIf1
imaLinkPtrsIf10
imaLinkPtrsIf11
imaLinkPtrsIf12
imaLinkPtrsIf13
imaLinkPtrsIf14
imaLinkPtrsIf15
imaLinkPtrsIf16
imaLinkPtrsIf17
imaLinkPtrsIf18
imaLinkPtrsIf19
imaLinkPtrsIf2
imaLinkPtrsIf20
imaLinkPtrsIf21
imaLinkPtrsIf22
imaLinkPtrsIf23
imaLinkPtrsIf24
imaLinkPtrsIf25
imaLinkPtrsIf26
imaLinkPtrsIf27
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
IMAG
imaLinkPtrsIf28
imaLinkPtrsIf29
imaLinkPtrsIf3
imaLinkPtrsIf30
imaLinkPtrsIf31
imaLinkPtrsIf32
imaLinkPtrsIf4
imaLinkPtrsIf5
imaLinkPtrsIf6
imaLinkPtrsIf7
imaLinkPtrsIf8
imaLinkPtrsIf9
IMAG
imaVersionId
IMAG
imagId
IMAG
minNumLinks
IMAG
slot
IMAG
txFrameLength
IMAL
connectivityPtrIf
IMAL
INTP
INTPS
IPRM
IPRM_EX
connectivityPtrSlot
ntpEnabled
ntpServerIp
ipRmAccessId
sourceOne
IPRM_EX
sourceOnePorts
IPRM_EX
sourceTwoAlias
IPRM_EX
sourceTwoDiscr
IPRM_EX
sourceTwoIpAddr
IPRM_EX
sourceTwoNetMask
IPRM_EX
IPRM_EX
sourceTwoPorts
userLabel
IPRT
ipRoutingTableId
IPRT_ROUTEdestIpAddr
IPRT_ROUTEgateway
IPRT_ROUTEipRoutingTableId
IPRT_ROUTEnetmask
IVIF
bfdActivation
IVIF
bfdActivation2
IVIF
bfdAdminUp
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
bfdAdminUp2
bfdDestAddress
bfdDestAddress2
IVIF
bfdDetectMult
IVIF
IVIF
bfdSourceUdpPort
bfdType
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
cir
desMinTxInt
localIpAddr
netmask
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
IVIF
qosEnabled
reqMinRxInt
sbs
sir
vlanId
IVIF
IVIF
vlanIfNetId
wfqSchedQueueWeight
IVMP
vlanMapId
IVMP_TRAFFifNetPtr
IVMP_TRAFFvlanTrafficPath
MODUL
moduleId
MODUL
moduleTypeActual
MODUL
moduleTypeExpected
N3CF
N3CFId
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
getPublicationServiceRetryPeriod
heartbeatPeriod
initialRegistrationPassword
initialRegistrationUsername
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
ldapConnectionType
primaryLDAPConfigurationRootDN
primaryLDAPPort
primaryLDAPServer
primaryPeopleRootDN
rePublicationPeriod
reRegistrationPeriod
N3CF
registrationRetryBasePeriod
N3CF
registrationServiceIOR
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
registrationServiceIOR2
registrationServicePassword
registrationServiceUsername
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
N3CF
NNDT
retryRandom
secondaryLDAPConfigurationRootDN
secondaryLDAPPort
secondaryLDAPServer
secondaryPeopleRootDN
userLabel
administrativeState
NNDT
NNDT
NNDT
if
remoteSysteId
remoteTcAdaptorTTPId
NNDT
OSPF
OSPF
OSPF
slot
ospfAreaId
ospfAreaStub
ospfAreaStubCost
PPTT
administrativeState
PPTT
berMode
PPTT
if
PPTT
pdhHaulType
PPTT
pdhLbo
PPTT
pdhLineType
PPTT
q1Support
PPTT
PWMP
slot
bfdAdminUp
PWMP
PWMP
PWMP
PWMP
bfdEnable
cellsConcatUl
labelDl
labelUl
PWMP
mp
PWMP
perHopBehaviour
PWMP
pkTimer
PWMP
slot
PWMP_CTP connectivityPtrIf
PWMP_CTP connectivityPtrSlot
PWMP_CTP connectivityPtrVpi
PWMP_CTP pwmpMp
PWMP_CTP pwmpSlot
PWMP_CTP vci
PWNE
bfdDetectMult
PWNE
cwEnable
PWNE
PWNE
desMinTxInt
pwneId
PWNE
reqMinRxInt
PWTIP
PWTIP
administrativeState
if
PWTIP
nextHopIpAddr
PWTIP
PWTIP
PWTIP
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
QOS
remoteIpv4Addr
slot
subnetMask
assuredForwardingClass1
bestEffort
qosId
QOS_TRAFFIdscpList
QOS_TRAFFIpHB
QOS_TRAFFItrafficType
QOS_TRAFFIvlanPrio
SMTT
berMode
SMTT
SMTT
if
rdiOnExcessiveBer
SMTT
slot
SPTT
administrativeState
SPTT
if
SPTT
laserMode
SPTT
pathMapping
SPTT
slot
SPTT
stmLevel
SRTT
expTraceId
SRTT
if
SRTT
slot
SRTT
xmtTraceId
STPG
synchroSource1ClockProtocol
STPG
STPG
synchroSource1Frequency
synchroSource1SsmEnabled
STPG
synchroSource1SsmTimeout
STPG
synchroSource2ClockProtocol
STPG
STPG
synchroSource2Frequency
synchroSource2SsmEnabled
STPG
synchroSource2SsmTimeout
STPG
timingSourcePtrIf1
STPG
timingSourcePtrIf2
STPG
timingSourcePtrSlot1
STPG
timingSourcePtrSlot2
SVTT
expTraceId
SVTT
if
SVTT
slot
SVTT
xmtTraceId
TCTT
enableTcttDisabledAlarm
TCTT
if
TCTT
TCTT
slot
thresholdDuration
TCTT
thresholdValue
TCTT
utilMonEnabled
TMPAR
TMPAR
TMPAR
cacCommittedBitRate
dcnCommittedBitRate
externalNATIpAddress
TMPAR
farEndSctpSubnetIpAddress
TMPAR
farEndSctpSubnetMask
TMPAR
iubIPUnitPtr
TMPAR
TMPAR
TMPAR
TMPAR
TMPAR
TOPIK
minSCTPPort
minUDPPort
signallingCommittedBitRate
tmparId
transportMode
administrativeState
TOPIK
logMeanSyncValue
TOPIK
TOPIK
masterClockState
masterIpAddr
TOPIK
topId
TPEL
tpParentPtr
TRDE
MinDesiredCellRate
TRDE
TRDEId
TRDE
UbrShare
TRDE
conformanceDefinition
TRDE
egressCellDelayVariationToleranceCLP0plus1
TRDE
egressCellLossRatioCLP0plus1
TRDE
TRDE
egressPeakCellRateCLP0plus1
ingressCellDelayVariationToleranceCLP0plus1
TRDE
TRDE
ingressCellLossRatioCLP0plus1
ingressPeakCellRateCLP0plus1
TRDE
serviceCategory
TRDE
userLabel
UNIT_IN_AXslot
UNIT_IN_AXunitTypeActual
UNIT_IN_AXunitTypeExpected
VCCT
btsInfo
VCCT
connectivityPtrIf
VCCT
connectivityPtrSlot
VCCT
connectivityPtrVpi
VCCT
VCCT
egressFrameDiscardEnabled
enablePm
VCCT
ingressFrameDiscardEnabled
VCCT
trafficDescriptorPtr
VCCT
vci
VCTT
aalProfilePtr
VCTT
aalProfilePtrType
VCTT
connectivityPtrIf
VCTT
connectivityPtrSlot
VCTT
connectivityPtrVci
VCTT
connectivityPtrVpi
VCTT
enablePmForAAL
VPCT
connectivityPtrIf
VPCT
VPCT
connectivityPtrSlot
enablePm
VPCT
trafficDescriptorPtr
VPCT
vpi
VPTT
connectivityPtrIf
VPTT
connectivityPtrSlot
VPTT
connectivityPtrVpi
VPTT
supportedServiceCategories1
VPTT
supportedServiceCategories2
XCON
fromTerminationIf
XCON
fromTerminationSlot
XCON
fromTerminationVci
XCON
fromTerminationVpi
XCON
toTerminationIf
XCON
toTerminationSlot
XCON
toTerminationVci
XCON
XCON
AXC
toTerminationVpi
userLabel
transportMode
PPTT
PWNE
PWNE
TMPAR
TOPIK
EGCE
q1BitPosition
desiredMinTxIntvl
requiredMinRxIntvl
ipRouterAddress
nextHopIPAddress
dtmEnabled
EGCE
gprsMsTxPwrMaxCCH1x00
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
EGCE
gprsMsTxpwrMaxCCH
hcsPriorityClass
hcsThreshold
msTxPwrMaxCCH
EGCE
msTxPwrMaxCCH1x00
EGCE
msTxPwrMaxGSM
EGCE
msTxPwrMaxGSM1x00
description
This flag indicates if Bidirectional Forwarding Detection is activated.
This parameter is used to switch on or off the actual BFD session. Only if the parameter has value true, BFD ala
relevant if parameter bfdActivation has value true.
This is the IP address to be used in Bidirectional Forwarding Detection. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter holds the number of control packets that the BTS may loose before the BFD session is declared
This is the naming attribute of the unique instance of the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection object class of the
The parameter defines the first 64k time slot of PCM for autoconfiguration pool./nThe parameter defines the Ab
pool. You can also use the &&-structure to set the last time slot of the pool or use the SIZE parameter to give th
TSLs: in ETSI 1 ..31, in ANSI 1..24/nNOTE: /n2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area
With this parameter you identify the Pool id of the ACP object.
The parameter defines the last 64k time slot of PCM for autoconfiguration pool./nThe parameter defines the Ab
You can also use the &&-structure to set the last time slot of the pool or use the SIZE parameter to give the poo
ETSI 1 ..31, in ANSI 1..24/nNOTE: /n2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area
This parameter tells the origin of RNW change. /nNote: No MML interface.
The parameter identifies a 2Mbits//s PCM circuit./nMML description:/nThe parameter defines the Abis interface E
also use the &&-structure to set the last time slot of the pool or use the SIZE parameter to give the pool size dir
1..31, in ANSI 1..24/nNOTE: /n2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area
With this parameter you define the BTS colour code number./nNOTE:/nThe BSIC parameter, which is used to ide
BSIC must be equal to the BSIC parameter of adjacent BTS./nThis parameter is mandatory in creation if the adja
With this parameter you define the network colour code number./nNOTE: /nThe BSIC parameter, which is used t
parameters. BSIC must be equal to the BSIC parameter of adjacent BTS./nMML NOTE:/nMML Modification: online
cell and the BTS are not under the same BSS.
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell layer in relation to the active cell. A call can be handed over to
definition. This means the cells of upper layer, serving layer and lower layer. The adjacent cell layer definition c
handovers in defining the target cells according to their layer./nNOTE:/nMML range:/nN
... ADJACENT CELL LA
SERVING CELL/nUPPER ... IN A HIGHER LAYER THAN THE SERVING CELL/nLOWER ... IN A LOWER LAYER THAN TH
With this parameter you define the CI of the adjacent cell (target cell). The parameter is a part of the Cell Id par
Network Code, Location Area Code and the Cell Id of the target cell./nNOTE:/nMML Modification: Online
With this parameter you define the LAC of the adjacent cell (target cell). The identification consists of the Mobil
Identification and the Location Area Code./nNOTE:/nMML modification: Online
With this parameter you define the MCC of the adjacent cell (target cell). The identification consists of the Mobi
Identification and the Location Area Code./nNOTE for MML:/nMML Range: 0..999/nMML modification: Online
With this parameter you define the MNC of the adjacent cell (target cell). The identification consists of the Mobi
Identification and the Location Area Code. /nNOTE:/nMML range: 0..999/nMML modification: Online/nMNC length
314, 315, 316, 338, 342, 344, 346, 348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell index for the adjacent GSM cell./nMML NOTE: The smallest free
With this parameter you define whether the direct access to desired layer//band handover is applied to the adja
target cells are prioritised in handover. In handover this parameter indicates whether AMR is enabled in the targ
other cells for AMR capable MS.
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency of an adjacent cell./nNOTE:/nThe frequency must be equal
/nRange:/nGSM 800: 128...251/nGSM 900: 1...124 and 975...1023, 0/nGSM 1800: 512...885/nGSM 1900: 512...8
975...1023, 0/nDUAL 800//1800 <option>: 128...251 or 512...885/nDUAL 800//1900 <option>: 128...251 or 512
parameter is obligatory if the adjacent cell and the BTS are not under the same BSS. The parameter is also obli
BSS, but the adjacent cell does not have a BCCH-TRX yet.
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell type./nNOTE: /nThe cell type parameter of the adjacent cell m
With
With
With
than
this
this
this
this
parameter you define the adjacent cell as a chained cell, to which the rapid field drop handover criteri
parameter you define whether the direct access to desired layer//band handover is applied to the adja
parameter you define the threshold value of the signal strength in the adjacent cell for the Directed Re
threshold value, adjacent cell is not accepted as a candidate in directed retry.
Indicates if adjacent cell supports DTM or not. MML NOTE: Parameter can be given at Adjacent Cell creation and
under another BSC. If Adjacent Cell is created with BTS reference, the value is copied from the reference BTS (M
parameter value depends on the 'DTM Enabled' value of the reference segment. NOTE: When not using DTM fea
NOTE: MML Modification: Online
With this parameter you define a power budget handover threshold for moving:/na) DTM capable mobiles to a D
supporting DTM,/nb) DTM call attempts to a DTM capable neighbour cell when there are no free resources for a
from a DTM capable cell to a non-DTM capable cell.
With this parameter you enable the Downlink, Uplink or both Derived Handover Power feature./nNOTE: MML Ran
DL direction/n3: Enabled in both, UL and DL direction/nNOTE: Parameter is visible for all site types but, valid on
With this parameter you define whether the handover margins for signal level and quality will be taken into acc
With this parameter you define the limit which is compared with the identification counter (fast moving MS) in t
over from the macrocell to the best microcell.
With this parameter you define whether the GPRS capability is enabled or disabled in the adjacent cell./nIn the
SEG and the adjacent cell are in the same BSS, the value of this parameter is copied from the SEG./nNOTE:/nMM
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a packet con
GSM 1900 or GSM 1800 frequency band./nNOTE: MML value range: /nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) /nGSM
internal value range:/nGSM 1800:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36
2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 33 dBm: 30/nNOTE: MML modification: Online
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a packet con
in GSM 900 or GSM 800 frequency band./nNOTE: /nMML modification: Online
With this parameter you define the duration for which the GPRS Temporary Offset (GTEO) applies.
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the
With this parameter you define the negative offset of the C32 reselection criterion for the duration of the GPRS
list of the strongest carriers. It is used by the mobile station as part of its calculation of C32 for the cell reselect
Value 70 dB means infinity.
With this parameter you define the HCS (hierarchical cell structures) priority for the cells. 0 is the lowest and 7
parameter is not given and the SEG and the adjacent cell are in the same BSS, the value of this parameter is co
With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS reselection. If this param
and the adjacent cell are in the same BSS, the value of this parameter is copied from the SEG./nNOTE: /nMML ra
Online
With this parameter you define the minimum signal level of an adjacent cell, when a handover is allowed to an
With this parameter you define how much the priority of the target cell will be decreased if the cell is overloade
the BSC cannot get information about the loading of other cells./nNOTE:/nThe HO load factor cannot be greater
With this parameter you define a threshold for a handover caused by signal level.
With this parameter you define a threshold in the power budget process. The handover margin prevents repeat
With this parameter you define a threshold for a handover caused by signal quality.
With this parameter you define the priority level for an adjacent cell. The priority level is used for target cell eva
levels for the handover algorithm, it is possible to take into account the location of the adjacent cell.
With this parameter you define whether the adjacent cell is a normal or an extended cell. The meanings of the
extended cell/n1 ... UltraSite, Talk-family, Flexi EDGE or BTSplus extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new chan
family, Flexi EDGE or BTSplus extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from an extended transceiver (
extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from a transceiver that is of the same type as the transceive
extended cell, BSC tries to allocate a new channel from a super extended transceiver (S-TRX)/nMML NOTE: /nT
and target BTS in the following way:/nBTS GENERATION SOURCE............BTS GEN. ADJACENT
CELL..........HOTA/n=====================...............=======================........===
GENERATION,.........................0/nTALKFAMILY,.......................................PRIMESITE,/nPRIMESITE,..........................................METROSITE,/nMETROSITE,....
...................FLEXI EDGE OR/nULTRASITE,...........................................BTSPLUS/nFLEXI EDGE OR/nBTSPLUS/n2ND
FAMILY,....................................0,1,2/nPRIMESITE,..........................................ULTRASITE,/nMETROSITE,..................
OR/nINSITE,...................................................BTSPLUS/nFLEXI EDGE OR/nBTSPLUS/nTALK-FAMILY, ........................
FAMILY,..................................0,1,2,3/nULTRASITE,.........................................ULTRASITE,/nFLEXI EDGE OR.............
OR/nBTSPLUS..............................................BTSPLUS/nFLEXI EDGE OR..................................FLEXI EDGE
OR................................0,1,2,3,4/nBTSPLUS..............................................BTSPLUS/nIn the case of an inter-BSS ha
coverage area of the cell if target cell is cell without LRTCH channel. When LRTCH is configured in target cell th
NOTES: /nValue 4 is allowed when 105 km Extended Cell(FlexiEDGE BTS) feature is ON or CONF./nYou can check
command.
With this parameter you define the optimum uplink RF signal level after a handover on a channel in the adjacen
also the desirable uplink signal level after the handover. The optimisation procedure works only for intra-BSC ha
the downlink signal level are in balance within the coverage area of the adjacent cell. If the downlink signal is, f
value for this parameter 5dB higher than the desirable uplink signal level./nMML NOTE:/nRange: -110..-47 (dBm
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell. This parame
parameter./nNOTE:/nMML Modification: Online
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power of the MS for each adjacent cell./nNOTE: MML
1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm/nNOTE:/nMML modification: Online/nNOTE: NetAct internal value ran
32 dBm: 31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36 dBm: 29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31
With this parameter you define the threshold which is used for EGPRS and DTM MSs as a power budget margin
parameter does not require EGPRS option.
With this parameter you define the margin for EGPRS MS by which the signal level of the neighbor cell must exc
reselection is possible./nNote: This parameter does not require EGPRS option.
With this parameter you define the threshold which is used for GPRS and DTM MSs as a power budget margin in
With this parameter you define the margin for GPRS MS by which the signal level of the neighbor cell must exce
reselection is possible.
With this parameter you rank the neighbour cells in Measurement BA info./nNOTE: No MML interface.
With this parameter you define the routing area code in the adjacent cell. /nNOTE:/nMML description: In the adj
and the adjacent cell are in the same BSS, the value of this parameter is copied from the SEG./nNOTE:/nMML m
With this parameter you identify the reference cell.
With this parameter you identify the location area number of the reference cell.
With these parameters you define the Mobile Country Code of the reference cell. /nNOTE:/nMML range: 0..999
With these parameters you define the Mobile Network Code of the reference cell./nNOTE:/nMML range: 0...999/
be always three digits if MCC is 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 338, 342, 344, 346, 348, 365, 376, 708, 722
With this parameter you define the weighting coefficient of the reference cell./nNOTE:/nMML Range: 0..10/nThe
cell from the adjacent cell.
With this parameter you define the difference in signal levels between the actual co-frequency cell of the hando
frequency cell.
With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the adjacent GSM cell.
With this parameter you define the minimum signal level of an adjacent cell, when a handover is allowed to one
With this parameter you define whether the adjacent cell is synchronised with the cell in use. When defining ad
parameter synchronised must be N (not synchronised). This is because the sectors of PrimeSite are not synchro
set the sectors to minimum configuration.
With this parameter you define the minimum signal level when a traffic reason handover is allowed to an adjace
use)
With this parameter you define the cell number for the adjacent UTRAN cell.
Address of managed object
The DRX cycle length used for CN domain to count paging occasions for discontinuous reception. This paramete
duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames, where 'k' is the used DRX cycle length coefficient for CN.)
Indicates the CN domain from which the message originates, or to which the message will be sent.
The code that uniquely identifies the Release version of the Core Network connected to the RNC.
Defines whether IMSI attach and detach are allowed or not. /n0 = MSs shall not apply IMSI attach and detach pr
procedure. /nParameter is given only for CS domain. (Part of CS domain specific NAS System information in SIB1
This parameter indicates the maximum value of the NRI value range that is used in the CS CN selection. /n/nNO
the same indicating one NRI value instead of a value range.
This parameter indicates the minimum value of the NRI value range that is used in the CS CN selection. /n/nNO
be the same indicating one NRI value instead of a value range.
The timeout value, in decihours (6 min), for periodic location updating. Given only for CS domain. (Part of CS do
is used for an infinite timeout value, that is, periodic location updating is not used.
DefaultCN (Default Core Network ) is a parameter used to identify if this considered CN is used as 'a default CN
has value 1 (Yes), the core network is used as the default CN. If the parameter has value 0 (No), it is not used a
DefaultCN and one PS DefaultCN. This parameter is needed for each defined CN (max. 16 CS + 16 PS)./nWhen
can be configured to RNC.
Describes the Core Network Identity of the CN connected to Iu interface. This parameter is a part of GlobalCNId
Unique country identification. MCC consists of three digits. MCC together with MNC identifies the PLMN uniquely
Unique network identification within country. MNC consists of two or three digits. MNC together with MCC identi
This parameter defines whether 2 or 3 digits are used in Mobile Network Code./nWhen this parameter is modifie
The parameter defines the length of the delay that takes place before the Iu link state change is handled when
The parameter defines the number of cells to which the SIB information is updated simultaneously after IuCS lin
barred by sending the system information messages to the UEs without the failed service CN domain. When the
are sent again with the recovered service CN domain information. The system information messages are sent s
parameter and sending is phased according to the IuBarringRecoveryTimer parameter to avoid the high load of
The parameter defines the timer to phase the system information message sending after IuPS or IuCS link recov
are sent again with the recovered service CN domain information. The system information sending is phased ac
simultaneous network access attempts by the UEs.
Describes the state of the Iu interface of the CN Node connected to the RNC. This parameter is given to every C
NAS node selection function in load balancing and routing decisions. /nDescriptions of the parameter values:/nfrom load balancing only /nBAR-US = barred from all connections
This parameter is used for alternative CN node selection./nIf this parameter has value 1 (ON) and a serious failu
into use. /nIf this parameter has value 2 (AUTO-ON), all signalling is forwarded to an alternative CN automatical
when an operator uses the Multiple Core Networks feature.
Network indicator defines the signalling network to which the signalling point belongs.
Identifies whether the Core Network supports the relocation of SRNC or not.
The parameters Shared area mobile country code and Shared area mobile network code compose the identifier
can have access.
can have access.
The parameter defines whether 2 or 3 digits are used in the shared area mobile network code./nWhen modifyin
system is always changed.
The code that uniquely identifies the signalling point in the signalling network.
This parameter specifies the maximum time for Reset procedure in the RNC.
This parameter specifies a guard period in the RNC before sending a RANAP:RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message.
This parameter is a timer, which is used to determine when the additional level of traffic reduction in Core Netw
OVERLOAD messages or signalling point congested information received by the RNC are ignored.
This timer is used to determine when the Core Network overload can be considered cleared. While this timer is
duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames, where 'k' is the used DRX cycle length coefficient for CN.)
Indicates the CN domain from which the message originates, or to which the message will be sent.
The code that uniquely identifies the Release version of the Core Network connected to the RNC.
This parameter provides Cell_FACH state Serving RNC Relocation Support of the PS Core Network node.
DefaultCN (Default Core Network ) is a parameter used to identify if this considered CN is used as 'a default CN
has value 1 (Yes), the core network is used as the default CN. If the parameter has value 0 (No), it is not used a
DefaultCN and one PS DefaultCN. This parameter is needed for each defined CN (max. 16 CS + 16 PS)./nWhen
can be configured to RNC.
Describes the Core Network Identity of the CN connected to Iu interface. This parameter is a part of GlobalCNId
This parameter defines whether 2 or 3 digits are used in Mobile Network Code./nWhen this parameter is modifie
The parameter defines the length of the delay that takes place before Iu link state change is handled when the
The parameter defines the number of cells to which the SIB information is updated simultaneously after IuPS lin
parameter, and the sending is phased according to the IuBarringRecoveryTimer parameter to avoid the high loa
Relevant for AXC2.0 only.
AAL2 endpoint address (A2EA) for a signalling link. /nThe A2EA value has to be different for each signalling link
same as configured in the RNC. The A2EA is also required on the AXC's adjacent AAL2 node towards the RNC.
Identifies interface location (if#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nSee A2ST for further information.
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nSee A2ST for further information.
Identifies virtual channel identifier (vci#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nSee A2ST for further information.
Identifies virtual path identifier (vpi#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nSee A2ST for further information.
See
See
See
See
BTS cellType
BTS_GPRS egprsEnabled
BTS frequencyBandInUse
BTS_GPRS egprsEnabled
Identifier (ID) of SITE object.

Identifier (ID) of EGCE object.
Name of managed object.
EGCE SW version
Identifier (ID) of SITE object

SITE SW version
The name of managed object.
Antenna name. Used for identifying antenna.
EWCE SW version
Identifier (ID) of GCAL object
Address of NMS
Identifier (ID) of NMS object
Name of NMS
NMS SW version
Name of template
Name of template set
An operator defined state for operator specific usage

Antenna direction
Correction factor used in link budget.
The height of the unbuilt ground (for example the antenna mast base) relative to the sea level in the WGS84 ge
Relative antenna height to the ground height.
Absolute coordinate of the Antenna.
Absolute coordinate of the antenna.
DN of related Nokia OMC in 3GPP format

The maximum amount of tilt the RET system can support. This helps in preventing the user from entering any u
motors on the RET unit from getting jammed // burnt out.
The minimum amount of tilt the RET system can support. This helps in preventing the user from entering any u
motors on the RET unit from getting jammed // burnt out.
Free text field.
Gives the tilt value of the antenna that has been made using electrical means (i.e. using RET). This attribute giv
antenna and is at the centre of the RET feature.
Indicates the network technology the antenna is used in.
Antenna tilt
Id name of the antenna type.
The parameter identifies the cell within a RNC.
Unique identification of external WCDMA cell within a external cell collection.
This parameter contains the Location area code (LAC) of a WCDMA cell.
The Local cell resource is an object, which consists of the HW required by one cell for transmission and receivin
local cell resource at the BTS. The LCR Id is unique within BTS./nWith the Configuration Data message the Local
used at the radio interface. In cases when configuration is initialized at the BTS, the signalling related to a cell i
Identifier (ID) of WCAL object
Identifies the downlink scrambling code of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the Cell.
This is the transmission power of the primary common pilot channel.
The routing area code determines the Routing area within the location area to which the cell belongs to.
A unique identification for an RNC node within the UTRAN.
The Service Area Identifier (SAI) identifies an area consisting of one or more cells which belong to the same Loc
the PLMN Identifier, the Location Area Code (LAC) and the Service Area Code (SAC).
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that an UE may use on the DPCH in the neighb
algorithm of inter-frequency handover. If the maximum output power of the UE is lower than the value of the pa
the minimum required CPICH RSCP level, which the measurement result of the neighbour cell must exceed befo
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that an UE can use when accessing the neighb
cell re-selection procedure. If the maximum output power of the UE is lower than the value of the parameter, th
required CPICH Ec//No level, which the measurement result of the neighbouring cell must exceed before the cel
The carrier frequency is designated by the UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) downLin
as follows:/nNd = 5 * Fdownlink,/n0.0 MHz <= Fdownlink <= 3276.6 MHz,/nwhere Fdownlink is the downlink fre
parameter when defining UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) parameter value in incom
The carrier frequency is designated by the UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) upLink.
and Uarfcn Ul is not needed when EWCE is Nokia cell.
This parameter identifies the WBTS uniquely under its controlling RNC.
Feeder cable length
Feeder cable loss.
Feeder Cable Loss Per Metre
Feeder cable reference.
Pointer to the GSM cell or external GSM cell (F-BTS). Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.
Tells if mast head amplifier is used.
Mast Head Amplifier Gain
The noise figure of the mast head amplifier (uplink amplifier). In use when the Mast Head Amplifier is 'ON'
The type of the mast head amplifier (uplink amplifier). In use when the Mast Head Amplifier is 'ON'
The diversity type of the reception: '2-way', '4-way'. In use when the Receiver Diversity is 'On'.
Defines if reception diversity is ON or OFF.
Tells what diversity type is used in transmitter.
Transmitter diversity on//off information.
duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames, where 'k' is the used DRX cycle length coefficient for CN.)/nT
Indicates the CN domain from which the message originates, or to which the message will be sent./nThis param
Defines whether IMSI attach and detach are allowed or not. Given only for CS domain. Part of CS domain specifi
shall be used for PS domain./nThis parameter is part of System Information Block 1.
The timeout value, in decihours (6 min), for periodic location updating. Given only for CS domain. (Part of CS do
is used for an infinite timeout value, that is, periodic location updating is not used.
MSActivitySupervision timer is used in RRC states CELL_PCH and URA_PCH for supervising the inactivity of NRT
these states is executed. MSActivitySupervision timer is stopped when any activity of NRT RAB(s) is detected an
is restarted (from the initial value) when the inactivity of NRT RAB(s) detected again and the MS is moved back
MSActivitySupervision timer when the first 'inactive state indication' (i.e. Cell//URA Update, which does not caus
from the MS, the RNC asks SGSN to release the Iu connection./nNote: If the parameter value is set to zero:/n- st
inactivity is detected in Cell_FACH state, the MS will be switched to the Idle Mode/n- when the DCH specific inac
InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH) is//are set to value DCH inactivity supervision not used, the MS will be switched
timer in RRC entity) when inactivity is detected in Cell_DCH state.
In Operation Mode I it is possible to have combined CS and PS side paging via SGSN. In Operation Mode II the c
combined attach procedures). Used only for the PS domain. The value 'Not defined' shall be used for CS domain
information in SIB1./nThis parameter is part of System Information Block 1.
The timer is set when a RANAP:SRNS Data Forward Command message (or a RANAP:Relocation Command mess
stopped in the SRNC when the RANAP:SRNS Data Forwarding procedure has been completed.
Mast Head Amplifier Gain
Name of BCSM object
This information is normally copied from feeder cable information.
Feeder cable loss per meter.
Feeder cable reference.
Pointer to the WCEL or EWCE. Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.
Tells if there is mast head amplifier.
Noise figure of mast head amplifier.
Diversity Type of the Receiver
Name of managed object
Describes the state of Iu interface of the CN Node connected to the RNC. This parameter is given to every CN N
NAS node selection function in load balancing and routing decisions. /nDescriptions of the parameter values:/nfrom load balancing only /nBAR-US = barred from all connections
when an operator uses the Multiple Core Networks feature.
This parameter indicates the maximum value of the NRI value range that is used in the PS CN selection. /n/nNO
This parameter indicates the minimum value of the NRI value range that is used in the PS CN selection. /n/nNOT
In Operation Mode I it is possible to have combined CS and PS side paging via SGSN. In Operation Mode II the c
combined attach procedures). Used only for the PS domain. NMO is part of PS CN domain specific NAS System i
can have access.
can have access.
The parameter defines whether 2 or 3 digits are used in the shared area mobile network code./nWhen modifyin
system is always changed.
The timer is set when a RANAP:SRNS Data Forward Command message (or a RANAP:Relocation Command mess
Defines the type of the commissioning./n/nExpected values: Manual | Planned | Template | Reconfiguration
This parameter holds the number of control packets that the BTS may lose before the BFD session is declared d
Desired minimum transmit interval for the control word in ms.
Required minimum receive interval for the control word in ms.
Parameter defines identifier of list item.
Parameter defines SW version of network element
This flag indicates if Bidirectional Forwarding Detection is activated.
This parameter is used to switch on or off the actual BFD session. Only if the parameter has value true, BFD ala
relevant if parameter bfdActivation has value true.
This is the IP address to be used in Bidirectional Forwarding Detection. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the naming attribute of the unique Bidirectional Forwarding Detection object instance of the BTS. Value i
With this parameter you define the downlink cell parameter of the primary common pilot channel of the adjacen
the adjacent cell is a UTRAN cell.
With this parameter you define the reporting priority of the adjacent UTRAN cell.
Defines the version of the BTS Manager.
Defines the name of the commissioning engineer.
Defines the date of the commissioning. Expected type of date: yyyy.mm.dd.
Defines the structure version of the Site Configuration File (SCF). For FlexiBTS, the allowed file versions start fro
Defines the version of the BTS Manager.
Defines the type of the commissioning.

Defines the structure version of the Site Configuration File (SCF).
This parameter provides Cell_FACH state Serving RNC Relocation Support of neighbour RNC.
This parameter indicates a user plane procedure support of the Iur connection. This information is given separa
supported between SRNC and DRNC, initiation of a soft handover procedure is not possible.
This parameter identifies the neighbour RNC. A unique identification for an RNC node within the UTRAN.
Network indicator defines the signalling network to which the signalling point belongs./n
This parameter identifies whether a neighboring RNC supports relocation of SRNC or not.
The code that uniquely identifies the Release version of the neighbouring RNC.
With this parameter you define the adjacent cell index for the adjacent UTRAN cell. The index value is unambig
free index value for serving cell is searched and used.
With this parameter you define the minimum CPICH Ec//Io level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell in decibels, wh
allowed. If this parameter has the value 0.5 dB, the BSC is not allowed to initiate a direct access from the servin
level measured by mobiles can be maximum 0 dB.
With this parameter you define the minimum signal quality level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell for an inter-sy
The value 0.5 dB of this parameter means that the BSC is never allowed to initiate an ISNCCR attempt from the
Ec//Io level measured by mobiles can be maximum 0 dB.
Effects
With this parameter you define the location area that the adjacent UTRAN cell belongs to.
With this parameter you define the mobile country code number for the adjacent UTRAN cell./nNOTE:/nMML ran
With this parameter you define the minimum CPICH Ec//Io level of an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell for an inter-sys
exceeded before the BSC is allowed to trigger a handover attempt towards the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell./nNOT
is never allowed to initiate a handover attempt from the serving GSM cell towards the WCDMA RAN cell because
0 dB.
With this parameter you define the mobile network code number for the adjacent UTRAN cell./nNOTE:/nMML ran
GSM cell/nMNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 338, 342, 344,
With this parameter you define the radio network controller that controls the adjacent UTRAN cell on the UTRAN
With this parameter you define the service area the adjacent UTRAN cell belongs to.
With this parameter you define the downlink scrambling code of the primary common pilot channel of the adjac
TD-SCDMA Interworking -feature to define that the adjacent cell is a TD-SCDMA RAN cell. Scrambling codes are
With this parameter you define the adjacent TD-SCDMA RAN cell synchronisation case
With this parameter you define whether the downlink transmission diversity capability of the logical node that i
With this parameter you define the downlink carrier frequency of the adjacent UTRAN cell. The frequency must
Number (UARFCN).
With this parameter you define a unique identifier number for Authorised Networks.
With this parameter you define a unique name for a group of Authorised Networks./nNote: This is defined as like
characters is possible.
With this parameter you define an sequence number for an authorised Network./nNOTE: No MML interface.
With this parameter you define the Mobile Country Code of an Authorised Network.
With this parameter you define the Mobile Network Code of an Authorised Network./nNOTE:/nIf single-digit MNC
means 'not defined'/nIf 2-digit MNC is given, the preceding digit will have value 0xF which means 'not defined'/n
must be always three digits if MCC is 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 338, 342, 344, 346, 348, 365, 376, 70
With this parameter you define the technology which is used within the authorised network in the Authorised N
1 and 2 requires ISHO_SUPPORT_IN_BSC (FIFILE option) addition to IBHO licence)
MML description:/nWith this parameter you define the frequency to be added to the BCCH frequency list or to b
one BCCH frequency list is 32./nNetAct description:/nWith this parameter you define the frequencies belonging
128...251/nGSM 900: 1...124 and 975...1023, 0/nGSM 1800: 512...885/nGSM 1900: 512...810/nMULTI: 1...124, 1
975...1023, 0/nNOTE:/nMULTI consists of three frequency bands, dual band for GSM 900// GSM 1800, dual band
1800. The value range of dual band GSM 900// GSM 1800 is 1...124, 512...885, 975...1023, 0. The value range o
value range of dual band GSM 800// GSM 1800 is 128...251, 512...885. The frequency range depends on the ac
in one BCCH frequency list is 32. If the Common BCCH feature is used, the maximum is 31. If the option ISHO S
BCCH feature and also ISHO Support In BSC option is used, the maximum is 30.
With this parameter you define the type of the BCCH frequency list. The value depends on the frequency band u
1800, GSM 1900, or MULTI.
With this parameter you identify the BCCH frequency list.
With this parameter you lock or unlock the object. If the BCF is in operational use, the administrative state mus
transfer traffic./nMML NOTE:/nMML Range:/nL (locked)/nU (unlocked)/nMML default: L
With this parameter you define whether the BCF is created to be autoconfigured./nNOTE: The parameter is only
Flexi Multiradio.
With this parameter you define if automatic unlock is used at creation of Flexi EDGE or Flexi Multiradio BCF./nNo
site types only but it is visible at NetAct for other BCF types also.
With this parameter you define what type of BTS battery backup procedure is used. The procedure is executed w
a battery backup unit./nNOTE:/nMML RANGE:/nALL (transmission equipment and all TRXs are left alive)/nBCCH (
alive)/nNONE (only transmission equipment is left alive)/nMML DEFAULT: ALL/nNOTE: This parameter is valid onl
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is ON//CO
ON, see below for FIFILE//PRFILE options:/nMetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR/nTalk-family: BTS_SITE_BATB
BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR
With this parameter you define the time period after which shutdown group 0 TRXs are powered down. The time
Parameter is valid if BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value 'Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)' or 'T
when battery backup procedure parameter has value 'Transmission Alive (2)'. /nNOTE: Likewise this parameter
or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is ON/
shutdown is ON, see below for FIFILE//PRFILE options: /n- MetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR /n- Talk-family
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR
With this parameter you define the external outputs that are set to ON or OFF state. The outputs are identified
PrimeSite. In the case of MetroSite, the number of external outputs is 4. In the case of 2nd Generation, Talk-fam
number of external outputs is 6. /nMML NOTE: /nrange: 6 outputs of type ON//OFF Default value: all outputs OFF
With this parameter you identify the type of the BTS site./nNOTE:/nModification of the BTS site type is possible
and from the 2nd generation or Talk-family site types to UltraSite site and Talk-family or UltraSite site types to F
EDGE back to the 2nd generation or Talk-family site types is not possible./nModification between BTSplus and o
Flexi EDGE site type to Flexi Multiradio BTS site type is possible but not vice versa./nMML NOTE:/nB (2nd Gener
(InSite),/nP (UltraSite),/nE (Flexi EDGE <option>),/nX (BTSplus),/nM (Flexi Multiradio <option>)/nNOTE:/nFlexi E
ON or CONFIG. Flexi Multiradio is available only when the Flexi Multiradio licence state is ON or CONFIG.
With this parameter you identify the subtype of the BTS site. Parameter is not modifiable./nNOTE: Parameter is
only for BTSplus site type.
With this parameter you define the clock source for the master clock BCF or the independent mode BCF. If the d
master clock BCF./nWhen synch of the BCF is disabled (SENA=N), modification of the parameter can be done on
value of the Synch Status is not 'ABIS SYNCH', then the value of the parameter can be changed from LMU to LM
available for Talk-family, MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: MML range:/nBCF (maste
(independent mode)/nNONE (remove clock source)/nLAB (LMU-ABIS)/nBWLMU (BCF WCDMA LMU)/nIWLMU (Inde
USED/nLMU-ABIS (4) value is only available for UltraSite and Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. BWLMU (5) and IW
With this parameter you define the external input number of the BCF./nNOTE: The parameter is only available fo
Multiradio./nNOTE: MML RANGE: 1 ... 10 (MetroSite), 1 ... 24 (UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio)
Input Text of External Alarm Definition. With this parameter you define the text string associated with external o
( ) , . ! # $ @ % & * + ' = and space. You can delete a text string by leaving the text field empty inside the quot
connection from the BCFs./nNOTE: The parameter is valid only for 2nd Generation, Talk-family and PrimeSite./nN
With this parameter you define the text ID number of a text string./nNOTE: The parameter is relevant only for M
NOTE: Refers to IO Text instance (TID ID).
With this parameter you define the actual polarity of the external input connection./nNOTE: The parameter is on
Multiradio.
With this parameter you activate the routing of the input alarm and choose where the alarm will be sent./nNOTE
Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: MML RANGE:/nNOT (not activated (not reported)),/nACT (activated (rep
(activated (reported as a transmission alarm to the Transmission Management System)),/nMAINS (activated (rep
With this parameter you define the severity of the input alarm./nNOTE: The parameter is only available for Metr
Range:/nAL3 (The highest alarm level),/nAL2 (The medium alarm level),/nAL1 (The lowest alarm level)/nNOTE: M
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE Abis over IP// Ethernet feature in the BCF./nNOTE: Range de
valid only for Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types.
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE Additional 2 E1//T1 feature in the BCF. Value zero enables on
E1//T1 interfaces, value two enables two additional 2 E1//T1 interfaces and value three enables three additiona
2 E1//T1 free interface)/n1 (enabled additional 2 E1//T1 interface)/n2 (enabled 2 additional 2 E1//T1 interface)/n
Parameter is valid only for Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types.
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE TRS Abis Grooming feature in the BCF./nNOTE: Range descri
only for Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types.
With this parameter you can enable the Flexi EDGE TRS Loop Protection feature in the BCF./nNOTE: Range descr
only for Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types.
With this parameter you identify the BCF with a decimal number./nRange Note:/nThe value range depends on th
options.
With this parameter you identify the D-channel link set name of the BTS site O&M link. NOTE: The parameter ca
causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. NOTE: Range: String of up to 5 characters ('A'..'Z','0'..'9'). The first
With this parameter you identify the D-channel link set number of the BTS site O&M link. NOTE: The parameter
causes a temporary break in O&M signalling. MML NOTE: Modification: Online
With this parameter you define the master clock TRX for the PrimeSite. The value 0 means that the site is not s
one TRX in the site, the site must be synchronised (MCT<>0). See also the external synchronization source par
With this parameter you add the slave BCF to a chain under a master clock BCF in slave BCF creation./nNOTE: T
UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. See also parameter Slave BCF List./nNetAct NOTE: If a master BCF an
the same RNW plan, the master BCF information cannot be defined in the slave BCF data.
Parameter is valid if BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value 'Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)' or 'T
valid only if Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, Ultr
ON//CONFIG OR the FIFILE//PRFILE option for intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for FIFILE//PRFILE options: /n
BTS_SITE_BATBU_PROC_A AND BTS_SIT_BATBU_PROC/n- UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS
Parameter is valid only when BTS Battery Backup Procedure parameter has value 'Transmission and BCCH Alive
parameter is valid only if Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for M
type) is ON//CONFIG.
With this parameter you define the time period after which shutdown group 3 TRXs are powered down. Paramet
parameter has value 'Transmission and BCCH Alive (1)' or 'Transmission Alive (2)'./nNOTE: Likewise this parame
FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site t
With this parameter you define the external outputs that are set into the ON or OFF state. The outputs are iden
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio. In the case of 2nd Generation or TalkFamily, the n
With this parameter you define the text ID for the external output. /nNOTE: The parameter is only available for
case of MetroSite, the number of external outputs is 4. In the case of UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio,
Removes the text from external output.
With this parameter you identify the BSC PCM used in BTS Abis Port 0 in BTSplus side. PCM of TRX is defined in
Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type./nNOTE: At least one of PCM port ID parameters must be given for
With this parameter you define the value limit for activating the RX alarm. /nNOTE: For site types 2nd generatio
Multiradio the value 64 dB indicates that no RX alarms are set.
With this parameter you define slave BCF(s) to the chain under the master clock BCF. /nNOTE: The parameter is
EDGE and Flexi Multiradio. /nMML NOTE: /nADD (MML Full Name: Add BCF to chain): The slave BCF can be defin
synchronisation of the chain is enabled, the added BCF must be locked, otherwise modification is online. Modific
Full Name: remove BCF from chain): The slave BCF can be removed when modifying the master clock BCF. If syn
be locked, otherwise online. /nRange: /nMML default value: 0 (Not defined)/nNetAct NOTE: If a master BCF and
the same RNW plan, the slave BCFs information has to defined in the master BCF data.
With this parameter you define the synchronisation mode of the BTS./nNOTE: The parameter cannot be defined
With this parameter you define the synchronisation source of the master clock TRX for a synchronised PrimeSite
parameter defines a synchronisation source for all the TRXs in the site. NOTE: See also the Master Clock TRX pa
With this parameter you enable the synchronization of the chain of the independent mode BCFs. It is possible to
modifying the master clock BCF. /nModification of the parameter requires locking of all of the BCFs of the chain
modifying an independent mode BCF, the modification requires locking of the BCF. /nNOTE: /nThe parameter is
and Flexi Multiradio.
This parameter indicates the synchronisation mode of the BCF./nNOTE: The parameter is only available for TalkMultiradio./nMML NOTE: MML range: /nUNSYNCH,/nSYNCH,/nLMUSYNCH,/nABISSYNCH (SYNCH include INDEPEN
With this parameter you define the test equipment connected to the BCF. NOTE: The parameter is available for
stations. Parameter value RFTE is only allowed for 2nd generation base stations.
With this parameter you define how many adjacent cell frequencies are included in the BA list sent to mobiles w
MML interface
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for traffic channel failure rate. Whenever a channel is releas
of channel failures for the released channel is incremented. If the percentage of channel failures equals or exce
the measurement period (the number of seizures is greater than or equals the operator-defined threshold value
The parameter supervises lost calls and too short a mean holding time in the traffic channels. With this parame
seizures. Only when the number of channel seizures equals or exceeds this threshold during the measurement
holding time for TCHs and alarm threshold for TCH failure rate are taken into account.
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for the SDCCH failure rate. If the number of SDCCH failures e
an alarm.
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for SDCCH congestion. This parameter supervises the traffic
SDCCH seizure requests refused due to congestion equals or exceeds the threshold and there have been enoug
of seizure requests is greater than or equals the operator-defined threshold value), the alarm system prints out
The parameter supervises SDCCH and TCH congestion. With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for th
number of channel seizure requests equals or exceeds this threshold during the measurement period, the value
for SDCCH congestion are taken into account.
With this parameter you define an alarm threshold for traffic channel congestion. The parameter supervises the
TCH seizure requests refused due to congestion equals or exceeds the threshold and there have been enough c
seizure requests is greater than or equals the operator-defined threshold value), the alarm system prints out an
With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to tr
and//or Dual Band// microcell features.
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the maximum traffic load in adjacent cell allowed
With this parameter you define the guard time after a BSC-controlled or an MSC-controlled TRHO, during which
With this parameter you define the upper threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to tr
The attribute defines the preference between the currently used multirate configuration and the one defined fo
= the currently used multirate configuration is preferred in further channel allocations/n2 = the multirate config
allocations
The parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination for AMR calls in the cells of the BSC according to th
define the lower limit for the percentage of free full rate resources. AMR full rate TCHs are allocated until the nu
the parameter. AMR half rate resources are then allocated.
The parameter controls the AMR TCH channel rate determination on the BSC level according to the cell load in t
upper limit for the percentage of free full rate resources. AMR Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of f
With this parameter you define the border of DL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) - 2 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
due to DL quality. /nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is not part
Threshold 1'). When this threshold defines the lower border for the range, the threshold value is part of the rang
1')./nThe value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak power of the TRX.
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) - 1 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
to DL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is not part of the
2')/nThe value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak power of the TRX.
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qu
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (LDRF) + 1 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl R
due to DL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is not part o
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) - 2 is used, and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl R
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx qu
threshold dl Rx qual AMR FR (UDRF) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl R
decrease due to DL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is
Upper Threshold 4'). When this threshold defines the lower border for the range, the threshold value is part of t
Threshold 4')./nThe value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak power of the TRX.
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl Rx qu
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (LDRH) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold dl R
increase due to DL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is n
Lower Threshold 4'). When this threshold defines the lower border for the range, the threshold value is part of t
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl R
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl R
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl Rx q
threshold dl Rx qual AMR HR (UDRH) +1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold dl R
decrease due to DL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is
With this parameter you define whether codec mode set downgrades during internal HOs and upgrades after in
The attribute defines if the BSC is operating at ANSI environment./nNote:/nNo MML interface.
The parameter defines the maximum time period during which handover is attempted in TRX. /nNOTE: This par
FlexiEDGE or Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site t
intelligent shutdown is ON, see below for FIFILE//PRFILE options: /n- MetroSite: BTS_METRO_SITE_BATBU_PR /nBTS_SIT_BATBU_PROC/n- UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio: BTS_ULTRA_SITE_BATBU_PR
With this parameter you define the threshold for the proportion of rejected measurement results in all measure
rejections. If this threshold is exceeded, the BCSU unit is regarded as overloaded, and the BSC generates the re
(step size is 0.01%).
With this parameter you define the level of confidence for the estimation used to build a background interferen
equal to or greater than the C//I contained in the matrix.
With this parameter you define an upper limit for C//I values which are considered as relevant for the interferen
can be discarded during the BIM update procedure.
With this parameter you define the number of BIM update periods that the DFCA algorithm allows for a neighbo
neighbouring cell is not included in any BIM update for the cell, it is removed from the BIM table of the cell./nVa
63 indicates that a neighbour is not removed from the BIM even if the neighbour is not included in any new BIM
With this parameter you define the period between successive background interference matrix updates. Theref
BIM update./nNOTE:/nMML range:/n10 min to 60 min (10 min step size);/n2h to 6h (60 min step size);/n12h and
With this parameter you define the weighting factor for the C//I value defined during the latest BIM update perio
BSC options can be activated or deactivated only with MML commands in BSC./nNote: No MML interface.
The type of BSC. BSC3i provides more capacity than ordinary BSC./nNOTE: No MML interface.
The parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on the BSC level according to the cell load in traffic
limit for the percentage of free full rate resources. Full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate
half rate resources are then allocated.
The parameter controls the TCH channel rate determination on the BSC level according to the cell load in traffic
upper limit for the percentage of free full rate resources. Full rate TCHs are allocated when the number of free f
With this parameter you define how many successive remote transcoder failures the BSC may receive before it
With this parameter you define an offset that is added to the C//I targets and soft blocking C//I limits of all conn
This parameter determines whether NAS Node method is used for all traffic in the BSC when Multipoint A is in u
This parameter determines the load balancing technique to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use.
This parameter determines the length of the used NRI. The given value indicates how many bits starting from b
A is not in use./nNOTE: Restrictions:/nCS NRI List must be defined before the CS NRI Length parameter is chang
checks:/nCS NRI List must include valid NRI value or values per Signalling Point Code until CS NRI Length can be
Length is changed from 0 (default value), none of the NRI values (NRI List 1, NRI List 2, NRI List 3, NRI List 4, NR
10) must not exceed the decimal value range which CS NRI Length is indicates. /nFor example: /nIf CS NRI Len
and with 3 bits ('111') it is possible to have maximum value 7 in decimal. Therefore, none of the NRI values (NR
NRI List 7, NRI List 8, NRI List 9, NRI List 10) must not exceed value 7.
With this parameter you define Core Network-ID
This parameter determines MSC//MSS state for the NAS Node method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A i
is used for barring only from load balancing function, /nBAR-US value means that CN Node is totally blocked from
for each MSC//MSS
This parameter determines the CS NAS Node Method to be used in the BSC when Multipoint A is in use.
With this parameter you define CS Null-NRI./nThis value can be defined for each MSC//MSS
With this parameter you define CS Weight Factor value per MSC//MSS for round-robin selection/nNAS Node meth
Only supported in local MML
With this parameter you define if Signalling Point Code is set as default./nNOTE:/nOnly one Default Signalling Po
NRI List (others shall be set as FALSE).
With this parameter you define Mobile Country Code (MCC)./nNOTE:/nMML range: 0..999
With this parameter you define Mobile Network Code (MNC)./nNOTE:/nMML range: 0..999/nMNC length must be
316, 338, 342, 344, 346, 348, 376, 708, 722 or 732
With this parameter you define NRI List 1./nMML NOTE: Required on creation: optional
The parameter determines the PLMN identifiers of the radio networks to where the SPC can be connected in mu
the Mobile Country Code of a radio network. /nRadio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio Network MNC 1 - 16 param
PLMN list./nValue range: 0..999/nNetAct note:/nRadio Network MCC 1 - Radio Network MCC 16 parameters need
Radio Network MCC parameters defined as Radio Network MNC parameters.
the Mobile Network Code of a radio network./nBy giving value 999 for the Radio Network MCC 1 - 16 and Radio
PLMN identifier from a PLMN list./nMNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 31
732/nNOTE:/nMML Range:/n0..99/n0..999 OPTIONAL (Three digits MNC)/nNetAct note:/nRadio Network MCC 1 numeric order. There must be as many Radio Network MCC parameters defined as Radio Network MNC paramet
With this parameter you define Signalling Point Code.
With this parameter you define the macrocell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a
at 0 dBm, the division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use./nNOTE: MML value range:/nGSM 180
with 2 dBm step, and 33 (dBm) /nNOTE: NetAct internal value range:/nGSM 1800:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI valu
29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 33 dBm: 30
With this parameter you define the microcell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a
at 33 dBm (GSM 1800) or 36 dBm (GSM 1900), the division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use./
dBm step/nGSM 1900: 0...32(dBm), with 2 dBm step, and 33 (dBm)/nNOTE: NetAct internal value range:/nGSM
31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36 dBm: 29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 33 d
With this parameter you can temporarily disable mobile power control and handovers in TCH for emergency cal
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for circuit switched data connections of 14.4 kbit//s./nNOTE
blocking C//I 14.4/nNOTE: MML modification: /nParameter is modifiable if options Dynamic Frequency And Chann
Options (HSCSD_PRM and PRM_144) are hidden in MML and available if the operator has purchased the feature.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C//I value for circuit switched data connections of 14.4
smaller than C//I target 14.4./nValue -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled./nNOTE: MML modification: /nP
Channel Allocation (70) AND (HSCSD_PRM OR PRM_144) are ON. Options (HSCSD_PRM and PRM_144) are hidde
feature.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable carrier//noise ratio for circuit switched data connection
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for full rate AMR and full rate WB-AMR speech connections.
than soft blocking C//I AMR FR.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C//I value for full rate AMR and full rate WB-AMR FR sp
equal to or smaller than C//I target AMR FR./nValue -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable carrier//noise ratio for full rate AMR and full rate WB-A
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for half rate AMR speech connections./nNote: The paramete
AMR HR.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C//I value for half rate AMR speech connections./nNOT
target AMR HR./nValue -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable carrier//noise ratio for half rate AMR speech connectio
With this parameter you define if DCFA assignments are made primarily to channels with the connection specifi
C//I difference from the target level./nNote:/nMML range:/n0 (primary target of a DFCA assignment is a MA, MAI
the target level)/n1 (primary target of a DFCA assignment is a MA, MAIO and tsl combination on the connection
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for GPRS connection on DFCA layer. /nNote: DFCA Soft Bloc
Target GPRS value should be defined egual or greater than value for DFCA Soft Blocking C//I GPRS.
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for SDCCH connection on DFCA layer. /nNote: DFCA Soft Blo
target SDCCH value should be defined equal or greater than value for DFCA Soft Blocking C//I SDCCH.
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for full rate and EFR speech connections, and for circuit swi
parameter value must be equal to or greater than soft blocking C//I FR.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C//I value for full rate and EFR speech connections, an
kbit//s./nNOTE: The parameter value must be equal to or smaller than C//I target FR./nValue -20 dB means that
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable carrier//noise ratio for full rate and EFR speech conne
kbit//s.
With this parameter you define the target C//I value for half rate speech connections./nNote: The parameter val
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C//I value for half rate speech connections./nNOTE: Th
target HR./nValue -20 dB means that soft blocking is disabled.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable carrier//noise ratio for half rate speech connections.
With this parameter you define the soft blocking C//I value for GPRS connection on DFCA layer. /nNote: DFCA C/
Blocking C//I GPRS value should be defined equal or smaller than value for DFCA C//I Target GPRS.
With this parameter you define the soft blocking C//I value for SDCCH connection on DFCA layer. /nNote: DFCA T
Blocking C//I SDCCH value should be defined equal or smaller than value for C//I target SDCCH.
With this parameter you disable or enable the external directed retry handovers.
With this parameter you define whether all handovers are controlled by the MSC or not.
With this parameter you can change the behavior of the PCU selection algorithm in cases when DLDC is in use a
type cards./nThe bigger this parameter value is then it means that PCU2-E card can have more capacity used th
preferred in the selection this parameter must have value 0.
This parameter defines the value of the fragmentation penalty that is used in the DTM channel allocation algori
highest capacity for the DTM MS. This is the case if the DTM MS is considered to be a nRT user and if there are s
the territory./nThat is, this parameter is used to balance the trade-off between searching for a DTM allocation th
DTM allocation that avoids fragmentation of PS resources in the PS territory./nThe capacity of a DTM allocation i
fragmentation penalty is subtracted from the estimated capacity value, if the DTM allocation would increase the
the DTM-CS timeslot and its neighbouring timeslots on both sides are originally in PS use./nIn an example where
MS gets a 50 % share on the first timeslot and a 100 % share on the second timeslot and the fragmentation pen
is 1.5 (=0.5 + 1.0) timeslots if the DTM allocation does not increase the fragmentation and it is 1.0 (=0.5 + 1.0
fragmentation./nThe DTM fragmentation penalty value of 0 means that a DTM allocation that increases the frag
allocation that does not increase the fragmentation of PS resources./nThe DTM fragmentation penalty value of 1
fragmentation of PS resources is selected instead of a DTM allocation that increases the fragmentation of PS res
capacity than the former one in which case the latter one is selected.
When the traffic load in a segment falls lower than defined by DTRX Power Down Threshold the load is followed
Supervision Period parameter. The actual TRX power down is started if the load remains lower than defined by D
supervision period.
With this parameter you enable or disable the emergency call setup on FACCH./nNote: /nEmergency call setup o
calls are not restricted (the EQF command, parameter EC). FACCH call setup is only possible when SDCCH cong
This parameter is used in the Radio Resource Manager for the channel assignment control to prevent simultane
Defines the number of BCSU units within BSC./nNote:/nNo MML interface.
Maximum allowed number of transceivers for one BCSU unit./nNote:/nNo MML interface.
This parameter defines the priority levels of subscribers to which the Forced release after unsuccessful forced h
defines the highest value of priority levels which are included in subscriber class 2./nWith this parameter it is po
their pre-emption capabilities:/nClass 1: subscribers having priority level 1 are capable of causing a forced relea
having priority level from 2 to Forced release priority threshold are capable of causing a forced handover as a p
lower priority subscriber./nClass 3: Pre-emption-capable subscribers having priority level lower than Forced rele
handover for a lower priority subscriber.
With this parameter you can indicate whether the Frame Error Probability based Power Control (PC) and Handov
Handover algorithm.
With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available full rate traffic channels (%). The parameter is used
The parameter gives a target probability of TCH availability for circuit switched services in a BTS with GPRS terr
(number of TRXs) the BSC defines a margin of idle TCHs that it tries to maintain free for the incoming circuit sw
the circuit switched territory of a BTS decreases below the defined margin, a GPRS territory downgrade is starte
in 'GPRS territory downgrade' of 'GPRS in BSC'.
With this parameter you define a period following a GPRS upgrade during which the probability for a GPRS down
given time and the size of a BTS (number of TRXs) the BSC defines a margin of idle TSLs that is required as a co
GPRS upgrade may be done if the number of free TSLs in a BTS is at least equal to the defined margin still after
that is shown in 'GPRS territory upgrade' of 'GPRS in BSC'.
With this parameter you define how many frequencies are put into the BA list sent to mobiles when MeasBAList
With this parameter you define how the GPRS territory is seen when calculating FR resources. (The RTSLs to be
rate selection between full rate and half rate)./nNote:/nMML Range:/n0 = Only CSW used RTSLs are used to calc
PSW used RTSLs are seen as occupied resource when calculating PSW RTSLs./n2 = CSW used and PSW used RTS
calculating resources.
With this parameter you define the macrocell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a
division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use.
With this parameter you define the microcell size by means of the maximum transmission power of the MS in a
division of cells into macrocells and microcells is not in use.
With this parameter you define the order of preference between intra-cell and inter-cell handovers when the ca
With this parameter you define the order of preference between intra-cell and inter-cell handovers when the ca
With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available half rate traffic channels (%). The parameter is used
With this parameter you define in the case of intra-GSM handover whether one of the existing Authorised Netwo
cells are permitted. This parameter is used in a serving GSM cell when a mobile subscriber is anonymous and IM
GSM cell./nMML NOTE: /nRange: 1..10, step 1/nDefault: ALL
With this parameter you define in the case of WCDMA handover whether one of the existing Authorised Networ
cells are permitted. This parameter is used in a serving GSM cell when a mobile subscriber is anonymous and IM
GSM cell./nMML NOTE: /nRange: 1..10, step 1/nDefault: ALL
Identification (c-number) of BSC./nNOTE:/nNo MML interface.
With this parameter you define the criteria used to the EGPRS Inactivity.
With this parameter you define the number of TBF allocation attempts required per hour for EGPRS Inactivity Al
With this parameter you define the triggering level for a Service Area penalty. If the number of incoming Inter-S
exceed the penalty triggering level during a measurement period, the Service Area-specific penalty timer is trig
BSC is not allowed to initiate an Inter-System Handover towards WCDMA RAN cells that belong to the Service Ar
With this parameter you define the initial channel rate in call setup, internal inter cell handover (HO) and exter
/n1 = any rate, there is not any extra requirements by the parameter and the chosen channel rate is defined by
channel allocation/n2 = AMR FR is allocated despite of the values of the currently used information for channel
With this parameter you define the order of preference between WB-AMR and AMR for mobile originating call. T
most preferred codec in MSS codec list is selected when call (or connection) is established.
Parameter defines whether it is allowed to change internal handover, where speech codec or channel rate is ch
muting./nNOTE: If MSC does not support unidirectional connection or conference bridge connection downlink m
is advisable to leave the parameter to default value.
With this parameter you define the guard time for attempting an SDCCH handover from the BCCH BTS resource
With this parameter the operator can determine whether an inter-system handover is to be triggered for a DTM
WCDMA target cell is available./nAn inter-system handover can be triggered for a CS connection if the ISHO pro
Non-DTM MS' parameter has the value 'Triggered'./nNOTE:/nMML Range:/nY = An inter-system handover is to be
= An inter-system handover is not to be triggered for a DTM incapable but WCDMA capable MS/nDefault: N
With this parameter you define the threshold for the proportion of rejected measurement results in all measurem
causes the rejections. If this threshold is exceeded, the LAPD Link is regarded as overloaded, and the BSC gene
0..100% (step size is 0.01%).
With this parameter you define the general load limit for traffic channels in a cell under the BSC. If the TCH load
and single slot data calls are allocated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the l
is performed trying to save larger spaces of idle FR resources for the possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferrin
slot calls./nNote:/nIf the BTS-specific parameter cell load for channel search has been set (the value is not 0) in
parameter in that BTS.
Defines the maximum allowed number of BCFs under a BSC./nNOTE:/nNo MML interface
Defines the maximum allowed number of BTSs under a BSC./nNOTE:/nNo MML interface
With this parameter you define the maximum mean holding time for signalling channels. If the mean holding tim
the maximum mean holding time, the alarm system prints out an alarm.
With this parameter you define the maximum mean holding time for traffic channels. If the mean holding time d
maximum mean holding time, the alarm system prints out an alarm.
With this parameter you define the maximum time in percent that a TCH may be on high interference levels du
This parameter defines the maximum incoming (from MSC to BSC) TCH transaction rate (transactions per secon
external. In this context TCH transaction means MSC controlled TCH handover or TCH assignment.
Defines the maximum transceiver capacity allowed by current BSC hardware configuration./nNOTE:/nNo MML in
Defines the maximum transceiver capacity allowed by current BSC software and hardware configuration./nNOTE
This parameter indicates the mean Bit Error Probability (BEP) limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocat
compared to the value of this parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the mean BE
so strictly in channel allocation.
The parameter supervises SDCCH and TCH congestion in a BTS. With this parameter you define the length of th
the end of the measurement period.
The parameter supervises channel failures both in traffic channels and in SDCCHs. With this parameter you defi
printed out only at the end of the measurement period.
The parameter supervises too long mean holding times in SDCCHs. With this parameter you define the length o
the end of the measurement period.
The parameter supervises too short and too long mean holding times in traffic channels. With this parameter yo
are printed out only at the end of the measurement period.
With this parameter you define the interference level which is regarded as high in traffic channel interference s
With this parameter you define the minimum mean holding time for traffic channels. If the mean holding time is
been enough calls during the measurement period (the number of seizures is greater than or equals the operat
alarm.
With this parameter you define the executions allowed after the Timing Advance has exceeded the threshold./n
to try handover, release if handover does not succeed)/n./n./n./n60 (60 s to try handover, release if handover d
With this parameter you define the upper limit of MS speed for the first class in MS speed measurement. One p
With this parameter you define the upper limit of MS speed for the second class in MS speed measurement. On
With this parameter you define the usage of NACC procedures. When enabled the MS (when in packet transfer m
messages in serving cell before the cell reselection is executed. When enabled also the Packet SI Status suppor
With this parameter you enable or disable the NCCR in the BSC. If NCCR is enabled then the MS in RR Packet tra
measurements to the network and the network commands the MS to perform cell reselection. MS is in NC2 mod
cell reselection. MS is in NC0 mode.
With this parameter you define the Network Control (NC) measurement reporting period for the MSs in RR Packe
With this parameter you define the penalty time for a neighbor cell after a NCCR to that cell has failed.
With this parameter you define the start value for a timer that together with another timer (NCCR target cell pe
With this parameter you define the time during which NCCR is not allowed for a mobile station that has been o
to the original cell. /nTogether with another timer (NCCR Return To Old Cell Time) counteracts the 'Ping-Pong' eff
With this parameter you define the Network Control (NC) measurement reporting period for the MSs in RR Packe
With this parameter you define the maximum number of preferred cell identifiers that the BSC sends to the MSC
Attribute indicates the hour on which the control of BTSs with no transaction ends./nMML NOTE:/nIn MML only o
BTS/nRange: 00-00 .. 23-59/nDefault: 18-00
Attribute indicates the minute on which the control of BTSs with no transaction ends./nMML NOTE:/nIn MML only
Attribute indicates the hour on which the control of BTSs with no transaction starts./nMML NOTE:/nIn MML only o
Attribute indicates the minute on which the control of BTSs with no transaction starts./nMML NOTE:/nIn MML on
With this parameter you enable or disable the ordinary call setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is only possible w
With this parameter you enable or disable an answer to the paging call setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is onl
With this parameter you define the maximum number of TBFs that a radio time slot can have in average, in a G
With this parameter you define the maximum number of TBFs that a radio time slot can have in average, in a G
Threshold for the PCU selection algorithm. With this parameter you can change the behavior of the PCU selectio
more sensitive the algorithm is to move cells//DAPs.
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for Transfer Delay value 'Legacy Streaming'. /nNo
in NetAct or BSC
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for Transfer Delay value '1000 ms - 4000 ms'./nN
in NetAct or BSC
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for Transfer Delay value '10 ms - 150 ms'. /nNote
NetAct or BSC
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for Transfer Delay value '200 ms - 950 ms'./nNote
NetAct or BSC
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for PFCs for which the transfer delay is not availa
feature.
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for PFCs mapped to 'Legacy Streaming'. /nNote: P
NetAct or BSC
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for SDU Error Ratio value 1*10^-1. /nNote: Param
or BSC
or BSC
or BSC
or BSC
With this parameter you define the maximum block error rate for PFCs for which the SDU Error Ratio is not avai
feature.
With this parameter you define the subscriber type that is to be attached to a certain priority level or levels.
With this parameter you define the measurement period for the high TCH interference supervision.
With this parameter you define the measurement period for the supervision of BTSs with no transactions.
With this parameter you define if the pre-emption feature is applied or not in handovers.
Threshold for the PSE overloaded alarm. With this parameter you can change the response of the alarm. The sm
BSC is to set the alarm.
With this parameter you define how many public users must be served before a WPS user can be served. This p
WPS users already have WPS priority capacity in use and more than WPS preference capacity of the rest of the
resources of a cell can be allocated to successive WPS calls without any restrictions.
With this parameter you define the Quality Control drop action trigger threshold./nNOTE:/nRANGE: 0 ... 1000 BL
DISABLED/nONE BLOCK PERIOD EQUALS THE TIME OF 20 ms/nNote: Parameter is EQoS-related, and therefore n
With this parameter you define the Quality Control NCCR action trigger threshold.
With this parameter you define the Quality Control QoS renegotiation action trigger threshold./nNote: Paramete
BSC
With this parameter you define the Quality Control reallocation action trigger threshold.
With this parameter you enable or disable the call re-establishment setup on FACCH. FACCH call setup is only po
establishment setup on FACCH is only possible in those cells in which call re-establishment is allowed (the EQF
feature ON or OFF in PRFILE.
RNW Configuration Identification identifies the active configuration. It is copied from Plan Configuration Identific
RNW Fallback Configuration Identification identifies the fallback configuration. It is copied from RNW Plan Config
activation is started, RNW Fallback Configuration Identification is used to check that operator gives right identifi
With this parameter you identify RNW Plan Configuration. RNW Configuration Identification for plan database is
activation or interruption is started by operator, RNW Plan Configuration Identifigation is used to check that ope
Parameter defines the state of the RNW plan database. State information is available only for the RNW plan dat
(RNW plan does not exist) /nDOWNLOADING (download is ongoing)/nDOWNLOAD_INIT (initialization of RNW Plan
downloaded; database is initialized and changes of the plan are made to database)/nVALIDATING (validation of
(validation of the plan database is ongoing, BSC Radio Network configuration changes are denied)/nVALIDATED
activated)/nACTIVATING (activation of the plan database is ongoing)/nACTIVATED (RNW plan is activated)/nINTE
operator)/nFALLBACK_ACT (fallback activation ongoing)/nACT_INIT (fallback copy is dumped to disk)/nFALLBACK
memory)/nINTERRUPTED_BY_SYSTEM (activation interrupted by system; only fallback activation allowed in that
With this parameter you define the priority order between GPRS and RTSL-0 allocation. With the parameter the
TCH from GPRS territory (the order of preference in TCH allocation between the RTSL-0 hopping group and the G
range:/nY = The RTSL-0 hopping group is allocated first. If no free resources are available then the GPRS territor
free resources are available then the RTSL-0 hopping group is searched./nDefault: N
With this parameter you define the time, in minutes, that the BTS uses for the internal RX antenna supervision.
With this parameter you define the balance between the downlink signal level and the uplink signal level within
signal is 5 dB stronger than the uplink signal.
This parameter is used to determine whether TCH access is based on downlink RX level./nNOTE:/nMML range:/n
based TCH access is used in call setup/n2 = RX level based TCH access is used in call setup and in handovers
This parameter indicates the RX quality limit for MS multislot power profile 0 when allocating 2 uplink TSLs. The
parameter when defining how many uplink TSLs can be allocated. If the RX quality limit is set high, power reduc
allocation.
allocation.
allocation.
allocation.
allocation.
allocation.
allocation.
allocation.
This parameter defines when the BTS commands an MS to repeat the SACCH block./nIf the parameter has value
repeat for the next SACCH block./nIf the parameter has value N = {2, 3, 4 .. 15}, decoding failure of 2 SACCH b
Repeat is used as long as the decoding of 2 SACCH blocks out of N preceding blocks has failed.
This parameter defines how much lower downlink C//I values can be used for SAIC calls than for non-SAIC calls
With this parameter you define the scheduling step side (SSS) for high priority level in the downlink direction.
With this parameter you define the scheduling step side (SSS) for low priority level in the downlink direction.
With this parameter you define the scheduling step side (SSS) for normal priority level in the downlink direction
With this parameter you define the scheduling step size (SSS) for priority level 1 (highest) in the uplink direction
With this parameter you define the scheduling step size (SSS) for priority level 2 in the uplink direction.
Defines the scheduling step side (SSS) for priority level 3 in the uplink direction.
Defines the scheduling step side (SSS) for priority level 4 (lowest) in the uplink direction.
With this parameter you define the scheduling weight for proportion of residual bandwidth allocation and retent
Parameter is EQoS-related, and therefore not supported in NetAct or BSC
With this parameter you define the alarm limit for available SDCCHs. The limit is the ratio of working SDCCHs to
network recovery.
This parameter identifies signallingPointCode for international network 0
This parameter identifies signallingPointCode for international network 1
This parameter identifies signallingPointCode for national network 0
This parameter identifies signallingPointCode for national network 1
With this parameter you define the AMR link adaptation (LA) mode within the BSS.
This parameter determines the length of the supervision period for EGPRS inactivity alarm in minutes.
With this parameter you define the traffic channel allocation during BSS internal or external handovers. The par
rate and speech codec determination in traffic channel allocation. The parameter can have the following values
allocated. The call serving type of speech codec inside the call serving type of TCH can change./n2 ... The call s
are preferred to be primarily allocated during the speech connection. The channel rate change is possible durin
data rate allows it./n3 ... The channel rate and speech codec changes are totally denied./n4 ... The preferred ch
primarily allocated./n5 ... TCH has to be primarily allocated from the best BTS of the handover candidate list.
This parameter defines how many incoming TCH transactions (incoming MSC controlled TCH handover or assign
transaction rate.
With this parameter you set the time which must elapse between two subsequent territory updates.
With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time in seconds for WPS call setup attempts.
With this parameter you define the maximum queuing time in seconds for WPS handover attempts.
With this parameter you define the length of the period during which the latest Inter-System Handover counters
WCDMA RAN cell penalty triggering are used. According to the value of this parameter, the BSC calculates how
occurred per each Service Area and how many unsuccessful outgoing inter-system handover attempts have occ
measurement period./nNote for MML:/nrange:/n2...254 (seconds) by 2 second steps OR N/nspecial value N = W
penalty triggering is disabled
With this parameter you define whether the variable step size is used in the power control algorithm when the
With this parameter you switch on or off the ISNCCR to WCDMA FDD cells. /nDue to MS autonomous cell reselec
on PBCCH, even if the value of this parameter is set to value N.
With this parameter you define if the coverage reason inter-system network-controlled cell re-selection is trigge
or if it is triggered only in case there is not an appropriate GSM//EDGE cell available and an appropriate WCDMA
value Y, Service UTRAN CCO IE value sent by SGSN is ignored./nNOTE: /nMML Range:/nY = ISNCCR is triggered
ISNCCR is triggered only in case there is not an appropriate GSM//EDGE cell available and an appropriate WCDM
With this parameter you define the duration of the handover penalty timer which has been triggered for a Servi
is not allowed to initiate an Inter-System Handover attempt towards WCDMA RAN cells that belong to the Servic
With this parameter you define how much of the rest of the cell's resources (100 - WPSPriCapa) can be allocate
also applied in Directed Retry handover target cell evaluation together with parameter WPS priority capacity.
With this parameter you define the portion of cell's total traffic capacity to which the WPS users are given priori
target cell evaluation together with the parameter WPS preference capacity.
Identification of BSTE object./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface.
The attribute defines Service Channel Number and Q1 address of the equipment./nQ1 Address value range: 0..4
when TRE is controlled by BTS but needs to be given with value zero./nFormat: 0:<Q1 Address>/nNOTE: No RNW
This parameter indicates the type of transmission equipment./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface.
With this parameter the operator can define if the used GPRS Link Adaptation algorithm is adaptive or not.
With this parameter you define the new administrative state of the BTS. /nNOTE:/nMML Range:/nL (locked)/nU (
With this parameter you define whether IMSI attach//detach is used in the cell.
With this parameter you define the lower threshold for the load of the base station. The parameter is used to tr
and//or Dual Band// microcell features./nMML NOTE:/nRange: 0...100 % and N/ndefault: N
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the maximum traffic load in the adjacent cell that
(TRHO)./nMML NOTE:/nRange: 0...100 % and N/ndefault: N
With this parameter you define the guard time after a BSC-controlled or an MSC-controlled TRHO, during which
NOTE:/nrange: 0...120 s and N/ndefault: N
With this advanced multilayer handling parameter you define the upper threshold for the load of the base statio
reason handovers./nMML NOTE:/nRange: 0...100 % and N/nDefault: N
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a full rate channel. If the parameter is defined as disable
parameter is defined as disabled, then other AMR FR set related parameters (thresholds, hystereses, ICMI and s
disabled/n1:
4.75 kbit//s/n2: 5.15 kbit//s/n4: 5.90 kbit//s/n8: 6.70 kbit//s/n16:
7.40 kbit//s/n32:
7.95 k
0 or 1-4 values at the same time by using the wild card character &./nMML default:/n12.2 7.40 5.9 4.75 kbit//s
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate
as 0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. AM
AMR FR downlink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 8 (4 dB)
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) t
set as 0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC
than AMR FR downlink threshold 1./nAMR FR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR dow
dB)/nMML default: 14 (7 dB)
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate)
than AMR FR downlink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 22 (11 dB)
With this parameter, together with AMR FR uplink threshold 1 or AMR FR downlink threshold 1, you define the th
codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set paramete
/nAMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR downlink thresh
AMR FR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2./nNOTE
With this parameter, together with AMR FR uplink threshold 2 or AMR FR downlink threshold 2, you define the th
rate) to codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate). Unused threshold is set as 0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set para
the BSC. /nAMR FR uplink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink th
threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 1 + AMR FR hys
must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3./nAMR FR downlink threshol
AMR FR downlink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3./nNOTE:/nMML Range: 0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB)/nMML default:
With this parameter, together with the AMR FR uplink threshold 3 or the AMR FR downlink threshold 3, you defin
rate) to codec mode 4 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set p
the BSC./nAMR FR uplink threshold 3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR uplink thr
3 + AMR FR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR FR downlink threshold 2 + AMR FR hysteresis 2.
(1 dB)
With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly i
by the mobile station from the amount of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. If the AMR FR codec mode
set as 0. /nNOTE:/nMML description: If the parameter is defined as 0, then the AMR FR start mode parameter is
defined by the implicit rule provided in GSM (3GPP) 45.009/n1: Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode
amrConfFrStartMode/nMML description: If the parameter is defined as 0, then the AMR FR start mode paramete
0 (Defined by implicit rule provided in GSM (3GPP) 45.009), then the parameter AMR FR Start Mode needs to be
With this parameter you define explicitly the initial codec mode used by the mobile station./nNOTE:/nMML Rang
3/n11: Codec mode 4/nMML default: 00
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC./nAM
FR uplink threshold 2./nMML range:/n0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 8 (4 dB)
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to c
than AMR FR uplink threshold 1./nAMR FR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR FR uplink thr
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to
as 0./nIf the AMR FR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC./nA
AMR FR uplink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 22 (11 dB)
With this parameter you define the codec mode set for a full rate channel. If the parameter is defined as disable
parameter is defined as disabled, then other AMR HR set related parameters (thresholds, hystereses, ICMI and s
disabled/n1:
4.75 kbit//s/n2: 5.15 kbit//s/n4: 5.90 kbit//s/n8: 6.70 kbit//s/n16:
7.40 kbit//s/nMML NOTE: Y
wild card character &./nMML default: 7.40 5.90 4.75 kbit//s
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate
as 0./nIf the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC. /n
than AMR HR downlink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 22 (11 dB)
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) t
set as 0./nIf the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC
than AMR HR downlink threshold 1./nAMR HR downlink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR do
0.5 dB)/nMML default: 28 (14 dB)
With this parameter you define the downlink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate)
than AMR HR downlink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 0 (0 dB)
With this parameter, together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 1 or the AMR HR downlink threshold 1, you defi
rate) to codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate). Unused hysteresis is set as 0./nIf the AMR HR codec mode set p
the BSC./nAMR HR uplink threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink th
threshold 1 + AMR HR hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hy
With this parameter, together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 2 or AMR HR downlink threshold 2, you define t
the BSC./nAMR HR uplink threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink th
threshold 2 + AMR HR hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 1 + AMR HR hy
2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3./nAMR HR downlink thres
than AMR HR downlink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3./nNOTE:/nMML range: 0 to 15 (0...7.5 dB, step 0.5 dB
With this parameter, together with the AMR HR uplink threshold 3 or AMR HR downlink threshold 3, you define t
the BSC. /nAMR HR uplink threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR uplink t
threshold 3 + AMR HR hysteresis 3 must be equal to or greater than AMR HR downlink threshold 2 + AMR HR hy
default: 0 (0 dB)
With this parameter you define whether the initial codec mode used by the mobile station is defined explicitly i
mobile station from the amount of codec modes in the AMR codec mode set. If the AMR FR codec mode set par
0. /nNOTE:/nMML description:/nIf the parameter is defined as 0, then the AMR HR start mode parameter is set a
implicit rule provided in GSM 05.09/n1: Initial codec mode is defined by the Start Mode field.
With this parameter you explicitly define the initial codec mode used by the mobile station./nNOTE:/nMML desc
as disabled, then this parameter is set as 00. AMR HR start mode can be set to be smaller than or equal to the
example, the AMR HR codec mode set contains 3 codec modes and therefore the actual range of AMR HR start
cannot be used as the initial codec mode./nNOTE:/nMML Range:/n00: Codec mode 1/n01: Codec mode 2/n10: C
00/nNOTE: /nRelated parameters: BTS-amrConfHrInitCodecMode/nMML description: If the AMR HR Initial Codec
00./nNetAct description: If the AMR HR Initial Codec Mode Indicator parameter is set as 0 (Defined by implicit ru
set to 0 (Codec Mode 1).
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to
0./nIf the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC./nAM
AMR HR uplink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 22 (11 dB)
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to c
than AMR HR uplink threshold 1./nAMR HR uplink threshold 2 must be equal to or smaller than AMR HR uplink th
With this parameter you define the uplink threshold for switching from codec mode 4 (fourth lowest bit rate) to
as 0./nIf the AMR HR codec mode set parameter is defined as disabled, this parameter is set as 0 by the BSC/nA
AMR HR uplink threshold 2./nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB)/nMML default: 0 (0 dB)
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the signal quality downlink and uplink measurements for t
in order to switch it to an AMR HR call./nNOTE: /nMML range: 0...7, default 0/nNOTE: /nMML managed object cla
With this parameter you define the downlink C//I ratio on a super-reuse TRX for triggering the HO from the supe
managed object class: HOC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the downlink C//I ratio on a super-reuse TRX for triggering the HO to the super-r
object class: HOC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the signal quality downlink measurements for triggering th
/nMML managed object class: HOC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the signal quality downlink and uplink measurements for t
in order to switch it to an AMR FR call./nNOTE: /nMML managed object class: HOC/nNetAct managed object clas
With this parameter you define the downlink C//I ratio on a super-reuse TRX for triggering the HO from the supe
With this parameter you define the downlink C//I ratio on a super-reuse TRX for triggering the HO to the super-r
object class: HOC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the signal quality downlink measurements for triggering th
/nMML managed object class: HOC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the downlink signal quality measurements for the MS pow
/nMML managed object class: POC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the threshold level of the uplink signal quality measurements for the MS power
managed object class: POC/nNetAct managed object class: BTS
With this parameter you define the percentage of full rate TCH resources that must be available for traffic chan
AMR full rate TCHs are allocated until the number of free full rate resources is reduced below the threshold give
allocated.
mode again after using half rate for AMR calls in the cell. AMR full rate TCHs are again allocated when the numb
threshold given by the parameter.
With this parameter user define is AMR-WB codec mode set Enabled or Disabled./nNOTE: Parameter is visible on
Multiradio BTSs
With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 1, you define the threshold for switching from codec
rate). /nAMR-WB FR Threshold 1 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 1 must be equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Thresh
15 (0 to 7.5 dB)/nMML default: 4 (2 dB)/nNOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BT
With this parameter, together with AMR-WB FR Threshold 2, you define the threshold for switching from codec m
bit rate)./n/nAMR-WB FR Threshold 2 + AMR-WB FR Hysteresis 2 must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Th
0 to 15 (0 to 7.5 dB) /nMML default: 4 (2 dB)/nNOTE: Parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDG
With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 2 (second lowest bit rate) to codec
equal to or smaller than AMR-WB FR Threshold 2./nNOTE:/nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 dB) /nMML
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs
With this parameter you define the threshold for switching from codec mode 3 (third lowest bit rate) to codec m
must be equal to or greater than AMR-WB FR Threshold 1. /nNOTE: /nMML range: 0 to 63 (0...31.5 dB, step 0.5 d
for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs
With this parameter you define whether antenna hopping is used in the BTS or not./nNOTE: Only UltraSite EDGE
Multiradio support antenna hopping.
With this parameter you enable applying repeated FACCH on any command frames./nNOTE: Parameter is valid
With this parameter you identify the BTS colour code number./nNOTE:/nThis parameter is mandatory if segmen
With this parameter you identify the network colour code number./nNOTE:/nThis parameter is mandatory if seg
created.
This parameter indicates if the DFCA algorithm is temporarily replaced by the conventional channel allocation a
neighbour cells in remote BSCs./nMML NOTE: The parameter is only shown in outputs.
This attribute contains a boolean value indicating whether the BTS uses frequency hopping or not. The value is
interface
With this parameter you determine the load limit for a BTS. It is used in controlling the load distribution betwee
With this parameter you define which proportion of reserved or unavailable channels in all channels is acceptab
handover control process. If the threshold is exceeded, the BTS is considered to be overloaded, and handovers
With this parameter you define how many SACCH multiframes are used in measurement averaging in the BTS.
by the BTS and the MS. The BTS is able to calculate the average on 2, 3, or 4 SACCH multiframes. Value 1 denie
free full rate resources is reduced below the threshold given in the parameter. The half rate resources are then
previous channel is a full rate channel,/n- there is more than one idle channel available, and /n- the total result
result of the value of this parameter * number of channels in working state. Otherwise, a half rate channel will b
number of the free full rate resources increases above the threshold given by the parameter./nNote:/nWhen the
value, it is always rounded up. E.g. a value of 8 % out of 28 full rate TCHs would be 2.24 TCHs. In this case, the
allocated if two or fewer full rate TCHs are available.
With this parameter you define whether call re-establishment is allowed in the cell.
With this parameter you indicate which types of carrier units are used within the BTSplus serving the cell. This i
different carrier unit types differ in their transmission power levels./nThis parameter should be set in case of a c
ensure that the maximum output power difference between the carrier units is below 2 dB./nNOTE: MML Range
unit configuration is homogeneous or shall be considered as homogeneous. All carrier units use the maximum o
adaptation of the output power is performed. This implies, that output power differences greater than 2 dB will
behavior./n1 = (cu_flexcu_bs82II)/nThis value is used when the cell is served by a BS82II and has an inhomogen
CU//ECU//GCU./n2 = (cu_ecu_dcspcs)/nThis value is used when the cell has an inhomogeneous carrier unit confi
power) and ECU V2//3//3a of the same frequency band./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you define whether cell barring can be overridden.
With this parameter you define whether MSs are allowed to access the cell./nNOTE: MML range:/nN (cell not bar
(MSs are not allowed to access the cell) (1))/nDefault: N
With this parameter you identify the cells within a location area./nNOTE:/nThis parameter is mandatory if segm
created.
With this parameter you give a load limit for traffic channels in the BTS. If the TCH load in a cell is below the lim
allocated using rotation between TRXs in a cell and between TSLs of a TRX. If the load limit has been reached o
larger spaces of idle FR resources for possible multislot HSCSD calls by preferring small gaps of free resources a
This parameter defines the Cell Number which is used in BTSplus to associate the HW with the functional objec
/nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type.
With this parameter you define the received RF power level hysteresis for required cell reselection.
With this parameter you define the offset of the C2 reselection criterion for a cell.
With this parameter you define whether C2 reselection parameters are broadcast to mobile stations. The C2 ce
reselection in addition to power level.
With this parameter you define the minimum acceptable C//N (carrier//noise) ratio when selecting a time slot to
With this parameter you define whether the Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 capability is enabled in the BTS. Th
enabled TRXs, which are EDGE-capable. The GPRS must be enabled in the segment, BTS SW and PCU card mus
Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 in the BTS. With the rates of 14.4 and 20.0 kbit//s of coding schemes CS-3 and
GPRS Mobile Stations not supporting EGPRS. Coding schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used without EGPRS feature
and CS-4 both in GPRS and in EGPRS territories. However Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4 can be used with EGP
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio having EDGE, if the BTS SW supports the Coding S
the BTS are using Dynamic Abis, and the PCU card supports Coding Schemes CS-3 and CS-4.
With this parameter you determine the amount of PSW-only channels in a BTS. The value of the dedicated GPRS
value of the default GPRS capacity parameter.
With this parameter you determine the default GPRS territory size in a BTS. The channels in the default GPRS te
However, if the circuit switched territory becomes congested, the BSC can allocate a traffic channel in the defau
default GPRS capacity parameter must be higher than or equal to the value of the dedicated GPRS capacitypara
With this parameter you define the DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists that will be attached to the BTS./nNO
'standby'/nIf the DFCA mode of the BTS is 'DFCA hopping', modification requires BTS locking.
With this parameter you define the operational mode of a DFCA BTS./nIn the TRX creation and modification the
in the segment.
With this parameter you define the DFCA unsynchronized mode MA list. The MA list is to be used in the DFCA TR
synchronisation./nNOTE:/nMML range:/n0...3000/nValue 0 detaches the BTS.
With this parameter you define which BTSs in the SEG may be used for GPRS or EGPRS without signal level mea
compared to non BCCH layer offset. When the value of this parameter is higher than the value of the paramete
layer BTS is applied. This is used in initial channel allocation and reallocation.
With this parameter you define whether RX diversity is used in the BTS./nNOTE: This parameter is allowed only
Multiradio BTSs. 4-way diversity is available for the UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio site type
Downlink Diversity (IDD) TRXs are used in Flexi EDGE BTS, the value of this parameter must be Y.
With this parameter you define a BTS-specific downlink noise level. In the BTS the margin between the noise le
least the connection type-specific C//N soft blocking limit.
With this parameter you can define whether the Downlink Dual Carrier (DLDC) is used in the BTS or not. DLDC f
updated with the MML command FXU. PCU up to date parameter state is checked with the MML command FXZ.
PCU must be PCU2 for the BTS and it must be PCU2 in all BCSUs in the same track/nNOTE: This parameter can b
Flexi Multiradio BTSs. PCU must be PCU2 type in whole PCU track.
With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource downgrade for a HSCSD call is executed a
downgrade./nIf the parameter is set to value 0, resource downgrade is not done.
With this parameter you define if the directed retry feature is in use in the cell.
With this parameter you define which method is used in directed retry procedure when candidate cells are eval
method improvements.
This parameter indicates if DTM is enabled in a segment.
With this parameter user can activate the Flexi EDGE Dual TRX Automatic Power Down feature by setting the lo
threshold parameter indicates the amount of traffic channels that has to remain idle after TRXs are powered do
segment remains low enough for a period of time defined by the DTRX Power Down Supervision Period paramet
Power up threshold if DTRX Power down threshold differes from 0.
With this parameter user can define the amount of traffic channels which has to remain free in the segment wh
TRX Automatic Power Down feature. When the number of free traffic channels decreases below this threshold v
must be higher than DTRX Power up threshold if DTRX Power down threshold differes from 0.
With this parameter you define how the MS uses DTX (discontinuous transmission).
With this parameter you accept or forbid the early sending of the MS Classmark 3 message in call setup phase
Attribute enables or disables EGPRS on BTS level. All GPRS-enabled TRXs of the BTS have to be EDGE capable.T
EGPRS in the BTS.
With this parameter you indicate the Modulation and CodingScheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for a
adaptation.
With this parameter you indicate the MCS used at the beginning of a TBF for unacknowledged mode. The param
With this parameter you enable or disable EGPRS link adaptation on cell level. If disabled the system uses the M
initial MCS for unacknowledged mode parameters or a lower MCS./nRange:/n0... EGPRS link adaptation is disabl
acknowledged mode/n2... EGPRS link adaptation is enabled for both RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledg
With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate of first transmission in acknowledged mode. Th
With this parameter you indicate the maximum block error rate in unacknowledged mode. The unit is parts per
adaptation./nMML NOTE:/nThe parameter is coded according to the following table:/n1 = 0.1 %/n2 = 0.2 %/n3 =
With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences. This is the offset added to reported 8P
applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation.
With this parameter you can adjust the MCS and modulation preferences. This is the offset added to reported G
applies to both uplink and downlink directions. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation.
With this parameter you define if an emergency call in the cell is allowed to all MSs or only to the MSs which be
the latter case./nNOTE: MML range:/nY (emergency call in the cell allowed only from the MSs that belong to one
in the cell allowed from all MSs)/nDefault: N
With this parameter you determine whether TOP (Temporary Overpower) is enabled or disabled on cell basis for
(default)/n1: TCH_AFS/n2: TCH_AHS/n4: TCH_EFS/n8: TCH_FS/n16: TCH_HS/n32: TCH_WFS/nYou can give 0 or 1-6
&./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you define whether the Extended Cell for GPRS//EDGE is enabled in the the cell. Also GPRS
GPRS traffic in the extended area of the cell. In order to use EDGE traffic in the extended area of the cell, it requ
When this parameter is enabled, then - EGTCH channels can be used for packet data traffic in extended area TR
GPRS-enabled TRX (GTRX=Y), must be defined to Dynamic Abis Pool and must have EDGE-capable hardware./n
the Extended Cell for GPRS//EDGE functionality.
With this parameter you define the time period that tells how long the MS's coverage area is kept in the PCU's m
MS./nNOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and BTSplus BTSs.
With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover
as a busy FACCH (Handover ACCESS)./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
This parameter defines a minimum Ec//Io threshold which must be exceeded before a non-GPRS capable dual m
GSM cell to an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell that is using frequency division duplex (FDD) type access technology/
Description:/n-20 -20 dB/n-18 -18 dB/n-16 -16 dB/n-14 -14 dB/n-12 -12 dB (*)/n-10 -10 dB (*)/n- 8 - 8 dB (*)/n- 6
interpret the received value as a greater dB value in case of values -12 dB, -10 dB, -8 dB and -6 dB if the MSs d
3GPP Standardisation 45.008./nThe rare MSs mentioned above interpret value -12 dB as -13 dB, -10 dB as -15 d
This parameter applies a negative offset to the minimum Ec//No threshold for cell reselection from the serving G
mobiles (R5 onwards).
With this parameter you define a UTRAN cell reselection offset for non-GPRS capable dual mode mobiles which
running average (RLA_C) of the received signal level of the serving GSM cell and non-serving GSM cells. After th
cells with signal levels of the GSM cells./nNOTE:/n-32 db = minus infinity dB/nMML NOTE:/nrange: -28..28 dB, st
This parameter defines the minimum RSCP threshold for cell reselection from the serving GSM cell to an adjace
If the BTS level average C//I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, then HR will be preferred for all th
With this parameter you define the period for calculating an average C//I of the 1-way DL C//I estimates used in
value is used in deciding between full rate and half rate in DFCA channel assignment.
If the BTS level average C//I is below the threshold defined by this parameter, then HR will be preferred for all th
With this parameter you define how many decibels the BTS level C//I average must be above the corresponding
mode to be switched off.
With this parameter you define the number of free traffic channels that must be exceeded before all access atte
all traffic types of that BTS.
With this parameter you indicate the frequency band used in the BTS. The frequency bands are GSM 800 (800),
With this parameter you define whether the GPRS capability is enabled in the cell.
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessin
bands./nNOTE: MML value range: /nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)/nGSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36 dBm: 29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station can use when accessin
bands.
With this parameter you define the threshold when a reallocation to a better BTS must be made. BTS with the d
BTSs with direct GPRS access BTS set to on.
With this parameter you define the minimum power level the MS has to receive to allocate resources from the B
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access th
With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS and LSA reselection.
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the BTS. NOTE: BTS site type 2nd generation ba
family, RF and BB hopping cannot be active simultaneously at the same site (BCF). If PrimeSite has a BTS softw
hopping. /nNOTE: /nMML range: /nBB (baseband hopping is used) /nRF (radio frequency hopping is used) /nN (h
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 1 and in RF hopp
hopping sequence generation algorithm and it is located in the Frequency Hopping System 1 (time slots 0 excep
hopping)/n1...63 (random hopping)
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in BB hopping group 2. Hopping sequ
generation algorithm and it is located in the Frequency Hopping System 2 (time slots 1-7)./nNote:/nRange:/n0 (
With this parameter you define whether cyclic or random hopping is used in the underlay layer of the IUO cell. H
hopping sequence generation algorithm./nNOTE:/nRANGE:/n0 (cyclic hopping)/n1...63 (random hopping)
With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour GSM cells are filtered out from mobile specific han
IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled in
level filtering parameter IBHO_GSM_CELLS_ANONY_MS is used to define permitted neighbour GSM cells for the
segment must be in a LOCKED state. /nNOTE: 2nd generation and BTSplus BTS do not support IMSI based hand
With this parameter you define whether forbidden neighbour WCDMA cells are filtered out from mobile specific
on IMSI information of a mobile, Authorised Networks and Subscriber Group definitions. If the filtering is enabled
level filtering parameter IBHO_WCDMA_CELLS_ANONY_MS is used to define permitted neighbour WCDMA cells f
the segment must be in a LOCKED state. /nNOTE: 2nd generation and BTSplus BTS do not support IMSI based h
With this parameter you identify the BTS. The identification number must be unique within a BSC./nRange:/n1..
configuration and the corresponding options./nNetAct NOTE:/nFor foreign BTS identification the range is a pair o
location area code (5 characters, left-aligned) and C is a cell identifier. For example: 128 12.
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by idle MSs. This list is used for cell reselection an
(BCCH frequency list is taken from the adjacent cells defined for the BTS)
With this parameter you indicate the IDR type of the cell. This parameter affects the intelligent directed retry.
With this parameter you define if the directed retry feature is in use in the cell.
With this BTS level parameter you can define if immediate SDCCH intra cell handover is activate or not./nPossib
1 Immediate SDCCH intra cell HO active, no HO if no SDCCH available/n- 2 Immediate SDCCH intra cell HO acti
This parameter determines the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled.
This parameter determines the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is disabled.
This parameter determines the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
This parameter determines the time of day when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled.
This parameter determines the day of week when the EGPRS inactivity alarm is enabled./nNOTE:/nMML range:/n
MONDAY/nTU ... TUESDAY/nWE ... WEDNESDAY/nTH ... THURSDAY/nFR ... FRIDAY/nSA ... SATURDAY/nMTF ... M
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in acknowledge mode in downlink
for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio./nMML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Ena
optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in acknowledge mode in uplink dir
MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio./nMML: Parameter is optional (GPRS Param Enable
(Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme for the GPRS territory in acknowledge mode in th
direction. /nThis parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs. /nNOTE: Va
CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG.
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme in acknowledge mode in uplink direction for GPRS
cell. /nNOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs./nNOTE: V
CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG.
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme in unacknowledged mode in downlink direction fo
extended cell./nNOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs./
Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG.
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme in unacknowledged mode in uplink direction for th
extended cell./nNOTE: This parameter is valid only for UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs./
Schemes CS-3 And CS-4) state is either ON or CONFIG.
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in unacknowledged mode in down
valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs./nMML: Parameter is optional (
and 7 are optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
With this parameter you can define the initial Coding Scheme of the territory in unacknowledged mode in uplink
valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio BTSs./nMML: Parameter is optional (
and 7 are optional (Coding Schemes CS-3 And CS-4)
With this parameter you indicate the initial Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TB
an extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. This parameter is valid only for UltraSite and
With this parameter you indicate the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) used at the beginning of a TBF for u
extended cell. The parameter is used in EGPRS link adaptation. This parameter is valid only for UltraSite and Fle
With this parameter you define the number of SACCH multiframes over which the averaging of the interference
With these parameters you define the boundary limits of four interference bands for the unallocated time slots.
With this parameter you specify the granularity in which the radio measurements have to be transmitted on the
1//8)./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you identify the location area code number./nNOTE:/nThis parameter is mandatory if segm
created.
With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number./nNOTE:/nThe location area id (LAI) paramete
Location area (LA) is an area where an MS can move without performing a location updating procedure./nNOTE:
is OFF or when a new segment is created.
With this parameter you identify the location area code number./nNOTE:/nMML Range:/n0..99/n0..999 OPTIONA
parameter is composed of the MCC, MNC and LAC parameters. Location area (LA) is an area where an MS can m
procedure./nMNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 338, 342, 344
parameter is mandatory if segment usage <option> is OFF or when a new segment is created.
With this parameter you determine the lower limit in percent for cell load when the singleslot TCH allocation is s
upgrades are allowed for the HSCSD calls.
With this parameter you set the MAIO offset that is the lowest MAIO in the cell. With MAIO offset it is possible to
the site without collisions.
With this parameter you choose the MAIOs not to be allocated successively for the cell, but for instance every s
The attribute identifies if the BTS is Master or Slave BTS of a Multi-BCF segment./nNetAct NOTE:/nThis paramete
CM Operations Manager or command line interface and having the Use File Based Activation Method for S12 BS
mandatory in creation when using send to network in CM Editor./nNOTE: /nWhen doing segment reconfiguration
Send to network functionality in CM Editor, it causes inconsistency between NetAct and BSC. To remove the inco
MML interface.
Attribute defines the maximum number of timeslots in the PS territory. Timeslot that belongs to a PS territory ca
With this parameter you define the maximum number of repetitions of the PHYSICAL INFO message during a ha
With this parameter you define the maximum number of retransmissions on the RACH (random access channel)
With this parameter you define how many call and handover attempts can be queued to wait for a TCH release
the TCHs in use in a BTS.
With this parameter you define the maximum time period starting from the assignment request during which th
allowed.
With this parameter you define whether or not Measurement BCCH Allocation List is used during measurements
With this parameter you define the BCCH frequency list used by active MS's. This list is used for handovers and
frequency list is taken from the adjacent cells defined for the BTS)/nIDLE (active MSs use the same BCCH freque
by BTS parameter IDLE)./nNOTE:/nMML values are contrary to those in NetAct (0<->1)
With this parameter you determine how much the data rate should decrease at least during the downgrade of a
in downgrade)/n2 (downgrade is made from four to two, three to two, two to one TCHs)/n3 (downgrade is made
one TCH left always after downgrade)
With this parameter you determine the minimum TCH capacity in percent which is offered to HSCSD calls in the
more TCHs than indicated by the parameter.
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS may use in the serving cell./nNOTE: MML value
2)/nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2) /nGSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm/nGSM 800//900: defau
value range:/nGSM 800 and 900:/n5..39 dBm: 2..19 (UI value - 43)//-2/nGSM 1800:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI valu
29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 33 dBm: 30
With this parameter you define the period starting from the assignment request during which the target cell eva
With this parameter you define the maximum distance between the BTS and the MS in call setup. The maximum
of 0...62, one step correlates to a distance of 550 meters./nIf the access delay of the channel request message
When the parameter is given a value from 63 to 255, call attempts are never rejected.
With this parameter you define whether the call priority in the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message (or the HANDOV
into account in queue handling.
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power an MS may use when accessing a CCH in the
range:/nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)/nGSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm/nNOTE: NetAct int
value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36 dBm: 29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)
With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell for GSM 800 and G
the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS you cannot modify this parameter.
With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When segment us
BTS you cannot modify this parameter./n/nNOTE: MML value range:/nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)/nGSM 1
2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 33 dBm: 30
With this parameter you define whether adjacent cells with a BCCH allocated from a different frequency band th
handovers and in idle mode cell selection or reselection./nNOTE:/nMML Range:/nY (adjacent cells on other band
selection//re-selection)/nN (adjacent cells on other band are not taken into account in handovers and in idle mo
With this parameter you define the number of adjacent cells from the other frequency band that the MS will rep
With this parameter you define the number of TDMA frames over which retransmission is spread on the RACH (r
16, 20, 25, 32, 50/nMML default:/n10
With this parameter you define the number of traffic channels reserved in the BTS for priority subscribers only.
With this parameter you define whether the BSC supports new establishment causes.
With this parameter you define the number of blocks reserved for access grant messages from the CCCH during
Range:/n0..7 (if combined BCCH not used)/n1..7 (if CBCH used at SDCCH//8)/n0..2 (if combined BCCH used)
With this parameter you define the number of multiframes between two transmissions of the same paging mes
With this parameter you define whether the predefined offset margin is used when evaluating the signal level o
With this parameter you define the MS access classes that are not allowed to access a cell./nNOTE:/nMML range
enter several values at the same time by using the wild card characters & and &&. The old values are overwritt
parameter name only (without a parameter value).
With this parameter you can manually select the network service entity identifier to which the BTS//SEG will be
algorithm is not used. The routing area must be created and the NSEI must exist on the routing area the BTS//S
GPRS is enabled at the same time (MML: GENA = Y, NetAct: GPRS Enabled = true). When GPRS is already enab
a new Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI)./nModification via File Based Plan Provisioning is possible althoug
Entity Identifier (PSEI) or Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI) can be used for identifying NSE layer.
With this parameter you define the name of the BTS./nMML Note: The BTS name (NAME) parameter must be un
characters ('A'..'Z', '0'..'9')
With this parameter you indicate the selection of Coding Scheme in RLC (Radio Link Control) Acknowledged mo
With this parameter you indicate the selection of Coding Scheme in RLC (Radio Link Control) Acknowledged mo
With this parameter you indicate the RLC BLER (block error rate percentage) for CS-1 channel coding. At this po
Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. The parameter is mea
Hopping are used.
Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for downlink TBFs changes. /nThe parameter is m
frequency hopping.
With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in downlink
This parameter identifies the PCU object in the BSC. Value of the parameter tells the PCU-BTS relation when the
Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meanin
Coding Scheme selection criteria in RLC Acknowledged mode for uplink TBFs changes. The parameter is meanin
hopping.
With this parameter you define the allowed probability (%) for the system to make a wrong decision in uplink ad
With this parameter system informs user whether or not DLDC information of the BTS is updated to PCU. Only s
parameter is only shown in outputs./nNOTE: This parameter is visible only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, B
With this parameter you define the duration for which the temporary offset (TEO) applies. The parameter can b
sign of the cell reselect offset (REO) parameter will be changed and the temporary offset (TEO) parameter will b
With this parameter you define to which PLMNs the MS is permitted to report measurement results. The values
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power a class 3 GSM 1800 MS may use when access
txpwr max CCH1x00 (TXP2) + Power Offset (PO).
With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs are preferred in GPRS channel allocation./
between TRXs),/n1 (GPRS channels are allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX),/n2 (GPRS channels are allocate
With this parameter you define if the priority channels are available only for priority subscribers also in an incom
number of traffic channels is available only for priority subscribers also in an incoming handover)/nN (all traffic
handover)/nDefault: Y
This parameter identifies the PSE object in the BSC./nWith this parameter you identify the Packet Service Entity.
to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP)./nNOTE:/nThe parameter can be given only when the GPRS is enabled at
true). When the GPRS is already enabled, it needs to be disabled first and then enabled again with a new Packe
Plan Provisioning is possible although GPRS is already enabled in the cell./nEither Packet Service Entity Identifie
used for identifying the NSE layer. /nPacket Service Entity Identifier and Network Service Entity Identifier attribu
With this parameter you define the threshold for dual mode mobiles in idle state to search for and to measure U
when a running average of the received downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above
BCCH./nNOTE:/nIf the parameter value is 7, dual mode mobiles in idle state measure always neighbour UTRAN
idle state do not measure any of the neighbour UTRAN cells./nGPRS-capable mobiles do not use this parameter
With this parameter you define the threshold for GPRS capable dual mode mobiles to search for and to measure
when a running average of the received downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above
BCCH./nIn case this parameter is broadcast on BCCH it shall be used only if GPRS cell re-selection parameters f
Change Order or Packet Measurement Order message/nNOTE:/nIf the parameter value is 7, GPRS-capable multi
parameter value is 15, GPRS-capable multi-RAT MSs do not measure any of neighbour UTRAN cells./nGPRS-capa
serving cell.
With this parameter you define the non-urgent handover attempt (queueing type) priority in the BTS. Queueing
priorities. The others are: call attempts (parameter QPC) and urgent handovers (parameter QPH). Note that you
queueing type priorities are taken into account./nMML NOTE: Value 1 is the highest priority
With this parameter you define whether the BSC internal queueing type priority (parameters queueing priority c
queueing priority non-urgent handover (QPN)) is taken into account in queue handling.
With this parameter you define the call attempt priority in the BTS. Queueing priority call is one of the queueing
QPH) and non-urgent handovers (parameter QPN). Note that you have to define the QPU parameter value as Y
account./nMML NOTE: Value 1 is the highest priority.
With this parameter you define the urgent handover attempt (queueing type) priority in the BTS. Queueing Prio
The others are call attempts (parameter Queueing Priority Call) and non-urgent handovers (parameter Queuein
the Queue Priority Used parameter value as Y before the queueing type priorities are taken into account./nMML
With this parameter you define additional hystereses applied in both STANDBY and READY states for selecting a
With this parameter you identify GPRS cells using the routing area code number./nNetAct NOTE: When creating
for the BTS.
With this parameter you define the threshold for the received signal level during network access and handover
as a busy RACH (when transmitting CHANNEL REQUEST (RACH))./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus sit
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for non
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AM
With this parameter you define the maximum value of the radio link counter expressed in SACCH blocks for AM
With this parameter you define the radius extension of an extended cell./nNOTE: MML Range:/nTalk-family, Ultra
Flexi Multiradio does not support the Extended Range Cell feature./nMML related features:/nImproved solution f
family,/nExtended Cell for UltraSite licence for UltraSite,/nExtended Cell for Flexi EDGE licence for Flexi EDGE a
With this parameter you determine whether the repeated FACCH in downlink is enabled or disabled on a cell ba
Capability as '1'. Those types of MS include legacy MS and new MS that have to signal their Repeated ACCH Cap
command frames for a certain codec in the cell, the name of that codec shall be entered in a list./nNOTE: MML R
TCH_EFS/n8: TCH_FS/n16: TCH_HS/n32: TCH_WFS/nYou can give 0 or 1-6 values at the same time by using the w
BTSplus site type
With this parameter you determine whether repeated FACCH in uplink is enabled or disabled on cell basis for th
(default)/n1: TCH_AFS/n2: TCH_AHS/n4: TCH_EFS/n8: TCH_FS/n16: TCH_HS/n32: TCH_WFS/nYou can give 0 or 1-6
&./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you determine whether the Repeated SACCH is enabled or not in DL on a per cell basis for
Range:/n0: DISABLED (default)/n1: TCH_AFS/n2: TCH_AHS/n4: TCH_EFS/n8: TCH_FS/n16: TCH_HS/n32: TCH_WFS
time by using the wild card character &./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you determine whether the Repaeted SACCH is enabled or not in UL on a per cell basis for
Range:/n0: DISABLED (default)/n1: TCH_AFS/n2: TCH_AHS/n4: TCH_EFS/n8: TCH_FS/n16: TCH_HS/n32: TCH_WFS
time by using the wild card character &./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH//FACCH./nThis parameter
RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL./nNOTE: Parameter i
With this parameter you determine the level and window criteria for repeated SACCH//FACCH./nThis parameter
RXLEV_UL_SUB used in the decision algorithm for activating repeated SACCH in DL and UL./nNOTE: Parameter i
With this parameter you define which reservation method of traffic channels the trunk reservation algorithm us
With this parameter you define the minimum power level an MS has to receive before it is allowed to access the
With this parameter you define whether or not a 10 dB offset shall be added to the reported downlink signal lev
With this parameter you define whether or not the SDCCH radio measurements have to be transmitted on the A
site type.
Sector ID is BSC internal parameter and BSC sets the value in BTS creation. Value will be updated to NetAct dat
is only shown in outputs.
With this parameter you identify the segment./nNetAct Note:/nIf Multi BCF is not used, Segment ID is the same
RAC Templates./nWhen doing segment reconfiguration, that is deleting a BTS or moving it to another segment w
inconsistency between NetAct and BSC. To remove the inconsistancy, BSC must be uploaded to NetAct./nNOTE:
configuration and the corresponding options./nMML NOTE:/nModification: Not modifiable
With this parameter you identify the segment by its name./nNetAct Note:/nIf Multi BCF is not used, it is the sam
value in the RAC Templates./nWhen doing segment reconfiguration, that is deleting a BTS or moving it to anoth
causes inconsistency between NetAct and BSC. To remove the inconsistancy, BSC must be uploaded to NetAct./
With this parameter you allow or deny cell broadcast SMS (short message service) in a cell./nNOTE: If the value
With this parameter you can define whether the STIRC feature is used in the BTS./nNOTE: Parameter is visible o
site types.
With this parameter you define the distance (km) of inner edge of 35 km wide super extended area from BTS. V
The parameter is only available for Flexi EDGE and BTSplus.
With this parameter you control the TCH channel rate determination in TCH allocation and the TCH speech code
MML Range:/n0 (constraints given by the BSS-level parameter TCH rate internal HO are followed) /n1 (the call s
speech/ncodec are preferred to be primarily allocated) /n2 (the call serving type of TCH and the call serving typ
during the speech connection. The channel rate change is possible during data connection when needed if the r
speech codec changes are totally denied. The call serving type of channel is the only alternative in TCH allocati
speech codec have to be primarily allocated)
With this parameter you define the negative offset of the C2 reselection criterion for the duration of the penalty
strongest carriers. The parameter can be changed in 10 dB steps. Value 70 dB means infinity.
With this parameter you indicate typical throughput per timeslot in the BTS, depending on the direction and (M)
capacities between different BTSs.
With this parameter you define the maximum queueing time for call attempts (incoming or outgoing) in the BTS
With this parameter you define the maximum queueing time for handover attempts (both urgent and non-urgen
With this parameter you define the interval between periodic MS location updates. The value 0 means that the
With this parameter you define the specified decision threshold table for traffic type(s)./nNOTE:/nMML range:/nT
Handover/n4 MCN Handover/n5 priority call setup/n6 priority handover/n7-10
With this parameter you can manually select the transport type of the NSEI which the BTS//SEG will use. This pa
With this parameter you define whether the trunk reservation algorithm is used in the cell.
With this parameter you define whether the BCCH TRX or other TRXs (of the regular frequency area) are preferr
between TRXs, all TRXs are treated equally in TCH allocation./n1 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the B
another TRX than the BCCH TRX./n3 Traffic channel is allocated primarily from the BCCH TRX for the non-AMR u
With this parameter you switch TX diversity time between coverage mode (enabled) and standard mode (disab
are excluded from being sent in TX Diversity Time Shift mode./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site t
With this parameter you define a BTS-specific uplink noise level. In the BTS the margin between the noise level
the connection type-specific C//N soft blocking limit.
With this parameter you define the frequency hopping mode of the underlay layer./nNOTE: MML Range: /n0 (N (
used)),/n2 (RF (radio frequency hopping is used))/nDefault: N
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS's underlay layer will be att
-/nValue 0 detaches the BTS from any mobile allocation frequency list.
With this parameter you set the lowest MAIO value of the underlay layer per sector./nNOTE:/nMML modification
locked.
With this parameter you choose the MAIOs of the underlay layer not to be allocated successively for the cell, bu
With this parameter you determine the data rate gain (%) which must be achieved before the resource upgrade
over./nNOTE: MML Range:/n0 (no upgrade during guard time),/n33 (upgrade during guard time if gain at least 3
50%),/n100 (upgrade during guard time if gain at least 100%)/nMML Default = 0
With this parameter you determine the guard time before a resource upgrade for a HSCSD call is executed after
downgrade. If the parameter is set to value 0, resource upgrade is not done.
With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for cell load when the multislot TCH allocation is s
calls.
With this parameter you determine the upper limit in percent for the cell load in the IUO regular frequency area
singleslot allocation is started for the HSCSD calls. Resource upgrades are not done in the IUO regular frequenc
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the BTS will be attached. The param
Mobile Allocation Frequency List (MA)./nNOTE: /nMML range: 0...3000/nMML default: -/nValue 0 detaches the BT
With this parameter you identify the base station signalling unit logical index where you want to create the DAP
BCSU ID & PCU Index can be used as packet control unit identifiers. If BCSU ID & PCU Index, which the user is g
updating the NetAct database. /nRange: /nRange 0..6 for BSC3i 660 /nRange 0..10 for BSC3i 2000 /nRange 0..6
The attribute defines the first 64k time slot of the PCM. /nMML description: /nThe parameter defines the Abis in
from the ET-PCM for the dynamic Abis pool. The pool size is from 1 to 24 ET-PCM TSLs./nNOTE: /nIf both the first
firstTSL must always be equal or smaller than the value of the lastTSL. You can not modify firstTSL and lastTSL a
TSLs: in ETSI 1 ..31, in ANSI 1..24 /nNOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area.
This parameter identifies the dynamic Abis pool in a BSC. The identification number must be unique within the
given during DAP creation.
The attribute defines the last 64k time slot of the PCM. /nMML description: /nThe parameter defines the Abis int
from the ET-PCM for the dynamic Abis pool. The pool size is from 1 to 24 ET-PCM TSLs. /nNOTE: /nIf both firstTSL
must always be equal or smaller than the value of lastTSL. You can not modify firstTSL and lastTSL at the same
1 ..31, in ANSI 1..24 /nNOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area
With this parameter you define Base station Controller Signalling Unit (BCSU) to which a new DAP object will be
(physical) bcsuID when creating or modifying DAP object. Value represents logical BCSU unit address and it refe
BCSU switchover existing value will be referring to the new active (physical) BCSU unit./nNOTE: /nParameter is
Service Entity Identifier. When defining this parameter the system will not make any checks for this parameter
room for DAP in specified BCSU unit. /nNOTE: /nNo MML interface
The pcmCircuit parameter represents a 2 Mbits//s PCM./nMML description:/nThe parameter defines the Abis inte
from the ET-PCM for the dynamic Abis pool. The pool size is from 1 to 24 ET-PCM TSLs./nNOTE:/nIf both the firstT
firstTSL must always be equal or smaller than the value of the lastTSL./nMML Range:/nCRCT PCM: 0..3391/nCRT
reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area
This parameter identifies a controlling PCU (Packet Control Unit) which handles the dynamic Abis Pool in the BSC
ID. /nEither Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) or BCSU ID & PCU Index can be used as packet control unit ide
changed by the system, the event//upload is updating NetAct database.
BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP)./nNOTE:/nEither Packet Service Entity Identifier (PSEI) or BCSU ID &
Identification of DMR (Digital Microwave Radio Link) object./nNOTE: Value range is 1..254 when DMR is controlle
Value range is 0..254 for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: Value range is 0..254 for
newer./nNOTE: Platform MML interface
The attribute defines Service Channel Number and Q1 address of the equipment./nService Channel Number val
<Service Channel Number>:<Q1 Address>/nNOTE: No RNW MML interface.
Identification of DMR (Digital Microwave Radio Link) object./nNOTE: Value range is 1..254 when DMR is controlle
Value range is 0..254 for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: Value range is 0..254 for
newer./nNOTE: Platform MML interface
Identification of DN2 object./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface.
The attribute defines Access rate in multiples of 64 kbit//s. The range is:/nETSI 1..31 /nANSI 1..24 /nNOTE: No R
First timeslot/nNote: - for ANSI networks the range is 1..24/nNOTE: No RNW MML interface
Identifier (ID) of FRBC (Frame Relay Bearer Channel) object./nNOTE:/nUser can define freely bearer Id's by using
maximum bearer count for BSC3i 660 is 96 ID's/n- maximum bearer count for BSC3i 1000 is 200 ID's/n- maximu
bearer count for Flexi BSC is 480 ID's/n- maximum bearer count for other BSCs is 64 ID's/nNOTE: No RNW MML
The Network Name of FRBC object./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface
Number of the external PCM circuit on which the FR bearer channel is located./nNOTE: /n2048..3391 is reserved
interface
Index of the plug-in unit in which the FR bearer channel is located./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface
ID of the SGSN, where the corresponding SGSN's FRBC is located. /nNOTE: No MML interface.
Index of the unit in which the FR Bearer channel is located. /nNote: /nRange 0..6 for BSC3i 660 (BCSU)/nRange 0
(BCSU)/nRange 0..8 for other BSCs (BCSU)/nRange 0..16 for SGSN (PAPU)/nNOTE: No RNW MML interface
This attribute indicates the type of hwUnit or bcf object instance./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface
Identifier (ID) of GPC object. /nMML NOTE: /nGPC parameters are listed in MML command EQO. GPC ID is not sh
With this parameter you indicate the number of zero results that can be omitted when the measurement results
mode and RR Packet idle mode. /nThis parameter is valid only for GSM neighbours cells. Instead of using this pa
averaging, all zero results are omitted in WCDMA FDD neighbour cell measurement averaging.
With this parameter you define the used offset for power budget NCCR criterion of the neighbor cells under con
With this parameter you determine the window size when the Network Control (NC) measurement results of the
With this parameter you determine the window size when the Network Control (NC) measurement results of the
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF.
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF.
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode downlink TBF.
With this parameter you define a threshold to trigger QC actions for acknowledged mode uplink TBF.
With this parameter you define whether or not AMR HR capable mobiles are selected as candidate for compress
site type
With this parameter you indicate whether the signal measurement results will be averaged for all adjacent cells
With this parameter you indicate whether measurement results will be averaged for all interfering cells (value Y
best neighbouring cells received in the last measurement result message (value N)./nNOTE: MML Range:/nY (m
(measurement results are averaged for the cells that are among the six best neighbouring cells)/nDefault: N
With this parameter you indicate whether the signal measurement results will be averaged for all adjacent WCD
RAN cells.
With this parameter you indicate whether the Advanced Multilayer Handling is used with Intelligent Underlay-Ov
With this parameter you indicate whether the Advanced Multilayer Handling is used with microcells or dual ban
With this parameter you define the power budget margin used in Advance Multilayer Handling when the load of
Threshold (AUT).
With this parameter you define the DFCA mobile allocation frequency lists that will be attached to the BTS.
Enable or disable intracell handovers. /nNOTE: If this parameter is True, Enable Intracell HO DL and Enable Intra
NW Name and Name of LAPD object./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface
This parameter indicates the allowed Rx levels when calculating a position estimate for a location request. Whe
estimate calculation.
The parameter shows the maximum PCU capacity, in timeslots. /nThe parameter is RAC only parameter and can
data when activating the plan.
With this parameter you identify the network service virtual link. /nNOTE: The value must be unique in the BSC.
managed object class: NSVL
IP Address in DNS.
This flag indicates if Bidirectional Forwarding Detection is activated for session 2.
This parameter is used to switch on or off the BFD session 2. Only if the parameter has value true, BFD alarms w
if parameter bfdActivation has value true.
This is the IP address to be used in Bidirectional Forwarding Detection Session 2. To be entered in dotted decim
UDP Source port of BFD session./nNote: value range and default value depend on parameter BFD Type. When B
49152...65535, default beeing 4784 and for Single Hop BFD value range is 3784, 49152...65535, default beeing
This parameter indicates which BFD type is selected: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD
With this parameter you define the border of UL power ranges for the AMR Progressive Power Control algorithm
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
due to UL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is not part o
1')./nThe value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak power of the mobile (defined by classmark).
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
to UL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is not part of the
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qua
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (LURF) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qu
threshold ul Rx qual AMR FR (UURF) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul R
decrease due to UL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is
Threshold 4')./nThe value of this parameter is attenuation from the peak power of the mobile (defined by classm
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul Rx qu
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (LURH) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc lower threshold ul R
increase due to UL quality./nWhen this threshold defines the upper border for the range, the threshold value is n
Lower Threshold 4'). When this threshold defines the lower border for the range, the threshold value is part of t
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) - 2 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul R
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) - 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul R
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul Rx qu
threshold ul Rx qual AMR HR (UURH) + 1 is used and the lower border for a range where pc upper threshold ul R
This parameter holds a reference to the ethernet-based IP interface of the unit or to one of the VLAN interfaces
in parameter vlanTrafficPath./n/nThe parameter is a LMOID (Local Managed Object Instance Identifier). E.g. 'AXC
1//IEIF-6' references the ethernet-based IP interface of the AXC on the AXCF unit in slot 6./nThe parameter may
type is unassigned. In particular this is possible for VLAN traffic type VT_UP2.
This parameter holds a VLAN traffic type./nThe meaning of the parameter values is as follows:/nVT_UP1: User P
IubIP and Dual Iub)/nVT_CP: Control Plane (for IubIP only)/nVT_MP: Management Plane (for IubIP only)/nVT_TOP:
FlexiPacket Radio Management(for IubIP and Dual Iub).
This is an instance identifier of object MRBTS; it is used as Multiradio Flexi BTS Site Id. In RL10, this id is the sam
Instance identifier of object Macro eNB and used also as telecom parameter of the 3GPP 'Macro eNB ID', which
distinguished name (DN) in the planning data at the Element Manager.
This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC ADIPNO.
This parameter holds the C-Plane IP address of this adjacent eNB./nFormat: the format of this parameter allows
This parameter holds the Macro eNB ID of the adjacent eNB.
Mobile Country Code of adjacent eNB
Mobile Network Code of adjacent eNB
This parameter holds the transport network IP address of the Mobility Management Entity (MME)
MME code contained in main GUMMEI of the MME.
Group ID contained in main GUMMEI of the MME.
Mobile Country Code contained in main GUMMEI of the MME
Mobile Network Code contained in main GUMMEI of the MME
Transport network IP address of the serving SAE gateway (S-GW) for which datapath supervision is switched on.
in the dotted decimal form
Defines the external alarm lines. module, inUse, description and initialState must be defined for Control Signals
Defines a specific Base Station site.
This parameter defines the specific RET (Remote Electrical Tilting), which is vertical tilting for antenna.
Identifier of ECREL object
Pointer to the external cell (WCEL//LNCEL//BTS//EWCE) which uses parent RET object. Distinguished Name of th
Active Set Weighting Coefficient (W) is used to weight either the measurement result of the best active set cell
cells (M_sum) when the UE calculates the reporting range for the events 1A (cell addition) and 1B (dropping of c
When a monitored cell enters the reporting range and triggers event 1A (cell addition), the UE transmits a Meas
monitored cell to the active set, the UE continues reporting after the initial report by reverting to periodical mea
Interval determines the interval between periodical measurement reports when such reporting is triggered by t
When a monitored cell enters the reporting range (addition window), the cell must continuously stay within the
send a Measurement Report to the RNC in order to add the cell into the active set (event 1A). The length of this
Addition Window determines the relative threshold (A_Win) used by the UE to calculate the reporting range of e
measurement result of the best active set cell (M_best), or to the sum of active set measurement results (M_sum
Weighting Coefficient (W). When the CPICH Ec//No measurement result of a monitored cell (M_new) enters the r
the RNC in order to add the monitored cell into the active set: /nM_new >= W * M_sum + ( 1 - W )* M_best - A_W
The parameter indicates whether the Detected Set Reporting (DSR) based soft//softer handover is enabled in th
feature (optional) is enabled in the RNC, the parameter can have the following values:/n0: DSR is not allowed./n
allowed./nWhen the soft handover based on the Detected Set Reporting feature (optional) is enabled in the RNC
not allowed./n2: DSR based SHO is enabled./nThis parameter affects the content of System Information Block ty
When an active cell enters the reporting range and triggers event 1B (cell deletion), the UE transmits a Measure
the active cell from the active set, the UE continues reporting after the initial report by reverting to periodical m
Interval determines the interval between periodical measurement reports when such reporting is triggered by t
Block 11//12.
When an active set cell leaves the reporting range (drop window), the cell must continuously stay outside the re
send a Measurement Report to the RNC in order to remove the cell from the active set (event 1B). The length o
Drop Window determines the relative threshold (D_Win) which is used by the UE to calculate the reporting rang
Ec//No measurement result of the best active set cell (M_best) or to the sum of active set measurement results
Set Weighting Coefficient (W). When the CPICH Ec//No measurement result of an active set cell (M_old) leaves t
to the RNC in order to remove the cell from the active set: /nM_old <= W * M_sum + ( 1 - W )* M_best - D_Win
When the E-DCH channel type is going to be selected, the RNC checks the downlink CPICH Ec//No values of the
active set. If the CPICH Ec//No value of any of those cells is greater than the CPICH Ec//No of the serving cell plu
not choose the E-DCH channel type for the uplink./nAfter the modification of the parameter the new value shall
When the E-DCH is used, the RNC follows the downlink CPICH Ec//No values of the cells that are in the DCH acti
value of any of those cells becomes greater than CPICH Ec//No of the serving cell plus the offset value defined w
the E-DCH to the DCH in the uplink./nAfter the modification of the parameter the new value shall be used for ne
In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layer measurement period for intra-frequency CPICH Ec//No measureme
higher layer filtering of physical layer CPICH Ec//No measurements before the event evaluation and measureme
filtering is described in 3GPP TS 25.331 RRC Protocol Specification.
The parameter defines the origin of the last configuration action affecting the object.
This parameter identifies the FMCS (object for intra-frequency Frequency Measurement Control) uniquely within
If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handover caused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec//No is enabled, t
compressed mode when all active set cells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICH Ec//No. The RNC ca
measurement result of the active set cell becomes better than or equal to the threshold HHoEcNoCancel and th
Measurement Report to the RNC. /nNote that once the RNC has started the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) m
measured absolute CPICH Ec//No, the RNC does not break off the ongoing measurement, even if one or more ac
compressed mode when all active set cells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICH Ec//No. The RNC ca
measurement result of the active set cell becomes better than or equal to the threshold HHoEcNoCancel and th
Measurement Report to the RNC. /nThe parameter HHoEcNoCancelTime determines the time period during whic
than the threshold HHoEcNoCancel before the UE can trigger the reporting event 1E./nNote that once the RNC h
measurement for the purpose of hard handover due to low measured absolute CPICH Ec//No, the RNC does not
active set cells trigger the reporting event 1E for CPICH Ec//No.
to the RNC when the CPICH Ec//No measurement result of an active set cell becomes worse than or equal to an
HHoEcNoThreshold determines the absolute CPICH Ec//No threshold which is used by the UE to trigger the repo
set cells has become worse than or equal to the threshold in question, the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RA
of hard handover.
to the RNC when the CPICH Ec//No measurement result of an active set cell becomes worse than the threshold
HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis determines the time period during which the CPICH Ec//No of the active set cell must s
UE can trigger the reporting event 1F. When the measured CPICH Ec//No of all active set cells has become wors
frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode for the purpose of hard handover.
If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handover caused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP is enabled, th
compressed mode when all active set cells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICH RSCP. The RNC canc
measurement result of the active set cell becomes better than or equal to the threshold HHoRscpCancel and th
measurement report to the RNC./nNote, that once the RNC has started the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) m
measured absolute CPICH RSCP, the RNC does not break off the ongoing measurement, even if one or more act
If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handover caused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP is enabled, th
compressed mode when all active set cells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICH RSCP. The RNC canc
measurement result of the active set cell becomes better than or equal to the threshold HHoRscpCancel and th
measurement report to the RNC./nThe parameter HHoRscpCancelTime determines the time period during which
the threshold HHoRscpCancel before the UE can trigger the reporting event 1E./nNote, that once the RNC has s
for the purpose of hard handover due to low measured absolute CPICH RSCP, the RNC does not break off the on
trigger the reporting event 1E for CPICH RSCP.
In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layer measurement period for intra-frequency CPICH RSCP measuremen
higher layer filtering of physical layer CPICH RSCP measurements before the event evaluation and measuremen
measurement reports can be used to trigger off inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) measurements for the purpo
in 3GPP TS 25.331 RRC Protocol Specification, section Filter Coefficient.
If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handover caused by a low measured CPICH RSCP is enabled, the UE tra
RNC when the CPICH RSCP measurement result of an active set cell becomes worse than or equal to an absolut
determines the absolute CPICH RSCP threshold which is used by the UE to trigger the reporting event 1F. When
worse than or equal to the threshold in question, the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) measuremen
If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handover caused by low measured CPICH RSCP is enabled, the UE tran
when the CPICH RSCP measurement result of an active set cell becomes worse than the threshold HHoRscpThre
the time period during which the CPICH RSCP of the active set cell must stay worse than the threshold HHoRscp
When the measured CPICH RSCP of all active set cells has become worse than the threshold in question, the RN
compressed mode for the purpose of hard handover.
The parameter indicates whether the IMSI based intra-frequency handover is allowed in the cell. The alternative
intra-frequency handover is not allowed./n1: IMSI based intra-frequency handover is allowed.
This parameter determines the maximum number of cells which can participate in a soft//softer handover./nRep
of cells allowed in the active set in order for the event 1A to trigger. The RNC calculates the deactivation thresh
Deactivation Threshold = MaxActiveSetSize - 1/nReporting Deactivation Threshold parameter is part of System
information element indicates the minimum number of cells allowed in the active set in order for the event 1C t
active set which is controlled with the parameter MaxActiveSetSize./nReplacement Activation Threshold parame
When the number of cells in the active set has reached the maximum, and a monitored cell becomes better tha
to the RNC in order to replace the active cell with the monitored cell (event 1C). If the RNC is not able to replac
reporting after the initial report by reverting to periodical measurement reporting. The parameter Replacement
measurement reports when such reporting is triggered by the event 1C.
When the number of cells in the active set has reached the maximum, and a monitored cell enters the reporting
continuously stay within the reporting range for a given period of time before the UE can send a Measurement R
the monitored cell (event 1C). The length of this period is controlled by the parameter Replacement Time.
When the number of cells in the active set has reached the maximum specified by the parameter MaxActiveSet
cell, the UE transmits a Measurement Report to the RNC in order to replace the active cell with the monitored c
determines the margin by which the CPICH Ec//No measurement result of the monitored cell (MNew) must exce
cell (MInAS) before the UE can send the event 1C triggered Measurement Report to the RNC:/n/nMNew >= MInA
Defines the priority level of the GSM neighbour cell in the hierarchical cell re-selection procedure. 0 indicates th
priority. Lower HCS priority values are meant for larger macro cells and higher HCS priority values are meant fo
Defines the threshold which must be exceeded by the RSSI measurement result of the GSM neighbour cell befo
The parameter determines the minimum required GSM RSSI level that the average RSSI value of the GSM neigh
GSM is possible./n'Non-critical handovers' are, for example, service and UE capability type handovers. Service a
Determines the time period during which the Temporary Offset 1 is applied in the cell re-selection procedure for
This parameter defines the penalty time for a GSM neighbour cell that has rejected a resource request of a han
handover procedures are not started to this cell./n'Non-critical handovers' are, for example, service and UE cap
make use of this parameter.
If there are several GSM neighbour cells which meet the required radio link properties for the coverage (or qual
potential target cells according to priority levels and selects the highest ranked GSM neighbour cell to be the ta
controlled by the parameter GSMncellPriorityCoverage. The range of the parameter varies from zero to 7. Zero
If there are several GSM neighbour cells that meet the required radio link properties for the service- or load-rea
target cells according to priority levels and selects the highest ranked GSM neighbour cell to be the target cell.
handover is controlled by the parameter AdjgPrioritySLHO. The range of the parameter varies from zero to 7. Ze
This parameter is used in the cell re-selection and ranking between WCDMA and GSM cells. The value of this pa
the neighbouring cell before the UE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection//ranking criteria.
Determines the minimum required RSSI level which the measurement result of the GSM neighbour cell must ex
This parameter determines the minimum required GSM RSSI level which the averaged RSSI value of the GSM ne
reason handover to GSM is possible.
This parameter is used in the cell ranking between GSM and WCDMA cells when the GSM neighbour cell has the
neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level, the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selection between
Penalty Time) from the measured RSSI level of the GSM neighbour cell. /nThe alternative values are the followin
This parameter identifies the HOPG (object for inter-system Handover Path) uniquely within RNC.
This parameter determines the margin by which the averaged CPICH Ec//No measurement result of the best int
Ec//No measurement result of the best active set cell before the quality reason inter-frequency handover is poss
Defines the priority level of the inter-frequency neighbour cell in the hierarchical cell re-selection procedure. 0 i
HCS priority. Lower HCS priority values are meant for larger macro cells and higher HCS priority values are mea
Defines the threshold level which must be exceeded by the CPICH Ec//No of the inter-frequency neighbour cell b
This parameter determines the minimum required CPICH Ec//No level which the averaged measurement result o
the coverage reason inter-frequency handover is possible.
The parameter determines the minimum level required of CPICH Ec//No that the average measurement result o
the non-critical reason inter-frequency handover is possible./n'Non-critical handovers' are, for example, service
handover make use of this parameter.
This parameter determines the minimum required CPICH RSCP level which the averaged measurement result of
the quality reason inter-frequency handover is possible.
The parameter determines the minimum level required of CPICH RSCP that the averaged measurement result o
the non-critical reason inter-frequency handover is possible./n'Non-critical handovers' are, for example, service
Defines the time period during which the Temporary Offset 1//2 is applied in the cell re-selection procedure for t
This parameter defines the penalty time for a WCDMA neighbour cell that has rejected a resource request of a h
non-critical handover procedures are not started to this cell./nNon-critical handovers are, for example, service a
handover, and HSPA Capability Based Handover, make use of this parameter.
This parameter determines the margin by which the averaged propagation loss of the best active set cell must
frequency neighbour cell before the coverage reason inter-frequency handover is possible.
The inter-frequency measurement procedure measures one frequency at a time. If there is more than one carrie
inter-frequency neighbour cells (having the same UTRA RF channel number) which are measured first. /nIn case
controlled by the parameter InterFreqNcellPriorityCoverage. The range of the parameter varies from zero to 7. Z
The parameter controls the measurement order to be followed when there is more than one frequency to be me
Handover./nThe inter-frequency measurement procedure will measure one frequency at a time. If there is more
a subset of inter-frequency neighbour cells (having the same UTRA RF channel number) that are measured first
level for measurement./nIn case of intra-RNC handover, DC HSDPA must be enabled (WCEL-DCellHSDPAEnabled
measure frequency. In case of inter-RNC handover, WCEL-DCellHSDPAEnabled is not relevant.
This parameter controls the measurement order to be followed when there is more than one frequency to be m
inter-frequency measurement procedure will measure one frequency at a time. If there is more than one carrier
frequency neighbour cells ((having the same UTRA RF channel number) that are measured first. /nZero is the lo
The parameter controls the measurement order to be followed when there is more than one frequency to be me
inter-frequency measurement procedure will measure one frequency at a time. If there is more than one carrier
frequency neighbour cells (having the same UTRA RF channel number) that are measured first./n/nZero (0) is th
measurement./nIn case of intra-RNC handover, MIMO must be enabled (WCEL-MIMOEnabled) at least in one of t
of inter-RNC handover, WCEL-MIMOEnabled is not relevant.
This parameter determines the averaging window for the periodical CPICH Ec//No measurement reporting, whic
procedure. Averaging is executed in the RNC.
This parameter determines the reporting period of the CPICH Ec//No measurement that is used as a criterion fo
parameter also defines the period that is used to retry the channel type switch if it did not succeed as well as w
Parameter determines the absolute CPICH Ec//No threshold for the serving HS-DSCH cell change procedure. If th
DSCH cell is above the threshold, serving HS-DSCH cell change is not initiated due to CPICH Ec//No reason.
This parameter determines the reporting period of the CPICH Ec//No measurement, which is used as a criterion
Parameter determines the minimum interval between serving HS-DSCH cell changes due to CPICH Ec//No windo
is started after every successfully executed serving HS-DSCH cell change. During the time period, serving HS-D
reporting are forbidden. If the value of the parameter is set to 0, serving HS-DSCH cell changes are not restricte
The parameter determines the time period for calculation of the maximum number of repetitive serving HS-DSC
This parameter determines the maximum allowed measured CPICH Ec//No difference between the best cell of t
difference is bigger than this window, the channel type switch from DCH to HS-DSCH is not initiated.
This parameter enables//disables the use of the HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation feature in the RNC. HSDPA
resource allocation feature. HSDPA must not be enabled in any unlocked cell under the RNC before modification
comprised of the dynamic power allocation and dynamic code allocation functions. If dynamic resource allocatio
use dynamic code allocation, the HSDPA 15 codes feature ('HSDPA cell upg from 5 to 10 codes' or 'HSDPA cell u
The low threshold is an AAL2 buffer occupancy threshold in a dedicated VCC, which triggers sending the 'full rat
data sending entities when it is passed downward (when the buffer is getting emptier)./nThis parameter applies
case the VCC is being terminated in NPS1 hardware, this parameter is not relevant.
The low threshold is an AAL2 buffer occupancy threshold in a shared VCC, which triggers sending the 'full rate'
data sending entities when it is passed downward (that is, when the buffer is getting emptier)./nThis parameter
hardware. In case the VCC is being terminated in NPS1 hardware, this parameter is not relevant.
The parameter defines the maximum allowed delay caused by AAL2 queueing in a dedicated VCC./nThis param
The parameter defines the maximum allowed delay caused by AAL2 queueing in a shared VCC./nThis paramete
This parameter defines the initial bit rate for the scheduling of the HSDPA associated UL DCH return channel for
This parameter is used to define the threshold (number of HSDPA users) for load sharing between HSDPA layers
same sector, the HSDPA UEs that are establishing the RRC connection and changing the state from Cell_FACH to
comparing the cell weights (CellWeightForHSDPALayering). UEs are directed to the cell that has the greatest ce
the cell that has the greatest number of HSDPA users./nWhen the threshold is reached in any of the cells in the
done. The load sharing decision making is based on the available HSDPA power per user and cell weight. /nThis
transition from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH state phases.
The parameter determines the maximum number of repetitive serving HS-DSCH cell changes during a predefine
number of serving HS-DSCH cell changes is exceeded, HS-DSCH is released.
This parameter defines the minimum allowed uplink bit rate for the HSDPA associated UL DCH return channel fo
streaming Radio Bearer. This bit rate is used by the packet scheduler when it is downgrading bit rates. The alloc
from which the TFCS is constructed.
This parameter enables//disables a serving HS-DSCH cell change and SHO of the associated DPCH./nIf the value
FACH//DCH is used. If the value is enabled, the SHO of the associated DPCH and serving HS-DSCH cell change a
This parameter defines whether the peak rate of MAC-d flow, the peak rate of NRT RB mapped to HS-DSCH, and
attribute maximum bit rate received from RANAP or not. Only peak rates defined for MAC-d flow in case Interac
parameter./nIf limitation is active, the HSDPA DL peak rate maximum cannot be higher than the RAB maximum.
rate is also limited to the RAB maximum. This means that if the RAB maximum is lower than the initial UL return
and therefore HSDPA cannot be used./nIf limitation is not active, the RAB maximum has no effect on the HSDPA
Parameter is applicable to the HSDPA static resource allocation. It is ignored in the case of HSDPA dynamic reso
DCHs and MAC-d flows./nHSDPAPriority=1/nWhen the first MAC-d flow in the cell is allocated, the total non-cont
PtxTargetHSDPA, before the HS-DSCH can be selected. /nIf the averaged PtxNonHSDPA exceeds or equals PtxTa
are targeted primarily to NRT DCH(s). Only if there are no more NRT DCH(s) in the cell, all MAC-d flows in the ce
in the cell is allocated, the total transmitted carrier power has to be below or equal to PtxTargetHSDPA, before t
exceeds or equals PtxTargetHSDPA + PtxOffsetHSDPA, the overload control actions are targeted to MAC-d flows
Parameter enables//disables diversity handover of the stand-alone signalling link (RRC connection) after succes
Parameter is ignored in the case HSDPA Serving cell change and HSDPA Soft//softer handover for associated DP
The parameter determines the averaging window for the periodical UL SIRerror measurement, which is used as
Averaging is executed in RNC.
The parameter determines the filtering coefficient of the UL SIRerror measurement which is used as a criterion
physical layer measurement period for UL SIRerror measurements is 80 ms. The filter coefficient parameter con
measurements before measurement reporting is performed by the BTS./nThe approximated weight of the latest
parameter is as follows:/nValue (Weight)/n0 (100%), 1 (71%), 2 (50%), 3 (35%), 4 (25%), 5 (18%), 6 (13%), 7 (9
specified in the 3GPP TS 25.433.
Parameter determines the reporting period of the dedicated UL SIRerror measurement, which is used as a criter
of the parameter is set to 0, SIRerror measurement is not used as a criterion.
The parameter determines the level of the UL SIRerror of the serving cell, which initiates serving HS-DSCH cell c
The parameter determines the required level of the UL SIRerror in the target cell in order to execute serving HS
The parameter determines the maximum allowed difference between the best cell and the SRB on HS-DSCH ce
the SRB on HS-DSCH cell change is outside the window, SRBs on HS-DSCH cell change procedure is initiated. If
HS-DSCH transport channel type switch to DCH. The measured quantity is CPICH Ec//No, which is received perio
This parameter determines the maximum allowed difference between the best cell and the serving HS-DSCH ce
the serving HS-DSCH cell change is outside of the window, serving HS-DSCH cell change procedure is initiated.
periodically from the UE.
The parameter determines the initial bit rate for scheduling of the HSDPA associated UL DCH return channel.
The parameter determines the minimum allowed bit rate in the uplink that can be allocated by the PS to the HS
the bit rate. The allocated bit rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is constru
This parameter determines the time that must be waited after an HS-DSCH to DCH channel type switching befo
HSDSCHGuardTimerLowThroughput is a UE-specific timer. It is started after a release of the MAC-d flow, which w
DCH 0//0 is allocated. When the timer is running HS-DSCH allocation is not allowed to the UE.
This parameter defines the traffic classes (TC) and traffic handling priorities (THP) which can use HS-DSCH. The
the specific TC and THP. The value 0 means that only DCH can be used for the specific TC and THP.
This parameter defines an offset which is applied to the DRNC cells in the case of HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change.
CPICH Ec//No measurement result of the DRNC cell. The offset is applied to the selection of the serving HSPA ce
offset also defines the triggering point of the HSPA inter-RNC cell change caused by the periodical CPICH Ec//No
This parameter defines an offset deducted from the UL SIR error measurement, /nwhich is applied in the case o
deducted from the periodical UL SIR error measurement /nresult of the SRNC cell when there are candidate cell
for HSPA MAC-d flow release when the/ninter-RNC cell change cannot be started.
This parameter enables//disables the use of HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change feature. The parameter also defines w
RNC cell change or not./n0 (Disabled): HSPA Inter-RNC Cell Change is disabled (HSPA to DCH switch is applied)/n
Change is enabled but unacceptable E-DCH active set does not initiate HSPA inter-RNC cell change/n2 (Enabled
E-DCH active set initiates HSPA inter-RNC cell change
This parameter defines the Nominal Bit Rate used in downlink for those NRT RABs that are mapped to the HS tra
This parameter defines the Nominal Bit Rate used in uplink for those NRT RABs that are mapped to the HS trans
Defines specific Base Station site.
Defines the cabinet type. The allowed values are: 1 or 12 (=Supreme-Indoor) 2 (=Supreme-Outdoor) 3 (=Optim
(=Triple-Mode Outdoor) 7 or 9 (=Optima-Compact (IBBU)) 8 or 10 (=Optima Compact (RF Extension)) 11 (=Met
Defines the usage of the door switch. If this parameter is in use, a fault is triggered when the door of the BTS ca
Sets the cancelation delay for the fault.
Defines the external fault description.
Defines the external fault lines. module, inUse, description, polarity and severity must be defined for input sign
module. There are 2 input signals in Flexi WiMAX BTS radio module.
Defines if the EAC line is in use or not in use.
Defines the used polarity of the external fault line: normally open or normally closed. Normally_open: when the
the connector is closed, there is a fault.
Defines the seriousness of the external fault condition in question. Minor = 1 Major = 2 Critical = 3.
Sets the activation delay for the fault.
Defines the external alarm lines./ninUse, description and initialState must be defined for Control Signals. There
Defines if the external control line is in use or not in use.
Defines the initial state of the external control line after a reset of the BTS. The options are 'On' and 'Off'. If the
Parameter is used to to define filtering for Happy bit ratio measurement. If filtering is active, then Happy bit rat
frame//subframe. The target for filtering is to filter out small data bursts (such as ping) from Happy bit ratio me
allocation.
Parameter defines threshold value for UE Power Headroom (UPH) values in Happy bit ratio measurement. Happy
defined threshold, are not taken into account in Happy bit ratio measurement. The target for filtering is to filter
measurement as they do not give reliable information of UE allocation.
This parameter enables HSDPA 16QAM feature (RAN764).
Defines how HSDPA users are allocated. The options are Full, BTS and Cell. If the selected option is BTS, it is pos
same FSP. The total amount of the HSDPA users cannot exceed 16. The HSDPA capacity requirement is 32 chan
possible to set 1 - n HSDPA cells and each HSDPA cell is situated in a different FSP. The total number of HSDPA u
in one cell (one FSP) is 16. The HSDPA capacity requirement is 32 channel elements from FSP.
This parameter enables the high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) Proportional Fair Resource Packet sche
Defines the usage of the Intelligent shutdown feature. If there are external batteries used this is '1' and intellige
Defines the starting external alarm line for the mains power alarm when Intelligent shutdown is in use. Default
be chosen.
The maximum delay threshold after the system is interpreted to be in very severe congestion and propability to
arrival interval from the TTI given to Iub. Note: Thmin < Thmid < Thmax
Defines the integrated battery backup type of the UltraSite Optima Compact Outdoor (WREB) cabinet. 0 = IBBU
Basic and Extension Batteries Note! Exceptionally integer enumeration values are used in implementation.
The middle delay threshold after the system is interpreted to be in more severe congestion and MECN procedur
arrival interval from the TTI given to Iub. Note: Thmin < Thmid < Thmax
Defines the minimum delay threshold after the MECN procedure activates. Threshold defines the deviation of ar
< Thmax
Defines the usage of the noise reduction kit. The noise kit is used only with the UltraSite cabinets Supreme Out
Defines the number of external fault lines reserved by Mains Break. The allowed values are 0, 1 and 3.
Defines path maximum retransmissions (1-15 attempts, default 5)./nThis SCTP parameter is used only in IP Iub
Defines the number of external fault lines reserved for PSM alarms.
This parameter is used to select how the HSDPA congestion control treats different traffic classes in case of Iub
Interactive NRT traffic classes. In case of Iub overload, congestion control is allowed to reduce the bit rate on Iu
Bit Rate (NBR - not guaranteed) can be mapped to a Interactive class SPI value and for those '0' is the recomme
Conversational RT traffic classes to protect the Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR). In case of Iub overload, congestion c
level only down to bit rate defined by GBR, if needed. It is possible to allocate extra capacity on top of GBR with
that there should be no excess bit rate allocated on top of GBR with scheduling weights. Nominal Bit Rate (NBR
value and for those setting '1' behaves similarly as for Streaming and Conversational. It is however not recomm
Congestion Control is off for this SPI class.
HSDPA Quality of Service SPI class identifier (0-15).
Defines a scheduling weight for priority queues
Defines the type of the RNC. If a NSN RNC is in use, there is no need to fill in any other RNC parameters.
This parameter enables simultaneous HSDPA transmission to (max) three HSDPA-capable cells by using a single
Defines the usage of the smoke fault.
Defines the used polarity of the external fault line: Normally_open or Normally_closed.
Defines the used Time Zone./nThe format is predefined, for example for Helsinki '(GMT+2) Europe//Helsinki'.
Defines if WIA is used in BTS configuration.
Defines the product code of the WIA unit in question.
Defines the serial number of the WIA unit in question.
Based on the hardware in the BTS, the BTS Site Manager checks which carrier values are allowed for BTS testin
frequency band: 10550-10850 1900 MHz frequency band: 9262-9950 850 MHz frequency band: 4132-4470 Add
437, 462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687 850 MHz frequency band: 1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062
The radius of one cell. The maximum range of the cell, i.e. the maximum distance from the cell site where a MS
handover situations. The value is given in meters for non-NSN RNCs.
Defines the used configuration concept. The options are: CEC, ROC-2, ROC-3, MIMO.
This parameter defines the default carrier used in tests for local cells. The UARFCN values used are operator-sp
MHz frequency, the allowed values are 10562-10838.
This parameter sets the SIB7 expiration timer for the UE. The allowed values are 1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128, and 256
With Mapping HSPA cell to HW parameter user can map HSPA local cells to baseband HW resources. Parameter
SUBRACK1 is used for EUBB WSP subrack and SUBRACKULTRA is used for rel1 WSP subracks. If 'Mapping HSPA c
None is used./nNote: It is not possible to select which one of Rel1 WSP subracks is used but mapping is done to
Mapping cannot be done per each rel1 WSP subrack.
Defines the backup time after which the cell starts to shut down itself. This parameter is used only when batter
immediate and 599940 is infinite. Note that UI values are in minutes (0...9999).
particular local cell resource at the BTS. The lCelId is unique within a BTS. With the Configuration Data message
identifier (C-ID) used at the radio interface. In cases when configuration is initialized at the BTS, the signalling r
cell resource identifier.
Parameter is used to select the static DL mimo type. Parameter value is defined first time when local cell is crea
parameter value is 0. For a MIMO enabled cell, parameter value shall be 1 (2 x TX transmission).
RACH capacity defines the HW capacity reserved for a RACH transport channel in the BTS. RACH capacity is give
ms radio frame. The options are 1,2,3 and 4.
A 3GPP Iub parameter for the gradual shutdown procedure. Indicates in how many steps the transmission powe
transport channels is shut down within the shutdown window.
A 3GPP Iub parameter for the shutdown procedure. Indicates how long the actual shutdown procedure for CPICH
lasts. The time is given in seconds. If the value is 0, the gradual shutdown procedure is not used at all.
Defines the usage of internal TX summing. Internal TX summing can be used only for double-capacity WTR unit
Identifies the specific WCDMA transceiver unit in specific WTR. The allowed values are: WTR1-TRX1 WTR1-TRX2
WTR4-TRX2 WTR5-TRX1 WTR5-TRX2 WTR6-TRX1 WTR6-TRX2 ''(Not used)
With this parameter you define the window size for averaging the signal quality, signal level and distance meas
With this parameter you identify the C//I estimation method, which is used for calculating the co-channel interfe
RANGE: /n1 AVE (average taking method used),/n2 MAX (maximum taking method used),/n0 NONE (estimation
The parameter is used for comparing the size of the signal drop for triggering the rapid field drop handover./nTo
account before the handover decision is possible.
The parameter is used for comparing the size of the signal drop for triggering the rapid field drop handover. Num
dropping edge is detected.
The parameter is used for comparing the size of the signal drop for triggering the rapid field drop handover.
With this parameter you define the number of SACCH frames that the deep dropping edge is checked against.
With this parameter you indicate whether the Fast Handover Measurement Averaging Method is enabled in the
With this parameter you indicate whether the Fast Handover Measurement Averaging Method is enabled after h
With this parameter you indicate whether the Fast Handover Measurement Averaging Method after power contr
With this parameter you indicate whether the TCH assignment to a super-reuse TRX is enabled in IUO and what
SDCCH is./n/nNOTE: /nThe value zero means that TCH assignment to super-reuse TRX is disabled.
With this parameter you indicate whether a handover between super-reuse frequency groups is enabled in situa
possible./nNOTE: MML Range:/nREG (handover between super-reuse frequency groups is enabled, but a handov
(1)),/nSUP ( handover between super-reuse frequency groups is enabled and it is preferable in case of bad C//I r
groups is disabled (0))
With this parameter you indicate whether an intracell handover caused by downlink interference is enabled. Th
extended areas.
With this parameter you indicate whether an intracell handover caused by uplink interference is enabled. The p
extended areas.
With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS - MS distance process is enabled.
With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS power budget handover control is enabled.
With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS SDCCH handover is enabled.
With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS umbrella handover is enabled.
With this parameter you indicate when the Enhanced Rapid Field Drop feature is enabled./nNOTE: MML RANGE:/
drop detection is based on uplink measurements),/nDL (rapid field drop detection is based on downlink measure
uplink and downlink measurements)
With this parameter you define how long the modified averaging window is being used after the deep dropping
With this parameter you define the triggering ratio for an adjacent WCDMA RAN cell penalty on a serving GSM c
Handover attempts towards a certain adjacent WCDMA RAN cell exceeds the penalty triggering ratio during a m
penalty timer is triggered on the serving GSM cell. (While the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell penalty timer is ticking
from the serving GSM cell towards the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell. However, an Inter-System Handover may occ
WCDMA RAN cell.)
With this parameter you define the number of the best valid WCDMA RAN cells to be reported by a dual mode m
report.
The parameter defines the reporting threshold for the adjacent UTRAN FDD cell in the serving GSM cell. The non
equal or greater than the threshold value before the UTRAN FDD cell is reported.
With this parameter you define a preference order for handover target GSM cells according to PLMN area./nNOT
(PLMN area based prioritisation is not used), 1 (Intra-PLMN intra-GSM handovers have higher priority than Interhandovers have higher priority than Intra-PLMN intra-GSM handovers)
With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal strengt
parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous Transmission (DT
weighting factor./nValue 3 indicates the highest weighting factor.
The parameters calculate averaged values from signal strength downlink measurements. The window size repre
The parameters calculate averaged values from signal strength uplink measurements. The window size represe
With this parameter you define the weighting factor for calculating the averaged values from the signal quality
The parameters calculate averaged values from signal quality downlink measurements. The window size repres
measurements weighting factor./nValue 3 indicates the highest weighting factor.
The parameters calculate averaged values from signal quality uplink measurements. Window size represents th
With this parameter you define the interval between power budget handover threshold comparisons.
With this parameter you define the interval between umbrella handover threshold comparisons.
The parameters compare the averaged values of signal strength downlink measurements for triggering the han
upper//lower than the threshold.
The parameters compare the averaged values of signal strength uplink measurements for triggering the hando
into account when making a handover decision.
The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the hand
The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the handove
The parameters compare the averaged values of interference downlink measurements for triggering the hando
The parameters compare the averaged values of interference uplink measurements for triggering the handover
account when making a handover decision.
taken into account when making a handover decision.
With this parameter you define an uplink Rx threshold level for rapid field drop.
With this parameter you define how many successive rapid field drop thresholds have to be triggered before a c
Identifier (ID) of HOC object./nNOTE: No MML interface.
With this parameter you enable or disable the Inter-System Direct Access to the WCDMA RAN. If the value of the
WCDMA RAN is tried first./nNOTE: MML RANGE:/nY (Inter-System Direct Access to the WCDMA RAN is enabled)/n
disabled)/nDefault: N
With this parameter you define the window size, that is, the number of consecutive measurement samples for c
signal strength measurements for the C//I evaluation procedure.
With this parameter you indicate the number of zero results which can be omitted when measurement results o
evaluation procedure.
This parameter defines the limit for averaged uplink and downlink signal level. If averaged uplink or downlink si
based intra cell handovers are not allowed.
This parameter defines the limit of the averaged uplink and downlink signal quality. If averaged uplink or downl
quality based intra cell handovers are not allowed. NOTE: MML range: 0...7, default 7
This parameter defines the limit for averaged uplink and downlink signal level. If averaged uplink or downlink si
based intra cell handovers are not allowed.
With this parameter you indicate if GSM cells with invalid BSIC but allowed NCC part may be reported in the Enh
Report on cells with invalid BSIC and allowed NCC part of BSIC is not allowed,/n1: Report on cells with invalid BS
With these parameters you define the estimated co-channel interference level for each of the 6 interference ba
interference level parameter of the handover candidate to find out the priority adjustment step used./nNOTE: R
30 /nL2: 25 /nL3: 20 /nL4: 17 /nL5: 13 /nL6: 9
With this parameter you define the lower speed threshold for an MS. If the speed of the MS is lower than this th
cell (if any). One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km//h. If the value is zero, then the lower speed verifyin
With this parameter you define the threshold level for the maximum value of timing advance. If this threshold is
extended cell in the case of the Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and BTSplus, and to an outer cell or another c
With this parameter you determine the period after a call set-up or a handover during which the handover to a
With this parameter you define the minimum interval between handovers related to the same connection.
With this parameter you define the minimum interval between unsuccessful handover attempts related to the s
With this parameter you define the minimum time for handover attempt from a regular TRX to a super-reuse TR
from this particular super-reuse TRX to a regular TRX, when there has been a bad quality experience in this sup
With this parameter you define the minimum length of time interval between inter-system handover attempts r
when a handover attempt from the serving GSM cell to a non-GSM cell has been unsuccessful.
With this parameter you indicate the length of time interval between handover attempts when a HO attempt fro
With this parameter you define the threshold level of minimum value of timing advance. If this threshold is reac
cell in the case of the Talk-family, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and BTSplus, and to an inner or another cell in the case
With this parameter you indicate the new averaging window size of the serving cell and adjacent cell. A new av
serving cell signal is detected.
With this parameter you indicate the new number of zero results after the deep dropping edge in serving cell si
The parameters compare the MS-BS distance with the maximum allowed distance. Nx is the number of distance
handover decision.
The parameter is the averaging parameter for triggering the handover process because the MS is out of the cel
SACCH multiframes over which the averaging is done.
The parameters compare the MS-BS distance with the maximum allowed distance.
The parameters compare the MS-BS distance with the maximum allowed distance. Px is the number of distance
making a handover decision.
With this parameter you define the averaging window size for the MS speed indications from the BTS.
With this parameter you indicate the method used for MS speed detection algorithm./nNOTE: MML RANGE:/n0 (
micro layers),/n1-100 (variable window size feature is used and the parameter indicates the scaling factor for a
The parameter is used in threshold comparison between the averaged MS speed and the upper and lower spee
into account before the decision is possible. This parameter is common to both lower and upper speed threshol
The parameter is used in threshold comparison between the averaged MS speed and the upper and lower spee
averages that have to be lower//higher than the threshold, before a handover due to MS speed is possible. This
thresholds.
With this parameter you define the number of zero results that can be omitted when the measurement results o
With this parameter you define a threshold value for the estimated downlink signal level on non-BCCH layer for
exception is when the BCCH has been configured to GSM 1900 band in GSM800//GSM1900 Common BCCH cell.
signal level on GSM 1900 layer for allowing access to GSM 1900 BCCH layer.
With this parameter you define the total number of the averaged values of the signal strength downlink measur
With this parameter you define the number of averaged signal strength downlink measurements for triggering t
With this parameter you define the number of zero results which can be omitted when the measurement results
With these parameters you define the priority adjustment step for each of the 7 interference bands. The values
handover candidate. Value -8 disables the handover to the handover candidate./nNOTE: Range: Default values
1/nP3: 0/nP4: -1/nP5: -2/nP6: -5/nP7: -8
With this parameter you indicate a threshold for multi-RAT (radio access technology) MSs in dedicated state to m
Reselection list when the measured downlink signal level (RLA_C) of the serving cell is below (0-7) or above (8-1
dual mode GSM//WCDMA (multi-RAT) MSs in dedicated state measure always neighbour WCDMA RAN cell(s). If t
(multi-RAT) MSs in dedicated state do not measure any of the neighbour WCDMA RAN cells.
With this parameter you apply an offset to the reported value when prioritising GSM 1800 cells for reporting./nN
With this parameter you apply an offset to the reported value when prioritising GSM 1900 cells for reporting./nN
With this parameter you apply an offset to the reported value when prioritising GSM 850 cells for reporting./nNo
With this parameter you apply an offset to the reported value when prioritising GSM 900 cells for reporting./nNO
With this parameter you apply an offset to the reported value when prioritising FDD cells for reporting./nMML N
step)/nNetAct NOTE: /nRelated features, when not using File Based Plan Provisioning:/nInter System HO (ISHO S
Measurement Report (EMR) (67) (optional) OR NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional) )
With this parameter you define a reporting rate for the remaining measured neighbouring cells that do not fit in
(SACCH rate),/n1 (reduced rate but at least once in four consecutive reports)
With this parameter you apply priority reporting if the reported signal level of the GSM 1800 band neighbouring
With this parameter you apply priority reporting if the reported signal level of the GSM 1900 band neighbouring
With this parameter you apply priority reporting if the reported signal level of the GSM 850 band neighbouring c
With this parameter you apply priority reporting if the reported signal level of the GSM 900 band neighbouring c
With this parameter you apply priority reporting if the reported measurement quantity of the neighbouring cell
NOTE:/nRelated features, when not using File Based Plan Provisioning:/nInter System HO (ISHO Support In BSC)
Report (EMR) (67) (optional) OR NC Cell Re-selection (85) (optional) )
With this parameter you define a threshold value for the measured downlink signal level on non-BCCH layer for
exception is when the BCCH has been configured to GSM1900 band in GSM800//GSM1900 Common BCCH cell.
downlink signal level on GSM 1900 layer for a moving MS from GSM 1900 BCCH layer to GSM 800 layer.
With this parameter you define the number of cells from the serving GSM frequency band that shall be included
With this parameter you define the timing advance threshold when call is handed over from extended area to s
SMAX./n/nNOTE: The parameter is only available for Flexi EDGE and BTSplus.
With this parameter you define the timing advance threshold when call is handed over from super extended are
SMIN./nNOTE: The parameter is only available for Flexi EDGE and BTSplus.
The parameter compares the downlink C//I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover from the supe
into account before a decision is possible.
comparisons that have to be greater than or equal to the threshold before a handover is possible.
The parameter is used for comparing the downlink signal level of the super-reuse TRX for triggering the handov
taken into account before the handover decision is possible.
comparisons where the downlink signal level has to be lower or equal to the threshold before the handover dec
With this parameter you define the method which will be used in the handover evaluation procedure when the h
for Intelligent Underlay-Overlay (IUO) or the downlink signal level for Intelligent Coverage Enhancement (ICE)./n
MAX (maximum taking method for IUO), ICE (handover support for ICE), NONE (IUO or ICE is not in use for this c
optional features. Parameter values AVE and MAX are visible if the optional feature Intelligent Underlay Overlay
Coverage Enhancement is enabled. Value NONE is always visible.
The parameter compares the downlink C//I ratio on a super-reused TRX for triggering a handover to the super-re
account before a decision is possible.
comparisons that have to be greater than or equal to the threshold before a handover is possible.
The parameter is used for comparing the downlink signal level for triggering a handover to the super-reuse TRX
before the handover decision is possible.
the downlink signal level has to be greater or equal to the threshold before a handover decision is possible.
With this parameter you define the upper speed threshold for an MS. If the speed of the MS is higher than this t
adjacent cell (if any). One parameter step equals the speed of 2 km//h. If the value is zero, the upper speed ver
With this parameter you define the window size for averaging the signal quality, signal level and distance meas
With this parameter you define the minimum traffic load that must be exceeded on the serving GSM cell before
a speech call from the serving GSM cell to a WCDMA RAN cell.
With this parameter you define the duration of a handover penalty timer that has been triggered on a serving G
RAN cell penalty timer is ticking, the BSC is not allowed to initiate an Inter-System Handover attempt from the s
Inter-System Handovers towards the adjacent WCDMA RAN cell may occur from another serving GSM cell that d
SubTimeslot of the PCM where the LAPD link will be created./nValue range and step:/nBitRate 8 kBit//s: 0..7/nBit
kBit//s: Not Defined/nNOTE:/nNetAct internal value range:/nBitRate 8 kBit//s: UI value/nBitRate 16 kBit//s: UI val
PCM where the LAPD link has been created/nNOTE: /n2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area
Timeslot of the PCM where the LAPD link has been created
Administrative State of the object. Note that, when using file based activation method in plan provisioning, LAP
regardless of the planned value.
With this parameter you define the LAPD Link bit rate.
With this parameter you define whether the O&M and telecom LAPD links are allocated to the same Abis PCM ti
MML interface/nNOTE: Use dChannelType parameter instead of this parameter from S14.1 onwards.
With this parameter you define whether or not the O&M and telecom LAPD links are allocated to the same Abis
link./nParameter is used instead of the combinedSignalling parameter from S14.1 onwards./nNOTE: Platform MM
Identification (ID) of LAPD Link. Also used as LAPD Link Number.
With this parameter you define Base station Controller Signalling Unit (BCSU) which will be controlling LAPD link
creating a new LAPD object and operator wants to totally pass the automated BCSU selection algorithm in BSC.
specific physical BCSU unit at a specific time. In case of BCSU switchover value will be referring to the new activ
parameter the system will not make any checks for this parameter but the user is responsible to make sure tha
NW Name and Name of LAPD object.
With this parameter you define the used predefined parameter set of LAPD in LAPD creation for BTSplus site typ
mandatory if site type is BTSplus.
TRX SIG LAPD Link Name for TRX O&M Link in case of Prime Site. In case of MetroSite or InSite SIG LAPD Link Na
With this parameter you define the service access point identifier that corresponds to the LAPD Link object.
Terminal end point identifier TEI = 1 for O&M LAPD and for Signalling LAPD it is the TRX ID.
With this parameter you define the ground level altitude for coordinates, in metres.
With this parameter you define the antenna direction in degrees, referred to North direction.
With this parameter you specify the height of the antenna in metres, measured above the ground level.
With this parameter you define the half power beam width (3 dB angle) of the antenna in the horizontal plane.
With this parameter you define the frequency of the BCCH. BCCH Frequency is used to identify frequency which
segments./nMML NOTE: /nRequired on creation: Optional/nMML NOTE:/nObligatory in creation when LCSE not co
corresponding cell.
BSIC = Bs Identity Code/nWith this parameter you define the BTS colour code which is part of the base transcei
creation: Optional/nMML NOTE:/nObligatory in creation when LCSE is not connected to any segment, otherwise
BSIC = Bs Identity Code/nWith this parameter you define the network colour code which is part of the base tran
on creation: Optional/nMML NOTE:/nObligatory in creation when LCSE is not connected to any segment, otherw
The parameter indicates the landscape value of the cell. The parameter is used in location calculation.
Identification of LCSE object. Format: LAC (5 char) and CI of corresponding BTS. E.g. '123 23'/nNOTE: No MML i
With this parameter you define the degrees of latitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the fractions of latitude seconds for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the minutes of latitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the seconds of latitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the sign of latitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
Cell identification. Needed for saving the IcsGlobalID parameter of the LCSE. Can be used for changing the LCSE
be given only in modification
Location area code. Needed for saving the IcsGlobalID parameter of the LCSE. Can be used for changing the LC
be given only in modification
With this parameter you define the degrees of longitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the fractions of longitude seconds for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the minutes of longitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the seconds of longitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna.
With this parameter you define the sign of longitude for the BCCH BTS TX-antenna./nPositive sign means degree
west hemisphere.
With this parameter you define the maximum power radiated at the output of the transmit antenna.
With this parameter you define the distance from the repeater below which the repeater is serving in 99% of th
transmit antenna./nMML NOTE: Default value: ND (not defined (4294967295))
With this parameter you define the distance from the BTS below which the BTS is serving in 99% of the cases./n
With this parameter you define the frame number offset for FN phasing used in BSS synchronisation./nNOTE:/nW
modification can be made online if synchronisation of lmu area's BCF is disabled.
With this parameter you define the identification for the LMU area to be created. LMU area is used for Synchron
With this parameter you define the base control function of the LMU equipment./nNOTE: MML Range:/nThe rang
corresponding options./nNOTE:/nLMU Equipment BCF ID cannot be modified. If you want to change the LMU Equ
create it again with the new LMU Equipment BCF ID that needs to be an existing BCF ID.
With this parameter you define the transmission equipment index. The equipment type is always 'Unspecified t
case of MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus and Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: value 18 is the only possible one
With this parameter you define the Time Slot Offset for FN phasing, which is used in BSS synchronisation./nNOT
modification can be made online if synchronisation of LMU area's BCF is disabled.
MML description:/nWith this parameter you define the frequency to be added to the mobile allocation frequency
frequencies in one mobile allocation frequency list is 63. The maximum number of frequencies in one DFCA MA
parameter you define the frequencies belonging to the mobile allocation frequency list./nNOTE: Range:/nGSM 8
1800: 512...885/nGSM 1900: 512...810/nMML NOTE: BCCH frequency must not be included in the list.
With this parameter you define the type of the mobile allocation frequency list. The value depends on the frequ
900, GSM 1800 or GSM 1900.
With this parameter you identify the mobile allocation frequency list or the DFCA MA frequency list you are crea
list)/n1 ... 32 (DFCA MA frequency list, with DFCA activated)/nNetAct NOTE:/nWith this parameter you identify th
MA frequency list you are creating./nMAL ID range 1...32 in BSC MML corresponds to MALD object range 1...32 i
With this parameter you define group id of DFCA MA list. The frequencies can be reused on DFCA MA lists which
DFCA MA lists can be done for locations with different need that are apart from eachother as frequency checkin
control interference between channels that are using DFCA MA lists that belong to different DFCA MA list groups
network planning and configuring phase.
With this parameter you define the usage of DFCA MA list. /nThe values are CS, PS and CSPS./nCS: DFCA MA Lis
DFCA MA List is for both CS and PS usage.
MML description:/nWith this parameter you define the frequency to be added to the mobile allocation frequency
frequencies in one mobile allocation frequency list is 63./nNetAct description:/nWith this parameter you define t
list./nNOTE:/nRange:/nGSM 800: 128..251/nGSM 900: 1..124 and 975..1023, 0/nGSM 1800: 512..885/nGSM 190
must not be included in the list./nNOTE: /nMML managed object class: MA/nNetAct managed object class: MALD
With this parameter you define the type of the mobile allocation frequency list. The value depends on the frequ
900, GSM 1800 or GSM 1900./nNOTE: /nMML managed object class: MA/nNetAct managed object class: MALD
With this parameter you identify the ID of MALD (DFCA MA list) object in NetAct./nNOTE: /nMML managed objec
DFCA MA list state indicates if the list is ready for use or if it is only created but not yet employed by the DFCA a
managed object class: MALD
With this parameter you define the type of the BCCH frequency list. The value depends on the frequency band u
1800, GSM 1900, or MULTI./nNOTE:/nMML range: /n800, 900, 1800, 1900, MULTI/nMML modification: read-only
Identification (ID) of MBAL object./nNOTE:/nNo MML Interface.
With this parameter you define the frequencies belonging to a Measurement BA List. /nAllowed range depends
900: 1..124 and 975..1023, 0/nGSM 1800: 512..885/nGSM 1900: 512..810/nMULTI: 1...124, 128...251 <option>
MML interface.
With this parameter you identify the local user datagram protocol (UDP) port number./nNOTE: Range: 50000...6
given./nThis parameter can be given only when creating the first NSVL to the NSE.
With this parameter you identify the network service entity. The NSEI is used in the BSS and SGSN to determine
/nThe value must be the same in the BSS and in the SGSN and also unique within the BSC.
This parameter defines the used wild card mask in the NSEs NRI. Wild card mask is used in PCU for masking si
to given NRI. Example:/n- user gives NRI 10011 => nse_nri_mask = 1111111111/n- user gives NRI *****11010
selected (other than the default value), it cannot be changed./nNetAct NOTE: BSC will copy this value from corr
This parameter saves the status of the NSE. If the operator uses the MML command 'Prevent SGSN data transm
'Data transmission is prevented to SGSN'. When the operator allows the transmission again by using the MML c
the value of this parameter to 'Data transmission is allowed to SGSN'.
With this parameter you indicate transmission type of NSE in Gb interface. Type can be IP or Frame Relay which
NSVC//NSVL created to the NSE by the user.
This parameter maps the NRI to the NSE. A maximum of 16 NRIs can be mapped to one NSE. Each NRI contains
forms the NSE NRI MASK according to the given NRI. Example:/n- user gives NRI 10011 => nse_nri_mask = 111
0000011111/nNOTE! Once mask is selected for the first time, it cannot be changed./nNetAct NOTE: BSC will cop
upload.
This parameter defines the null NRI used in the PSE. The Null NRI parameter indicates to PCU that the load bala
MS./nNOTE: In addition to Multipoint Gb licence, also the PRFILE parameter PS NULL NRI SUPPORT has to be ena
Although PS NULL NRI SUPPORT would be disabled in the BSC, and PS NULL NRI parameter is modified by NetAc
BSC will copy this value from corresponding parameter in NSVL in upload.
This parameter defines which load balancing method is used in PSE. /nNOTE: The parameter is updated to the P
same PSEI-parameter have the same value in this parameter./nNetAct NOTE: BSC will copy this value from corre
BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP).
This parameter defines the administrative state of the object. The last NSVC of the NSE can be locked only if th
forced parameter is not used).
With this parameter you define the committed information rate./nNOTE: MML RANGE: /nETSI: 16..1984 (kbit//s,
kbit//s)
With this parameter you identify the data link connection identifier.
With this parameter you identify the network service virtual connection./nThe value must be the same and uniq
the automatically created NSVCI values do not have to be the same nor unique in the BSS and SGSN.
With this parameter you identify the network service entity. The NSEI is used in the BSS and SGSN to determine
value has to be the same and unique in the BSS and SGSN. The maximum number of NSEIs in one PCU unit is 1
With this parameter you give a name to the network service virtual connection. The name must be unique in th
character string including characters A-Z, 0-9, hyphen (-) or underscore (_). /nNOTE:/nThe first character must b
With this parameter you identify the remote data weight for static configuration. /nData Weight must be given i
SGSN IP Endpoint parameter value is 'false'.
With this parameter you identify the Remote DNS name. The parameter is alternative with Remote IP Address V
including characters A-Z, 0-9 , hyphen (-) and dot (.) The maximum length of the name is 110 characters. /nMM
This parameter represents the IP address./nFor IPv4 value range and format is '0..255.0..255.0..255.0..255' and
values)/n'0..FFFF:0..FFFF:0..FFFF:0..FFFF:0..FFFF:0..FFFF:0..FFFF:0..FFFF'. /nEmbedded IPv4 addresses are not su
Remote Host Name. /nNOTE: both IP address types are entered in quotation marks.
This parameter identifies the type of the IP address (IPv4//IPv6)./nNOTE: No MML Interface
With this parameter you identify the permanent virtual circuit. In the IP dynamic configuration the automatically
unique in the BSS and SGSN. /nNOTE: The value must be unique in the BSC.
With this parameter you identify the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number./nNOTE: Range: 50000...65535
given./nNOTE:/nThis parameter is mandatory in creation when creating first NSVL to NSE
With this parameter you identify the network service entity. The NSEI is used in the BSC and SGSN to determine
has to be the same and unique in the BSC and SGSN.
With this parameter you give a name to the network service virtual link. /nNote: The first character must be a le
parameter NS-VL does not have a name./n(A..Z, 0..9, - and _)
This parameter defines the used wild card mask in the NSEs NRIs. Wild card mask is used in PCU for masking s
to given the NRI. Example:/n- user gives NRI 10011 => nse_nri_mask = 1111111111/n- user gives NRI *****110
selected for the first time, it cannot be changed./nNOTE: This is only a creation parameter, you can set the valu
This value is ignored in case the NSE already exists for the NSVL. The parameter can only be modified by modif
Upload will not have this parameter for NSVL.
With this parameter you identify whether the SGSN IP endpoint is dynamic (preconfigured) or static. If the param
parameter is set to No, the configuration is static. This parameter can be given only when creating the first NSV
creation when creating first NSVL to NSE
This parameter maps the NRI to the NSE. A maximum of 16 NRIs can be mapped to one NSE. Each NRI contains
forms the NSE NRI MASK according to the given NRI. Example:/n- user gives NRI 10011 => nse_nri_mask = 111
0000011111/nNOTE: Once mask is selected for the first time, it cannot be changed./nNetAct NOTE: Upload will
This parameter defines the null NRI used in the PSE. The Null NRI parameter indicates to PCU that the load bala
/nNOTE: In addition to Multipoint Gb licence, also the PRFILE parameter PS NULL NRI SUPPORT has to be enable
Although PS NULL NRI SUPPORT would be disabled in the BSC, and PS NULL NRI parameter is modified by NetAc
only a creation parameter, you can set the value for the parameter when creating the first NSVL for the NSE. Th
NSVL. The parameter can be modified only by modifying this value in the corresponding NSE./nNetAct NOTE: Up
This parameter defines which load balancing method is used in the PSE. The parameter is updated to the PSE o
you can set the value for the parameter when creating the first NSVL for the NSE. This value is ignored in case t
modified only by modifying this value in the corresponding NSE./nNetAct NOTE: Upload will not have this param
BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP).
With this parameter you identify the remote signalling weight for static configuration./nSignalling Weight must b
configured SGSN IP Endpoint parameter value is 'false'.
With this parameter you identify the remote user datagram protocol (UDP) port number. The UDP Port field is m
located at the SGSN. The parameter cannot be modified in the BSC./nNOTE: Range 50000...65535 is highly reco
parameter is not given, the system will sets it as 50000.
Identification (ID) of PCM object./nNOTE: /n2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1 administration area/nNOTE: No
With this parameter you identify the base station signalling unit where the physical PCU card is installed and wh
created./nNOTE: /nRange 0..6 for BSC3i 660 /nRange 0..10 for BSC3i 2000/nRange 0..6 for Flexi BSC/nRange 0..
With this parameter the NetAct user gets information whether the PCU has been configured for Frame Relay or
With this parameter you identify the packet control unit logical index of the physical card./nNOTE: The old Full n
This parameter identifies the PCU object in the BSC.
With this parameter system informs user whether or not DLDC information of all BTSs using this PCU is updated
NOTE: The parameter is only shown in outputs.
This parameter describes the plug-in unit type.
BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP)./nNOTE:/nThis parameter is used to attach the PCU object to Packet
or to move a single PCU object (PCU using Gb over IP) to the existing PCP. A PCU attached to a pool containing s
this parameter, PCU deletion // creation scenarios have to be used instead.
With this parameter you describe the binary representation of the parameter a./nNOTE: MML Range:/n0: a=0.0/
MML Default:/n7: a=0.7 for GSM 800 and GSM 900 band,/n8: a=0.8 for GSM 1800 and GSM 1900 band
With this parameter you define the bit error probability filter averaging period for EGPRS channel quality measu
With this parameter you identify the maximum transmission power of the BTS as an attenuation from the peak
bands GSM 800 and GSM 900. The total attenuation for GSM 800 and GSM 900 band TRXs is BS TX pwr max (PM
no InSite type support, but it still has some requirements with reference to InSite. If InSite base station's transm
output power (18dB), the BTS will use its minimum transmission power.
With this parameter you identify the maximum transmission power of the BTS as an attenuation from the peak
bands GSM 1800 and GSM 1900. The total attenuation for GSM 1800 and GSM 1900 band TRXs is BS TX pwr ma
parameter has no InSite type support, but it still has some requirements with reference to InSite. If InSite base s
its maximum output power (22dB), the BTS will use its minimum transmission power.
With this parameter you identify the minimum transmission power of the BTS as an attenuation from the peak p
(PMAX1) + bs tx pwr offset (POFF) or bs tx pwr max1x00 (PMAX2) + bs tx pwr offset (POFF)) must be lower than
parameter has no InSite type support, but it still has some requirements with reference to InSite./nIf the InSite b
maximum output power of the InSite BTS (GSM 900=18dB, GSM 1800//1900=22dB), the BTS will use its minimu
With this parameter you identify a transmission power attenuation offset for non-BCCH Super-Reuse TRXs of the
Coverage Enhancement (HSCE) feature is active in the segment. /nThe total attenuation is (bs tx pwr max (PMA
+ bs tx pwr offset(POFF))./nNOTE: This parameter has no InSite type support, but it still has some requirements
power has been attenuated more than its maximum output power (GSM 900=18dB, GSM 1800//1900=22dB), th
With this parameter you define the derived handover power security margin./nThis parameter is only relevant i
with adjacent cell parameter Enable Derived Handover Power. With this parameter you define a value that is ad
calculated based on RXLEV and C//I criteria. It is applied as a safety margin that is supposed to equalize possibl
entities./nNOTE: Parameter is valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you switch on and off the automatic link adaptation function where the channel coding is c
With this parameter you define the estimated downlink interference in those areas of the cell where incoming b
only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you describe the binary representation of the parameter T ch for MS output power control./
(GSM 1800 and GSM 1900)
Identification (ID) of POC object./nNOTE: No MML interface.
With this parameter you define the maximum power reduction, in downlink direction, that is ordered via the Ha
valid only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you define the maximum power reduction, in uplink direction, that is ordered via the Hando
only for BTSplus site type
With this parameter you determine the time interval between two consecutive automatic link adaptation proced
kbit//s and 9.6 kbit//s.
procedure./nThis parameter indicates the weighting factor for measurements that have not used Discontinuous
DTX measurements for the weighting factor./nValue 3 indicates the highest weighting factor.
The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength downlink measurements for the power control p
SACCH periods.
The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength uplink measurements for the power control pro
SACCH periods.
The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength downlink measurements for the power control p
SACCH periods.
measurements for the weighting factor./nValue 3 indicates the highest weighting factor.
The parameter calculates averaged values from signal strength uplink measurements for the power control pro
SACCH periods.
With this parameter you indicate whether the BTS power control is enabled.
With this parameter you define the minimum interval between the changes in the radio frequency power level.
With this parameter you define the step size for increasing the transmission power of the mobile station.
The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality downlink measurements for triggering the powe
have to be taken into account before a power increase decision.
lower than the threshold before making a power increase decision.
The parameters compare the averaged values of signal quality uplink measurements for triggering the power c
be taken into account before a power increase decision.
than the threshold before making a power increase decision.
The parameter is used for comparing the averaged values of the signal quality uplink and downlink measureme
connections. Nx: Number of averages taken into account before a power increase decision is possible.
connections. Px: Number of averages out of total averages that have to be greater than or equal to the thresho
connections. Rx qual: Threshold level for power increase.
have to be taken into account before a power increase decision.
lower than the threshold before making a power increase decision.
power increase.
be taken into account before a power increase decision.
than the threshold before making a power increase decision.
increase.
power increase.
increase.
With this parameter you define the step size for reducing the transmission power of the mobile station.
have to be taken into account before the power reduction decision.
lower than the threshold before making a power reduction decision.
be taken into account before the power reduction decision.
than the threshold before making a power reduction decision.
have to be taken into account before the power reduction decision.
lower than the threshold before making a power reduction decision.
power reduction.
be taken into account before the power reduction decision.
than the threshold before making a power reduction decision.
reduction.
power reduction.
reduction.
With this parameter you enable or disable the MS power decrease due to signal quality with the defined variabl
level is lower than the optimum uplink RF signal level and the averaged signal quality equals the quality thresh
power decrease step.
With this parameter you determine the MS and BTS power levels for automatic link adaptation function, where t
kbit//s.
With this parameter you define the maximum allowed power decrease step size. This step size limit is used whe
quality, and the averaged uplink signal quality (bit error rate) is lower than 0.2%.
quality, and averaged uplink signal quality (bit error rate) is between 0.2% and 0.4%.
quality, and averaged uplink signal quality (bit error rate) is higher than 0.4%.
With this parameter you control the signal strength filter period for power control in the packet transfer mode.
With this parameter you control the signal strength filter period for power control in the packet idle mode.
With this parameter you can define the amount of BCCH TRX transmit power reduction.
The identifier (ID) of RA (Routing Area) the object. /nFormat: '%-5[0-65533]d%[0-255]d/nIn practice a string con
= 12, then the RA ID = '105 12'./nNOTE: No MML interface.
With this parameter you define the network service entity identifiers of the routing area.
With this parameter you identify the location area code number./nNOTE: /nRouting Area Identification (RAI = MC
cells./nMML NOTE: Modification: Online
With this parameter you identify the mobile country code number./nNOTE: Routing Area Identification (RAI = MC
cells./nNOTE: Range: 0..999/nMML NOTE: Modification: Online
With this parameter you identify the mobile network code number./nNOTE: /nRouting Area Identification (RAI =
cells./nNOTE: Range:/n0...99/n0...999 OPTIONAL (Three Digit MNC)/nMNC length must be always three digits if M
346, 348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732 /nMML NOTE: Modification: Online
With this parameter you identify the routing area code number./nNOTE: /nRouting Area Identification (RAI = MC
cells./nMML NOTE: Modification: Online
With this parameter you define Home Mobile Country Code of the Subscriber Group./nNOTE: Range: 0..999
With this parameter you define Home Mobile Network Code of the Subscriber Group/nMNC length must be alwa
338, 342, 344, 346, 348, 365, 376, 708, 722 or 732 /nNOTE: Range: 0..999
With this parameter you define the Authorised Networks which the Subscriber Group is using.
With this parameter you define a unique identifier number for a Subscriber Group.
With this parameter you define a unique name for a Subscriber Group./nNote: Input of both numeric and alphab
With this parameter you define whether all neighbour WCDMA cells are filtered out from mobile specific handov
based handovers to neighbour WCDMA cells are allowed for the mobiles of the Subscriber Group)/nN (IMSI base
the mobiles of the Subscriber Group)/nMML default: N
Identification (ID) of SMLC object./nNOTE: No MML interface.
With this parameter you define the LCS ignore limit in percents. If the processor average load is equal or over th
With this parameter you define the PBS half rate limit in percents. If the average load of the processor is equal
PBS is halved.
With this parameter you define the PBS stop limit in percents. If the processor average load is equal or over this
With this parameter you define the highest response time. The highest response time is the total amount of tim
time given by MSC is set to 'delay tolerant' or 'not given'.
With this parameter you define the lowest response time. The lowest response time is the total amount of time
time given by MSC is set to 'low delay'.
With this parameter you define a mapping entry index which is an indication of a mapping relation between a lo
SPC mapping info.
With this parameter you define the location area code which will be mapped with a signalling point code.
This parameter identifies the transport module of the network element. /nThe value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the account manager. The value is always 1.
This parameter specifies the access mode for the LDAP server(s) of the BTS. Values are 'TLS' (allow only secure
unsecured and TLS secured connections).
This parameter holds the port number of the primary LDAP server.
This parameter specifies the IP address of the primary LDAP server. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
Identifies the specific antenna line.
Defines if antenna line DC power is enabled//disabled for an antenna line. The DC power is enabled by default (
parameter is the most relevant for AL DC power
Identifies the specific antenna port in Flexi Radio Module for antenna line.
The total delay of all the passive units of an antenna line can be entered into this parameter, which is then used
BTS Site Manager.
This parameter contains the total loss calculated from the feederLoss and passive units.
Defines if the device scan functionality is enabled//disabled for a capable 3GPP antenna line. The scan is enable
an AL).
Defines the voltage level supplied to the antenna line. The values entered for this parameter depend on the MH
BTS1 Automatic value (Manual voltage override is allowed: possible values [0 V // +12 V// +24V// +28 V (+24 //
module type)]), BTS2 12 /n/nNon-AISG Other (3rd party) MHA: 0 (The user can change the line voltage to 12V. /n
used.
Identifies the specific Flexi Radio module for an antenna line.
Defines the product code of the unit in question.

Defines a VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) major alarm level.
Defines a VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) minor alarm level.
An operator defined state for operator specific usage.
Antenna direction
Absolute coordinate of the Antenna.
Absolute coordinate of the antenna.
Toggling alarm amount defines amount of alarms limit in time (time and amount values) when the alarm is decl
Duration time when the toggling alarm is no longer toggling (alarm either active or cleared). If the alarm is activ
Duration time when the alarm is toggling (alarm either active or cleared). The toggling alarm condition time is u
condition.
BTS Fault name defined in RISE. The same name can be found in the BTS alarm documentation. This parameter
enums: hw_faultId_faultName. NOTE: There are some special marks indicating usually dynamic part in the fault
visible for the operator.
Defines is the toggling suppression used for this BTS fault and alarming HW resource pair.
Defines the BTS in question.
This parameter can be used for identification of the BTS.
Defines the cabinet type. The allowed value for Flexi LTE BTS is 19.
Defines the usage of the external 2.048MHz synchronisation reference.
Sets the cancellation delay for the alarm
Defines the external alarm description.
Defines the external alarm lines. module, inUse, description, polarity, severity, startDelay and cancelDelay mus
Defines if a particular EAC line is in use or not in use.
Defines the module where EAC inputs are commissioned. The allowed modules are FSM1, FR1, FR2, and FR3
Defines the used polarity of the external alarm line: normally open or normally closed. Normally_open: when th
when the connector is closed, there is an alarm.
Defines the seriousness of the external alarm condition in question. Minor = 1 Major = 2 Critical = 3
Sets the activation delay for the alarm
Defines the external control description.
This parameter defines the cell delay variation tolerance for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the egress direc
UBR+ VPC is defined by its Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR) and Peak Cell Rate (PCR). User traffic is able to u
optional parameter for UBR+ connections and it is used to define a long-term target for a minimum service gua
This parameter defines the peak cell rate allowed for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the egress direction.
ATM termination point service category.
This parameter specifies if traffic is shaped on VP level before leaving the system.
This parameter enables and disables the use of Directed Retry of AMR call Inter-system Handover./nIf the value
in case of UTRAN congestion, in order to improve the setup of AMR calls./nIf the value is 'Disabled', then AMR ca
This parameter defines the cancellation threshold (DL_DPCH_TXPWR_THRESHOLD+DLDPCHTxPwrClOffset) for t
This parameter identifies the FMCG (object for inter-system Frequency Measurement Control) uniquely within RN
This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSM caused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec//No of the se
the RNC shall set up an intra-frequency CPICH Ec//No measurement in order to monitor the absolute CPICH Ec//
of the intra-frequency CPICH Ec//No measurement are defined by the Intra-frequency Measurement Control para
This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSM caused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP of the serv
the RNC shall set up an intra-frequency CPICH RSCP measurement in order to monitor the absolute CPICH RSCP
the intra-frequency CPICH RSCP measurement are defined by the Intra-frequency Measurement Control parame
This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSM caused by high downlink DPCH TX power is enabled./nDo
determined on service-by-service basis.
This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSM caused by high UE TX power level is enabled./nUE TX pow
service-by-service basis.
This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSM caused by bad uplink DCH quality is enabled.
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a CS voice connection. /nWhen the hand
the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a single radio link
relative to the allocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a CS data connection. When the handove
RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a single radio link reac
relative to the allocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a non-real time PS data connection. Whe
enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a single r
threshold is relative to the allocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a real time PS data connection. When the
enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a single r
The maximum number of periodical inter-RAT (GSM) measurement reports determines the maximum allowed du
execute the handover to GSM, it stops the GSM measurement after the UE has sent the predefined number of m
This parameter determines the maximum number of periodical inter-RAT (GSM) measurement reports (maximum
calculates the averaged GSM RSSI values for the handover decision algorithm.
This parameter determines the measurement reporting interval for periodical inter-RAT (GSM) measurements.
This parameter determines the minimum interval between a successful inter-RAT handover from GSM to UTRAN
related to the same RRC connection.
This parameter determines the minimum interval between an unsuccessful inter-RAT (GSM) measurement or ha
procedure related to the same RRC connection.
This parameter defines the minimum interval between a successful service- or load-based inter-RAT handover f
RAT handover attempt back to GSM, related to the same RRC connection./nThis parameter is effective if the orig
one.
This parameter determines the number of periodical inter-RAT (GSM) measurement reports, starting from the fir
handover to GSM is not possible. This period allows the UE to find and report all potential GSM neighbour cells b
In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layer measurement period for UE TX power measurements is 1 slot. The
of physical layer UE TX power measurements before the event evaluation and measurement reporting is perfor
3GPP TS 25.331 RRC Protocol Specification, section Filter Coefficient.
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a CS voice connection. If the handover to GSM cause
RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches this threshold. The UE TX power
can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE, whichever is lower).
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a CS data connection. If the handover to GSM caused
RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches this threshold. The UE TX power
can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE, whichever is lower).
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a non-real time PS data connection. If the handover t
starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches this threshold. The U
level an UE can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE, whichever i
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a real time PS data connection. If the handover to GS
starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches this threshold. The U
If the handover to GSM caused by high UE TX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements
predefined threshold. If the UE TX power goes down again (after the UE TX power threshold has once triggered)
period during which the UE TX power must stay below the UE TX power threshold before the RNC calls off the G
The parameter indicates whether the IMSI based inter-RAT handover and cell change to GSM//GPRS are enabled
change to GSM//GPRS is not allowed/n1: IMSI based inter-RAT handover and cell change to GSM//GPRS are enab
change is enabled
This parameter indicates whether an inter-system handover cancellation caused by a CPICH Ec//No exceeding
'0', the ISHO cancellation due to CPICH Ec//No is disabled./nIf the value is '1', the ISHO cancellation due to CPIC
This parameter indicates whether an inter-system handover cancellation caused by a CPICH RSCP exceeding th
the ISHO cancellation due to CPICH RSCP exceeding the cancellation threshold is disabled./nIf the value is '1', th
cancellation threshold is enabled.
This parameter indicates whether an inter-system handover cancellation caused by a low measured Downlink D
value is '0', the ISHO cancellation due to low measured Downlink DPCH Transmission power level is disabled./nI
Downlink DPCH Transmission power level is enabled.
This parameter indicates whether an inter-system handover cancellation caused by UE Transmission power dec
the value is '0', the ISHO cancellation due to UE Transmission power is disabled./nIf the value is '1', the ISHO ca
The feature Multiple BSIC identification requires a method to supervise the identification measurements of the U
identification measurements per cell; the unit should be seconds. If during this time no handover succeeded, th
This parameter identifies the FMCI (object for inter-frequency Frequency Measurement Control) uniquely within
This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequency handover caused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec//No
handover is enabled, the RNC shall set up an intra-frequency CPICH Ec//No measurement in order to monitor th
measurement reporting criteria of the intra-frequency CPICH Ec//No measurement are defined by the Intra-frequ
This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequency handover caused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP o
handover is enabled, the RNC shall set up an intra-frequency CPICH RSCP measurement in order to monitor the
reporting criteria of the intra-frequency CPICH RSCP measurement are defined by the Intra-frequency Measurem
This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequency handover caused by high downlink DPCH TX power is enab
frequency handover is determined on service-by-service basis.
This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequency handover caused by high UE TX power level is enabled./nU
determined on service-by-service basis.
This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequency handover caused by bad uplink DCH quality is enabled.
The parameter indicates whether the IMSI based inter-frequency handover is enabled in the cell. The paramete
frequency handover is not allowed/n1: IMSI based inter-frequency handover is enabled/n2: Immediate IMSI base
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a CS voice connection. When the inter-fre
enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a single ra
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a CS data connection. When the inter-fre
enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a single ra
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a non-real time PS data connection. Whe
power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a
power threshold is relative to the allocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.
This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TX power threshold for a real time PS data connection. When the
power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TX power of a
power threshold is relative to the allocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.
The maximum number of periodical inter-frequency measurement reports determines the maximum allowed du
able to execute an inter-frequency handover, it shall stop the inter-frequency measurement after the UE has se
RNC.
This parameter determines the maximum number of periodical inter-frequency measurement reports (maximum
calculates the averaged CPICH Ec//No and RSCP values for the decision algorithm of the inter-frequency handov
This parameter determines the measurement reporting interval for periodical inter-frequency measurements.
This parameter determines the minimum interval between a successful inter-frequency handover and the follow
RRC connection.
This parameter determines the minimum interval between an unsuccessful inter-frequency measurement or ha
measurement procedure related to the same RRC connection.
This parameter defines the minimum interval between a successful service- or load-based inter-frequency hand
related to the same RRC connection./nThis parameter is effective inside the same RNC but also in the target RN
be a service- or load-based one.
This parameter determines the number of periodical inter-frequency measurement reports, starting from the fir
frequency handover is not allowed. This period allows the UE to find and report all potential neighbouring cells b
With this parameter you define the signalling point code which will be mapped with a location area code.
Name of the card./nNOTE: No MML interface.
This attribute describes the hardware of the card./nNOTE: No MML interface.
Identification (ID) of TCSM object./nNOTE: No MML interface.
Identifies a 2 Mbits//s PCM circuit./nNOTE: /nRange 0..255 (GSWB), /n0..1023 (GSW1KB), /n2048..3391 (OC-3//T
interface.
Indicates the type of the PCM (full rate// half rate// dual rate)/nNOTE: No RNW-MML interface.
This parameter defines type of the transcoder./nNOTE: No RNW MML interface.
With this parameter you define the text ID number of a text string./nNOTE:/nMML Range: 1..200/n0 removes the
With this parameter you define the text string associated with external outputs and inputs./nAllowed characters
space./nYou can delete a text string by leaving the text field empty inside the quotation marks. The delete oper
BCF(s)./nNOTE: The parameter is valid only for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio site types./n
Identification (ID) of TRE (Transmission Equipment) object./nNOTE: TRE ID value range is 0..65534 when TRE is
TRE is controlled by BTS and site type is MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE or Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: TRE ID valu
type is Talk-family or PrimeSite./nNOTE: Only TRE id value 1 is used by system when site type is BTSplus. TRE w
MML interface.
NOTE:/nService Channel Number is not used when TRE is controlled by base station (TRE is as a BCF child objec
Address>
Identification (ID) of TRE (Transmission Equipment) object./nNOTE: TRE ID value range is 0..65534 when TRE is
TRE is controlled by BTS and site type is MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE or Flexi Multiradio./nNOTE: TRE ID valu
type is Talk-family or PrimeSite./nNOTE: Only TRE id value 1 is used by system when site type is BTSplus. TRE w
MML interface.
NOTE:/nService Channel Number is not used when TRE is controlled by base station (TRE is as a BCF child objec
Address>
Decision Threshold Values are used in the Trunk Reservation service request acceptance procedure.
Identification of a Trunk Reservation Decision Threshold Table in a BSC.
Upper limit for the random value that is used in the Trunk Reservation algorithm.
With this parameter you identify the state into which the administrative state of the object will be changed./nNO
default:/nL
With this parameter you define whether the TRX is created to be autoconfigured./nNOTE: The parameter is only
Flexi Multiradio.
This parameter indicates whether baseband unit controlling of TRX supports EDGE./nMML NOTE: The parameter
the TRX is in a MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE, BTSplus or Flexi Multiradio BTS.
With this parameter you indicate which binary outputs are in the ON and OFF state. The outputs are identified b
NOTE: MML Range: 4 ON//OFF type outputs. Default: all outputs OFF
U/nMML managed object class: RTSL/nNetAct managed object class: TRX
The attribute defines mobile allocation index offset (MAIO)./nNOTE: No MML interface./nMML managed object cl
With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the ET-PCM nu
number and the timeslot number. /nIn CM Editor and MML define only one ET-PCM parameter. Given (PCM) valu
to first four TSLs as such and to following four (TSL 4 ..7) use given value + 1./n/nIn Plan import interface, all va
radio timeslots to a subslot./nNOTE: /nMML modification: read-only/nNOTE: 2048..3391 is reserved for OC-3//T1
RTSL/nNetAct managed object class: TRX
This parameter defines the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. /nIn Plan import interface, all values mus
timeslots to a subslot. /nMML NOTE: /nRequired on creation: Optional /nRelated parameters: /nTRX-autoConfig Y
Configure is set to N.
With this parameter you define the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. Parameter defines the time slot n
radio timeslots to a subslot./nNOTE:/nMML allows the user to give maximum value 30 in ETSI and maximum val
31 in ETSI and 24 in ANSI, since TRX allocates always two channel timeslots./nMML NOTE:/nRange: TSL: in ETSI
creation: Optional/nRelated parameters: /nTRX-autoConfig You can give this parameter only if the parameter Au
With this parameter you define the logical channel combination that has to be mapped onto the basic physical
options and features states:/nValues 1 and 2: /n- can be present only if option Half Rate (17) is supported or /n
(ERACH):/n- (if the Extended Cell Radius (10) option is ON and the BTS is Talk-family) or/n- (the Extended Cell Fo
(Extended cell range for Flexi EDGE (108) option is ON and the BTS is Flexi EDGE or BTSplus) or/n- (105km Exte
EDGE or BTSplus)/n- can be present in TRX creation, when the TRX is an Extended area TRX (ETRX) or /n- when
(EGTCH):/n- if the option Extended Cell for GPRS//EDGE (103) is ON and the BTS is UltraSite, Flexi EDGE or BTSp
Extended area TRX (ETRX) or when the TRX is a Super Extended Area TRX (STRX)/nNOTE: /nValues explanation:
FACCH))/nTCHH (traffic channel (half rate) (TCH//H + SACCH + FACCH) <option>)/nTCHD (traffic channel (dual r
<option>)/nMBCCB (combined broadcast control channel with cell broadcast (BCCH+CCCH+SDCCH+CBCH))/nM
broadcast control channel (BCCH + SDCCH//4) channel)/nSDCCH (stand-alone dedicated control channel (SDCC
<option>)/nEGTCH ((E)GPRS packet data traffic channel for extended area <option>)/nNOTUSED (RTSL does no
NOTE: /nRequired on creation: Optional/nNOTE:/nMML managed object class: RTSL/nNetAct managed object cla
U/nNOTE:/nMML managed object class: RTSL/nNetAct managed object class: TRX
This parameter defines the Abis speech channel allocation of the TRX. /nThe system allocates the radio timeslo
in plan correctly./nMML NOTE: /nRequired on creation: Optional /nRelated parameters: /nTRX-autoConfig You can
set to N.
supported or /n- AMR HR licence state is ON or CONFIG./nThe value 14 (EGTCH) can be present only when all of
E-TRX type (ETRX) parameter is E (extended TRX),/n- Extended Cell for GPRS//EDGE (103) licence state is ON or
BTSplus, or/n- value of the optional E-TRX type (ETRX) parameter is S (super extended TRX), /n- Extended Cell f
the BTS is Flexi EDGE or BTSplus./nNOTE: Values explanation:/nTCHF (traffic channel (full rate) (TCH//F + SACCH
SACCH + FACCH) <option>)/nTCHD (traffic channel (dual rate) (TCH//F or TCH//H + SACCH + FACCH) <option>)
broadcast channel (SDCCH+CBCH))/nSDCCH (stand-alone dedicated control channel (SDCCH//8))/nEGTCH ((E)G
<option>)/nNOTUSED (RTSL does not have a radio definition or an Abis allocation)/nMML NOTE: /nRequired on c
set to N.
BTSplus,/nor/n- value of the optional E-TRX type (ETRX) parameter is S (super extended TRX), /n- Extended Cell
the BTS is Flexi EDGE or BTSplus./nThe value 15 (LRTCH) can be present only when all of the following requirem
state is ON or CONFIG, and/n- Long Reach TSL (FlexiEDGE BTS) (120) licence state is ON or CONFIG and/n- 105k
CONFIG and/n- the BTS is Flexi EDGE or BTSplus./nNOTE: Values explanation:/nTCHF (traffic channel (full rate) (
(TCH//H + SACCH + FACCH) <option>)/nTCHD (traffic channel (dual rate) (TCH//F or TCH//H + SACCH + FACCH)
with cell broadcast channel (SDCCH+CBCH))/nSDCCH (stand-alone dedicated control channel (SDCCH//8))/nEGT
<option>)/nLRTCH (long reach traffic channel <option>)/nNOTUSED (RTSL does not have a radio definition or a
Optional/nNOTE:/nMML managed object class: RTSL/nNetAct managed object class: TRX
set to N.
state is ON or CONFIG, and/n- Long Reach TSL (FlexiEDGE BTS) (120) licence state is ON or CONFIG, and/n- 105
with cell broadcast channel (SDCCH+CBCH))/nSDCCH (stand-alone dedicated control channel (SDCCH//8))/nEGT
<option>)/nLRTCH (long reach traffic channel <option>)/nNOTUSED (RTSL does not have a radio definition or a
set to N.
(SDCCH//8))/nEGTCH ((E)GPRS packet data traffic channel for extended area <option>)/nLRTCH (long reach traffi
set to N.
set to N.
set to N.
With this parameter you define whether the D-channel O&M and telecom signalling links are combined. /nNOTE
Related features: Abis Auto Configuration (32) (optional)
With this parameter you indicate the dynamic Abis pool ID./nNOTE: This can be given only if the site type is Met
With this parameter you define whether the TRX belongs to the non-DFCA or to the DFCA layer when the DFCA
attribute of BTS is 'Off' or 'Standby', DFCA modification can be made online. If the DFCA Mode attribute of the B
With this parameter you indicate whether direct access to a super-reuse TRX is enabled. The parameter also de
super-reuse TRX must exceed in order for the direct access procedure to become possible./nNOTE:/nMML defau
Double power TRX or Intelligent Downlink Diversity TRX has one Tx Path faulty/nThis parameter is only for Flex
/nThe Double Power TRX faulty parameter is meaningless if the parameter Dual TRX usage is Disabled.
With this parameter you can enable the Double Power TRX (DPTRX) or Intelligent Downlink Diversity (IDD) featu
4-way (4UD) uplink diversity. Double Power TRX and IDD enabled TRX reserves two TRX ids. It can be enabled if
NOTE: /nParameter is only allowed for Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio TRXs. Only values 0 (Disabled), 3 (IDD TR
allowed for Flexi Multiradio.
With this parameter you define whether the TRX is working as a normal TRX (N-TRX), an extended TRX (E-TRX)
present only if the Extended Cell Radius (10) option is ON and the BTS is Talk-family, or the Extended Cell For U
cell range for Flexi EDGE (108) option is ON and the BTS is Flexi EDGE or BTSplus./nThe value S can be present
option is ON and the BTS is Flexi EDGE or BTSplus.
Input ID of External Alarm Definition. Max 10 for Metro and Prime Sites. Max 24 for 2nd Generation, Talk-family,
interface.
Input Text of External Alarm Definition. Valid for 2nd Generation, Talk-family, PrimeSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Mu
Input Text ID of External Alarm Definition. Refers to IO Text instance (TID ID)./nNOTE: Valid for MetroSite, UltraSi
Polarity for External Alarm Definition./nNOTE: Valid for Metrosite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multiradio./nNO
Reporting Route of External Alarm Definition./nNOTE: Valid for MetroSite, UltraSite, Flexi EDGE and Flexi Multira
Severity of External Alarm Definition./nNote:/nNo MML interface
With this parameter you define whether the GPRS, EGPRS, or Extended Cell for GPRS//EDGE capability is enable
With this parameter you define whether the TRX hardware supports half rate. The parameter is a flag for statist
With this parameter you identify the transceiver. The value you enter for this parameter must be unique for eac
Flexi Multiradio is from 1 to 36, and for BTSplus is from 1 to 32, and for Flexi EDGE is from 1 to 24 and for other
With this parameter you assign the ARFCN (absolute radio frequency number) to the transceiver./nNOTE!/nChec
Frequency must be unique within the BTS./nNOTE!/nRange:/nGSM 800: 128...251/nGSM 900: 1...124 and 975...1
With this parameter you indicate the D-channel telecom link set name of the signalling link of the TRX./nNetAct
CM Operations Manager or command line interface and not having Use File Based Activation Method for S12 BS
using send to Network in CM Editor./nMML NOTE:/nModification: Not modifiable/nRequired on creation: Optional
character must be a letter.
With this parameter you indicate the D-channel telecom link set number of the signalling link of the TRX.
This parameter indicates the type of the MetroSite TRX./nThis parameter replaces the parameter hpMetro (HP M
With this parameter you define the number of RF power levels of TRX./nMML NOTE: MML output only/nNOTE: Pa
With this parameter you indicate the D-channel O&M link set name of the TRX. NOTE: The parameter exists onl
break in O&M signalling. MML NOTE: Range: String of up to 5 characters ('A'..'Z','0'..'9'). The first character mus
With this parameter you indicate the D-channel O&M link set number of the TRX. NOTE: The parameter exists o
temporary break in O&M signalling.
With this parameter you define the optimum downlink RF signal level. The optimum level ensures that both spe
there is no downlink interference.
With this parameter you define the optimum uplink RF signal level. The optimum level ensures that both speech
there is no uplink interference.
This attribute includes the description of control output strings./nThere can be up to 6 output strings defined./nN
With this parameter you mark one or more TRXs as preferred TRXs where the BCCH is reconfigured, if possible.
With this parameter regular TRX can be marked so that it will not be added to RF hopping on overlay layer.
Output parameter which defines which Flexi EDGE, BTSplus or Flexi Multiradio TRX is server of this TRX in DDU
NOTE: The parameter is only shown in outputs.
This parameter defines the number of subslots from the beginning of the Abis speech circuit which are not used
two bits in the ET-PCM. This is applicable when the TRX radio time slot(s) have BCCH and//or SDCCH channel or
Abis.
The attribute defines the abilities of the transceiver. If not yet known or if there are no extra abilities the value i
BSC./nNOTE: No MML interface.
Output parameter which defines DDU association of Flexi EDGE, BTSplus or Flexi Multiradio TRX. TRX can be se
parameter is only shown in outputs.
With this parameter you define the type of the TRX's radio frequency used with the optional Intelligent Underlay
frequency is super-reused. They also show the number of a super-reuse frequency group where the super-reuse
the value is 0.
With these parameters you define which interfering cell you want to handle.
With this parameter you define in which area the interfering cell in question is located.
With these parameters you define in which country the interfering cell in question is located./nNOTE:/nMML Ran
With these parameters you define the network in which the interfering cell in question is located./nNOTE:/nMML
cell/nMNC length must be always three digits if MCC is 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 338, 342, 344, 346,
With these parameters you indicate the weighting coefficient of the interfering cell. /nMML description: The valu
transceiver./nNOTE:/nValue 10 is the highest weighting.
With these parameters you indicate whether the signal level of the interfering cell is considered as a directly m
interfering cell is a reference value which is used for calculating an estimation of the interference level.
With these parameters you can affect the adjustment levels of the interfering cells. On the basis of this parame
level from the signal level of the interfering cell.
With this parameter you define the RF power of TRX./nMML NOTE: MML output only/nNOTE: Parameter is valid o
With this parameter you define to which shutdown group a non-BCCH TRX belongs in a mains failure case. Shut
3, Shutdown Group 2 TRXs are shut down after TRX Shutdown Timer 2, Shutdown Group 1 TRXs are shut down a
(BCCH TRX always) are shut down after BCCH TRX Shutdown Timer./nNOTE: This parameter is valid only if the A
Adjustable Intelligent Shutdown for MetroSite, UltraSite and Talk-family licence (according to site type) is ON//CO
With this parameter you define the training sequence code (TSC) of a carrier./nWhen baseband hopping is used
must be the same.
Pointer to the adjacency target GSM cell (BTS) or external GSM cell (F-BTS//EGCE). Distinguished Name of the c
Pointer to the adjacency target WCEL or EWCE. Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.
Latitude of the Site where the physical BTS is located./nLatitude = (degrees + minutes // 60 + seconds // 3600)
Longitude of the site where the physical BTS is located./nLongitude = (degrees + minutes // 60 + seconds // 36
With this parameter you define slave BCF(s) to the chain under the master clock BCF./nNOTE: The parameter is
UltraSite and Nokia Flexi EDGE./nMML NOTE:/nADD (MML Full Name: Add BCF to chain): The slave BCF can be d
synchronization of the chain is enabled, the added BCF must be locked, otherwise modification is online. Modific
Full Name: remove BCF from chain): The slave BCF can be removed when modifying the master clock BCF. If syn
be locked, otherwise online.
This parameter defines the value of the fragmentation penalty that is used in the DTM channel allocation algori
highest capacity for the DTM MS. This is the case if the DTM MS is considered to be a nRT user and if there are s
the territory./nThat is, this parameter is used to balance the trade-off between searching for a DTM allocation th
DTM allocation that avoids fragmentation of PS resources in the PS territory./nThe capacity of a DTM allocation i
fragmentation penalty is subtracted from the estimated capacity value, if the DTM allocation would increase the
the DTM-CS timeslot and its neighbouring timeslots on both sides are originally in PS use./nIn an example where
With this parameter the operator can determine whether an inter-system handover is to be triggered for a DTM
WCDMA target cell is available./nAn inter-system handover can be triggered for a CS connection if the ISHO pro
Non-DTM MS' parameter has the value 'Triggered'./nNOTE:/nMML Range:/nY = An inter-system handover is to be
= An inter-system handover is not to be triggered for a DTM incapable but WCDMA capable MS/nDefault: N
Site identification
Describes the behaviour type of the cell, e.g. macro, micro or pico cell. A user can add his own cell types by edi
This parameter indicates if DTM is enabled in a SEGMENT.
Indicates whether an idle state list or carrier frequencies of adjacent cells are used for cell selection and reselec
Name of the Office where the InSite BTS belongs to.
Defines whether the InSite BTS is an In//Out Gateway, the gateway from the Office to the outside world or an In
BSS to determine Packet Control Pool (PCP)./nNOTE:/nParameter can be given only when GPRS is enabled at the
When GPRS is already enabled it needs to be disabled first and then enabled again with a new Packet Service E
Provisioning is possible althought GPRS is already enabled in the cell./nEither Packet Service Entity Identifier (PS
for identifying NSE layer. /nPacket Service Entity Identifier and Network Service Entity Identifier attributes canno
With this parameter you define the mobile allocation frequency list to which the underlay layer of the BTS will b
'False' after File Based upload./nNOTE: No MML interface.
Indicates whether mobile allocation is used in the cell for RF hopping./nNOTE: No MML interface.
Defines if a particular external control line is in use or not in use.
Defines the module where EAC inputs are commissioned. The allowed modules are FSM1, FR1, FR2, and FR3
Defines the usage of the GPS.
Defines one of the following Flexi modules: Module='FSM1' | Module ='FR1' | Module ='FR2' | Module ='FR3' Th
Defines a location of a Flexi module in free text with maximum 50 characters. The location can be e.g. the place
Free text about the passive unit in question.
Defines the name of the passive unit in question.
Defines the product code of the passive unit in question.
Defines the serial number of the passive unit in question.
Defines the version of the passive unit in question.
Defines the usage of the TDM synchronisation reference.
Defines the product code of the module (radio module or system module). /nParameter is used in offline mode c
NetAct.
Defines the name of the unit or module in the BTS. This parameter is used in the offline commissioning mode. T
The exact module or unit type is defined in the variant parameter.
Defines the number of the module (radio module or system module) in the BTS. /nRadio module are numbered
module connected to RF interface #1 gets unitNumber 1, /nradio module connected to RF interface #2 gets un
gets unitNumber 3. /nMaster system module gets unitNumber 1 and extension system module gets unit numbe
BTS Site Manager and in prevalidation in NetAct.
Defines the name of the module (radio module or system module) in the BTS. /nExample: variant for FRGF is GF
offline mode commissioning in BTS Site Manager and in prevalidation in NetAct.
This parameter identifies the certificate handler configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.
This parameter specifies how many days before a BTS certificate expires the BTS shall autonomously trigger a C
This parameter specifies how many days before a CA certificate or Trust Anchor certificate expires the BTS shal
This parameter identifies the CMP server by its subject name. It may either be detected by DHCP upon autocon
This is the IP address of the Certificate Management Protocol server. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the port number to be used for addressing the Certificate Management Protocol server.
This parameter specifies the period in hours for executing a periodical update of the Certificate Revocation List.
update'.
This parameter identifies the ethernet interface within the FTM. /nFormat: 'slot#-if#'/nwhere /nslot#: 1 = slot n
(only 1 slot is available)./nif#: 1..3 = the interface number (physical interface on the unit)./nExample 1-1: refe
This parameter is used to lock and unlock the ethernet link interface./nLocking the interface deactivates it.
This parameter specificies if the ethernet link characteristics are autonegotiated or not./nIf not, the attribute co
Note that 1000 MBit is available only on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces (GE).
This parameter holds the major software release version supported by the FTM. AdaptationVersionMajor is conta
This parameter holds the description of the geographical location of the network element. The format can be fre
empty.
This parameter shows the SW release version of the FTM.
This parameter holds the the name of the network element. The operator can freely define the value of this par
This parameter holds a short description of the network element. The format can be freely decided by the opera
This is the instance identifier of object LNCEL, used by NetAct and BTS Site Manager. This parameter appears o
for O&M purposes.
Identifies GFIM (GERAN frequency Idle Mode Configuration) managed object
GERAN cell reselection timer

The field t-ReselectionGERAN is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in the high mobility state as defined in 36
The field t-ReselectionGERAN is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in the medium mobility state as defined in
for O&M purposes.
Identifies GNFL (GERAN Neighbour Frequency List Configuration) managed object
This is an indicator to distinguish the GERAN frequency band in case of ARFCN values associated with either GS
associated with one of those bands, the indicator has no meaning.
Absolute priority of the GERAN carrier frequency
for O&M purposes.
Identifies GNFL (GERAN Neighbour Frequency List Configuration) managed object
Each ARFCN value explicitly listed
This specifies the threshold used by the UE when reselecting towards a higher priority frequency X than the cur
This specifies the threshold used in reselection towards frequency X priority from a higher priority frequency
A field encoded as a bitmap. There the bit is set to '0' if the BCCH carrier with the NCC corresponding to bit pos
it is permitted for monitoring. The lowest bit corresponds to NCC = 0, second lowest bit corresponds to NCC = 1
bit string.
This is the maximum allowed transmission power for GERAN on an uplink carrier frequency./nApplicable for the
pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power according to the UE capability is used.
This specifies the minimum required RX level in the cell in dBm
The first ARFCN (Absolute radio-frequency channel number) value in the set.
This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC GTPU. The object includes the configuratipon for the GPRS tunne
This parameter holds the number of unanswered GTP-U ECHO REQUESTs (within the time defined by parameter
The parameter is only relevant in case GTPU path supervision is switched ON (parameter gtpuPathSupint has a
This parameter holds the time interval between sending GTP-U ECHO REQUESTs, used for GTP-U user data path
data path supervision is ON or OFF.
This parameter holds the maximum waiting time for GTP-U ECHO RESPONSE messages, used for GTP-U data pa
only relevant in case GTP-U path supervision is switched ON (parameter gtpuPathSupint has a non-zero value).
for O&M purposes.
Identifies IAFIM (Intra-Frequency Idle Mode configuration) managed object
for O&M purposes.
Indicates the number of PCIs (Physical Cell Identities) in the range (including startPCI). Value n4 corresponds wi
value 1 if the field is absent, in which case only the physical cell identity value indicated by start applies.
Indicates the lowest PCI (Physical Cell Identity) in the range
for O&M purposes.
The Physical Cell Identifier is a unique cell identification in a neighboring cell list
The parameter defines a cell-specific offset (in dB) that is used in the cell reselection procedure.
This parameter identifies the IP node configuration within the FTM. /nThe value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the ethernet based IP interface within the FTM. /nThe value is always 1.
This is the IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface towards the external transport network. It has an a
interface is taken out of use. Instead, VLAN interfaces are used (IVIF object instance).
This is the maximum transfer unit of the IP interface.
This is the subnet mask of the IP address of the plain Ethernet network interface.
This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are used over this interface or only a single one. Multiple PHB q
Ethernet interface by default has the 6 PHB queue scheduler.
This parameter holds the shaper burst size for the interface.
The Total Shaper Burst Size ('SBS') defines the maximum burst size that is allowed to pass at the output of the W
This parameter holds the shaper information rate for the interface.
This parameter holds the total Shaper Information Rate ('SIR') at the output of the WFQ aggregator.
This parameters decides on the type of shaping in case of VLANs. When traffic path shaping is enabled, shapin
WFQ aggregator level is enabled. Shaping may also be switched off entirely.
This parameter decides if shaping takes the ethernet overhead into account when shaping the bandwidth or no
shapedBandwidth is the bandwidth on the IP layer only. If the flag has the value False, the Ethernet header is co
This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for this interface.
This parameter identifies the unique DHCP Server object in the BTS. Its value is always 1.
This is a unique string used in the DHCP server of the BTS for identifying a DHCP client that is assigned a fixed I
'RET1' (Remote Electrical Tilt), 'RET2', 'BBU' and 'LMU' or a user-defined name consisting of up to 20 digits [0-9]
This parameter specifies the fixed IP address that is to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with
IP address must be within the public IP subnet of the BTS. However, neither the IP addresses of the BTS nor its s
decimal format.
This parameter specifies the fixed IP address that is to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with
dhcpHardwareIdentifier./nThe IP address must be within the public IP subnet of the BTS. However, neither the IP
used./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the unique hardware (MAC) address within the DHCP server of the BTS by which a DHCP client identifies
the parameter 'DHCP Fixed IP Address' to the client.
This parameter specifies the final IP address of the DHCP IP address range./nThe IP address must be within the
addresses of the BTS nor its subnet IP address must be used./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter specifies the starting IP address of the DHCP IP address range./nThe IP address must be within t
addresses of the BTS nor its subnet IP address must be used./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter identifies the unique NTP configuration entity of the BTS. The value is always 1. Exactly 1 NTP c
This parameter identifies the unique NTP configuration entity of the BTS. The value is always 1. Exactly 1 NTP c
This parameter specifies the IP addresses of the NTP servers. To be entered in the dotted decimal format.
Base station identifier.
This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for control plane traffic. The IP address may collapse with a n
network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual./nThe control plane IP address may also collapse with
sPlaneIpAddress./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the IP address for the BTS subnet. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the subnet mask for the BTS subnet IP address. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter controls if the BTS shall respond to ICMP and traceroute requests.
This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for management plane traffic. The IP address may collapse w
with a network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual./nThe management plane IP address may also
the cPlaneIpAddress./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter holds the transport network IP address of the O&M system for the FTM. To be entered in dotted
This parameter specifies the usage of TLS between the eNB and the OPS system./nThe usage of TLS requires th
This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for synchronization plane traffic. The IP address may collaps
with a network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual./nThe synchronization plane IP address may al
and the cPlaneIpAddress./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter specifies the IP address to be used for user plane traffic. The IP address may collapse with a net
network interface IP address, it is considered to be virtual./nThe user plane IP address may also collapse with th
cPlaneIpAddress./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter identifies the unique instance of class IPRM. Its value is always 1.
With this parameter, the user can select the way how to define source two./nThe possible values are: /nSINGLE:
by an IP address and a subnet mask/nWILDCARD: any IP adress is allowed
This parameter is only meaningful if parameter sourceTwoDiscr has value SINGLE or RANGE./nIf sourceTwoDisc
address from // towards which traffic is allowed./nIf sourceTwoDisc has value RANGE, this parameter specifies th
which traffic is allowed./nTo be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter is meaningful only if source two is defined as RANGE; in all other cases it is ignored./n'SourceTw
address for source two', yields the allowed range of IP addresses for source two./n/nTo be entered in dotted dec
An alphanumeric string assigned by the user to identify the Restriced Mode exception.
This parameter identifies the unique instance of class IPRM. Its value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the IP routing table. The value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the IP routing table. The value is always 1.
This parameter specifies the host or network address for the destination of an IP route. It needs to be in line wit
format.
This parameter specifies the IP address of the next IP hop via which a remote network can be reached. To be en
Specifies the mask of the remote network. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter identifies the IPsec configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.
This parameter switches IPsec globally on (value True) or off (value False).
This parameter identifies the IPsec configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.
If this flag is true,anti replay checking for the IPsec connections of this policy is enabled, else it is switched off.
This is the size of the anti replay window to be used on the security policy./nThe parameter is only relevant if th
This parameter determines if this policy is using a pre shared key or a certificate. In this release only certificate
This parameter specifies the delay in seconds between the sending of two consecutive DPS INFORMATIONAL m
the BTS is still alive./nFor IKEv2, the BTS raises the Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm if the remote peer has not
has sent a fixed number of INFORMATIONAL messages. /nFor IKEv1 the BTS raises the DPD alarm, if the remote
the time defined in the parameter dpdtimeout has expired.
This parameter specifies the time in seconds after which the BTS raises the Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm./n
sending of two consecutive DPS INFORMATIONAL messages by the BTS. The INFORMATIONAL message indicate
Dead Peer Detected (DPD) alarm if the remote peer has not sent back any INFORMATIONAL messages after the
This parameter holds the ESP encryption algorithm to be applied to the traffic data packet for which the policy m
offers 2 values (priority list) where /n- AES-128 CBC is tried first (1. priority) and/n- 3DES-192 CBC is tried next (
This parameter holds the encryption algorithm at the IKE layer to be applied to the traffic data packet for which
algorithm offers 2 values (priority list) where /n- AES-128 CBC is tried first (1. priority) and/n- 3DES-192 CBC is t
This parameter holds the IKE protocol version of this association used for this policy.
This flag rules the basic treatment of a traffic data packet that applies to the selection criteria of this policy./nTh
packet is discarded without any further action or notification, i.e. it is prevented from passing to its designated
destination without any other processing, in particular without any further IPsec-related processing./n'PROTECT
security policy.
This parameter holds the local IP address of the data traffic packet for this policy as seen by the FTM. To be ente
of local and remote IP addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasible:/n- a single IP addres
protocol//port /n- a single IP address, selected protocol//port/n- an IP subnet, no particular protocol//port/n- an IP
means 'wildcard' - all IP addresses are allowed.
This is the port number of the local IP address. If value -1 is configured, the IPSec policy is valid in the same wa
combinations of local and remote IP addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasible:/n- sin
particular protocol//port /n- single IP address, selected protocol//port/n- IP subnet, no particular protocol//port/n-
This parameter specifies the netmask to the parameter localIpAddress. /nThe type of localNetmask (IPv4 or IPv6
following combinations of local and remote IP addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasi
no particular protocol//port /n- single IP address, selected protocol//port/n- IP subnet, no particular protocol//por
This parameter holds the local endpoint of the IPsec tunnel as seen by the FTM. To be entered in dotted decima
This is the order number of the security policy. /nOnly the lowest number of several equally matching policies is
This parameter holds the protocol information of the IP packet according to RFC791 (IPv4) or RFC1883 (IPv6)./n
protocols./nThe following combinations of local and remote IP addresses, port numbers and protocol are feasib
This parameter holds the remote IP address of the data traffic packet for this policy as seen by the FTM. To be e
combinations of local and remote IP addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasible:/n- sin
particular protocol//port /n- single IP address, selected protocol//port/n- IP subnet, no particular protocol//port/nmeans 'wildcard' - all IP addresses are allowed.
This is the port number of the remote IP address. If value -1 is configured, the IPSec policy is valid in the same w
following combinations of local and remote IP addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasi
This parameter specifies the netmask to the parameter remoteIpAddress. /nTo be entered in dotted decimal for
addresses, local and remote port numbers and protocol are feasible:/n- single IP address (equivalent to netmas
address, selected protocol//port/n- IP subnet, no particular protocol//port/n- IP subnet, selected protocol//port.
This parameter holds the remote IPsec tunnel endpoint IP address as seen by the FTM. It corresponds to the IKE
used. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This parameter holds the maximum duration in seconds of the lifetime of the security association. After the tim
association is negotiated.
for O&M purposes.
Identifies IRFIM (Inter-frequency Idle Mode configuration) managed objects.
eUTRA frequency (max. value ref to 3GPP 36.331 chapter 6.4)
Absolute priority of the EUTRA carrier frequency
for O&M purposes.
Indicates the number of PCIs (Physical Cell Identities) in the range (including startPCI). Value n4 corresponds wi
value 1 if the field is absent, in which case only the physical cell identity value indicated by start applies.
Indicates the lowest PCI (Physical Cell Identity) in the range
for O&M purposes.
The Physical Cell Identifier is a unique cell identification in a neighboring cell list. It is used to indicate the physi
The parameter defines a cell-specific offset (in dB) that is used in the cell reselection procedure. /nThis specifie
This specifies the threshold used in reselection towards frequency X priority from a higher priority frequency
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate whether all the neighboring cells use Antenna Port 1. When se
antenna ports are used in all neighboring cells.
EUTRA cell reselection timer
The AllowedMeasBandwidth is used to indicate the maximum allowed measurement bandwidth common for all
mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100 indicate 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 and 100 resource blocks respectively.
Pmax to be used for the neighboring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency.If Pmax is absent, the maximum pow
Frequency-specific offset for equal priority E-UTRAN frequencies.
Specifies the minimum required RX RSRP level for the neighboring EUTRA cells on this carrier frequency.
The field t-Reselection EUTRA is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in the high mobility state as defined in 36
The field t-Reselection EUTRA is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in medium mobility state as defined in 36
Instance identifier of object ITRACE.
Instance identifier of object ITRACE.
This parameter defines cell (LNCEL ID) to be traced.

This parameter defines if the protocol is traced or not.
This parameter defines a destination IP address of a trace server for the trace data forwarding./nFormat: this is
0.0.0.0 is used to indicate the connection does not exist (Connection is not established or an existing connectio
This parameter defines a destination port number of the trace server for the trace data forwarding.
This parameter defines a destination port number of the trace server for the trace data forwarding.
This parameter defines if the trace is stopped (0) or started (1).
This parameter identifies the ethernet based IP interface within the FTM. /nThe value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the VLAN interface object. Value is 1 to 4. Up to 4 VLANs may exist on the BTS.
This parameter specifies the IP address of the VLAN network interface towards the external transport network.
dotted decimal format.
This parameter specifies the network mask for the IP address of the VLAN network interface in the external tran
This parameter specifies if multiple PHB queues are used over this VLAN interface or only a single one. Multiple
This parameter holds the shaper burst size for a specific vlan interface.
This parameter holds the shaper information rate for a specific vlan interface.
This parameter specifies the VLAN identifier number of the VLAN network interface.
This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for this VLAN interface.
The Local cell resource is an object that consists of the HW required by one cell for transmission and receiving.
local cell resource at the BTS. The lCelId is unique within a BTS. With the Configuration Data message, the local
the radio interface. In cases when the configuration is initialized at the BTS, the signaling related to a cell is add
resource identifier.
Identifies the specific antenna lines assigned to the local cell.
The Local cell resource is an object that consists of the HW required by one cell for transmission and receiving.
local cell resource at the BTS. The lCelId is unique within a BTS. With the Configuration Data message, the local
the radio interface. In cases when the configuration is initialized at the BTS, the signaling related to a cell is add
resource identifier.
This is an instance identifier of object LNADJ. This parameter appears only in the distinguished name (DN) in the
This is the unique ID of the neighbor eNB within PLMN received over the X2 interface. adjEnbId and plmnId form
Mobile Country Code in PLMN Identity included in GU group Id. MCC and MNC builds a unique plmn Id.
MME group ID included in GU group ID.
Mobile Network Code in PLMN Identity included in GU group Id. MCC and MNC builds a unique plmn Id.
Mobile Country Code in the primary plmn id of neighbour eNB. MCC and MNC build the plmn Id.
Mobile Network Code in the primary plmn id of the neighbour eNB. MCC and MNC build the plmn Id.
This is the instance identifier of object LNADJL. This parameter appears only in the distinguished name (DN) in t
This parameter is the E-UTRAN cell identifier (eutraCelId) which is part of the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (EC
This is the instance identifier of object LNADJL. This parameter appears only in the distinguished name (DN) in t
Mobile Country Code in Broadcast PLMN ID of cell served by neighbour eNB. MCC and MNC build a unique plmn
Mobile Network Code in Broadcast PLMN ID of cell served by neighbour eNB. MCC and MNC build a unique plmn
This is the downlink transmission bandwidth of the cell served by the neighbor eNB. The enumerated values co
Mobile Country Code in PLMN Identity included in ECGI of the cell served by neighbour eNB. MCC and MNC bui
Mobile Network Code in PLMN Identity included in ECGI of the cell served by neighbour eNB. MCC and MNC buil
Downlink EARFCN of the FDD cell served by the neighbor eNB.
Uplink EARFCN of the FDD cell served by the neighbor eNB.
This is the physical cell ID of the cell served by the neighbor eNB.
This is the tracking area code of the cell served by the neighbor eNB.
Uplink transmission bandwidth of the cell served by the neighbor eNB. The enumerated values correspond to th
This parameter enbables//disables optional ciphering algorithms.
This parameter enables the feature UE context release with redirect.
AM RLC poll byte value in DL direction for UE category 1.
Category of UE.
AM RLC poll byte value in UL direction for UE category 1.
Category of UE.
Category of UE.
Category of UE.
Category of UE.

Null ciphering algorithm preference. A lower value represents a lower preference, and 0 does not admit the algo
SNOW 3G-based algorithm preference. A lower value represents a lower preference, and 0 does not admit the a
AES-based algorithm preference. A lower value represents a lower preference, and 0 does not admit the algorith
This is a human-readable name for the eNB.
Null integrity protection algorithm preference. A lower value represents a lower preference and 0 does not adm
SNOW 3G-based algorithm preference. A lower value represents a lower preference, and 0 does not admit the a
AES-based algorithm preference. A lower value represents a lower preference, and 0 does not admit the algorith
This parameter can be set by the operator to prioritize intra-eNodeB handover over eNodeB external handover.
Defines a threshold for PDCP COUNT supervision. If the remaining COUNT space becomes less than this thresho
Local state of the eNB, value is set by the operator.
Primary Mobile Country Code of eNB
Primary Mobile Network Code of eNB
This parameter determines whether a fallback to null ciphering caused by eNB limitations should be accepted (
Operational state of the eNB, the value is set by system.
Identity of the PDCP profile; 0 specifies an invalid dummy profile.
This parameter determines whether a PDCP status report is sent from PDCP receiver to PDCP transmitter./nThe
status report) or from UE to eNB (UE PDCP status report)./nPossible settings:/n00: no status report/n01: eNB sta
report
This parameter indicates the delay before a PDCP PDU along with the corresponding PDCP SDU is discarded from
packet delay defined by the QCI characteristics is kept. The timer can be disabled by setting the parameter to d
This parameter configures the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value associated with the QCI. The DC
bearer to S-GW or target eNB./nDSCP values are defined by IETF and should be configured./nList of IETF based D
(=10),/nAF12 (=12),/nAF13 (=14),/nAF21 (=18),/nAF22 (=20),/nAF23 (=22),/nAF31 (=26),/nAF32 (=28),/nAF33
The Packet Delay Budget defines the time that a packet may be delayed between the UE and the PDN GW. For a
downlink.
The packet loss rate determines the rate of SDUs (for example IP packets) that have been processed by the sen
are not successfully delivered by the corresponding receiver to the upper layer (for example PDCP in E-UTRAN).
This parameter specifies the ID of a corresponding PDCP profile in the PDCP profile list.
This parameter gives the priority of the EPS bearer.
QoS Class Identifier.
This parameter indicates whether the given QCI is supported and enabled in this release. ENABLED: QCI is sup
The resource type determines whether dedicated network resources related to a service or bearer level Guaran
This parameter configures the RLC mode of the radio bearer based on the corresponding QCI.
This parameter specifies the ID of a corresponding RLC AM // RLC UM profile (separate IDs for RLC AM and RLC U
The BSD is sent to the UE for the UL scheduling algorithm according to [36.321]./nThe UE calculates the bucket
This priority is sent to the UE for the UL scheduling algorithm according to DRB [36.321]./nIncreasing priority va
downlink.

downlink.
downlink.
downlink.
The AM RLC poll PDU defines the number of RLC PDUs that are sent on a logical channel before the RLC polling
Identity of the RLC AM profile, 0 specifies an invalid, dummy profile.
This timer is used by the transmitting side of an AM RLC entity in order to retransmit a poll. This timer is only us
AMRLCPollingTriggers. The used minimum value of the timer should be larger than the calculated round-trip tim
sequence arrival. The value of the timer should be larger than twice of the AMRLCTimerReordering. The elemen
This timer is used by the receiving side of an AM RLC entity in order to prohibit transmission of a STATUS PDU. T
This timer is used by the receiving side of an AM RLC entity for reordering, PDU loss detection and delay of STAT
the number of HARQ retransmissions.
for O&M purposes.
Duration for which the event A2 must be valid, such that redirect is raised.
Handover margin for better cell HO. Used in measurement event type A3 where the event is triggered when the
value of the A3 offset. The actual value is the parameter value multiplied by 0.5 dB.
This parameter defines the interval with which measurement reports are repeatedly sent as long as the specific
definitions as stated in 3GPP TS36.331: value MS120 corresponds to 120 ms, MS240 to 240 ms and so on, while
Time for which the specific criteria for the measurement event A3 must be met in order to trigger a measureme
value MS0 corresponds to 0 ms, MS40 to 40 ms and so on.
Defines the interval with which measurement reports are repeatedly sent as long as the specific criteria for the
in 3GPP TS36.331: value MS120 corresponds to 120 ms, MS240 to 240 ms and so on, while value MIN1 correspo
Time for which the specific criteria for the measurement event A5 must be met in order to trigger a measureme
value MS0 corresponds to 0 ms, MS40 to 40 ms and so on.
for O&M purposes.
Access class barring list (5 bit) for originating calls for AC 11-15 (leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit in the
barred.
The access class barring time defines the time that the access barring check remains unsuccessful while the UE
starts timer T303 using this parameter. Timer value in minutes.
The access probability factor defines the probability for a UE to establish an RRC connection./nThe UE draws a r
value indicated by the access probability factor, the UE considers the access barring check to be unsuccessful.
Access class barring list (5 bit) for signaling for AC 11-15 (leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit in the list is fo
starts timer T303 using this parameter. Timer value in minutes.
The access probability factor defines the probability for a UE to establish an RRC connection./nThe UE draws a r
value indicated by the access probability factor, the UE considers the access barring check to be unsuccessful.
The access barred for mobile terminating calls flag indicates that the cell status is access barred for mobile term
starts timer T303 using this parameter.
The access probability factor defines the probability for a UE to establish an RRC connection. The UE draws a ra
indicated by the access probability factor, the UE considers the access barring check to be unsuccessful.
Defines the additional number of active UEs, which are allowed to access a cell via handover with HO cause: 'H
(maxNumRrc) or active UE (maxNumActUE) limit already reached.
Defines the additional number of active UEs, which are allowed to access a cell via handover with HO cause: 'Ti
active UE (maxNumActUE) limit already reached.
The additional spectrum emission mask parameter is broadcast into a cell to indicate that the UE should meet a
for O&M purposes.
E-UTRAN cell identity of adjacent cells in this eNB or the neighbor eNBs connected via X2.
Administrative state of the cell, the value is set by the operator.
for O&M purposes.
Indicates the number of successive PCI's. The parameter is optional and when omitted only the single PCI as sp
Indicates the lowest PCI in the range of successive PCI's. Number of successive PCI's is specified in phyCellIdRa
defined in phyCellIdStart is adressed.
The cell reselection timer (t-ReselectionEUTRAN) is multiplied by this factor if the UE is in the medium high mob
The cell reselection timer (t-ReselectionEUTRAN) is multiplied by this factor if the UE is in the medium mobility s
The cell barred flag indicates if the cell status is barred or not. A barred cell is a cell that a UE is not allowed to c
UE is currently camped becomes barred, a cell reselection is triggered.
This parameter allows the operator to give a cell a unique name.
The cell reselection priority parameter defines the absolute priority of the serving layer. 0 means the lowest pri
for O&M purposes.
Cells reserved for operator use are treated as barred by 'normal' UEs without a USIM with AC 11 or 15 inserted.
and thus allowed to camp on and access such cells. The default value is not reserved./nInstance Number 1 of th
instances are related to the further PLMN-Ids.
Scheduling request periodicity in a cell.
O&M switch for enabling // disabling aperiodic CQI // RI // PMI reporting on PUSCH.
Corresponds to cqi-ReportingModeAperiodic of 3GPP-36.213. CQI format indicator for aperiodic reporting on PUS
available, the MIMO algorithm embedded in RRM chooses the effective mode based on the UE capabilities and t
UE; FTB1 selects the reporting mode 2.x, FTB2 selects the reporting mode 3.x; x is determined by the MIMO alg
The parameter defines the periodicity of periodic CQI // PMI feedback on PUCCH or PUSCH. NSN recommends a
performance cannot be guaranteed.
This is the number of periodic subband reporting cycles (K). It is required only for configuring a periodic wideba
subband reporting cycles between two consecutive periodic wideband reporting instances.
O&M switch for enabling // disabling simultaneous transmission of periodic CQI // RI // PMI feedback and HARQ A
The parameter defines the transport format dependent offset in power control for PUCCH format 1.
The parameter defines the transport format dependent offset in power control for PUCCH format 1b.
The parameter defines the transport format dependent offset in power control for PUCCH format 2.
The parameter defines the transport format dependent offset in power control for PUCCH format 2a.
The parameter defines the transport format dependent offset in power control for PUCCH format 2b.
This is the maximum number of the allowed dedicated Scheduling Requests. Once this limit is exceeded, UE rel
transmissions, 8n corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on./nIndirectly provides the UE-specific maximum time
new transmission on UL-SCH. If this time expires, the UE releases PUCCH resources and no longer performs a de
access Scheduling Request. This time is calculated by cell Scheduling Request periodicity * dedicated SR transm
The default paging cycle defines the cell-specific paging DRX cycle duration. It also determines the maximum p
' in TS 36.304. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
Used for the calculation of P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH(j=2) for PUSCH (re)transmission corresponding to the random a
This is a delta cyclic shift for PUCCH formats 1//1a//1b. The shift is the cyclic shift difference between two adjac
same orthogonal cover sequence and can be decided considering multipath delay spreads for the given cell dep
Enabling//disabling of the transport format dependent offset on a per UE basis. If this parameter is enabled, PUS
(P1) takes the Transport Block size in account during the power calculation.
Enables//disables downlink 64 QAM modulation for link adaptation use in PDSCH.
The user can define a lower cell output power with the cell power reduction parameter. Reduction is deducted f
Downlink channel bandwidth defines the DL bandwidth for the eNode-B transmission in a cell, and also defines
downlink channel bandwidth mapping to number of Physical Resource Blocks is:/n5.0 MHz = 25 DL PRBs/n10.0
The used DL transmssion//mimo mode for each physical channel is the following: /n0: Single Stream Downlink:
mode; /n1: Single Stream Downlink Transmit Diversity: All downlink physical channels are transmitted using this
(DCCH) and RBs (DTCH) on PDSCH are transmitted using Dual Stream MIMO with spatial multiplexing; SRB0 (CC
channels are transmitted using Single Stream Downlink Transmit Diversity; /n3: Dynamic Open Loop MIMO: SRB
either Single Stream Downlink Transmit Diversity or Dual Stream MIMO with spatial multiplexing depending on r
and all other physical channels are transmitted using Single Stream Downlink Transmit Diversity
O&M switch for enabling // disabling downlink Outer loop Link Quality Control which is acting based on the 1st t
This is a trigger condition for power headroom submission due to pathloss change; named ULATB_DLPL_CHANG
Defines target Block Error Ratio (BLER) for downlink Link Adaptation in percents. Used with downlink Outer loop
Defines the default Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) value for downlink Link Adaptation use. Default CQI is used
not received or it is too old.
O&M switch for enabling // disabling downlink Adaptive Modulation and Coding.
The parameter determines the power compensation factor for antenna-specific maximum power in case of a do
means that every single subcarrier power determined for multiple TX antenna transmission is reduced by this fa
(TM1) transmission, and thus neither affects the power of cell-specific reference signal transmission. Note that o
3dB, 4.77dB, 6dB) can be communicated to the UE due to p-a signaling restrictions and the extended range has
informed that Nokia Siemens Networks does not quarantee a successful DL transmission using amplitude depen
the values presented in the limited set (0dB, 1.77dB, 3dB, 4.77dB, 6dB) are used.
Determines whether PRBs partly allocated for transmission of Primary (PSS) and Secondary Synchronisation Sig
be used in dynamic scheduling.
Access Class barring for AC 10./nThe access barred for emergency calls flag indicates that access is barred for e
E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number in downlink./nSupported bands are the following:/nBand 1, B
E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number in uplink./nSupported bands are the following:/nBand 1, Ban
The parameter defines the switch for enable//disable Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) based Adaptive Modulatio
parameter is disabled, default aggregation is used implicitly.
Flag if better cell HO is enabled.
Flag if coverage HO is enabled.
The parameter defines if downlink Link Adaptation is allowed to select the 16QAM modulation for PDSCH.
The parameter determines the enabling//disabling switch for automatic selection (whenever possible) of lower a
which is defined from Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reports. The lower aggregation can be selected only if the
enableAmcPdcch and enablePcPdcch have been enabled and there used PDCCH capacity for uplink and downlin
The parameter defines the switch for enabling // disabling power control on PDCCH. If the parameter is disabled
The parameter defines if uplink Link Adaptation is allowed to select the 16QAM modulation for PUSCH.
The E-UTRAN cell identifier is unique within one PLMN and has a length of 28 bits. The leftmost 20 bits of the v
lnBtsId) and the 8 rightmost bits correspond to the value of the local cell resource ID (lcrId). This parameter can
is only readable.
This parameter defines absolute TX frequency in kHz for overriding normal filter center frequency tuning./nThis
minimize noise to neighboring frequency band. If the parameter value is not defined, TX filter frequency is eval
Filter coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss as specified in [3GPP-36.213. 5.1.1.1]. Val
on.
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP (to be set in QuantityConfigEUTRA).
for O&M purposes.
The Mobile Country Code parameter indicates the Mobile Country Code and is part of the PLMN Identifier.
The Mobile Network Code parameter indicates the Mobile Network Code and is part of the PLMN Identifier.
The parameter defines the assigned PUSCH group.
Indicates the maximum number of HARQ transmissions used for message 3 of the contention-based random ac
Indicates the maximum number of HARQ transmissions in DL that is configured for each UE at initial access to a
Indicates the maximum number of HARQ transmissions in UL that is configured for each UE at initial access to a
This parameter defines if hopping is only inter-subframe or both inter- and intra-subframe.
This parameter defines the HW state of the cell, its value is set by the system.
The parameter defines the time period for the indication of the UE inactivity in both DL and UL directions.
The parameter defines an initial Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) to be used on PDSCH for other use than
The parameter defines an initial Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) to be used on PUSCH for other use than
Defines the initial amount of PRBs in uplink.
Used to control cell reselection on intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or is considered
Indicates whether all the neighboring cells use Antenna Port 1./nWhen set to TRUE, the UE may assume that at
neighboring cells.
ID of the Local Cell Resource. The value for each cell shall be unique in the eNB.
The parameter defines the local state of the cell, its value is set by the operator.
Maximum bitrate that cannot be exceeded in DL due to UE capability.
Maximum bitrate that cannot be exceeded in UL due to UE capability.
The parameter defines the maximum code rate for paging. This maximum code rate is taken into account durin
The parameter defines the maximum code rate for random access procedure messages 4 (SRB0 message). This
scheduling.
The parameter defines the maximum code rate for random access procedure messages 2 (RA response). This m
scheduling.
The parameter defines the maximum code rate for System Information Broadcast. This maximum coderate is ta
The parameter defines how many OFDM symbols can be used for PDCCH channel transmission. eNB selects the
PCFICH.
Maximum number of UEs in the cell with established DRB.
Maximum number of UEs in the cell with an established RRC connection.
This is the maximum number of simultaneous users scheduled in a TTI in downlink.
This is the maximum number of simultaneous users scheduled in a TTI in uplink.
Selects whether the UECapability or O and M parameters limit the maximum bitrate UL and maximum bitrate D
The MBSFN neighbor cell configuration parameter is FFS.
CQI threshold for fallback to Open Loop MIMO diversity (in CQI).
CQI threshold for activation of Open Loop MIMO Spatial Multiplexing (in CQI).
Rank threshold for fallback to Open Loop MIMO diversity.
Rank threshold for activation of Open Loop MIMO Spatial Multiplexing.
Minimum bitrate to be granted by the DL scheduler.
Minimum bitrate to be granted by the UL scheduler.
The number of cell changes to enter the high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 36.304.
The number of cell changes to enter the medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 36.304.
The duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304. Value in seco
The additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter the normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in
on.
The parameter defines the length of the modification period./nModification period = modificationPeriodCoeff * d
lower than 1024./n(n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4 and n8 corresponds to value 8.)
This is the AckNack index offset relative to the lowest CCE index of the associated DL scheduling PDCCH.
This is the maximum number of consecutive 'out of sync' indications received from lower layers./nn1 correspon
Maximum number of consecutive 'in-sync' indications received from lower layers./nn1 corresponds to 1 and so o
This is the number of Physical Resource Blocks that are reserved for PUCCH formats 2//2a//2b.
The number of transmission antenna ports parameter defines whether the eNB has one or two antennas for the
This is the operational state of the cell, the value is set by the system.
This parameter defines the UE-specific nominal power to be used for PUCCH power calculation in UE uplink pow
for control data.
This parameter defines the UE-specific nominal power for the PUSCH. Used for P0_PUSCH calculation in UE uplin
received SNR for user data during (re)transmission corresponding to a received PDCCH with DCI format 0 assoc
to control mean received SNR for user data.
This parameter defines the maximum output power of the cell. The maximum output power is the maximum va
channels that is allowed to be used in a cell. The reference point is the antenna connector./nThe configurable d
W/n39.0 dBm = 8 W/n40.0 dBm = 10 W/n41.8 dBm = 15 W/n43.0 dBm = 20 W/n44.8 dBm = 30 W/n46.0 dBm
Pmax to be used for the intra-frequency neighboring EUTRA cells. If pmax is absent, the maximum power accor
The P-Max is used to limit the UE's uplink transmission power on a carrier frequency; it is also used to calculate
./nCorresponds to parameter PEMAX in TS 36.101./nThe UE transmit power should not exceed the minimum of t
for the UE power class, PUMAX, as specified in TS 36.101.
Paging nB defines the number of possible paging occasions per radio frame, i.e. the density of paging occasions
occasions within one paging DRX duration, which in turn is used to calculate the paging occasion.
The parameter defines default aggregation for UE to be used in PDCCH Link Adaptation when enableAmcPdcch
enabled and there is no valid Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) available due to an expiry of the timer determinin
The parameter defines the reserved number of Control Channel Elements (CCEs) for dedicated Random Access
PDCCH aggregation for paging defines how many CCEs shall be used for one PDCCH.
The parameter defines the aggregation level by means of control channel elements (CCEs) for preamble assign
sent during the non-contention based Random Access procedure in the case of DL data arrival during UL out-ofPDCCH aggregation for Random Access response message defines how many CCEs are used for one PDCCH.
PDCCH aggregation for secondary system information defines how many CCEs should be used for one PDCCH.
The parameter defines the limit for PDCCH allocations. PDCCH UE-specific search space capacity is multiplied b
The fine-tuning parameter for adjustment of measured and averaged CQI towards lower or higher aggregation i
The parameter determines the PDCCH allocation balance constant between uplink and downlink. In fact, the PD
and downlink based on the parameter before dynamic schedulings.
The configured PHICH duration puts a lower limit on the size of the control region signalled by the PCFICH. The n
The Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicatior Channel (PHICH) carries the hybrid-ARQ ACK//NAK. Multiple PHICHs mapped
group and the PHICH resource parameter defines the number of PHICH groups.
Physical layer cell identity defines a cell uniquely. It consists of two parts; physical layer cell identity group and
formula:/nphysical layer cell identity = 3 x physical layer cell identity group + physical layer identity./nGuidance
values, and in a three cell eNB all cells should have phyCellId which belongs to same physical layer cell identity
values are 0, 1, 2
Preamble cyclic shift defines the configuration which is used for preamble generation. The configuration determ
preamble. Unrestricted set is supported. /nConfiguration also defines the zero correlation zone and respective m
Defines allowed system frame and subframe numbers for random access attempts, and the preamble format.
First physical resource block available for PRACH in the UL system frequency band.
High speed flag for PRACH preamble generation determines whether an unrestricted or a restricted set has to b
parameter value 'false', is supported.
The power ramping step size parameter defines the power increment step size for Random Access preamble tra
The preamble transmission maximum defines the maximum number of Random Access transmissions. /nNote: T
This is the number of cyclic shifts for PUCCH formats 1//1a//1b in a resource block used for a mix of formats 1//1
The parameter defines the delta offset index for the decoding of the HARQ ACK // NACK information on PUSCH c
The parameter defines the delta offset index for the decoding of the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) // precodin
The PUSCH hopping offset parameter defines the offset used for PUSCH frequency hopping, expressed in a num
The parameter defines the delta offset index for the decoding of the Rank Indicator information on the PUSCH c
The Qhyst parameter provides the hysteresis value in dB for ranking criteria in the cell reselection procedure. T
Affects the minimum required RX level in the cell.
Specifies the minimum required RX RSRP level in the cell./n(Qrxlevmin in 36.304)
Specifies the minimum required RX RSRP level for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells./n(Qrxlevmin i
The maximum content resolution timer parameter defines the maximum amount of time allowed for contention
Defines the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) to be used for large size random access message 3 in case o
Path loss threshold in dB required for selecting one of the two groups of Random Access preambles./nThe UE wi
Msg3 AND its measured path loss is less than Pmax - PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER - DELTA_PR
5.1.2)
This parameter determines the total number of non-dedicated RA preambles that a UE can select from (i.e. for c
Defines the size of the Random Access preambles Group A.
The parameter defines the window size for the Random Access response in TTIs.
Defines the Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) to be used for the small size random access message 3 in ca
Defines the data volume to be used for small size Random Access message 3 in case of UL or DL data arrival.
The parameter switches the restricted RB assignment functionality on//off in the downlink direction. When the f
restricted to a limit defined in the redBwMaxRbDl parameter.
This parameter defines the maximum UE-specific PRB assingment per TTI in downlink. Note that this value will
bandwidth dependent RGB granularity.
Defines the maximum number of PRBs which may be assigned to a UE scheduled in UL when restricted PRB ass
PRBs in UL allocation must be of the form 2^i*3^j*5^k where i, j and k are non-negative integers, so effectively
with the rule.
Defines the minimum number of PRBs which may be assigned to a UE scheduled in UL when restricted PRB ass
PRBs is allowed if the transport block size with this number of PRBs and the MCS selected by AMC would exceed
UL allocation must be of the form 2^i*3^j*5^k where i, j and k are non-negative integers, so effectively the val
rule.
Enabling//disabling the restricted PRB assignment functionality in uplink.
Determines whether RI reporting is enabled (true) or not (false).
The parameter defines the offset for the periodic Rank Indicator reporting instance in relation to the CQI reporti
reporting and riPerOffset is -1, then subframe 4 is chosen for the RI report.
The parameter defines the offset for the periodic Rank Indicator reporting instance. The offset tells the time shi
the offset depends on the periodicity (cqiPerNp) of periodic CQI//PMI reporting.
The preamble generation is started from the root sequence which is pointed by the logical root sequence numb
one root is not enough to generate all the 64 preambles, then the concecutive number is selected until the full
information and neighboring cells should have a different value. RACH root sequence is transmitted in system in
for O&M purposes.
Describes the RF module bit scaling./nDefines mapping of the RP3 I and Q values amplitude into the power.
The Sintrasearch parameter defines the threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency measurements. /nThe UE can omit
serving cell is above a certain threshold.
The sNonintrsearch parameter defines the threshold (in dB) for inter-RAT and inter-frequency measurements.
The parameter indicates which system information block is contained in the SI-2 message.
The parameter indicates the repetition period of the SI-2 message.
The parameter indicates the repetition of the SI-2 message within the SI window.
The parameter indicates which System Information block is contained in the SI-3 message.
The parameter SI window length defines the common System Information scheduling window for all SIs.
Enable//disable uplink sounding reference signal.
The parameter defines the number of cell changes to enter the high mobility state. For the idle mode, it corresp
The parameter defines the number of cell changes to enter the medium mobility state. For idle mode, it corresp
The parameter defines an additional hysteresis value to be applied in the high mobility state to the cell reselect
corresponds to -6dB, db-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
The parameter defines an additional hysteresis value to be applied in the medium mobility state to the cell rese
corresponds to -6dB, db-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
Timer TCRmax defines the duration for evaluating the criteria to enter mobility states. For idle mode, it correspo
Timer TCRmaxHyst defines the additional duration for evaluating the criteria to enter normal mobility state. For
Downlink scheduling weight for Signalling Radio Bearer 1 and 2 for the uplink scheduler in MAC.
Uplink scheduling weight for Signalling Radio Bearer 1 and 2 for the uplink scheduler in MAC.
Enables//disables scheduling request indication configuration; false (0) means disabled, true (1) means enabled
Selects one of the four possible layers for sending SRS. 0 = the whole BW, 1 = 1//2 whole BW, 2 = 1//3 whole B
Defines the allowed bandwidth for SRS in the given system.
Duration for which the Sounding RS should be sent. Single shot (false) // indefinite (true).
Determines whether it is allowed in the cell to have SRS frequency hopping. Hopping is automatically enabled w
UE-dedicated sounding band.
UE-specific power offset to be used for Sounding Reference Signal transmission power calculation in UE uplink p
Determines if SRS and ACK//NACK are allowed (enabled) to be transferred simultaneously.
Determines the periodicity of SRS in subframes (mapping through TS36211 Table 5.5.3.3-1)./nAccording to [SFS
values for this parameter that define the cell-specific subframe configuration period and the cell-specific offset
different configurations are possible according to the list in Table 5.5.3.3-1 of TS36.211./nThe UE_SRS_Periodicit
defined./nWith the choice of SoundingRS_SUBF_CONFIG = 3, the configuration period by UE is in RL T always a2
SW state of the cell, the value is set by the system.
The parameter determines whether Primary and Secondary Synchronization Signals (PSS, SSS) are transmitted
ports using TX diversity with Precoding Vector Switching (PVS).
Timer T300 supervises the RRC connection establishment procedure. /nStart: Transmission of RRCConnectionRe
RRCConnectionReject message, cell re-selection and upon abortion of connection establishment by upper layer
5.3.3.6
Timer T301 supervises the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. /nStart: Transmission of RRCConnection
RRCConnectionReestablishment or RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message as well as when the selecte
eNB sends this parameter to the UE in the message RRC CONNECTION REJECT./nThe UE will consider access to
Timer T304 supervises the successful completion of a handover or cell change.
Timer T310 supervises the recovery from physical layer problems.
Timer T311 supervises the RRC connection re-establishment.
Time period of the periodic Buffer Status Report for the reporting of the UE transmission buffer utilization. Furth
BM].
UE configuration for sending periodic sounding reports.
Minimum intermediate time between two consecutive Power Headroom Reports.
Time when the regular BSRs are repeated when the UE has data available for transmission and no correspondin
The Treselection parameter defines the cell reselection timer value. It allows averaging of the target cell quality
Determines the maximum allowed Time Alignment offset. If the value is exceeded, TA command is sent to the U
Determines the number of subframes after which a UE assumes it is out-of-sync in UL if no Time Alignment com
The parameter defines lead with respect to the taTimer expiration time for starting to send the periodic timing
A code that commonly identifies the tracking area for all PLMNs listed for this cell.
Specifies the threshold for the serving frequency used in reselection evaluation towards lower priority EUTRAN f
Threshold for RSRP. If RSRP of serving cell is greater than Th1, only the serving cell is measured.
Threshold for RSRP of serving cell. If RSRP of serving value < Th3 and RSRP of neighbor cell Th3a, then handove
Threshold for RSRP of intra-frequency neighbor cell. If RSRP of serving value < Th3 and RSRP of neighbor cell Th
Threshold for RSRP of intra-frequency neighbor cell. If RSRP of serving value < Th4, then re-direct is triggered.
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor appl
mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 .
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor appl
medium mobility state as defined in TS 36.304.
Selects between TPC step-size sets {-1; 0; 1; 3} and {-1; 1} to be used for power control command on PDCCH (
Defines the mapping of the RP3 I and Q values amplitude into the TX power on the cell.
Uplink channel bandwidth defines the UL bandwidth for the eNode-B transmission in a cell, and also defines the
channel bandwidth mapping to number of Physical Resource Blocks is: 5.0 MHz = 25 UL PRBS 10.0 MHz = 50 U
Defines cyclic shift of uplink reference signals.
Defines target Block Error Ratio for uplink Adaptive Modulation and Coding.
O&M switch for enabling//disabling the counting of all Transport Blocks instead of the 1st transmission Transpor
inner loop factor.
O&M switch for enabling//disabling the 1st transmission BLER based Emergency Downgrade and Fast Upgrade f
Adaptation.
O&M switch for enabling//disabling the whole uplink Adaptive Modulation and Coding functionality and use an in
The parameter defines the period in sent Transport Blocks (TBs) when uplink Adaptive Modulation and Coding in
the parameter ulAmcEnableAllTbs, all TBs or 1st transmission TBs have been calculated for the period. MCS inc
be only made after the period ends.
O&M switch for enabling//disabling the uplink Adaptive Transmission Bandwidth (ATB) functionalities. ATB is bas
The parameter defines the period in MCS increase//decrease events when uplink Adaptive Transmission Bandwi
events are calculated and UL ATB functionality is executed every time the event counter reaches the value defi
UE-specific fractional path loss compensation factor: alpha value in UE uplink power control equations (P1) and
and sounding reference symbol.
Enables//disables the Closed Loop uplink power control.
The parameter defines the initial power for Random Access preamble transmission.
Lower threshold of the power control window for the RSSI (signal level) for PUCCH component.
Lower threshold of the power control window for the RSSI (signal level) for PUSCH//SRS component.
Lower threshold of the power control window for the SINR (signal quality) for PUCCH component.
Lower threshold of the power control window for the SINR (signal quality) for PUSCH//SRS component.
Including or excluding of RSSI and SINR measurements from PUCCH in the Closed Loop PC component.
Including or excluding of RSSI and SINR measurements from PUSCH in the Closed Loop PC component.
TPC command indicated in the Random Access response related to Random Access message 3 or 1st scheduled
Time interval for sending averaged RSSI and SINR values to the decision matrix to determine power corrections
Upper threshold of the power control window for the RSSI (signal level) for PUCCH component.
Upper threshold of the power control window for the RSSI (signal level) for PUSCH//SRS component.
Upper threshold of the power control window for the SINR (signal quality) for PUCCH component.
Upper threshold of the power control window for the SINR (signal quality) for PUSCH//SRS component.
This parameter allows the operator to assign a unique sector electronics ID to a cell period.
Antenna element electrical tilt angle.
This parameter is naming attribute of MOC LNMME. It should be used for unique identification of MME in eNB.
Mobile Country Code of PLMN ID included in Served PLMNs per RAT of MME. MCC and MNC build a unique plmn
Mobile Network Code of PLMN ID included in Served PLMNs per RAT of MME. MCC and MNC build a unique plmn
This parameter is naming attribute of MOC LNMME. It should be used for unique identification of MME in eNB.
Mobile Country Code of PLMN identity included in main GUMMEI of MME.
MME code included in main GUMMEI of MME.
MME group ID included in main GUMMEI of MME.
Mobile Network Code of PLMN identity included in main GUMMEI of MME.
This is a human readable name of the MME.
This parameter indicates the relative MME capacity assigned to the MME.
This parameter defines the specific mast-head amplifier unit.
3GPP protocol version
Defines is MHA AISG MHA or Non-AISG MHA. Selectable values is 0 (false)= Non-AISG MHA and 1 (true )= AISG M
AISG protocol version
Defines a configurable alarm threshold level for the mast-head amplifier, used if the MHA Alarm Detection para
Flexi Filter (FF).
This parameter defines the specific mast-head amplifier unit.
The antenna beamwidth for the band. Some RET types may automatically update the beamwidth information b
device. Some devices may also restrict ovewriting the field.
The antenna operation band. Some RET types may automatically update the band information based on the con
devices may also restrict ovewriting the field. One frequency band may be given only once. /nsupported antenn
MHz/nBand II: 1900 MHz/nBand III: 1800 MHz/nBand IV: 1700 MHz/nBand V: 850 MHz/nBand VI: 800 MHz/nBand
MHz/nBand X: 1700 MHz/nBand XI: 1500 MHz/nBand XII: 700 MHz/nBand XIII: 700 MHz/nBand XIV: 700 MHz
The antenna gain for the band. Some RET types may automatically update the gain information based on the co
devices may also restrict ovewriting the field.
Antenna Bearing
Antenna model number
Antenna serial number
Base Station ID
Defines the connection type for MHA//LNA.
Gain resolution given as the gain resolution figure expressed in dB.
Installation Date
Installer's ID
The parameter for MHA telling LNA number inside one MHA. For Non AISG MHAs is used -1 (not defined).
Maximum supported gain given as a gain figure expressed in dB.
Determines whether alarm detection is used or not. The options are 0 (false) and 1 (true). Default values for No
values for AISG and third party MHAs:0 Note: Configurable MHA alarms are allowed only for passive MHAs
Defines the gain of the mast-head amplifier.
Defines the type of the MHA. The supported MHA types are: WMHA, WMHB, WMHC, WMHD, MDTA, MDPA, MDGA
DTMARETFV2, DTMARETFV3, DTMARETFV4, SDTMARETFV1, SDTMARETFV2, SDTMARETFV3, TMAFV1, TMAFV3, T
Minimum supported gain given as a gain figure expressed in dB.
Determines which antenna interface is scanned. Expected value: FRx-ANTx and empty string where FRx: 1...3 a
antennas are capable for scanning // AISG device detection.
Sector ID
Defines the serial number of the unit in question.
Substance version number
TMA Subunit receive frequency band
TMA Subunit receive frequency band
TMA Subunit transmit frequency band
TMA Subunit transmit frequency band
TMA Subunit type
This parameter defines the MHA connector regarding WMHC and TMARET MHA types. The options are BTS1 (Pas
NODEB1 for TMARET MHA types. If other than WMHC or TMARET MHA types are used, then the wmhConnector p
Altitude of site.
This parameter indicates if Auto Configuration is allowed or blocked by a local installer working at the site.
Multiradio Flexi BTS creates this parameter with value True when it is ready for Auto Configuration. This parame
commissioned.
Latitude of site.
Longitude of site.
This parameter indicates if Multiradio Flexi BTS should automatically go to the 'Test Dedicated' state in start-up
Parameter is used for eNB identification during eNB auto connection, when logical eNB ID is not yet known. In a
ID given by eNB needs to match with this planned hardware ID parameter./nAs alternatives for Hardware ID bas
identification mechanisms can be used.
Parameter is used for eNB identification during eNB auto connection, when logical eNB ID is not yet known. In a
from eNB needs to match with this planned Site ID parameter./nAs alternatives for Site ID based approach, Auto
mechanisms can be used.
Parameter indicates if eNB auto configuration will be done automatically (TRUE) or manually (FALSE). Paramete
irrelevant after auto configuration.
Name of the configuration plan for eNB auto configuration. Parameter value is relevant only for auto configurati
Parameter indicates if eNB auto configuration plan is ready (TRUE) or not (FALSE). Parameter value is relevant o
configuration.
Identification of the SW package that is activated into eNB during auto configuration. If no value is planned then
planned (type default) then NetAct SW Manager activates default SW package. Parameter value is used only at
configuration.
Parameter indicates status of eNB auto configuration operations.
The parameter specifies the description of the Site Template that is or shall be assigned for the base station. Si
Template Name, which is needed when generating complete BTS configuration.
The parameter specifies the name of the Site Template assigned for the base station. Site Template can be used
planning phase.
Naming attribute of the object instance. This parameter points to the location of the physical PDH interface on t
1/nThe value range of if# = 1..4./nExample: 1-3.
This parameter is used to lock and unlock the PDH interface./nLocking the interface deactivates it. All alarms an
This parameter holds the number of the PDH interface, i.e. the location of the physical PDH interface on the uni
This parameter specifies the attenuation for the signal from the transmitter. /nAll attenuation values are specifi
interfaces.
This parameter specifies the frame format of the PDH signal for a physical PDH interface of the unit./nFor E1 the
MULTIFRAME./nFor T1 the only possible value is: /n- EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME./nFor JT1 the only possible value i
This parameter holds the physical location number (slot number) of the unit on which the PDH interface is locat
This parameter identifies the Quality of Service (QOS) configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.
This parameter specifies a Diff Servce Code Point value.
This parameter designates a per hop behaviour wird drop precedence within the PHB class group for Assured Fo
Expedited Forwarding (EF)./n4 PHB classes are defined within the Assured Forwarding group (AF1 to AF4) and th
the drop precedence is as follows: 1 (e.g. AF41) = low drop precedence, 2 (e.g. AF42) = medium drop preceden
This parameter specifies the value of the VLAN priority bits for a given DSCP value.
This is the weight value of the traffic queue associated to the Per Hop Behaviour Assured Forwarding Class 1 (A
This is the weight value of the traffic queue associated to the Per Hop Behaviour Best Effort (BE).
This is the Diff Servce Code Point (DSCP) codes that the eNB shall use for a specific traffic type.
This parameter specifies a traffic type./nAllowed values are:/nCPLANE: Signalling transport (C-plane) between e
between eNB nodes (X2AP protocol)./nICMP: ICMP traffic with high and low priority./nIKE: IPSec IKE traffic./nMPL
System with high and low priority./nSPLANE: Synchronization plane traffic (Timing over Packet).
for O&M purposes.
This parameter defines the number of redirection targets specified for the respective cell and this parameter is
This parameter must be configured if redirRAT=cdma2000-HRPD or redirRAT=cdma2000-1xRTT./nSpecifies the
This parameter must be configured if redirRAT=cdma2000-HRPD or redirRAT=cdma2000-1xRTT./nSpecifies the
Specifies the eUTRA frequency (max value ref to 36.331)/nThis parameter must be configured if redirRAT=eutra
This parameter must be configured if redirRAT=utraFDD or redirRat=utraTDD./nSpecifies the UTRA frequency.
for O&M purposes.
This parameter defines the number of redirection targets specified for the respective cell and this parameter is
List of GERAN ARFCN values (in addition to redirGeranStartingArfcn)./nThis parameter must always be configure
Indicator to distinguish the GERAN frequency band in case of ARFCN values associated with either GSM 1800 or
one of those bands, the indicator has no meaning./nThis parameter must always be configured if redirRAT=gera
The first ARFCN value in the set of GERAN ARFCNs in the GERAN carrier frequencies list./nThis parameter must
This parameter selects the RAT to which the UE is redirected.
3GPP protocol version
Defines is RET AISG RET or Non-AISG RET. Selectable values is 0 (false)= Siemens AISG1.1, TMARET RET, Sieme
The elevation angle between the direction orthogonal to the antenna element axis and the maximum of its mai
means that the antenna beam is directed below the direction orthogonal to the antenna axis. The BTS creates t
device. The user sets the parameter value at least once according to the configuration//network plan. Otherwis
angle of a RET device might take up to 2 minutes according to 3GPP stardards. A typical time for the calibration
standards, setting tilt of several devices connected onto one antenna line is done as a series of consecutive ope
more details of calibration, see calibrate parameter documentation) are done as consecutive operations. When
may be increased long enough as to not be feasible to be activated in one plan. Thus, in such case, time consum
The antenna operation band. Some RET types may automatically update the band information based on the con
devices may also restrict ovewriting the field. One frequency band may be given only once./nsupported antenn
MHz/nBand II: 1900 MHz/nBand III: 1800 MHz/nBand IV: 1700 MHz/nBand V: 850 MHz/nBand VI: 800 MHz/nBand
MHz/nBand X: 1700 MHz/nBand XI: 1500 MHz/nBand XII: 700 MHz/nBand XIII: 700 MHz/nBand XIV: 700 MHz
Antenna Bearing
Antenna height
Antenna location

Antenna technology:/n0: voice; /n1: data; /n2: voice//data
Antenna type according to the user scheme
Identifies the specific antenna line(s) assigned to the RET.
Base Station ID
Exercise the antenna drive unit over its entire range of travel to ensure fault-free operation, and synchronize th
of a RET device might take up-to 4 minutes according to 3GPP stardards. A typical time for the calibration is app
calibration of several devices connected onto one antenna line is done as a series of consecutive operations by
details of set tilt, see set tilt parameter documentation) are done as consecutive operations. When such situatio
increased long enough as to not be feasible to be activated in one plan. Thus, in such case, time consuming ope
maximum calibration time is 30minutes.
This parameter defines if Calibration has been done
Defines if a Configuration File DL is needed.
This parameter defines if the Configuration has been done.
This parameter is used to store and tranfer a device specific configuration data to the BTS. Configuration data i
when requested by the user (see referred parameters). Configuration data download and usage is specified with
between about 20 and 150 bytes. If the file is bulky, for example over 1 kilobytes, it is probably not a proper co
Defines the connection type for RET.
Defines HW Version of a RET unit.
Installation Date
Installer's ID
Defines the manufacturer of the device
This parameter defines the minimum allowed electrical tilt value. Changing the minimum or maximum values m
the proper range. It is recommended to enter values only if they are not retrieved from the device after configu
use if configuration file is updated with the same plan file (i.e. the user-defined values are overwritten). The min
parameter to SCF. The parameter value is read from the device. The user sets the parameter value at least onc
(factory or old setting) exists.
Defines the minimum allowed electrical tilt value. Changing the minimum or maximum values may cause incor
It is recommended to enter values only if they are not retrieved from the device after configuration file activatio
configuration file is updated with the same plan file (i.e. user-defined values are overwritten). The minimum val
Defines the product code of the unit in question. Mandatory for 3GPP RET
This parameter defines which antenna interface is scanned. Expected value: FRx-ANTx and empty string where
type which antennas are capable of scanning // AISG device detection.
Sector ID
Defines the serial number of the unit in question. Mandatory for 3GPP RET
Defines Configuration File SW Version
This parameter is the naming attribute of MOC SCTP.
This is the number of unanswered heartbeat messages or data acknowledgements (within a time defined by RT
declaring the SCTP association failure.
This parameter specifies the maximum value for retransmission timer T3-rtx when DATA or heartbeat was sent
This parameter specifies the minimum value for retransmission timer T3-rtx when DATA or heartbeat was sent a
Specifies the SCTP port number at MME SCTP endpoint (S1-MME), in case of multi--homed MME of all MME SCTP
This parameter defines the interval between two SCTP heartbeat messages, counted in seconds.
Maximum supported number of inbound streams within association.
This is the maximum supported number of outbound streams within association.
Stream ID for non-UE-associated inbound C-Plane messages (S1AP//X2AP signaling messages without UE associ
Stream ID for non-UE-associated outbound C-Plane messages (S1AP//X2AP signaling messages without UE asso
Specifies the SCTP port number at adjacent eNB SCTP endpoint (X2-C)
This parameter identifies the clock synchronization configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the synchronization protection group. The value is always 1.
This parameter specifies the protocol of this clock source: PDH, synchronuous Ethernet, Time over Packet or the
This parameter/n- specifies either the physical location of the PDH interface location on the unit (value range 1.
location of the ethernet interface of the unit (value range 1..3) for a Time Over Packet synchronization source o
source./nIn case the external clock is selected as synchronization source the parameter is ignored by the BTS. R
This parameter determines the priority in which the clock sources of the BTS are to be taken into use. Value 1 is
This parameter enables SSM support (Synchronization Status Message) for Synchronuous Ethernet.
This is the maximum duration in seconds for which the actual SSM value may be less than ssmPRC clock quality
This parameter specifies the location of the unit of the interface from which the clock source is to be take. In th
This parameter identifies the synchronization protection group. The value is always 1.
This parameter identifies the Time Over Packet configuration of the FTM. The value is always 1.
Used to lock and unlock the TOP object instance./nLocking the object deactivates it and supresses all its alarms
This indicates how often a ToP sync message is sent by the ToP master within the transmission duration request
currently fixed to 300 seconds.)/nThe following values are defined as follows:/n-3:
8 per second/n-4: 16 pe
This is the IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
for O&M purposes.
Identifies the UFFIM (UTRAN FDD Frequency Idle Mode configuration) managed objects.
UTRA cell reselection timer
The field t-ReselectionUTRA is multiplied by this factor if the UE is in the high mobility state as defined in 36.304
The field t-ReselectionUTRA is multiplied by this factor if the UE is in the medium mobility state as defined in 36
for O&M purposes.
Identifies the UFFIM (UTRAN FDD Frequency Idle Mode configuration) managed objects.
Contains the downlink frequency (Nd).
UTRA maximum allowed transmit power.
This specifies the minimum required quality level in the cell in dB. It is not applicable to TDD cells or GSM cells
This specifies the minimum required RX level in the cell in dBm.
Absolute priority of the UTRA carrier frequency.
This specifies the threshold used in reselection towards the frequency X priority from a higher priority frequency
This parameter holds the slot number of the hardware unit of the FTM. The value is always 1 (only 1 slot is avai
This parameter shows the hardware type of the installed unit./nValues are:/nFTIB: 471720A/nFTLB: 471984A.
This parameter specifies the type of the hardware unit that is expected to be installed in the FTM slot./nValues a
Identifier of CREL object
Pointer to the LTE cell (LNCEL) which uses parent RET object. Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.
The inter-frequency measurement procedure measures one frequency at a time. If there is more than one carrie
inter-frequency neighbour cells (having the same UTRA RF channel number) which are measured first. /nIn case
controlled by the parameter InterFreqNcellPriorityQuality. The range of the parameter varies from zero to 7. Zer
Inter-frequency measurement procedure will measure one frequency at a time. If there is more than one carrier
frequency neighbour cells (having the same UTRA RF channel number) that are measured first. /nIn case of a se
controlled by the parameter AdjiPrioritySLHO. The range of the parameter varies from zero to 7. Zero is the low
This parameter is used in the cell re-selection and ranking between WCDMA cells. The value of this parameter i
frequency neighbour cell before the UE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection//ranking criteria
frequency neighbour cell before the UE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection//ranking criteria
Determines the minimum required CPICH Ec//No level which must be exceeded by the measurement result of th
becomes possible.
Determines the minimum required CPICH RSCP level which must be exceeded by the measurement result of the
becomes possible.
This parameter is used in the cell ranking between GSM and WCDMA cells when the inter-frequency neighbour c
the neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level, the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selection betw
Penalty Time) from the measured CPICH RSCP of the inter-frequency neighbour cell. /nThe alternative values are
and 'Infinity'.
Identification of ADJD (Additional Intra-frequency Adjacency) within a WCDMA cell.
An additional intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with the UTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of th
The parameter indicates the transmission power level of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the addi
The parameter indicates whether the additional intra-frequency neighbour cell is forbidden to affect the reportin
the active set.
The parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover to the a
The PLMN Identifier and the Location Area Code (LAC) determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the additional
the Global RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier, which consists of the Mobile Country Code (MCC),
the Global RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier, which consists of the Mobile Country Code (MCC),
The parameter defines the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover of a non-r
The Location Area (LAI) and the Routing Area Code (RAC) determine the Routing Area to which the additional int
RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier and the RNC Identifier.
The parameter defines the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover of a real t
The parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover to the a
simultaneously with the AMR speech CS RAB.
The downlink scrambling code of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the additional intra-frequency n
intra-frequency neighbour cell must be unique within the basic and additional intra-frequency neighbour cells.
The parameter indicates whether the Primary CPICH of the additional intra-frequency neighbour cell is broadcas
two antennas, the UE measures the received code power from each antenna separately and sums the measure
power on the Primary CPICH.
Identification of inter-system adjacency (GSM or GAN) within a WCDMA cell. If Wireless Priority Service is enable
cell of blind handover. When Wireless Priority Service feature is enabled, then value 0 is a special value which in
that Inter-system adjacency identifier 0 shall be defined by operator if Wireless Priority Service feature is enable
The parameter indicates whether the inter-system neighbour cell is a GSM cell or a GAN cell.
Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) is composed of Network Colour Code (NCC) and Base Station Colour Code (BC
neighbour cell.
This parameter contains the absolute RF channel number of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) of the GSM
the GAN neighbour cell.
This parameter indicates whether the BCCH ARFCN of the neighbour cell belongs to the GSM 1900 band. The pa
cell.
GSM and GAN neighbour cells are identified with the Cell Global Identifier (CGI), which is composed of the PLMN
The PLMN Identifier and Location Area Code (LAC) determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the GSM or GAN n
the Mobile Country Code (MCC) and the Mobile Network Code(MNC).
Furthermore, the PLMN Identifier is composed of the Mobile Country Code (MCC) and the Mobile Network Code
Furthermore, the PLMN Identifier is composed of the Mobile Country Code (MCC) and the Mobile Network Code
Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) is composed of Network Colour Code (NCC) and Base Station Colour Code (BC
neighbour cell.
The parameter indicates whether the GSM neighbour cell is included in the System Information Block 11&11bis
The GSM neighbour cell is included in the system information when the value of the parameter is 'SIB'. The GSM
information when the value of the parameter is 'SIBbis'. The value of the parameter is set by the system for the
is enabled, then the parameter Include in System Information shall be set to have value 'SIB' for ADJG-0./nThe t
neighbour cells, which can be included in the System Information Block type 11 (SIB11), is 47. When HCS is use
Block type 11bis (SIB11bis) increases the maximum number of adjacencies to 96. SIB11bis can only be decode
intra-frequency, inter-frequency and GSM neighbour cells, which are included in the System Information, exceed
to pack the neighbour cell information into the SIB data and the scheduling of the system information blocks fai
WCDMA CELL OUT OF USE (BCCH scheduling error) is reported for the cell./nNote: The parameter AdjgSIB does
connected mode. That is, all GSM neighbour cells are monitored for the inter-system handover regardless of the
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that a UE can use when accessing the GSM ne
required GSM RSSI level, which the measurement result of the GSM neighbour cell must exceed before the cell
system for the GAN neighbour cell.
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that a UE may use on a TCH in the GSM neigh
algorithm of the inter-RAT (GSM) handover. If the maximum output power of the UE is lower than the value of th
to the minimum required GSM RSSI level, which the measurement result of the GSM neighbour cell must exceed
by the system for the GAN neighbour cell.
Defines the parameter set (HOPG object) which controls the inter-RAT handover of a non-real time (NRT) radio b
by the system for the GAN neighbour cell.
Defines the parameter set (HOPG object) which controls the inter-RAT handover of a real time (RT) radio bearer
system for the GAN neighbour cell.
Identification of ADJI (Inter-Frequency Adjacency) within a WCDMA Cell.
An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified with the UTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the Global R
possible if the new target cell is under the controlling RNC. Cross-check between RNC, WCEL and ADJI objects is
This parameter indicates the transmission power level of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the inte
This parameter controls the activity of common load measurement of certain inter-frequency neighbour cell tha
over Iur by using RNSAP signalling./nThe measurement is used to detect whether non-critical handovers are pos
measurement is event based (event A and event B), and the following RNC configuration parameters define the
NCHOHystComLoadMeasDRNCCell, and NCHOFilterCoeffComLoadMeasDRNCCell./nValue 1 of the parameter me
may reject activation due to capacity reasons or if it does not support this measurement./n'Non-critical handove
handovers. Service and load based handover make use of this parameter.
This parameter defines CPICH EcNo offset for the non-critical inter-frequency handover procedure. /nIf the meas
critical handover procedure, the handover to the selected target cell can be done if the blocked cell is not inside
inside the soft handover range if the measured EcNo of the best target cell subtracted with the value of this par
cell. EcNo offset of the target cell is used in the calculation./n'Non-critical handovers' are, for example, service a
This parameter defines if an inter-frequency neighbour cell that is blocked from the service- and load-based han
that WCDMA frequency from the SLHO procedure./nIf the parameter has the value 0 and the cell is blocked from
the WCDMA frequency are removed from the list of possible handover targets in the SLHO procedure./nIf the pa
SLHO procedure, RNC measures this WCDMA frequency in a normal manner. A handover to the selected target
handover range. The soft handover range for each target cell is defined with the RNP parameter AdjiEcNoOffset
PLMN Identifier and Location Area Code (LAC) determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the inter-frequency ne
An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified with UTRAN Cell Identifier which is composed of Global RNC Ident
composed of RNC Identifier and PLMN Identifier, which in turn consists of Mobile Country Code (MCC) and Mobil
the new target cell is under the controlling RNC. Cross-check between RNC, WCEL and ADJI objects is required.
An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified with UTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of Global RNC Iden
composed of RNC Identifier and PLMN Identifier, which in turn consists of Mobile Country Code (MCC) and Mobil
the new target cell is under the controlling RNC. Cross-check between RNC, WCEL and ADJI objects is required.
This parameter indicates whether the neighbouring cell provides the HSPA support for non-critical handovers.
Location Area (LAI) and Routing Area Code (RAC) determine the Routing Area to which the inter-frequency neigh
An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified with UTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of Global RNC Iden
PLMN Identifier and RNC Identifier./nThe modification is not possible if the new target cell is under the controllin
required.
This parameter indicates whether the inter-frequency neighbour cell is included in the System Information Block
procedures. The inter-frequency neighbour cell is included in the system information when the value of the para
in the extended system information when the value of the parameter is 'SIBbis'./nThe maximum number of inte
System Information Block 11&12&18 is 32. The neighbouring cells can be distributed to up to two FDD carriers
inter-frequency and GSM neighbour cells, which can be included in the System Information Block type 11 (SIB11
cells./nSystem Information Block type 11bis (SIB11bis) increases the maximum number of adjacencies to 96. SI
R6./nIf the total number of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and GSM neighbour cells, which are included in the
the NBAP interface is not able to pack the neighbour cell information into the SIB data and the scheduling of the
system and an alarm 7771 WCDMA CELL OUT OF USE (BCCH scheduling error) is reported for the cell./nNote: Th
measurements in CELL_DCH state of connected mode. That is, all inter-frequency neighbour cells are monitored
the parameter AdjiSIB.
Defines the downlink scrambling code of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the inter-frequency neig
Indicates, whether the Primary CPICH of the inter-frequency neighbour cell is broadcast from two antennas. If th
measures the received code power from each antenna separately, and sums the measurement results together
CPICH.
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that a UE may use on the DPCH in the neighbo
algorithm of the inter-frequency handover. If the maximum output power of the UE is lower than the value of th
to the minimum required CPICH RSCP level, which the measurement result of the neighbour cell must exceed b
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that a UE can use when accessing the neighbo
This parameter defines the UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the inter-frequency neighbour c
and the downlink carrier frequency. The RNC calculates the uplink carrier frequency and the uplink channel num
distance used in the RF band./nRF band I: Allowed DL channel numbers are 10562-10838./nRF band II: Allowed
channel numbers are 9663-9712, 9763-9812, and 9888-9937. Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 412,
687./nRF band III: Allowed DL channel numbers are 1162-1513./nRF band IV: Allowed DL channel numbers are:
1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, and 2087./nRF band V : Allowed DL channel numbers are 43
1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, and 1087./nRF band VI: Allowed DL channel numbers are 4387 - 4413. Allowed additio
Allowed DL channel numbers are 2237 - 2563. Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 2587, 2612, 2637, 2
and 2912./nRF band VIII: Allowed DL channel numbers are: 2937-3088./nRF band IX: Allowed DL channel numbe
are 3112-3388. Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 3412, 3437, 3462, 3487, 3512, 3537, 3562, 3587, 3
channel numbers are 3712-3812./nRF band XII: Allowed DL channel numbers are 3837 - 3903. Allowed addition
and 3992./nRF band XIII: Allowed DL channel numbers are 4017 - 4043. Allowed additional DL channel numbers
numbers are 4117 - 4143. Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 4167 and 4192. /nNote that if the UE is o
DL UARFCN sent by the network from the overlapping region of Band V and Band VI is from Band VI. If the UE is
that any DL UARFCN sent by the network from the overlapping region of Band V and Band VI is from Band V.
Defines the parameter set (HOPI object) which controls the inter-frequency handover of a non-real time (NRT) ra
Defines the parameter set (HOPI object) which controls the inter-frequency handover of a real time (RT) radio be
Identification of ADJL within a WCDMA cell
This parameter defines the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the neighboring E-UTRA frequ
carrier frequency.
This parameter indicates the measurement bandwidth information common for all neighbouring E-UTRA cells on
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, NRB [36.104]. The values indicate the number of resource blocks over w
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPL object) that controls the inter-RAT handover of idle and connec
reselection procedure.
Identification of ADJS (Intra-Frequency Adjacency) within a WCDMA cell.
An intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with the UTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the Global R
possible if the new target cell is under the controlling RNC. Cross-check between RNC, WCEL and ADJS objects i
This parameter indicates the transmission power level of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the intra
This parameter indicates whether the neighbouring cell is forbidden to affect the reporting range (addition//drop
The CPICH Ec//No Offset determines an offset value, which the UE adds to the CPICH Ec//No measurement resul
with the reporting criteria.
The PLMN Identifier and the Location Area Code (LAC) determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the intra-frequ
RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier, which consists of the Mobile Country Code (MCC), the Mobile
modification is not possible if the new target cell is under the controlling RNC. Cross-check between RNC, WCEL
RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier, which consists of the Mobile Country Code (MCC), the Mobile
modification is not possible if the new target cell is under the controlling RNC. Cross-check between RNC, WCEL
The Location Area (LAI) and the Routing Area Code (RAC) determine the Routing Area to which the intra-frequen
is composed of the PLMN Identifier and the RNC Identifier./nThe modification is not possible if the new target ce
WCEL and ADJS objects is required.
The parameter determines whether the intra-frequency neighbour cell is included in the System Information Blo
procedures. The intra-frequency neighbour cell is included in the system information when the value of the para
in the extended system information when the value of the parameter is 'SIBbis'./nThe total number of intra-freq
be included in the System Information Block type 11 (SIB11), is 47. When HCS is used, the capacity is limited to
increases the maximum number of adjacencies to 96. SIB11bis can only be decoded by the UEs which support 3
frequency and GSM neighbour cells, which are included in the System Information, exceeds the physical size of
neighbour cell information into the SIB data and the scheduling of the system information blocks fails. The cell i
OUT OF USE (BCCH scheduling error) is reported for the cell./nNote: The parameter AdjsSIB does not affect intra
mode. That is, all intra-frequency neighbour cells are monitored for the soft(er) handover regardless of the valu
The downlink scrambling code of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the intra-frequency neighbour c
This parameter indicates whether the Primary CPICH of the intra-frequency neighbour cell is broadcast from two
antennas, the UE measures the received code power from each antenna separately and sums the measuremen
power on the Primary CPICH.
This parameter indicates the maximum transmission power level that a UE can use when accessing the neighbo
The parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPS object) controlling the intra-frequency handovers of a user h
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover of a non-r
This parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPS object) controlling intra-frequency handovers of a user havin
RAB.
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover of a real t
This parameter is used when the Radio Network Access Regulation Function feature is active. The parameter te
Access Class Barred List System parameter uses binary notation of 10 bits where/n- bit 0 indicates whether acc
barred for AC1/n- bit 2 indicates whether access is barred for AC2/n.../n- bit 9 indicates whether access is barred
is in the 'barred' state. If a bit is set to 0, the corresponding Access Class is in the 'not barred' state. If all bits ar
are in the 'barred' state./nThis parameter replaces the barring information for AC0 to AC9 in the cells that have
the Radio Network Access Regulation Function feature is active./nNote: This parameter is updated by the RNC
'RestrictionInterval')./nThis parameter is part of the System Information Block 3.
This parameter uniquely identifies the CMOB (Congestion Management Group) within the RNC. Parameter value
reserved for system usage.
The Cell Access Restriction parameter defines the percentage of the cell that is restricted. The parameter define
restricted in a cell at the same time./n- 10% indicates that one Access Class is barred in a cell/n- 20% indicates
indicates that nine ACs are barred at the same time/n- 100% indicates that the cell is blocked from ACs 0 to 9
User-defined name for the restriction group.
Restriction group type. Only parameter values 3 (RNAR),4 (CS-DSAC), and 5 (PS-DSAC) are available for the use
The parameter is a switch to enable or disable traffic restriction.
This parameter enables you to specify the allowed AAL type 2 CPS-SDU (Common Part Sublayer Service Data U
loss ratios are between 10^-9 and 10^-2 and entered as integers from -9 to -2. The parameter is given in the C
to the COCO object./nIt is recommended that values -4-9 are not used since using them decrease the amount
applied in NPS1 unit only partially. When the ATM end points are terminated in NPS1 unit only values -2 and -3 a
being used instead.
This parameter indicates whether the BTS AAL2 multiplexing functionality is enabled in the Iub interface.
This parameter specifies the allowed AAL type 2 CPS-SDU (Common Part Sublayer Service Data Unit) multiplexi
200, step 0.1 ms. The parameter is given in COCO creation and it is applied for all ATM end points related to the
not used since using them decrease the amount of admitted calls significantly./nThe parameter range is applied
terminated in NPS1 unit only values 100 and 200 are supported. If parameter has other value, the default is bei
This parameter defines the length of the AAL2 queue for NRT HSDPA (tolerant) traffic in a VCC when dynamic H
which carry NRT HSDPA traffic./nThis parameter applies only if the VCC is being terminated in A2SU hardware.
used.
This parameter defines the length of the AAL2 queue for NRT HSDPA (tolerant) traffic in a VCC when dynamic in
carry NRT HSDPA traffic./nThis parameter applies only if the VCC is being terminated in A2SU hardware. In case
This parameter defines the length of the DL AAL2 queue for all HSUPA traffic. This applies to all VCC types whic
is being terminated in A2SU hardware. In case the VCC is terminated in NPS1, the parameter is not used.
This parameter defines the length of the AAL2 queue for NRT DCH (stringent bi-level) traffic in a VCC when dyna
only if the VCC is being terminated in A2SU hardware. In case the VCC is terminated in NPS1, the parameter is
This parameter defines the length of the AAL2 queue for NRT DCH (stringent bi-level) traffic in a VCC when dyna
applies only if the VCC is being terminated in A2SU hardware. In case the VCC is terminated in NPS1, the param
This parameter defines the length of the AAL2 queues in VCC where only the stringent and stringent bi-level RT
queue in a VCC when NRT DCH (stringent bi-level) traffic is carried in same VCC with RT DCH (stringent) traffic./
in A2SU hardware. In case the VCC is terminated in NPS1, the parameter is not used.
This parameter defines the cell delay variation tolerance for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the ingress direc
Early Packet Discard option for the ATM termination point.
The Egress MDCR is an optional parameter for UBR+ connections to define a long-term target for a minimum se
This Egress parameter defines a weight which is used in sharing the excessive bandwidth among the UBR+ con
of bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections.
The Ingress MDCR is an optional parameter for UBR+ connections and it is used to define a long-term target for
This Ingress parameter defines a weight which is used in sharing the excessive bandwidth among the UBR+ con
of bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections.
This parameter defines the peak cell rate allowed for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the ingress direction.
Partial Packet Discard option for the ATM termination point.
The ATM external interface used for the AAL2 signalling link VP//VC termination point.
Identification of the Traffic Termination Point for AAL2 signalling link.
This parameter is the AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier.
The Virtual Path Identifier defines a group of virtual channel links at a given reference point that share the same
The AAL2 Fallback attribute field at the ATM end point configuration indicates whether the AAL2 VCC should be
is not available. The AAL2 Fallback attribute information in the ATM end point configuration is used to control th
the Hybrid BTS backhaul scenario for the HSPA Transport fallback feature. The AAL2 Fallback Attribute is not use
This parameter specifies the AAL type 2 path between two adjacent nodes./nThe AAL2 path id is generated by t
and Digit analysis for the AAL2 connections (COCO creation//modification or WBTS creation//modification). /nTh
and AAL2 tp id. The formula is WBTS id * 1000 + AAL2 tp id. For example, the AAL2 path id for the WBTS id 4 an
AAL2 Path type field at the ATM end point configuration indicates the ITU-T Q.2630.2 AAL Type 2 Path QoS Code
the AAL2 Path. The AAL2PathType and AAL2UPUsage information in the ATM end point configuration is used to c
setup./nDefault values:/nAAL2UPUsage: DCH&HSDPA/nAAL2PathType: Stringent & Stringent bi-level & Tolerant/n
Streaming QoS for HSPA feature is in use for the BTS then all the AAL2 Path Types should be found under a certa
HSUPA/nAAL2PathType: Stringent & Stringent bi-level & Tolerant/nCorresponding parameter at ATM end point ZL
The AAL2 signalling link ATM interface identifier reference for the AAL2 user plane link.
The virtual channel identifier for the AAL2 signalling link.
The Virtual Path Identifier specifies a group of virtual channel links at a given reference point that share the sam
The ATM external interface used for the AAL2 user plane link VP//VC termination point.
UBR+ VCC is defined by its Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR) and Peak Cell Rate (PCR). User traffic can utilise
parameter for UBR+ connections to define a long-term target for a minimum service guarantee.
The Egress UBR Share parameter defines a weight to share the excessive bandwidth among the UBR+ connecti
bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections. /nThe excessive bandwidth of UBR+ connections in a V
category (CBR or UBR+) but whether it is shaped or not. The excessive bandwidth value can be equal to the PC
UBR+ VCC is defined by its Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR) and Peak Cell Rate (PCR). User traffic can utilise
parameter for UBR+ connections to define a long-term target for a minimum service guarantee. The MDCR para
The Ingress UBR Share parameter defines a weight to share the excessive bandwidth among the UBR+ connect
bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections./nThe excessive bandwidth of UBR+ connections in a Vi
category (CBR or UBR+) but whether it is shaped or not. The excessive bandwidth value can be equal to the PC
The parameter defines, together with the AAL2 Path Type combinations, the type of the traffic carried on the giv
air interface channel type (DCH//HSxPA) carried over the AAL2 VCC while the AAL2 Path Type defines the transp
then VCC will be taken as a candidate to carry the transport bearers for the Common Transport Channels, R99 D
depend on the feature licenses in the system. DCH & HSDPA (former SHARED) can be configured by default. Th
license./nThe applicable values depend on the feature licenses in the system. /n - DCH & HSDPA (former SHARE
bi-level & Tolerant can be applied for the DCH & HSDPA AAL2UPUsage./n - DCH with AAL2PT Stringent & Stringe
enabled/n - DCH with AAL2PT Stringent (former RTDCH) is applicable if Path Selection is enabled./n - DCH with A
Path Selection is enabled./nNote: AAL2 PT Tolerant cannot be used if the AAL2UPUsage is DCH/n - HSDPA with a
enabled./n - HSUPA with any AAL2 PT combination is applicable if HSUPA is enabled./n - HSPA with any AAL2 PT
features are enabled./n - DCH&HSPA with any AAL2 PT combination is applicable if Path Selection and HSUPA fe
VCCs there shall be at least one AAL2 VCC with Tolerant AAL2 Path Type.
The virtual channel identifier for the AAL2 user plane link termination point.
The Virtual Path Identifier defines a group of virtual channel links at a given reference point that share the same
This parameter defines the A2EA of the AAL2 termination in the WCDMA BTS. It is used to locate the free ATM (A
created by the system for the Iub interface when creating the Routing and Digit analysis for the AAL2 connectio
creation//modification). It is also possible to give the numbering manually./nThe system automatically adds the
the digit sequence when the numbering generation option is used./nOne AAL2 VCC for WAM RAN1.5.2ED2 level
+ 3 digits (AAL2UPTPId)/nThe address is generated from the corresponding WBTS id and AAL2 user plane TP id.
would be 4900144005./nSeveral AAL2 VCCs for WAM RAN04 level A2EA generation rule:/n'49' (AFI) + 5 digits (W
is generated from the corresponding WBTS id and WAM id. For example, the A2EA for the WBTS id 12448 with W
BTS) generation rule:/n'49' (AFI) + 5 digits (WBTSId) + 3 digits '0' (filler)/nThe address is generated from the co
1244 would be 4901244000./nThe length of the digit sequence will be 40 in the system. The additional charact
the digit is stored to the system.
The parameter defines the VCC Bundle this VCC is attached to. If the value of this parameter is set to 0, the VC
The parameter defines the WAM unit logical identification at the BTS end related to the AAL2 user plane link. Th
numbering for the AAL2 user plane link. The WAM id parameter value has to be selected from the values given
This parameter defines the scheduling weights profile for the ATM EP. The profile id is applicable for the NPS1 H
the corresponding profile needs to be configured in the system before assigning it to the ATM End Points of the
The Egress MDCR is an optional parameter for UBR+ connections and it is used to define a long-term target for
The Egress UBR Share parameter defines a weight to be used in sharing the excessive bandwidth among the UB
amount of bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections.
The Ingress UBR Share parameter defines a weight which is used in sharing the excessive bandwidth among the
amount of bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections.
The ATM external interface used for the C-NBAP VP//VC Link termination point.
An identifier that defines a particular virtual channel link for a given virtual path connection (VPC).
The Virtual Path Identification for the termination point.
The COCO identifier identifies the Connection Configuration object for the Iub interface in the RNW database of
This parameter defines whether or not the CDVT is calculated by the system at the ATM termination point creat
This parameter defines whether or not the termination points are created during the COCO object creation. If th
the termination points have to be defined (PCR, CDVT, Service Class and so on).
The parameter defines the identification of the Communication Control Port in the BTS. One Communication Por
The ATM external interface used for the D-NBAP VP//VC Link termination point.
This parameter specifies the cell delay variation tolerance for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the egress dire
This parameter specifies the cell delay variation tolerance for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the ingress dire
The Egress MDCR Egress is an optional parameter for UBR+ connections and it is used to define a long-term tar
The Egress UBR Share parameter defines a weight to share the excessive bandwidth among the UBR+ connecti
bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections.
The Ingress UBR Share parameter defines a weight to share the excessive bandwidth among the UBR+ connect
bandwidth currently available for all UBR+ connections.
This parameter specifies the peak cell rate allowed for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the egress direction.
This parameter specifies the peak cell rate allowed for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the ingress direction.
The virtual channel identifier for a dedicated NBAP identifies a particular virtual channel link for a given virtual p
The Virtual Path Identifier specifies a group of virtual channel links at a given reference point that share the sam
Defines whether the Dynamic Scheduling for the NRT DCH with path selection feature is turned on or off for a B
the VCC bundling is allowed. To turn the feature on, a VCC must be dedicated to the NRT DCH traffic.
This parameter defines if the A2EA and AAL2 path ids for the AAL2 user plane link are generated by the system
values have to be given for the AAL2 user plane links. /nThe numbering generation rule differs depending on th
(RAN04 rules) needs to be used if there are several AAL2 user plane links configured for one WAM unit in the BT
the user plane link configuration of the BTS type having one A2EA address (e.g. Flexi BTS)./nGeneration rules:/n
plane link for one WAM unit in the BTS/n- 'n VCC for WAM' (RAN04 rules) = Several AAL2 user plane link VCCs fo
One or several AAL2 user plane links and one A2EA address for the BTS (For example the Flexi BTS)
Defines whether the dynamic flow control is enabled or not for a BTS. If the value is None, the dynamic flow con
Defines how the excess bandwidth is divided between NRT DCH and HSDPA traffic in case of congestion. The sh
and the rest given for HSDPA VCCs in a bundle. The rest is calculated as follows:100%-NRT DCH_value).
The parameter identifies the VCC Bundle inside RNC.
The parameter defines a peak cell rate for a VCC bundle. This is the amount of traffic that bundled VCCs can se
be set close to the capacity of the transmission network's bottleneck leaving b//w for O&M and control plane tra
A2SU unit, it needs to be noted that the A2SU unit has a minimum scheduling rate of 255 cps for UBR+ VCC an
to a smaller value which in turn can lead to exceeding of the bundle's PCR.
The Virtual Path Identifier parameter specifies a group of virtual channel links at a given reference point that sh
This parameter specifies the ATM external interface used for the VP//VC Link termination point.
In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layer measurement period for UE TX power measurements is 1 slot. The
of physical layer UE TX power measurements before the event evaluation and measurement reporting is perfor
3GPP TS 25.331 RRC Protocol Specification, section Filter Coefficient.
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a CS voice connection. If the inter-frequency handove
starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches the threshold. The U
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a CS data connection. If the inter-frequency handove
inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches the threshold. The UE TX p
UE can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE, whichever is lower).
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a non-real time PS data connection. If the inter-freque
the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches the threshol
power level an UE can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE, whic
This parameter determines the UE TX power threshold for a real time PS data connection. If the inter-frequency
RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode when the UE TX power reaches the threshold. T
power level an UE can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE, whic
If the inter-frequency handover caused by high UE TX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measure
a predefined threshold. If the UE TX power goes down again (after the UE TX power threshold has once triggere
period during which the UE TX power must stay below the UE TX power threshold before the RNC calls off the in
This parameter is used in the cell ranking between WCDMA cells when the inter-frequency neighbour cell has th
neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level, the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selection between
from the measured CPICH Ec//No of the inter-frequency neighbour cell./nThe alternative values are the following
This parameter identifies the HOPI (object for inter-frequency Handover Path) uniquely within RNC.
Defines the absolute priority level of the inter-rat LTE (E-UTRA) neighbour frequency in the absolute priority bas
priority and 7 indicates the highest absolute priority.
Determines the minimum required RSRP level which the measurement result of the E-UTRA//LTE neighbour cell
This parameter defines the Srxlev based threshold used by the UE for cell reselection towards a higher absolute
threshold is defined for each absolute priority layer.
This parameter defines the Srxlev based threshold used by the UE for cell reselection towards an equal or lower
A threshold is defined for each absolute priority layer.
This parameter identifies the HOPL (object for inter-system Handover Path to LTE) uniquely within RNC.
Defines the priority level of the neighbouring cell in the hierarchical cell re-selection procedure. 0 indicates the
Lower HCS priority values are meant for larger macro cells and higher HCS priority values are meant for smaller
Defines the threshold level which must be exceeded by the CPICH Ec//No of the neighbouring cell before the hie
Defines the time period during which the Temporary Offset 1//2 is applied in the cell re-selection procedure for t
neighbour cell before the UE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection//ranking criteria.
neighbour cell before the UE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection//ranking criteria.
Determines the minimum required CPICH Ec//No level which must be exceeded by the measurement result of th
possible.
Determines the minimum required CPICH RSCP level which must be exceeded by the measurement result of the
possible.
This parameter is used in the cell ranking between GSM and WCDMA cells when the neighbour cell has the sam
has a different HCS priority level, the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selection between GSM and WCD
the measured CPICH RSCP of the neighbour cell. /nThe alternative values are the following: 3 dB, 6 dB, 9 dB, 12
This parameter is used in the cell ranking between WCDMA cells when the neighbour cell has the same HCS pri
different HCS priority level, the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selection between WCDMA cells. The o
CPICH Ec//No of the neighbour cell. /nThe alternative values are the following: 2 dB, 3 dB, 4 dB, 6 dB, 8 dB, 10 d
This parameter determines the number of event triggered periodic intra-frequency measurement reports from w
Parameter indicates whether the neighbouring cell can participate in a soft handover, if it is controlled by a RNC
When the intra-frequency neighbour cell in question enters the reporting range and triggers either event 1A (ce
transmit a Measurement Report to the RNC in order to add the neighbouring cell to the active set. If the RNC is
parameter Enable RRC Connection Release indicates whether a RRC connection release (excluding emergency c
interference due to non-optimum fast closed loop power control.
This parameter determines the maximum allowed difference between the averaged CPICH Ec//No of the neighb
cell in situations when an inter-RNC soft handover is not possible between these cells. If the difference between
parameter, the RNC performs an intra-frequency hard handover in order to avoid excessive uplink interference
This parameter determines the maximum allowed difference between the CPICH Ec//No of the neighbour cell an
an inter-RNC soft handover is not possible between these cells. If the difference in CPICH Ec//No values exceeds
frequency hard handover in order to avoid excessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fast closed loop p
This parameter identifies the HOPS (object for intra-frequency Handover Path) uniquely within RNC.
This parameter determines whether HSDPA is available in the neighbouring DRNC cell. This parameter can be u
the neighbouring DRNC cell.
This parameter determines whether HSUPA is available in the neighbouring DRNC cell. This parameter can be u
neighbouring DRNC cell.
This parameter determines the maximum allowed difference between the averaged CPICH Ec//No of the neighb
cell in situations when the RNC is not able to perform a soft handover between these cells. If the difference betw
the parameter, the RNC releases the RRC connection in order to avoid excessive uplink interference due to non
This parameter determines the maximum allowed difference between the CPICH Ec//No of the neighbour cell an
the RNC is not able to perform a soft handover between these cells. If the difference between CPICH Ec//No valu
the RRC connection in order to avoid excessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fast closed loop power
The parameter defines the SCTP port for the C-NBAP. The value is allocated by the system during C-NBAP resou
definition.
The parameter defines the identification of the Communication Control Port in the Node B. A Communication Co
CRNC and the Node B for the control of Node B Communication Contexts. The Node B might have multiple Com
The parameter defines the SCTP port for the D-NBAP. The value is allocated by the system at D-NBAP resource c
definition./nCalculation rule: MinSCTPPortIub + CControlPortId.
This parameter defines the related IP Based Route for the NBAP links. The IP Based Route needs to be created i
retrieves the information on an IP Based Route id from the WBTS object.
The IPNB object identifier. The IPNB object contains the NBAP link configuration for the WBTS with the IP based
The minimum SCTP port number is used for generating the SCTP port numbers for the C-NBAP and D-NBAP SCT
the new NBAP//SCTP connections are created. The modified minimum SCTP port numbers are taken into use on
object disconnect//reconnect from the WBTS object)./nThe SCTP port numbers are generated with following form
MinSCTPPortNumber + CControlPortID -> D-NBAP SCTP port number
The DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) for the NBAP signalling traffic. /nThe default value 34 refers to AF
This parameter defines the destination IP address for the control plane connections at the IP based Iub interface
creation./nExample IPv4: 192.168.2.2.
This parameter specifies the identification of the related WBTS. This value is just for your information, and the a
the process of the WBTS object configuration.
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) for Background UMTS traffic class. The DSCP value is used in IP p
configured when the IP over Ethernet transport option (NPGE) is used in the Iu-CS or Iu-PS interface. The param
interface unit. The parameter is not used with the GTPU//NIS HW based Iu-PS interface.
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) for Conversational UMTS traffic class. The DSCP value is used in
is configured when the IP over Ethernet transport option (NPGE) is used in the Iu-CS or Iu-PS interface. The para
network interface unit. The parameter is not used with the GTPU//NIS HW based Iu-PS interface.
Identifier for the Quality of Service settings for the Iu Interface.
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) for Interactive UMTS traffic class with THP1 (Traffic Handling Prior
Behaviour./nNote: This parameter is configured when the IP over Ethernet transport option (NPGE) is used in the
IPoA Iu-PS with an NPS1 based network interface unit. The parameter is not used with the GTPU//NIS HW based
The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) for Streaming UMTS traffic class. The DSCP value is used in IP pa
configured when the IP over Ethernet transport option (NPGE) is used in the Iu-CS or Iu-PS interface. The param
The DRX cycle length used for the CN domain to count paging occasions for discontinuous reception. This param
domain./n(The duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames, where 'k' is the used DRX cycle length coeffici
Block 1.
This parameter is the code that uniquely identifies the release version of the Core Network connected to the RN
This parameter defines whether IMSI attach and detach are allowed or not. /n0 = MSs shall not apply the IMSI a
attach and detach procedure. /nThis parameter is given only for the CS domain. (Part of the CS domain specific
System Information Block 1.
This parameter indicates the maximum value of the NRI value range that is used in CS CN selection. /n/nNOTE:
use the same value, indicating one NRI value instead of the value range.
This parameter indicates the minimum value of the NRI value range that is used in CS CN selection. /n/nNOTE:
use the same value, indicating one NRI value instead of the value range.
The timeout value, in decihours (6 min), for periodic location updating. Given only for the CS domain. (Part of th
value 0 is used for an infinite timeout value, that is, periodic location updating is not used./nThis parameter is p
DefaultCN (Default Core Network ) is a parameter used to identify whether the CN node is used as 'a default CN
parameter has value 1 (Yes), the core network node is used as the default CN node. If the parameter has value
parameter is needed for each defined IUCS and IUPS object (max. 16 CS + 16 PS)./nIf for some operator the De
configured to value Yes , Flexible IU load balancing function for that operator is executed only between those
The destination IP address of the CS CN element. At least one destination IP address needs to be given if the IP
CN element./nExample IPv4: 192.168.0.0/nThis parameter is used only with CN nodes that use IP over Ethernet
The destination IP address netmask for the CS CN element is defined along with the destination IP address. At le
given if the IP transport is used at the interface towards the corresponding CN element./nExample IPv4: 255.25
use the IP over Ethernet as transmission technology.
The IPBasedRouteId refers to the logical IP Based Route entity configured in the IP layer with MML or via the IP P
interface is used for the user plane connections towards the Iu-CS CN element controlling the interface unit and
port selection. This parameter is applied when the IP over Ethernet transport option is used.
The IPQM identification gives the reference to the IPQM object used for the CS CN. The IPQM object defines the
connections at the Iu interface. IPQM reference needs to be given in the CN definitions if the IP transport is used
element./nThis parameter is used only with CN nodes that use the IP over Ethernet as transmission technology.
This parameter defines the Core Network Identity of the CN connected to the Iu interface. This parameter is par
This parameter defines the origin of the last configuration action affecting the object.
This parameter is the identifier for the IUCS object containing the MGW specific connection settings.
This parameter defines the delay that takes place before the Iu link state change is handled when the Iu-CS (on
This parameter defines the amount of cells to which the SIB information is updated simultaneously after IuCS lin
parameter and sending is phased according to IuBarringRecoveryTimer parameter to avoid the high load of the
This parameter describes the state of the Iu interface of the CN Node connected to the RNC. This parameter is g
parameter is used by the NAS node selection function in load balancing and routing decisions. /nThe description
Default/n- BAL-US = barred from load balacing only /nBAR-US = barred from all connections /nNote: IUCS
the object has value BAR-US.
only when an operator uses the Multiple Core Networks feature.
This parameter defines the minimum UDP port value that can be used for RTP port allocation./nThe parameter i
transmission technology.
Network indicator defines the signalling network to which the signalling point belongs./nThis parameter is not m
modification terminates ongoing calls.
This parameter identifies whether the Core Network supports the relocation of SRNC or not.
RTCP protocol usage for all the new calls for one Iu-CS./nThere shall be no monitoring for the already ongoing ca
monitoring will continue for the ongoing calls./nThis parameter is used only with CN nodes that use the IP over
can have access.
can have access.
The code that uniquely identifies the signalling point in the signalling network./nThe parameter is not modifiabl
terminates ongoing calls.
This parameter is a timer that is used to determine when the additional level of traffic reduction in Core Networ
This parameter defines the DRX cycle length used for CN domain to count paging occasions for discontinuous re
domain separately./n(The duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames, where 'k' is the used DRX cycle len
Information Block 1.
This parameter is the code that uniquely identifies the release version of the Core Network connected to the RN
This parameter provides Cell_FACH state Serving RNC Relocation Support of the PS Core Network node.
DefaultCN (Default Core Network ) is a parameter used to identify if the CN node is used as 'a default CN node'
has value 1 (Yes), the core network node is used as the default CN node. If the parameter has value 0 (No), it is
for each defined IUCS and IUPS object (max. 16 CS + 16 PS)./nIf for some operator the DefaultCN parameter of
Flexible IU load balancing function for that operator is executed only between those CN nodes which have the D
The destination IP address of the PS CN element. At least one destination IP address needs to be given if the IP
CN element./nExample IPv4: 192.168.0.0/nNote: This parameter is configured when the IP over Ethernet transp
with an NPS1 based network interface unit. The parameter is not used with a GTPU//NIS HW based Iu-PS interfa
The destination IP address netmask for the PS CN element is defined along with the destination IP address. At le
given if the IP transport is used at the interface towards the corresponding CN element./nExample IPv4: 255.25
over Ethernet transport option (NPGE) is used and when the IPoA option is used with an NPS1 based network in
based Iu-PS interface.
The IPBasedRouteId refers to the logical IP Based Route entity configured in the IP layer with MML or via the IP P
interface is used for the user plane connections towards the Iu-PS CN element controlling the interface unit and
selection. /nNote: This parameter is configured when the IP over Ethernet transport option (NPGE) is used and w
The IPQM identification gives the reference to the IPQM object used for the PS CN. The IPQM object defines the
connections at the Iu interface./nNote: This parameter is configured when the IP over Ethernet transport option
NPS1 based network interface unit. The parameter is not used with the GTPU//NIS HW based Iu-PS interface.
This parameter describes the Core Network Identity of the CN connected to the Iu interface. This parameter is p
This parameter defines the Core network object id. It contains connection settings towards a certain SGSN.
This parameter defines the delay that takes place before the Iu link state change is handled when Iu-PS (only) s
The parameter defines the amount of cells to which the SIB information is updated simultaneously after the IuP
parameter and sending is phased according to the IuBarringRecoveryTimer parameter to avoid the high load of
This parameter describes the state of the Iu interface of the CN Node connected to the RNC. The parameter is g
the NAS node selection function in load balancing and routing decisions. /nThe descriptions of the parameter va
barred from load balacing only /nBAR-US = barred from all connections /nNote: IUPS object cannot be dele
BAR-US.
only when an operator uses the Multiple Core Networks feature.
Network indicator defines the signalling network to which the signalling point belongs./nThe parameter is not m
modification terminates ongoing calls.
This parameter indicates the maximum value of the NRI value range that is used in the PS CN selection. /n/nNO
have the same value, indicating one NRI value instead of the value range.
This parameter indicates the minimum value of the NRI value range that is used in the PS CN selection. /n/nNOT
have the same value, indicating one NRI value instead of the value range.
In Operation Mode I, it is possible to have combined CS and PS side paging via SGSN. In Operation Mode II, the
combined attach procedures). Used only for the PS domain. NMO is part of the PS CN domain specific NAS Syste
This parameter identifies whether the Core Network supports the relocation of SRNC or not.
can have access.
can have access.
The code that uniquely identifies the signalling point in the signalling network./nThe parameter is not modifiabl
terminates ongoing calls.
The timer is set when an RANAP:SRNS Data Forward Command message (or an RANAP:Relocation Command me
This parameter specifies a guard period in the RNC before sending an RANAP:RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message.
This parameter is a timer which is used to determine when the additional level of traffic reduction in Core Netw
all OVERLOAD messages or signalling point congested information received by the RNC are ignored.
This timer is used to determine when the Core Network overload can be considered to be cleared. When this tim
This parameter provides the Cell_FACH state Serving RNC Relocation Support of the neighbour RNC.
The DSCP allocation for the high priority traffic for the IP Iur interface. (UMTS Traffic classes: Conversational, R9
value:/n- DCCH on R99 DCH /n- CS domain traffic on R99 DCH/n- PS domain Streaming class traffic on R99 DCH
The DSCP for the NRT HSPA traffic (UMTS TC: Interactive, background) at Iur interface./nFor the HSDPA user traffi
marking from SRNC to DRNC./nFor the HSUPA user traffic, the parameter is primarily used at the SRNC role and
DRNC role, the DSCP signalled over the RNSAP is being applied by default and if not present at RNSAP, the give
packet marking from DRNC to SRNC./nAfter modification, the parameter is applied for the new transport bearer
The DSCP (DSCP, RFC2574) for the PS NRT R99 DCH traffic (UMTS traffic classes: Interactive, Background). The
transport option and the DSCP value is used for IP packet marking and to define the Per-Hop-Behaviour./nTraffic
Interactive and Background class traffic on R99 DCH
This parameter defines the Maximum Threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in a Iur + Iub delay case.
CONGESTION INDICATION control frame reactive flag is always sent.
This parameter defines the midpoint threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in an Iur + Iub (DRNC) dela
DelayThresholdMidIur value and delay < DelayThresholdMaxIur value, the FP E-DCH entity executes the Delay C
Congestion Indication is sent to the neighbor RNS (either a proactive or reactive flag can be set to the TNL CON
This parameter defines the minimum threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in an Iur + Iub (DRNC) del
delay < DelayThresholdMid value, FP E-DCH entity executes the Delay Congestion Algorithm which determines
not (proactive flag is set to the TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frame).
This parameter enables the HSDPA Congestion Control for selected Iur connections. If the parameter value is se
When it is set to Disabled, there will not be any HSDPA congestion control handlings in the RNC for the BTS und
This parameter provides the HSDPA UL Frame Protocol Control traffic to DSCP mapping at Iur interface. The para
DRNC over the RNSAP in the TNL QoS IE. In the DRNC role the DSCP signalled over the RNSAP is being applied b
is used for the HSDPA FP control traffic IP packet marking from DRNC to SRNC.
This parameter enables // disables HS-DSCH and E-DCH MAC-d flow setup over Iur-interface and the serving cel
Serving RNC does not setup HS-DSCH MAC-d flow and E-DCH MAC-d flow over Iur-interface if HSPA over Iur is di
This parameter provides the HSUPA DL Frame Protocol Control traffic to DSCP mapping at Iur interface. The para
traffic IP packet marking from SRNC to DRNC.
This parameter indicates if the Neighbouring RNW Element supports I-BTS Sharing or not.
The IPBasedRouteId refers to the logical IP Based Route entity configured in the IP layer with MML or via IP Plan
is used for the user plane connections towards the neighbour RNC element controlling the interface unit and po
selection. This parameter is applied when the IP over Ethernet transport option is used.
Identifier for the IUR object containing the neighbour RNC specific connection settings.
This parameter indicates a user plane procedure support of the Iur connection. This information is given separa
supported between SRNC and DRNC, initiation of a soft handover procedure is not possible.
This parameter defines the maximum bit rate of the NRT HS-DSCH MAC-d flow over Iur-interface restricted by th
NRT HS-DSCH MAC-d flow on RLC payload level excluding MAC-hs header, RLC header and padding.
This parameter defines the minimum UDP port number that can be allocated at call setup for the transport bea
source UDP port is assigned by the system having the value selected above the specified minimum UDP port nu
transport bearers and the connections already admitted are not modified.
This parameter identifies the neighbour RNC. A unique identification for an RNC node within the UTRAN.
Network indicator defines the signalling network to which the signalling point belongs./n
This parameter identifies whether a neighbouring RNC supports the relocation of SRNC or not.
The code that uniquely identifies the Release version of the neighbouring RNC.
This parameter indicates whether the neighboring WCDMA Controller Node is a 3G RNC or an I-HSPA Adapter.
This parameter enables and disables the RAN1096 feature for the Iur interface in concern. When enabled, the s
connection setup. When the activity factor or this parameter value is changed, the new value is used for the ne
This parameter defines the maximum probability of Congestion Indication sending at the maximum allowed Iur
This parameter indicates if the neighbouring RNC supports 3GPP RNSAP: Radio Link Congestion Indication and P
This parameter defines the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWE_NRT_DCH_ttiXX parameter val
interface. The R99 DCH FP receiving window offset values can be used to cope with the jitter generated by the
the value is zero meaning that extra offset is not applied for the receiving window. The needed offset values are
transport network.
This parameter defines the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWS_RT_DCH_ttiXX parameter valu
the value is zero, meaning that extra offset is not applied for the receiving window. The needed offset values ar
transport network.
This parameter defines the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWS_NRT_DCH_ttiXX parameter val
transport network.
This parameter defines the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWS_RT_DCH_ttiXX parameter valu
transport network.
The maximum HS-DSCH FP size parameter defines the maximum FP size that can be delivered over the Iur inte
according to this parameter in order to avoid IP fragmentation at the DRNC IP Iub interface.
This parameter defines the A2EA address of the RNC. It is used in locating free ATM (AAL2 VCC) resources betw
address of the RNC:/n- AFI 49, private numbering plan/n- AFI 45, E.164 ATM format/n- AFI 39, DCC ATM format/n
in long format including F separators, if applicable. At the adjacent RNC site (Nokia RNC) the short format of the
commands)./nThe length of the digit sequence will be 40 in the system. For the number formats having AFI 39,
when the digit sequence is stored into the system. /nFor the embedded E.164 format (AFI 45) the IDI part of the
and the E.164 address is aligned at the right end of the IDI field before the F digit. The intermediate digits betw
part (that is, the last 22 digits) of the digit sequence is filled with zeroes by the system. The user is responsible
example the E.164 number +44 171 250 1234 is given in an embedded E.164 address format in the following w
neighbour RNC(s) exist and connections over the Iur are taken in use.
This parameter defines the maximum overbooking of the AM RLC buffer for all RAB combinations that include 2
defines the factor by which the buffer required for the total allocated AM RLC window size exceeds the buffer re
defines that the buffer required by the AM RLC windows in total has twice the size of the UE reported buffer.
This parameter defines the maximum overbooking of the AM RLC buffer for all RAB combinations that include m
+ 1 PS streaming] ) RABs. Overbooking defines the factor by which the buffer required for the total allocated AM
Capabilities. For example, a value of 2.0 defines that the buffer required by the AM RLC windows in total has tw
This parameter defines the maximum AM RLC buffer of the UE which has reported the value of 100 Kbytes for it
This parameter defines the maximum AM RLC buffer of the UE which has reported the value of 1000 Kbytes for
This parameter allows to define the maximum buffer smaller than the reported value of UE RLC buffer. In certai
big and a smaller buffer is enough to store data received during one L2 TTI. Therefore, it is reasonable to define
This parameter defines the maximum AMRLC buffer of the UE which has reported the value of 300 kBytes for it
This parameter allows the definition of the maximum buffer which is smaller than the reported value of the UE R
unnecessarily big and a smaller buffer is enough to store data received during one TTI. Therefore, it is reasonab
This parameter defines the maximum AM RLC buffer of the UE which has reported the value of 50 Kbytes for its
This parameter defines the minimum number for the AM RLC status reports that are received for the PS interac
transmission window when data is transferred with DCH. The parameter is used when the expected RLC status
transmission window size, AM RLC RTT, maximum status reporting period and value of this parameter as inputs
maximum status reporting period defined with the 'AM RLC status period max for PS NRT with the DCH' parame
RNC or the UE. The value of the Poll_PDU is set equal to the expected status period assuming the maximum tra
the UE must be rounded down to the nearest value that is allowed in the RRC signalling; if the value exceeds th
Poll_SDU is configured instead to the RLC entity of the UE. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rou
signalling. The expected value is used for Poll_PDU and Poll_SDU regardless of their activation statuses. /nThe a
'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with DCH' parameter; triggers Poll_PDU and Poll_SDU are configured t
Poll_PDU for PS NRT with DCH' and 'AM RLC period Poll_SDU for PS NRT with DCH' instead, depending on their ac
This parameter defines the AMD PDU retransmission filtering period in relation to the RLC round trip time for the
transferred with DCH. RLC timer is used in filtering out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs. The timer is star
which indicates a missing AMD PDU. While the timer is running, all status reports received by the sender, excep
do not trigger retransmission of any of the AMD PDUs indicated missing. When an ACK is received for the last m
report, the timer is stopped. After the expiration of the timer, a new retransmission is triggered based on the la
status report is received during the timer, a new retransmission is triggered based on the next status report rec
timer is used only in the RLC entity of the RNC, if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers f
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxDAT for the AM RLC entity of the PS interac
with DCH. Value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, which is set
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the
RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxMRW for the AM RLC entity of the PS intera
with DCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW comm
parameter is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE roun
allowed in the RRC signalling. The parameter is significant only if the SDU discard after MaxDAT retransmissions
The parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxRST for the AM RLC entity of the PS interac
with DCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET PDU, w
allowed in the RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the maximum status reporting period of the AM RLC in relation to the RLC round trip tim
data is transferred with DCH. The maximum value is used as the value for the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_
Timer_RST in accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with DCH' par
entity of the RNC. The timer values are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or
This parameter defines the minimum status reporting period of the AM RLC for the PS interactive and backgrou
value of the parameter is set to the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accordance
for PS NRT with DCH' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is sign
value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the minimum value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_PDU for the AM RLC entity of the
transferred with DCH. The parameter defines how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the ac
value of the parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the allocated transmission window for the AMR RLC
the AMD PDUs by rounding it up to the closest integer and configuring it to the AM RLC entity. Poll_PDU can be
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up t
the RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS N
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_SDU for the AM RLC entity of the PS intera
with DCH. The value of the parameter indicates in the number of the RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the r
'polling every Poll_SDU SDU'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalle
or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with
parameter.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_window for the AM RLC entity of the PS int
transferred with DCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordan
polling'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of
signaling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with D
This parameter activates and deactivates the polling and status reporting triggers and the RLC timers for the AM
uses DCH in its data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are cont
timer for the timer-based polling, /n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based status reporting,
prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out the polls in the sender, /n'Timer status prohibit' to set the timer for filte
the trigger polling every Poll_PDU PDU, /n'Poll SDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_SDU SDU, /n'Poll window
transmission PDU poll' to set the polling trigger for the last AMD PDU scheduled for the first transmission, /n'Las
last AMD PDU scheduled for the retransmission, /n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missi
the RLC entity of the RNC to filter out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs, /n'Expected status reporting peri
reporting period on the basis of the defined number of status reports, which are received in the duration of the
transmissions' to define statically whether SDU discard after MaxDAT retransmissions or No_discard after MaxD
in UE' to define whether the RLC entity of the UE delivers the received SDUs to upper layers in sequence regard
special value of HE field' to switch on//off the use of special HE field value.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxDAT for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 13.6
parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU that is set equal to the MaxDAT-1. T
entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the m
over DCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_periodic, Timer
activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB13.6 with DCH' parameter. The values of the timers a
values of the timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the ma
This parameter defines the minimum status reporting period of the AM RLC for the SRB 13.6 kbps when signalli
to the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accordance to their activations with the p
DCH'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of th
maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_PDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 13.6
of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation of the poll
parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the allocated transmission window for the AMR RLC entity. It is
rounding up to the closest integer and is configured to the AM RLC entity. The value is configured as such to the
entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signaling. T
status report triggers for SRB13.6 with DCH' parameter.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_SDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 13.6
the parameter indicates in the number of the RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance w
SDU'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of th
maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC st
The parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_window for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 1
of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation of the poll
such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest v
has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB13.6 with DCH' parameter.
This parameter enables to activate and deactivate the polling and status reporting triggers and the RLC timers
in its data transfer direction. The following triggers, timers, and period definition methods are controlled with th
timer-based polling, /n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based status reporting, /n'Timer poll'
the timer for filtering out the polls in the sender, /n'Timer status' prohibit to set the timer for filtering out the sta
polling every Poll_PDU PDU, /n'Poll SDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_SDU SDU, /n'Poll window' to set the
to set the polling trigger for the last AMD PDU scheduled for the first transmission, /n'Last retransmission PDU p
for the retransmission, and /n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missing AMD PDUs.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxDAT for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 3.4 w
parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU that is set equal to the MaxDAT-1. T
entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the m
The parameter defines the maximum status reporting period of the AM RLC in relation to the RLC round trip tim
DCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_periodic, Timer_stat
with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB3.4 with DCH' parameter. The values of the timers are configured
timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value
The parameter defines the minimum status reporting period of the AM RLC for the SRB 3.4 kbps when signalling
to the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accordance to their activation with the 'A
The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE r
value allowed in the RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_PDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 3.4 k
the parameter defines how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation of the poll trigg
is expressed in relation to the size of the transmission window allocated for the AMR RLC entity. It is transforme
up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC entity. The value is configured as such to the RLC en
the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigge
report triggers for SRB3.4 with DCH' parameter.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_SDU for the AM RLC entity of the PS SRB 3
value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation of th
the RRC signaling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB3
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_window for the AM RLC entity of the SRB 3
as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closes
it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB3.4 with DCH' parameter.
in its data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are controlled wit
the timer-based polling, /n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based status reporting, /n'Timer p
set the timer for filtering out the polls in the sender, /n'Timer status' prohibit to set the timer for filtering out the
This parameter defines the minimum number for the AM RLC status reports that will be received for the PS stre
window when data is transferred over DCH. The parameter is used when the expected RLC status reporting per
window size, AM RLC RTT, maximum status report period, and the value of this parameter as inputs. /nIf the exp
status reporting period defined with 'AM RLC status period max for PS streaming with DCH' parameter, the Poll_
UE. The value of the Poll_PDU poll trigger is set equal to the expected status period assuming the maximum tra
the UE is rounded down to the closest value allowed in the RRC signalling; if the value exceeds the maximum, w
configured instead to the RLC entity of the UE. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded down
expected value is used for Poll_PDU and Poll_SDU regardless of their activation statuses. /nThe algorithm is not
report triggers for PS streaming with DCH' parameter; the triggers Poll_PDU and Poll_SDU are configured to conf
for PS streaming with DCH' and 'AM RLC period Poll_SDU for PS streaming with DCH' instead, depending on thei
This parameter defines the SDU discard time when the timer-based SDU discard is applied for the AMR RLC enti
transferring the data. The value of the parameter is defined in relation to the value of the RAB attribute Transfe
achieved by multiplying the value of the Transfer delay with the value of the parameter. The value of the Timer
however, the maximum allowed value is 10000 ms. The value of the Timer_discard is signalled to the RLC entit
This parameter defines the AMD PDU retransmission filtering period in relation to the AM RLC round trip time fo
DCH. The RLC timer is used in filtering out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs. The timer is started in the se
indicating a missing AMD PDU. While the timer is running, all status reports received by the sender, except ACK
trigger retransmission of any of the AMD PDUs indicated missing. When an ACK is received for the last missing
timer, the timer is stopped. After the expiration of the timer, a new retransmission is triggered based on the las
timer is used in the RLC entity of the RNC only, if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers f
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxDAT for the AM RLC entity of the PS stream
value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, which is set equal to t
such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value
signalling.
The parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxMRW for the AM RLC entity of the PS stream
value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW command, which is s
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the
RRC signaling. Parameter is significant only if the SDU discard after MaxDAT retransmissions or the timer-based
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxRST for the AM RLC entity of the PS stream
value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET PDU, which is set equ
as such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest val
signalling.
This parameter defines the maximum status reporting period of AM RLC in relation to the RLC round trip time fo
over DCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the timers AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_periodic
accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS streaming with DCH' parameter.
entity of the RNC. The values of the timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest v
signalling.
This parameter defines the minimum status reporting period for the PS streaming radio bearer when data is tra
AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accordance with their activations with the 'AM R
parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity
DCH. The value of the parameter defines, how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activa
of the parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the transmission window allocated for the AMR RLC entit
AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and is configured to the AM RLC entity. Poll_PDU can be set to a bi
to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value
The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS streaming with DCH
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_SDU for the AM RLC entity of the PS stream
the RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS s
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_window for the AM RLC entity of the PS str
as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closes
if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS streaming with DCH' parameter.
data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are controlled with the
the timer for filtering out the polls in the sender, /n'Timer status prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out the sta
for the retransmission, /n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missing AMD PDUs, /n'Retrans
to filter out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs, /n'Expected status reporting period' to activate the RNC to
the defined number of status reports, which will be received in the duration of the transmission window, and /n'
the RLC entity of the UE will deliver the received SDUs to upper layers in sequence regardless of the value of th
field' to switch on//off use of special HE field value.
This parameter defines the minimum number for the AM RLC status reports that will be received for the PS inte
RLC transmission window when data is transferred over E-DCH. The parameter is used when the expected RLC
the transmission window size, AM RLC RTT, maximum status report period, and the value of this parameter as i
than the maximum status reporting period defined with the 'AM RLC status period max for PS NRT with E-DCH' p
of the RNC or the UE. The value of the Poll_PDU is set equal to the expected status reporting period assuming th
exceeds the maximum, which the RRC signaling allows, the trigger Poll_SDU is configured instead. The value is
closest value allowed in the RRC signalling. The expected value is used for Poll_PDU and Poll_SDU regardless of
has not been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with E-DCH' parameter; the triggers P
of the parameters 'AM RLC period Poll_PDU for PS NRT with E-DCH' and 'AM RLC period Poll_SDU for PS NRT with
over E-DCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, which
signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signaling.
over E-DCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW com
parameter is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signalling
MaxDAT retransmissions is applied.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxRST for the AM RLC entity of the PS interac
over E-DCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET PDU
parameter is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signalling
data is transferred over E-DCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Time
Timer_RST in accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with E-DCH' p
of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the ma
for PS NRT with E-DCH' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is sig
transferred over E-DCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accorda
Poll_PDU PDU'. The value of the parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the allocated transmission wind
corresponding number of the AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC en
The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum valu
been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with E-DCH' parameter.
over E-DCH. The value of the parameter indicates in number of the RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the re
'polling every Poll_SDU SDU'. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value
The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with E-DCH' par
transferred over E-DCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accorda
polling'. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC si
the AMRLCOnEDCHOfNRTPSTriggers parameter.
RAB that is using E-DCH in its data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition me
periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based polling, /n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-base
poll, /n'Timer poll prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out polls in the sender, /n'Timer status' prohibit to set the
PDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_PDU PDU, /n'Poll SDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_SDU SDU, /n
activate the RNC to produce the expected status reporting period on the basis of the defined number of status
transmission window, and /n'SDU discard after MaxDAT transmissions' to define statically whether the SDU disc
transmissions shall be used.
This parameter defines the minimum number of the AM RLC status reports that will be received for the PS strea
window when data is transferred over E-DCH. The parameter is used when the expected RLC status reporting p
window size, AM RLC RTT, maximum status report period, and the value of this parameter as inputs. /nIf the exp
status reporting period defined with the 'AM RLC status period max for PS stream with E-DCH' parameter, the p
the UE. The value of the Poll_PDU is set equal to the expected status reporting period assuming the maximum t
maximum which the RRC signaling allows, the trigger Poll_SDU is configured instead. The value is signalled to th
allowed in the RRC signalling. The expected value is used for Poll_PDU and Poll_SDU regardless of their activatio
activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS stream with E-DCH' parameter; the triggers Poll_PDU an
parameters 'AM RLC period Poll_PDU for PS stream with E-DCH' and 'AM RLC period Poll_SDU for PS stream with
value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, which is set equal to t
RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signaling.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxMRW for the AM RLC entity of the PS stream
value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW command, which is s
signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signalling. The parame
retransmissions is applied.
value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET PDU, which is set equ
to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signalling.
over E-DCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_periodic, Tim
accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS stream with E-DCH' parameter.
The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum valu
This parameter defines the minimum status reporting period of the AM RLC for the PS streaming radio bearers w
parameter is set to the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accordance with their ac
stream with E-DCH' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signa
DCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activ
the AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC entity. Poll_PDU can be set
the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC sign
'AM RLC status report triggers for PS stream with E-DCH' parameter.
value of the parameter indicates in number of the RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the receiver in accorda
Poll_SDU SDU'. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the
applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS stream with E-DCH' parameter.
The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation
signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigger i
report triggers for PS stream with E-DCH'parameter.
This parameter enables the activation and deactivation of the polling and status reporting triggers and the RLC
using E-DCH in its data transfer direction. The following triggers, timers and period definition methods are contr
prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out polls in the sender, /n'Timer status' prohibit to set the timer for filtering
trigger polling every Poll_PDU PDU, /n'Poll SDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_SDU SDU, /n'Poll window' to
PDU poll' to set the polling trigger for the last AMD PDU scheduled for the first transmission, /n'Last retransmiss
scheduled for the retransmission, /n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missing AMD PDUs,
produce the expected status reporting period on the basis of the defined number of status reports, which will be
over FACH//RACH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU,
over FACH//RACH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW
of the parameter is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signaled to the RLC entity of UE rou
allowed in the RRC signalling. The parameter is significant only if the SDU discard after MaxDAT retransmissions
over FACH//RACH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET
This parameter defines the maximum status reporting period of the AM RLC in the relation to the RLC round trip
when data is transferred over FACH//RACH. The maximum value is used as the value of the timers AM RLC time
Timer_MRW, and Timer_RST in accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS N
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The values of the timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the
The value of the parameter is set to the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accorda
triggers for PS NRT with FACH//RACH' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. T
to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_PDU for the AM RLC entity of the PS intera
over FACH//RACH. The value of the parameter defines how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance wit
PDU'. The value of the parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the transmission window allocated for th
number of the AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC entity. The value
is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed
activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with FACH//RACH' parameter.
over FACH//RACH. The value of the parameter indicates in number of RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the r
'polling every Poll_SDU SDU'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalle
or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with
FACH//RACH' parameter.
transferred over FACH//RACH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in a
based polling'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC e
RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT
This parameter shows the polling and status reporting triggers and the RLC timers for the AM RLC entity of the
transport channel configuration. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are shown with
timer-based polling,/n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based status reporting,/n'Timer poll' t
timer for filtering out the polls in the sender,/n'Timer status prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out the status
every Poll_PDU PDU,/n'Poll SDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_SDU SDU,/n'Poll window' to set the windowpolling trigger for the last AMD PDU scheduled for the first transmission,/n'Last retransmission PDU poll' to set t
retransmission,/n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missing AMD PDUs,/n'SDU discard afte
discard after MaxDAT retransmissions or No_discard after MaxDAT transmissions are to be used, and/n'In seque
of the UE is to deliver the received SDUs to upper layers in sequence regardless of the value of the RAB attribut
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxDAT for the AM RLC entity of the SRB when
parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, which is set equal to the MaxDAT-1
entity of the RNC and it is signaled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the m
This parameter defines the maximum status reporting period in relation to the RLC round trip time for the SRB w
maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_periodic, Timer_status_periodi
the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB with FACH//RACH' parameter. The values of the timers are configured
timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value
This parameter defines the minimum status reporting period for the AM RLC of SRB when signalling is transferre
AM RLC timers Timer_Poll_Prohibit and Timer_Status_Prohibit in accordance with their activations with the 'AM R
parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_PDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB when
parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation of the poll trigger
expressed in relation to the size of the allocated transmission window for the AMR RLC entity. It is transformed i
to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC entity. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity
UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigger is
report triggers for SRB with FACH//RACH' parameter.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_SDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB when
parameter indicates in number of RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the acti
value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE roun
allowed in the RRC signalling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report trigg
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_window for the AM RLC entity of the SRB w
the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation of the poll tri
to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value
been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB with FACH//RACH' parameter.
This parameter enables to activate and deactivate polling and status reporting triggers and the RLC timers for t
channel configuration. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are controlled with the p
the timer for filtering out the polls in the sender, /n'Timer status' prohibit to set the timer for filtering out the sta
This parameter defines the minimum number for the AM RLC status reports that will be received for the PS inte
RLC transmission window when data is transferred over HS-DSCH. The parameter is used when the expected RL
using the transmission window size, AM RLC RTT, maximum status report period, and the value of this paramete
smaller than the maximum status reporting period defined with the 'AM RLC status period max for PS NRT with
RLC entity of the RNC. The value of the Poll_PDU is set equal to the expected status period assuming the maxim
applied if it has not been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with HS-DSCH' parameter
the 'AM RLC period Poll_PDU for PS NRT with HS-DSCH' parameter instead, depending on its activation status.
The parameter defines the AMD PDU retransmission filtering period in relation to the RLC round trip time for the
transferred over HS-DSCH. The RLC timer is used in filtering out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs. The tim
report that indicates a missing AMD PDU. While the timer is running, all status reports received by the sender, e
do not trigger retransmission of any of the AMD PDUs indicated missing. When an ACK is received for the last m
the timer, the timer is stopped. After the expiration of the timer, a new retransmission is triggered based on the
timer is used in the RLC entity of the RNC only if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers fo
over HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, wh
is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC.
over HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW c
the parameter is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The parameter is significant only if the SDU d
over HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET P
parameter is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC.
the data is transferred over HS-DSCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Pol
and Timer_RST in accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS NRT with HS-D
such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value of the Timer_status_periodic is signalled to the RLC entity of the U
for PS NRT with HS-DSCH' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is
closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling.
transferred over HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in acco
Poll_PDU PDU'. The value of the parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the allocated transmission wind
corresponding number of the AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC en
The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with
parameter.
over HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter indicates in number of RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the rec
'polling every Poll_SDU SDU'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The trigger is applied
triggers for PS NRT with HS-DSCH' parameter.
transferred over HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in acco
polling'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The trigger is applied if it has been activa
HS-DSCH' parameter.
RAB that is using HS-DSCH in its data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition
periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based polling, /n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-base
poll, /n'Timer poll prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out polls in the sender, /n'Timer status prohibit' to set the
PDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_PDU PDU, /n'Poll SDU' to set the trigger polling every Poll_SDU SDU, /n
the RLC entity of the RNC to filter out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs, /n'Expected status reporting peri
reporting period on the basis of the defined number of status reports, which will be received in the duration of t
transmissions' to define statically whether the SDU discard after MaxDAT retransmissions or No_discard after M
of SDUs in UE' to define whether the RLC entity of the UE will deliver the received SDUs to upper layers in sequ
Order./n'Poll_SUFI' to allow polling based on status PDU instead of data PDU/n'Use special value of HE field' to s
This parameter defines the minimum number for the AM RLC status reports that will be received for the PS stre
window when data is transferred over HS-DSCH. The parameter is used when the expected RLC status reporting
transmission window size, AM RLC RTT, maximum status report period, and the value of this parameter as input
the maximum status reporting period defined with the 'AM RLC status period max for PS streaming with HS-DSC
entity of the RNC. The value of the Poll_PDU is set equal to the expected status period assuming the maximum
applied if it has not been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS streaming with HS-DSCH' para
value of the 'AM RLC period Poll_PDU for PS streaming with HS-DSCH' parameter instead, depending on its activ
The parameter defines the AMD PDU retransmission filtering period in relation to the RLC round trip time for the
HS-DSCH. The RLC timer is used in filtering out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs. The timer is started in t
indicates a missing AMD PDU. While the timer is running, all status reports received by the sender, except ACK
trigger retransmission of any of the AMD PDUs indicated missing. When an ACK is received for the last missing
timer, the timer is stopped. After the expiration of the timer, a new retransmission is triggered based on the las
timer is used in the RLC entity of the RNC only if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers fo
The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU, which is set equal
as such to the RLC entity of the RNC.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxMRW for the AM RLC entity of the PS stream
The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the move MRW command, which
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The parameter is significant only if the SDU discard after MaxD
The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the RLC RESET PDU that is set e
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC.
This parameter defines the maximum status reporting period for the AM RLC of the PS streaming radio bearer in
with the HS-DSCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the timers AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_
in accordance with their activations with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for PS streaming with HS-DSCH' par
the RLC entity of the RNC. The values of the timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the c
RRC signalling.
This parameter defines the minimum status reporting period of the AM RLC for the PS streaming radio bearers w
with HS-DSCH' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signalled t
down to the maximum value allowed in the RRC signalling.
HS-DSCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the
the AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC entity. Poll_PDU can be set
as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status repo
The value of the parameter indicates in number of RLC SDUs how often the sender polls the receiver in accorda
Poll_SDU SDU'. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The trigger is applied if it has been
with HS-DSCH' parameter.
The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activation
configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC
HS-DSCH in its data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are cont
prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out polls in the sender, /n'Timer status prohibit' to set the timer for filtering
scheduled for the retransmission, /n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missing AMD PDUs,
of the RNC to filter out extra retransmissions of the AMD PDUs, /n'Expected status reporting period' to activate
the basis of the defined number of status reports, which will be received in the duration of the transmission win
whether the RLC entity of the UE will deliver the received SDUs to upper layers in sequence regardless of the va
polling based on status PDU instead of data PDU/n'Use special value of HE field' to switch, on or off, the use of s
This parameter defines the first transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmission w
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the first transport channel user d
PDUs. This parameter defines also the relative transmission window size for all non-zero transport channel user
The parameter defines the second transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmissio
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the second transport channel us
AMD PDUs.
This parameter defines the third transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmission
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the third transport channel user
PDUs.
This parameter defines the fourth transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmission
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the fourth transport channel use
AMD PDUs.
This parameter defines the fifth transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmission w
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the fifth transport channel user d
PDUs.
This parameter defines the sixth transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmission
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the sixth transport channel user
PDUs.
This parameter defines the seventh transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmissi
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the seventh transport channel u
AMD PDUs.
This parameter defines the eighth transport channel user data rate for the definition of the relative transmission
This parameter assigns the relative transmission window size of the AM RLC to the eighth transport channel use
AMD PDUs. This parameter also defines the relative transmission window size for all of the non-zero transport c
number 8.
This parameter defines the AM RLC Round Trip Time (RTT) for the data transfer with the DCH when the reverse t
values equal to 10 ms.
values equals to 20 ms.
values equals to 40 ms.
This parameter defines the AM RLC Round Trip Time (RTT) for the UL data transfer/nwhen the radio bearer is ma
HS-DSCH. It is used to estimate the average response time from the moment that the AM RLC entity sends an A
receiving moment of the corresponding status PDU. The RTT depends on the L1//L2 processing delay of the UE a
delay, and the Iub transfer delay. The parameter is used to define the AM RLC status reporting and polling perio
This parameter defines the AM RLC Round Trip Times (RTT) for the UL data transfer with RACH when the reverse
when the reverse transport channel is RACH. It is used to estimate the average response time from the momen
with the poll bit set to the receiving moment of the corresponding status PDU. The RTT depends on the L1//L2 p
the BTS, the Uu interface delay, and the Iub transfer delay. The parameter is used to define the AM RLC status r
This parameter defines the AM RLC Round Trip Time (RTT) for the downlink data transfer over HS-DSCH when th
This parameter defines the AM RLC Round Trip Time (RTT) for the downlink data transfer with HS-DSCH when th
This parameter defines the AM RLC Round Trip Times (RTT) for the UL SRB data transfer with E-DCH when the re
with HS-DSCH when the reverse transport channel is E-DCH. It is used to estimate the average response time fr
to its peer entity with the poll bit set to the receiving moment of the corresponding status PDU. The RTT depend
processing delay of the BTS, the Uu interface delay, and the Iub transfer delay. The parameter is used to define
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter MaxDAT for the AM RLC entity of the SRB on HS
The value of the parameter defines the maximum number of transmissions for the AMD PDU that is set equal to
such to the RLC entity of the RNC and it is signaled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value
The parameter defines the maximum status reporting period of the AM RLC in relation to the RLC round trip tim
E-DCH or HS-DSCH. The maximum value is used as the value of the AM RLC timers Timer_Poll, Timer_poll_perio
their activation with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB on HSPA' parameter. The values of the timers are
of the timers are signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum
The parameter defines the minimum status reporting period of the AM RLC for the SRB on HSPA when signaling
HSPA' parameter. The value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signaled to the RLC
the maximum value allowed in the RRC signaling.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_PDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB on H
DSCH. The value of the parameter defines how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the activa
value of the parameter is expressed in relation to the size of the transmission window allocated for the AMR RLC
the AMD PDUs rounding up to the closest integer and it is configured to the AM RLC entity. The value is configur
signalled to the RLC entity of the UE rounded up to the closest value or down to the maximum value allowed in
activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB on HSPA' parameter.
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_SDU for the AM RLC entity of the SRB on H
DSCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the acti
value is configured as such to the RLC entity of the RNC. The value is signaled to the RLC entity of the UE round
allowed in the RRC signaling. The trigger is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report trigge
This parameter defines the value of the RLC protocol parameter Poll_window for the AM RLC entity of the SRB o
DSCH. The value of the parameter indicates how often the sender polls the receiver in accordance with the acti
is applied if it has been activated with the 'AM RLC status report triggers for SRB on HSPA'.
DSCH in its data transfer direction. The following triggers and timers and period definition methods are controlle
for the timer-based polling, /n'Timer status periodic' to set the timer for the timer-based status reporting, /n'Tim
to set the timer for filtering out the polls in the sender, /n'Timer status prohibit' to set the timer for filtering out
scheduled for the retransmission, and /n'Missing PDU indicator' to set the receiver to detect the missing AMD PD
This parameter defines the transmission and receiving window sizes of the AM RLC entities for the signalling rad
PDUs.
PDUs.
PDUs.
This parameter indicates the load amount on the radio interface.
This parameter defines how many reconfigurations can be made in sequence.
If the parameter is enabled (1), AMR service can be used simultaneously with HSUPA (E-DCH) in the uplink. If th
used simultaneously with HSUPA (E-DCH) in the uplink, but DCHs are used for all services. If CS voice over HSPA
mapped to DCH (otherwise it can be mapped also to HSPA)./nAfter the modification of the parameter, the new v
If the parameter is enabled (value 1), AMR service can be used simultaneously with HSDPA (HS-DSCH) in the do
cannot be used simultaneously with HSDPA (HS-DSCH) in the downlink, but DCHs are used for all services. If CS
can be just mapped to DCH (otherwise it can be mapped also to HSPA).
The parameter defines the averaging window for spreading code load. RNC measures spreading code load perio
This parameter defines weight for the ARP value 1. /nIf QoS Prioritization is not activated in the cell, then the fix
calculation causing that ARP has no effect on the weight).
This parameter defines weight for the ARP value 2. /nIf QoS Prioritization is not activated to the cell, then the fix
calculation causing that ARP has no effect on the weight).
This parameter defines weight for the ARP value 3. /nIf QoS Prioritization is not activated to the cell, then the fix
calculation causing that ARP has no effect on the weight.
This parameter defines activation time when the SRBs mapped on E-DCH//HS-DSCH is in use. Connection Frame
radio link is reconfigured. It is used to indicate the activation time of the reconfiguration, and it is set by the PS.
messages, is (the CFN provided by FP + (ATOSRBsOnHSPA//10)) mod 256.
Connection Frame Number (CFN) is used in NBAP and RRC messages when a radio link is reconfigured. It is used
is set by the PS. The CFN, which is set to the 'activation time' field in L3 messages, is (the CFN provided by FP +
256. ActivationTimeOffset part represent the processing delay of RNC and BTS. The SignalingDelayOffset is RNC
for example, the SRB bit rate, the actual procedure, and the length of a RRC message.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the AMR 12.2 kbps DCH and HSDPA DL bearers. The activity factor
and, for example, the value 0.50 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When the parameter valu
established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the AMR 12.2 kbps DCH and HSUPA UL bearer. The activity factor
This parameter defines the activity factor for the AMR 5.9 kbps DCH and HSDPA DL bearer. The activity factor v
This parameter defines the activity factor for the AMR 5.9 kbps DCH and HSUPA UL bearer. The activity factor va
This parameter defines the activity factor for the CS streaming (non-transparent) 14.4 kbps DCH DL bearer. The
for this bearer and, for example, the value 0.50 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When the
for new established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the CS streaming (transparent) 14.4 kbps DCH UL bearer. The acti
this bearer and, for example, the value 0.50 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When the par
new established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the CS streaming (non-transparent) 57.6 kbps DCH DL bearer. The
for this bearer and, for example, the value 0.50 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When the
for new established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the CS streaming (transparent) 57.6 kbps DCH UL bearer. The acc
This parameter defines the activity factor for the CS conversational (transparent) 64 kbps DCH DL bearer. The a
This parameter defines the activity factor for the CS conversational (transparent) 64 kbps DCH UL bearer. The a
This parameter defines the activity factor for the 12.8//13.6 kbps DCCH DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 m
example, the value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter v
bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the 12.8//13.6 kbps DCCH UL bearer. The activity factor value 1 m
bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the 1.6//1.7 kbps DCCH DL bearer. The acctivity factor value 1 me
bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the 1.6//1.7 kbps DCCH UL bearer. The activity factor value 1 mea
bearers.
This parameter defines the activity

example, the value 0.5 means that
bearers.
This parameter defines the activity
example, the value 0.5 means that
bearers.
factor for the 3.2//3.4 kbps DCCH DL bearer. The acctivity factor value 1 me
the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter v
factor for the 3.2//3.4 kbps DCCH UL bearer. The activity factor value 1 mea
the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter v
This parameter defines the activity factor for the FACH-C//C DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means that th
value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter value, the new
This parameter defines the activity factor for the FACH-C//I DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means that the
This parameter defines the activity factor for the FACH control UL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means that
This parameter defines the activity factor for the FACH-S DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means that there
value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter value,the new
This parameter defines the activity factor for the FACH-U DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means that there
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RACH 20.8 kbps UL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means t
the value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter value, the
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RACH control DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 means tha
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS HSDPA (HS-DSCH) transport bearer CAC reservation. Val
rates are not scaled for the CAC function. Value 0.50 means that the average part of the transport bearer is hal
the new value is used for newly-established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS HSUPA (E-DCH) transport bearer CAC reservation. Value
rates are not scaled for the CAC function. Value 0.50 means that the average part of the transport bearer is hal
the new value is used for newly-established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the SRB on HSDPA (HS-DSCH) transport bearer CAC reservation. T
rates are not scaled for the CAC function. The value 0.50 means that the average part of the transport bearer is
new parameter value is taken into use at next new transport bearer establishment. The existing bearers logical
This parameter defines the activity factor for the SRB on HSUPA (E-DCH) transport bearer CAC reservation. The
rates are not scaled for the CAC function. The value 0.50 means that the average part of the transport bearer is
value, the new value is taken into use for any new established bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 128 kbps DCH DL bearer. The activity factor value
example, the value 0.50 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the parameter
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 128 kbps DCH UL bearer. The activity factor value
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 16 kbps DCH DL bearer. The activity factor value 1
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 16 kbps DCH UL bearer. The activity factor value 1
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 32 kbps DCH DL bearer. The activity factor value 1
This parameter defines the activity factor for NRT PS AM 64 kbps DCH DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 me
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 8 kbps DCH DL bearer. The activity factor value 1 m
This parameter defines the activity factor for the NRT PS AM 8 kbps DCH UL bearer. The activity factor value 1 m
This parameter defines the activity factor for both the 8kbps and 24kbps PCH control UL bearer. Value 1 of the a
bearer and, for example, value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the p
bearers.
This parameter defines the activity factor for both the 8kbps and 24kbps PCH DL bearer. Value 1 of the activity
and, for example, the value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change the par
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 128 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity
bearer and, for example, the value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When you change t
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 128 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 128 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity
bearer and, for example, the value 0.5 means that the overbooking ratio for the bearer is 2. When the paramet
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 128 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 16 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity fa
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 16 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity fa
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 16 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity fa
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 16 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity fa
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 256 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 256 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 32 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity fa
This parameter defines the activity factor for the T PS AM 64 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity fac
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 8 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity fac
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS AM 8 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity fac
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 8 kbps DCH DL bearer for streaming. The activity fac
This parameter defines the activity factor for the RT PS UM 8 kbps DCH UL bearer for streaming. The activity fac
This parameter defines the period during which the DL transmitted power has to be corrected to the reference p
balancing faster, whereas setting it to a large value makes it slower.
This parameter defines the convergence rate (towards the reference power) used for the associated Adjustmen
corrections. If the value is zero, power is corrected to the DL reference power.
This parameter identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set (FMCI object) which controls the inter-frequen
This parameter identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set (FMCS object) which controls the intra-freque
This parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPI object) which controls the inter-frequency handover to a neig
This parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover to a nei
This parameter determines whether or not the direct activation modifications are updated to the downloaded p
This parameter defines whether the predefined set of PS NRT DCH bit rates is in use./nThe bit rates listed in the
RAB./nAny value that is not listed in the set is not allocated to any NRT RAB./nThe allowed bit rates are checked
control or packet scheduler. The check is, however, not done in the following cases:/n- diversity handover in DR
RNC./nThis means that the bit rate set does not restrict the bit rate if the UE already uses it./nBit rates used by
set./nThe predefined bit rate set contains the following uplink rates:/n- 0 kbps/n- 8 kbps/n- 64 kbps/n- 128 kbps
rates:/n- 0 kbps/n- 8 kbps/n- 64 kbps/n- 128 kbps/n- 384 kbps/nAll combinations of those bit rates are also allow
are in use.
CBC-IP address for the Cell Broadcast Service. Each CBC can have maximum four different CBC-IP addresses to
255.255.255.255, 1.1.1.1/nIPv6, FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF
Indicates the used IP-address (Ipv4 or Ipv6). Only one type of IP-address is allowed to be used for one CBC.
RNC uses this parameter to decide whether it is allowed to use the CCCH logical channel for sending a Cell//URA
procedures (cell//URA reselections and periodic cell//URA updates) in common channel states are handled via CC
parameter is set to the value 'Not allowed' and there are no free HW resources available for the DCCH allocation
This parameter defines whether or not compressed mode is used on the system level.
The parameter defines the CPC Optimization objective for UEs supporting and using Continuous Packet Connect
(RTT) optimization/n- Battery consumption optimization/nThe RNC delivers the parameter value to the BTS, whi
NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
The parameter defines the number of subframes after an HS-DSCH reception during which the CQI reports have
Reporting reduction subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
The parameter defines the CQI feedback cycle for HSDPA when the CQI reporting is not reduced because of DTX
parameter is used for NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH. /nNote! Bigger CQI reporting cycles 10ms are not
The parameter defines the number of subframes after an HS-SCCH reception or after the first slot of an HS-PDS
HS-SCCHs in the UE's HS-SCCH set continuously. This is part of Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature
E-DCH.
This parameter defines the number of consecutive E-DCH TTIs without an E-DCH transmission, after which the U
Cycle 2. This is part of DPCCH Gating (UL DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter also defines the value of Inactivity
for NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
The parameter defines the length of MAC DTX Cycle in subframes. This is a pattern of time instances where the
allowed. This is part of Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT whe
Th parameter defines E-DCH inactivity time in TTIs, after which the UE can start E-DCH transmission only at giv
DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
The parameter defines the UL DPCCH burst length in subframes when UE DTX Cycle 1 is applied. This is part of
This parameter defines the HS-SCCH reception pattern (UE DRX Cycle) length in subframes. This parameter defi
UE DTX Cycle 1 to define UE DRX Cycle value that is used. If the value is not allowed, the parameter value minu
of Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on
This parameter defines the UL DPCCH burst pattern length in subframes for UE DTX Cycle 1. This is part of DPC
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 10 m
of this parameter, the value of N10msUEDTXCycle2 should be checked whether it is an integer multiple of this p
changes also the value of N10msUEDRXCycle parameter because it is a multiplier or a divisor of this parameter
The parameter defines the UL DPCCH burst pattern length in subframes for UE DTX Cycle 2. This is part of DPCC
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 10 m
be an integer multiple of the N10msUEDTXCycle1 parameter value.
The parameter determines in slots the length of the long preamble associated with the UE DTX Cycle 2. This is
is used for NRT when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
(RTT) optimization/n- Battery consumption optimization/nRNC delives the parameter value to BTS which takes c
when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
The parameter defines the number of subframes after an HS-DSCH reception, during which the CQI reports hav
Reporting reduction subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
This parameter defines the CQI feedback cycle for HSDPA when CQI reporting is not reduced because of DTX. Th
parameter is used for NRT when 2 ms TTI is used on the E-DCH./nNote! CQI reporting cycles bigger than 10ms a
an integer divisor or a multiple of the parameter N2msUEDTXCycle2 value.
E-DCH.
This parameter defines the number of the consecutive E-DCH TTIs without an E-DCH transmission, after which t
DTX Cycle 2. This is part of DPCCH Gating (UL DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter also defines the value of Inact
used for NRT when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
allowed. This is part of Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT whe
The parameter defines E-DCH inactivity time in TTIs after which the UE can start E-DCH transmission only at giv
DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
This parameter is used to define the HS-SCCH reception pattern (UE DRX Cycle) length in subframes. This param
parameter UE DTX Cycle 1 to define the UE DRX Cycle value that is used. If the value is not allowed, the param
on. This is part of the Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 2
This parameter defines the UL DPCCH burst pattern length in subframes for UE DTX Cycle 1. This is part of the D
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signalled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 2 m
value of this parameter, check that the value of N2msUEDTXCycle2 is an integer multiple of this parameter valu
the value of the N2msUEDRXCycle parameter, because it is a multiplier or a divisor of this parameter.
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for NRT when 2 ms
be an integer multiple of the N2msUEDTXCycle1 parameter value.
is used for NRT when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
(RTT) optimization/n- Battery consumption optimization/nThe RNC delivers the parameter value to the BTS, whi
streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
Reporting reduction subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
parameter is used for streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH. /nNote! Bigger CQI reporting cycles 10ms ar
used on E-DCH.
used for streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
allowed. This is part of Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streamin
DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
for streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
on. This is part of the Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streaming w
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signalled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for streaming whe
the value of this parameter, check that the value of S10msUEDTXCycle2 is an integer multiple of this paramete
changes the value of the S10msUEDRXCycle parameter, because it is a multiplier or a divisor of this parameter.
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for streaming whe
value must be an integer multiple of the S10msUEDTXCycle1 parameter value.
is used for streaming when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
(RTT) optimization/n- Battery consumption optimization/nThe RNC delivers the parameter value to the BTS whic
streaming when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
Reporting reduction subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streaming when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
parameter is used for streaming when 2 ms TTI is used on the E-DCH./nNote! CQI reporting cycles bigger than 1
must be an integer divisor or a multiple of the parameter S2msUEDTXCycle2 value.
used on E-DCH.
used for streaming when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
allowed. This is part of Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streamin
DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streaming when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
on. This is part of the Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used for streaming w
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signalled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for streaming whe
the value of this parameter, check that S2msUEDTXCycle2 is an integer multiple of this parameter value./nNote
value of the S2msUEDRXCycle parameter, because it is a multiplier or a divisor of this parameter.
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used for streaming whe
must be an integer multiple of the S2msUEDTXCycle1 parameter value.
is used for streaming when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH.
(RTT) optimization/n- Battery consumption optimization./nThe RNC delivers the parameter value to the BTS whi
when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
Reporting reduction subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over H
parameter is used when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature. /nNote! Bigger CQI repor
with CS voice over HSPA feature.
used when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
allowed. This is part of Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 10 ms
DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
This parameter defines the HS-SCCH reception pattern (UE DRX Cycle) length in subframes. This parameter defi
UE DTX Cycle 1 to define UE DRX Cycle value that is used. If the value is not allowed, the parameter value minu
of Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signalled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used when 10 ms TTI is
/n/nNote: When changing the value of this parameter, check that the value of V10msUEDTXCycle2 is an integer
of this parameter also changes the value of the V10msUEDRXCycle parameter, because it is a multiplier or a di
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used when 10 ms TTI is
This parameter value must be an integer multiple of the V10msUEDTXCycle1 parameter value.
is used when 10 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
(RTT) optimization,/n- Battery consumption optimization./nThe RNC delivers the parameter value to the BTS wh
Reporting reduction subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HS
parameter is used when 2 ms TTI is used on the E-DCH with the CS voice over HSPA feature./nNote! CQI reporti
This parameter value must be an integer divisor or a multiple of the parameter V2msUEDTXCycle2 value.
with CS voice over HSPA feature.
used when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
allowed. This is part of Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 2 ms
DTX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
on. This is part of the Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX) subfeature./nThis parameter is used when 2 ms TTI
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signalled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used when 2 ms TTI is u
/n/nNote: When changing the value of this parameter, check that the value of V2msUEDTXCycle2 is an integer m
of this parameter also changes the value of the V2msUEDRXCycle parameter, because it is a multiplier or a divi
parameter and the 'Max UE DTX Cycle' signaled by the BTS is used./nThis parameter is used when 2 ms TTI is u
This parameter value must be an integer multiple of the V2msUEDTXCycle1 parameter value.
is used when 2 ms TTI is used on E-DCH with CS voice over HSPA feature.
This parameter defines the coverage of SRBs on HSPA within the HSPA serving cell. This is used during the state
to CELL_DCH state.
This parameter defines the coverage of the E-DCH TTI 2 ms within the HSPA serving cell. This is used during the
to CELL_DCH state.
This parameter defines the coverage area of the E-DCH TTI 2ms within the HSPA serving cell. The HSPA serving
otherwise the use of E-DCH TTI 2 ms is not possible.
This parameter defines the coverage area of the SRBs on HS-DSCH within the HSPA serving cell.
The parameter defines if it is allowed to move the UE directly from Cell_PCH to Cell_DCH using the RRC:CELL UP
Cell//URA_PCH to Cell_DCH state transition is made by using the CUCEcNoThreshold (CPICH Ec//No Threshold Va
This parameter allows the usage of the RANAP cause value 'User Inactivity' in the RANAP: Iu release request pro
connection towards the PS-CN./nIf this cause value is used, the SGSN is allowed to ignore the Iu release request
connection or release it immediately when the request is received from the RNC)./nIf the SGSN ignores the Iu re
SignConnActivitySupervision. The UE is switched to the PCH state if there are no other activities (e.g. RT-service
When any other value than zero is set to the CellDCHtestTmr, this value is used instead of the RB//DCH specific
InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH. The timer CellDCHtestTmr defines the maximum time an inactive MS is allowed to
the MS is switched to the CELL_FACH state if the parameter ToCellFACHinTest is equal to 'Yes' and the procedure
ToCellFACHinTest is equal to 'No', an Iu release procedure is initiated and the MS is switched to the idle mode./n
does not affect any other state transfer recovery function.
The timer is set when the first Cell Update message due to 'cell reselection' is received while the UE is in CELL_
counter MaxCellReselections is reset./nIf there are too many reselections coming from the UE within the observ
Otherwise the Cell_PCH state is chosen./nBelow is an example of the target RRC state selection when value 3 is
Update..Target RRC state/n..km//h..........km.............frequency
/n..50..............10............12 minutes.......CELL_
minutes.......CELL_PCH/n..75..............10..............8 minutes........URA_PCH/n..75..............20............16 minutes....
minutes........URA_PCH/n.100.............20............12 minutes.......CELL_PCH
MCC (Mobile Country Code) part of Common PLMN Id. Common PLMN Id is used to represent all the operators in
digits. MCC together with MNC identifies the Common PLMN id./nCommon PLMN id (CommonMCC and Common
IuOperator./nCommonMCC is modifiable only when there is no WCEL whose WCELPLMNid is exactly the same w
defined, WCELCSCNId and WCELPSCNId should not be configured.
This parameter defines MNC (Mobile Network Code) part of Common PLMN Id. Common PLMN Id is used to repre
MNC consists of two or three digits. MNC together with MCC identifies the Common PLMN Id./nCommon PLMN Id
any PLMNId in RNC-IuOperator./nCommonMNC is modifiable only when there is no WCEL whose WCELPLMNId is
This parameter determines whether 2 or 3 digits are used in Mobile Network Code. MNC (Mobile Network Code)
represent all the operators in the multi-operator core network. MNC consists of two or three digits which are defi
the Common PLMN id.
This parameter defines how long a downlink capacity request can stay in the queue before it is permanently rem
This parameter defines how long an uplink capacity request can stay in the queue before it is permanently rem
This parameter determines whether DCH bit rates of the user are balanced. If the balancing is applied, the tota
different PS RABs. If the balacing is not applied, the total maximum bit rate of the radio link is not divided betwe
HSDPA UL DCH return channel and also when DL DCH and UL DCH are used.
This parameter indicates whether or not the DCH scheduling over Iur is supported by SRNC.
When a new BLER for E-DPDCH is under calculation, the Ideal BLER target for E-DPDCH is in main role and also
into account. DPDCH BLER difference is weighted by this weighting factor parameter.
This parameter defines together with the RNP parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThrBitRate and DCHUtilLowe
thresholds for the upper and lower throughput measurements./nThe threshold below downgrade rate is defined
rate./nThe value is common for both 'upper' and 'lower' throughput measurements and for following NRT DCH b
kbps./nExample: The allocated NRT DCH bit rate is 384 kbps and if the upper downgrade bit rate is 256 kbps, th
below downgrade bit rate is 4%. So the downgrade upper threshold for the upper throughput measurement is (
lower threshold for the lower throughput measurement is (64 kbps - 64 kbps*4//100) ~61 kbps.
This parameter defines the sliding measurement window size for the high throughput measurement in uplink an
mesurement measures the number of received//sent bits in UL//DL NRT DCH during the sliding measurement wi
all NRT DCH data rates./nThe special value 0 means that high throughput measurement is not active.
This parameter defines the threshold for the high throughput measurement./nThe threshold below the NRT DCH
/nThe value is common for all NRT DCH data rates./nExample: The allocated NRT DCH data rate is 128 kbps and
threshold for the high throughput measurement is (128 kbps - 128 kbps*4//100) ~123 kbps.
This parameter defines the time allowed to elapse between the moment when the throughput goes below the h
indication to PS.
This parameter defines the lower sliding measurement window size for the NRT DCH whose allocated user plane
window is used in the lower throughput measurement. The lower throughput measurement measures the numb
measurement window period./nThe special value 0 of this parameter means that the lower throughput measure
plane bit rate is 128 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpper
below the upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr128 and DCHUtilBel
target upper downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr128), while the measur
DCHUtilLowerTimeToTrigger128) needs to be below the lower bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCH
DCHUtilBelowDowngradeThr) in order to be decreased to the target lower downgrade bit rate (defined by the p
default parameter settings (this and bit rate thresholds), the slow start issue should not be any problem.
measurement window period./nThe special value 0 of this parameter means that lower throughput measureme
bit rate is 256 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpperAveWi
the upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr256 and DCHUtilBelowDow
upper downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr256), while the measured bit
DCHUtilLowerTimeToTrigger256) needs to be below the lower bit rate threshold (defined with the parameters DC
bit rate is 32 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpperAveWin
upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr32 and DCHUtilBelowDowngra
downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr32), while the measured bit rate ove
DCHUtilLowerTimeToTrigger32) needs to be below the lower bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHU
in order to be decreased to the target lower downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilLowerDowng
bit rate thresholds), the slow start issue should not be any problem.
bit rate is 384 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpperAveWi
the upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr384 and DCHUtilBelowDow
upper downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr384), while the measured bit
default parameter settings (this and bit rate thresholds), the slow start issue should not be a problem.
bit rate is 64 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpperAveWin
upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr64 and DCHUtilBelowDowngra
downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr64), while the measured bit rate ove
This parameter defines the target lower downgrade data rate for the NRT DCH whose allocated user plane data
DCHutilBelowDowngradeThr defines the bit rate threshold that is used in the lower throughput measurement fo
kbps./nThe allocated data rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is constructed
DCHUtilBelowDowngradeThr defines the bit rate threshold that is used in the lower throughput measurement fo
This parameter defines the period of the time between timing of the lower throughput goes below the lower bit
request for the NRT DCH whose allocated data rate is 128 kbps.
This parameter defines the period between timing of the lower throughput goes below the lower bit rate thresh
the NRT DCH that allocated data rate is 256 kbps.
request for the NRT DCH that allocated data rate is 384 kbps.
This parameter defines the period of time during which downgrading the allocated DCH bit rate of the NRT RB is
started if a bit rate other than DCH 0//0 kbps is allocated for the NRT RB. Guard timer is restarted when the NRT
This parameter defines the release sliding measurement window size for uplink and downlink NRT dedicated ch
the release throughput measurement. The release throughput measurement measures the number of received/
window period. The measurement window size is common for all NRT DCH data rates (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, a
release throughput measurement is not active.
This parameter defines the release threshold for the release throughput measurement of the NRT DCH in downl
per second. The release throughput measurement measures the number of all transmitted bits during the slidin
This parameter defines the release threshold for the release throughput measurement of the NRT DCH in the up
The release throughput measurement measures the number of all correctly received bits during the sliding mea
This parameter defines the period of the time between timing of the release throughput goes below the release
downgrade request.
This parameter defines the upper sliding measurement window size for the NRT DCH whose allocated user plan
window is used in the upper throughput measurement. The upper throughput measurement measures the num
sliding measurement window period./nThe special value 0 of this parameter means that lower throughput meas
plane bit rate is 32 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpperA
below the upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr32 and DCHUtilBelow
target upper downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr32), while the measure
plane bit rate is 64 kbps./nNOTE:/nWith the aggressive settings, the measured bit rate over 6 s (DCHUtilUpperA
below the upper bit rate threshold (defined by the parameters DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr64 and DCHUtilBelow
target upper downgrade bit rate (defined by the parameter DCHUtilUpperDowngradeThr64), while the measure
This parameter defines the target upper downgrade data rate for the NRT DCH whose allocated user plane data
parameter DCHUtilBelowDowngradeThr defines the bit rate threshold that is used in the upper throughput mea
rate is 128 kbps./nThe allocated data rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is
parameter DCHUtilBelowDowngradeThr, defines the bit rate threshold that is used in the upper throughput mea
rate is 32 kbps./nThe allocated data rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is c
rate is 64 kbps./nThe allocated data rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is c
This parameter defines the period of the time between timing of the upper throughput goes below the upper bi
This parameter determines whether the RNC primarily activates DC-HSDPA or MIMO for the UE, which supports
HSDPA and MIMO for the same UE is not supported. DC-HSDPA and MIMO can be enabled in the same cell.
The parameter defines the confidence interval to interpret statistically where downlink BLER is maintained in BL
7 gives 75% confidence interval (10 gives 85%, 13 gives 90%, 16 gives 95%, 20 gives 97.5%, 23 gives 99%, 30
The parameter is used in normal mode by the WCDMA BTS to calculate the power increase//decrease step size
when Continuous Packet Connetivity (UE DTX, and so on) is activated for the UE.
The parameter defines how the DL load value is determined in Load type Iur Common measurement. There are
status determination, only spreading code usage is taken into account, or both are checked and the one giving
The parameter determines a period of time during which a downgrade due to Dynamic Link Optimisation is not
Dynamic Link Optimisation procedure during the guard time period after a successful upgrade of a user bitrate
downgrades due to Dynamic Link Optimisation are also prohibited during this period of time.
The parameter is used to define the DL transmission power level that triggers the dynamic link optimisation./nT
transmission power (Ptx,max). Dynamic link optimisation is triggered if the measured average RL transmission
exceeds the maximum DL transmission power. Only the cells under the SRNC can trigger dynamic link optimisa
The parameter is used to activate or deactivate the dynamic link optimisation functionality. Values 1 and 2 of th
spreading factor is increased due to dynamic link optimisation./nOnly the cells under the SRNC can trigger dyna
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with DL SF 128. F
the maximum DL SF will be 64./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing lim
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with DL SF 16. Fo
the maximum DL SF will be 8./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing limit.
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with DL SF 256. F
the maximum DL SF will be 128. /nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing lim
the maximum DL SF will be 16./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing limi
the maximum DL SF will be 32./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing limi
The parameter defines the maximum puncturing ratio allowed to be used in DL DCHs.
Directed RRC connection setup for HSDPA layer (from non-HSDPA layer to HSDPA layer) in the cell is done if the
(Establishment cause) which is activated by this parameter. There is also own switch for the cases where UE wi
Parameter tells the number of the authorised network list which is used as a default authorised network set. Lis
the home PLMN of the subscriber. Zero (0) value means that all PLMNs are authorised.
When this parameter is enabled and the Directed RRC connection setup for HSDPA layer is enabled (DirectedRR
the following enhancements are in use:/n1. The RNC takes into account the service requested in the RRC conne
connection setup to HSDPA layer. The services are defined with the DRRCForHSDPALayerServices parameter./n2
supports HSDPA load sharing between layers./n4. The RNC supports simultaneous use of Directed RRC Connect
layer features (the DirectedRRCEnabled and DirectedRRCForHSDPALayerEnabled parameters are enabled).
This parameter is used to define if the available HSDPA power is taken into account in the decision making for H
making, then only the number of HSDPA users in the cell and cell weight will be taken into account in the decisi
Request and state transition from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH state phases when a decision is made into which HSDP
This parameter defines the HSDPA Discard Timer value for the HS-DSCH MAC-d flow of the CS voice bearer. Dis
starting from the instant of its arrival into an HSDPA Priority Queue. BTS can use it as a delay information for gu
RAB does not affect the value of the parameter.
The DL inner loop PC step size is used in normal mode by the WCDMA BTS to calculate the power increase//dec
This parameter is used to switch 'On' and 'Off' the Flexible Upgrade of NRT Data Rate and Throughput Based Op
HSDPA return channel./nWhen the parameter is set 'On', use of the above mentioned features to UL NRT DCH H
'Off', use of the above mentioned features to UL NRT DCH HSDPA return channel is forbidden.
This parameter determines the time that must be waited after an E-DCH to DCH channel type switching before
This parameter defines the size of the sliding averaging window for the throughput measurement of the E-DCH
number of bits transmitted by the E-DCH MAC-d flow during the sliding measurement window. The value 0 of th
measurement is not performed.
This parameter defines the low throughput threshold for the throughput measurement of the E-DCH MAC-d flow
The throughput measurement measures the number of bits transmitted by the E-DCH MAC-d flow during the sli
is defined with the EDCHMACdFlowThroughputAveWin parameter. If the result of the throughput measurement i
EDCHMACdFlowThroughputTimetoTrigger or EDCHMACdFlowThroughputStrTimetoTrigger timer is started.
This parameter defines the low throughput time to the trigger timer for the throughput measurement of the E-D
measurement is lower than or equal to the EDCHMACdFlowThroughputRelThr, the EDCHMACdFlowThroughputTi
measurement is higher than the EDCHMACdFlowThoughputRelThr, the EDCHMACdFlowThroughputTimetoTrigge
MAC-d flow is released, assuming that also the corresponding HS-DSCH NRT MAC-d flow is allowed to be release
This parameter defines the low throughput time to the trigger timer for the throughput measurement of the E-D
measurement is lower than or equal to the EDCHMACdFlowThroughputRelThr, the EDCHMACdFlowStrThroughpu
measurement is higher than the EDCHMACdFlowThoughputRelThr, the EDCHMACdFlowThroughputStrTimetoTrig
MAC-d flow is released, assuming that also the corresponding HS-DSCH streaming MAC-d flow is allowed to be r
This parameter determines the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for streaming traffic class on E-DCH
flow maximum number of retransmissions information element and to BTS using NBAP: Maximum Number of Re
This parameter determines the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the SR
using RRC: E-DCH MAC-d flow maximum number of retransmissions information element and to BTS using NBAP
information element.
This parameter determines the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for SRBs on E-DCH TTI 2 ms./nThe i
flow maximum number of retransmissions information element and to the BTS using NBAP: Maximum Number o
This parameter determines the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for E-DCH./nInformation is signalled
number of retransmissions information element and to the BTS using the NBAP: Maximum Number of Retransm
This parameter defines the traffic classes (TC) and traffic handling priorities (THP) that can use E-DCH. The valu
specific TC and THP. The value 0 means that only DCH can be used for the specific TC and THP.
When a new BLER for DPDCH is under calculation, the Ideal BLER target for DPDCH is in main role and also the
into account. E-DPDCH BLER difference is weighted by this weighting factor parameter.
This parameter defines whether the UE in idle mode may detect the presence of an E-UTRA cell and report it to
This parameter controls RNC echo request sending. If it is enabled, echo requests are sent and if a response is n
and N3-REQUESTS, the related path is considered to be at failure state and the IUPS IP Routing Error alarm is ra
This parameter defines the minimum allowed difference for the CPICH EcNo differences between the active set
CPICH EcNo Difference values that are lower than the threshold.
This parameter activates the directed emergency call inter-system handover feature. If the parameter is enable
network in order to allow the 'location method used in the GSM network' service instead of the cell id and RTT-b
location of the emergency call is done in UTRAN. This parameter can be set to enabled only if the Intelligent Em
This parameter enables//disables the redirect feature for emergency calls to GSM on connection creation. When
to the GSM network.
This parameter sets the timer value for the emergency call redirect feature. The emergency call redirect feature
second emergency call from the same mobile is done within the time limit set by this parameter.
The parameter defines, in radio frames, how long the DTX//DRX is disabled after a reconfiguration. This parame
cannot be given by the RNC to the BTS (for example HHO).
The parameter defines, in radio frames, how long the DTX//DRX is disabled after a reconfiguration. This parame
can be given by the RNC to the BTS (for example, state transitions).
This parameter enables or disables the quality deterioration report from UL OLPC controller procedure./nWhen e
if the serving cell (or cells participating in soft handover) has neighboring cells in another carrier frequency or s
frequency//system measurements when it receives the quality deterioration report from the UL outer loop PC co
The parameter defines whether the header compression algorithm shall reorder PDCP SDUs or not. Parameter is
This parameter defines an extended Cell_FACH state inactivity supervision time used by the RNC instead of the
zero, this value is used for all UEs not supporting the Cell//URA_PCH state.
The parameter determines the minimum interval between two consecutive Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) allocation
executed F-DPCH to DPCH reconfiguration. During the time period, F-DPCH allocation is forbidden. If the value o
are not restricted. /nTimer should be stopped when new RAB is set up, that is, F-DPCH allocation should not be
This parameter defines the traffic classes (TC) and traffic handling priorities (THP) that can use Fractional DPCH
DPCH and SRBs on HSPA can be used for the specific TC & THP. The value 0 means that only DPCH and SRBs on
This parameter defines the Establishment Cause values when the Rel99 DCH allocation is used for SRBs in RRC
state./nThe value 1 means that for the corresponding Establishment Cause, the DCH is used always for SRBs (in
DCH//DCH)./nThe value 0 means that the corresponding Establishment Cause prefers to use F-DPCH (when the
DCH//HS-DSCH)./nThis parameter also determines whether a priority conversational call can be mapped to just
the pre-emption capability information is set to 'may trigger pre-emption' in its RAB parameters. Bit 5 (Emergen
can be used for a priority conversational call. If bit is set to 0, the channel type is selected according to the curr
on the DCH transport channel if Bit 5 is set to 1 (default value). A call is an Emergency call if the AMR RAB setup
after the RRC connection setup request with the RRC establishment cause value 'Emergency Call'.
This parameter enables//disables the use of the Flexible RLC feature and use of MAC-ehs in the serving RNC./nI
is used in the RNC. If the parameter is disabled (0), then the Flexible RLC feature is not used in the RNC./nNote
activated.
This parameter defines the E-DCH maximum bitrate in relation to RAB parameter UL//DL Maximum Bit Rate in c
The E-DCH maximum bitrate specifies the rate of the Transport Channel below MAC-e. Node B uses it for E-DCH
NBAP Radio Link Setup//Addition//Reconfiguration to Node B. The parameter is unitless.
This parameter defines the factor for calculating the E-DCH maximum bit rate from the maximum uplink user b
which deactivates the use of the maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB for this purpose. In this case, the E-D
maximum bit rate of the RAB.
This parameter defines the E-DCH maximum bit rate in relation to RAB parameter UL//DL Maximum Bit Rate wh
maximum bit rate specifies the rate of the Transport Channel below MAC-e. Node B uses it for the E-DCH sched
Radio Link Setup//Addition//Reconfiguration to Node B. The parameter is unitless.
This parameter defines the E-DCH maximum bit rate in relation to RAB parameter UL//DL Maximum Bit Rate wh
maximum bit rate specifies the rate of the Transport Channel below MAC-e. Node B uses it for the E-DCH sched
Radio Link Setup//Addition//Reconfiguration to Node B. The parameter is unitless.
This parameter defines a factor that determines the minimum time between two consecutive priority-based sch
downgrade due to priority-based scheduling, the minimum DCH allocation time is determined by multiplying the
this factor. /nWhich of the three parameters (higher, equal or lower priority) is used depends on whether the RA
equal or lower priority than the RAB of the incoming capacity request. During this time, the DCH is not allowed
scheduling. The same factor is used when the priority of this DCH's RAB is higher, equal or lower than the RAB o
This parameter determines the threshold value for the UE's active set change to detect that the UE has been m
times the active set cells have changed completely during the time period FastUEPeriod./nIf the number of com
threshold FastUECancel, the handover control sends that slow mobility information to the RRC entity.
This parameter determines the time period for evaluating the active set change frequency for the PCH state ev
entity. The handover control calculates how many times the active set cells have changed completely during th
the 'history list' when the evaluation period is started. If a cell is removed from the active set, then that cell is a
the 'history list', then the number of the complete active sets is incremented. The total number of complete act
FastUEThreshold and FastUECancel.
This parameter determines the threshold value for the UE's complete active set cell change for the fast moving
times the active set cells have changed completely during the time period FastUEPeriod./nIf the number of com
FastUEThreshold, the handover control informs the RRC entity about 'fast moving UE' mobility information.
This parameter switches the functionality of the Flexible Upgrade of the NRT DCH Data Rate 'On' and 'Off'.
The parameter defines the largest number of compressed non-TCP headers that may be sent without sending a
compression algorithm.
Compressed UDCP//IP or TCP//IP headers may not be sent more than the number of seconds given by the value
parameter is used by the PDCP header compression algorithm.
This parameter defines the safety margin for transmitted power that is used when Admission Control is done fo
UTRAN-to-GAN handover method makes use of an RF channel number (ARFCN) and Base Station Identity Code
channel number allocated for the GAN cells.
UTRAN-to-GAN handover method makes use of an RF channel number (ARFCN) and the Base Station Identity Co
Code is composed of the Network Colour Code (NCC) and the Base Station Colour Code (BCC). The parameter in
UTRAN-to-GAN handover method makes use of an RF channel number (ARFCN) and the Base Station Identity Co
Code is composed of the Network Colour Code (NCC) and the Base Station Colour Code (BCC). The parameter in
Defines the gain factor for the control part of a PRACH message when the data part symbol rate is 120 ksps.
Defines the gain factor for the data part of a PRACH message when the data part symbol rate is 120 ksps.
This parameter determines the starting slot number of the transmission gap inside a frame in case of single fra
This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAT handover to GSM is allowed for circuit switched (CS) voice servic
following:/n- No; handover to GSM is not allowed for CS voice services. The handover is also prohibited if a CS v
GSM is allowed for CS voice services. In case of multiservice, a handover to GSM must be allowed for all CS and
handover is possible./n- Priority; handover to GSM is allowed for CS voice services. The handover is also allowed
This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAT handover to GSM is allowed for circuit switched (CS) data service
following:/n- No; handover to GSM is not allowed for CS data services. The handover is also prohibited if a CS da
is allowed for CS data services. In case of multiservice, a handover to GSM must be allowed for all CS and PS se
handover is possible./n- Priority; handover to GSM is allowed for CS data services. The handover is also allowed
This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAT handover (cell change) to GSM//GPRS is allowed for non-real tim
connected mode. The alternative values of the parameter are the following:/n- No; cell change to GSM//GPRS is
handover//cell change to GSM//GPRS is also prohibited if a non-real time PS data service is a part of multiservice
time PS data services. In case of multiservice, a handover//cell change to GSM//GPRS must be allowed for all CS
the handover//cell change is possible./nThe parameters GsmHandoverAMR and//or GsmHandoverCS for CS data
GsmHandoverNrtPS in case of multiservice. If either CS voice and//or data services are prioritized, the RNC shal
GSM//GPRS is not allowed for non-real time PS data services.
This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAT handover (cell change) to GSM//GPRS is allowed for real time pac
connected mode. The alternative values of the parameter are the following:/n- No; cell change to GSM//GPRS is
handover//cell change to GSM//GPRS is also prohibited if a real time PS data service is a part of multiservice./ndata services. In case of multiservice, a handover//cell change to GSM//GPRS must be allowed for all CS and PS
handover//cell change is possible./nThe parameters GsmHandoverAMR and//or GsmHandoverCS for CS data//vo
GsmHandoverRtPS in case of multiservice. If either CS voice and//or data services are prioritized, the RNC shall
GSM//GPRS is not allowed for real time PS data services.
This parameter controls, on the system level, whether compressed mode by HLS (single frame) is allowed to
provided that HLS is possible at all.
This parameter describes the services that are supported by HSPA Capability Based Handover feature.
This parameter defines whether the usage of the 16 kbps UL DCH return channel is allowed for HSDPA. The valu
upgrade or downgrade of the UL DCH return channel. The HSDPA 16 kbps UL DCH return channel is applicable o
This parameter defines whether the HSDPA 48 users per cell feature is in use. /nIf the feature is disabled, the R
HSDPA64UsersEnabled value is 'Not Enabled'./nIf HSDPA64UsersEnabled parameter is set 'Enabled' in the cell, t
applicable in the cell.
This parameter defines the period of adjustment (upgrade//downgrade) for the HS-PDSCH codes.
This parameter defines the time period for the dynamic E-RGCH//E-HICH code allocation; therefore, every time
RGCH//E-HICH codes will be increased or decreased dynamically.
This parameter determines the value for the Happy bit delay condition information element. The information ele
utilises information for setting the E-DCH related happy bit. The happy bit is signalled to the BTS in E-DPCCH.
The parameter defines whether the header compression function of the PDCP is employed or not. If it is employ
algorithm.
The parameter determines a period of time during which the HS-DSCH allocation is denied after successful chan
handover reasons./nWhen DCH 0//0 kbps has been allocated to the UE due to any intra-frequency, inter-frequen
channel is not allowed to be allocated during the guard time period./nThe restriction concerns the particular UE
effective for the UE in the CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states. Timer is not applied if UE is transferred directly to t
HSDPAMobility is disabled
This parameter defines all single and multi-RAB combinations that are supported by the I-BTS.
This parameter defines how long the erroneous IU-PS interface IP layer is tolerated before the erroneous GTP tu
Routing Error alarm is raised. /nIf the value is 0, the timer is not used and the IUPS IP Routing Error alarm is not
This parameter enables//disables the use of ISHO Cancellation feature in the RNC./nIf the value is '0', the ISHO
the ISHO Cancellation is activated in the RNC
This parameter indicates whether the SRNC supports ISHO during Iur Mobility.
This parameter defines how many inactive NRT users are targeted in the RT-over-NRT procedure. Targeting more
over-NRT is needed again.
This parameter defines the factor for the maximum number of HSPA users when preventive overload control is
them from Cell_DCH state./nThis parameter is applied for the following HSPA user amount related maximum va
MaxNumberHSDSCHMACdFlows)/n- Maximum number of HSDPA users (Parameter: MaxNumberHSDPAUsers)/nspecific BTS scheduler (Parameter: MaxNumbHSDSCHMACdFS)/n- Maximum number of HSDPA users in the MAC
MaxNumbHSDPAUsersS)/n- Maximum number of E-DCH allocations in the cell (Parameter: MaxNumberEDCHCel
cell group (Parameter: MaxNumberEDCHLCG)/n- Maximum number of E-DCH allocations in the BTS (Parameter:
The parameter defines how long inactive CPC user that benefits from battery consumption optimization is kept
utilization and E-DCH low throughput have triggered. /nWhen low utilization is detected for HSDPA MAC-d flow (
MAC-d flow (EDCHMACdFlowThroughputTimetoTrigger), the RB can be released. When this has happened to all
state. Instead of state transition, the user can be kept longer in the Cell_DCH state. This timer defines how muc
inactive all the period./nThis timer is applied to users which have:/n- Continuous Packet Connectivity activated
and UE)/n- UE has not indicated that it does not benefit from battery consumption optimization (optional IE in R
The parameter defines how long inactive CPC user that does not benefit from battery consumption optimization
low utilization and E-DCH low throughput have triggered./nWhen low utilization is detected for HSDPA MAC-d flo
state. Instead of state transition, the user can be kept longer in the Cell_DCH state. This timer defines how muc
inactive all the period./nThis timer is applied to users which have:/n- Continuous Packet Connectivity activated
and UE)/n- UE has indicated that it does not benefit from battery consumption optimization (optional IE in RRC)
This parameter defines whether inactivity detection for streaming radio bearers is activated. If inactivity detect
by the inactive streaming radio bearer. If resources of a radio bearer are released and a need to transfer data is
resources reserved for streaming radio bearer can cause that UE is put to CELL_FACH state if there are no other
bearers for this UE, then streaming radio bearer is put to DCH 0//0./nInactivity detection is used when streamin
channels.
The parameter defines how long inactive non CPC user that benefits from battery consumption optimization is k
utilization and E-DCH low throughput have triggered./nWhen low utilization is detected for HSDPA MAC-d flow (M
state. Instead of state transition the user can be kept longer in the Cell_DCH state. This timer defines how much
inactive all the period./nThis timer is applied to users which have:/n- Continuous Packet Connectivity is not activ
send to BTS and UE)/n- UE has not indicated that it does not benefit from battery consumption optimization (op
The parameter defines how long inactive non CPC user that does not benefit from battery consumption optimiz
HSDPA low utilization and E-DCH low throughput have triggered./nWhen low utilization is detected for HSDPA M
E-DCH MAC-d flow (EDCHMACdFlowThroughputTimetoTrigger), the RB can be released. When this has happened
Cell_FACH state. Instead of state transition, the user can be kept longer in the Cell_DCH state. This timer define
even if it is inactive all the period./nThis timer is applied to users which have:/n- Continuous Packet Connectivity
CPCP are not send to BTS and UE)/n- UE has indicated that it does not benefit from battery consumption optimiz
The time indicating how long the radio and transmission resources are reserved after silence detection on down
separately for each bit rate./nParameter value 255 (infinity) means that NRT DCH inactivity supervision is not u
The time indicating how long the radio and transmission resources are reserved after silence detection on uplin
for each bit rate./nParameter value 255 (infinity) means that NRT DCH inactivity supervision is not used.
This parameter activates the Intelligent Directed Emergency Call Inter-system Handover feature. If this parame
the GSM network only if the requested accuracy level is not fulfilled by cell based location methods, and UE and
parameter can be set enabled only, if Emergency Call ISHO Support parameter is set disabled.
This parameter specifies the Digit Analysis Tree in which the digit analyses for the Iu-CS interface are created. D
Iu-CS interface, and the tree value used has to be the same that is given with this parameter. The value of the t
for the Iu-CS interface. The recommended value for the Iu-CS digit analysis tree is 3.
This parameter defines the length (in bits) of the NRI parameter to be used in the CS CN selection./nNOTE: This
Multi-Operator Core Network is//are activated. When none of the licenses is activated, the parameter value is h
This parameter defines the length (in bits) of the NRI parameter to be used in the PS CN selection. /n/nIuOperat
only when PS licenses of IuFlex and//or Multi-Operator Core Network is//are activated. When none of the license
This parameter defines the MSC allocated NRI value to be used in load redistribution. The RNC's NAS node selec
Null NRI./n/nNOTE: The Null NRI value cannot be given to any MSC of the pool./nNOTE: The operator cannot hav
This parameter defines the SGSN allocated NRI value to be used in load redistribution. The RNC's NAS node sele
using Null NRI./n/nNOTE: The Null NRI value cannot be given to any SGSN of the pool./nNOTE: The operator can
This parameter defines the percentage weight value of each operator in the Multi-Operator Core Network (MOC
method to select a CN operator. Load-sharing among operators is defined by configuring OperatorWeight. /nWe
50%/nOP2 30%/nOP3 20%/nThe weight value range is between 0 and 100. The total sum of every operator's w
means that the load is shared equally among all operators./nIf the weight value is 100 for one operator and 0 fo
load is the default operator.
This parameter defines the unique country identification. MCC consists of three digits. MCC together with MNC i
This parameter defines the unique network identification within a country. MNC consists of two or three digits. M
(globally).
The parameter controls the release of the Iu-PS connection after the 3G//2G inter-system handover with CS+PS
switching to the 2G-service initiate a routing area update procedure towards the PS-CN, the RNC can keep the I
CS-service in the 2G-side. /nWhen the timer expires, the RNC sends the Iu release request to the SGSN.
Tells in which Digit Analysis Tree the digit analyses for the Iub interface are created. Digit analyses are created b
and Digit analysis for the AAL2 connections. The recommended value for the Iub tree is 1.
This parameter specifies the Digit Analysis Tree in which the digit analyses for the Iur interface are created. Dig
interface. The value of the tree is not to be changed when digit analyses are created for the Iur interface. The re
This parameter defines how users over the Iur-interface are handled in the Drift RNC during congestion. The Dri
over-RT, RT-over-NRT, pre-emption, or overload actions are performed. This parameter is applicable to DCH user
Radio Link Pre-emption procedures over the Iur-interface./nIf the value of the parameter is set to 'Equal Priority,
to their existing QoS priorities./nIf the value of the parameter is set to 'Higher Priority over Iur,' the Drift RNC gi
value of the parameter is set to 'Lower Priority over Iur,' the Drift RNC gives Iur users lower priority than Drift RN
This parameter enables and disables the LCS Support in the Drift RNC feature. If this feature is enabled, the Cel
positioning is required in the anchoring conditions, this Cell GAI info can be used as the location estimate in Loc
The operator can enable or disable the LCS functionality with this parameter. If the parameter is enabled the ce
This parameter defines the minimum NRT DCH allocation time in a pure NRT connection until a load-based hand
connection is possible only in CELL_DCH state.
This parameter enables//disables the feature Load based AMR codec mode selection.
This parameter defines the absolute threshold which is used by the UE to trigger the reporting event 6G due to
difference for a radio link included in the active set falls below the threshold, the UE sends an event 6G triggere
radio link from the active set.
This parameter defines the averaging window size for the throughput measurement of the MAC-d flow. /nThe th
transmitted by MAC-d during the sliding measurement window. The sliding measurement window is defined with
that the MAC-d flow throughput measurement is not activated.
This parameter defines the low throughput threshold of the throughput measurement of the MAC-d flow. /nThe t
throughput measurement measures the number of bits transmitted by MAC-d during the sliding measurement w
This parameter defines the low throughput time necessary to trigger the timer of the throughput measurement
This parameter defines the low throughput time necessary to trigger the timer of the throughput measurement
This parameter defines the low utilisation threshold of the throughput measurement of the MAC-d flow. /nThe th
throughput measurement measures the number of bits transmitted by MAC-d during the sliding measurement w
This parameter defines the low utilisation time to trigger the timer of the throughput measurement of the MACThis parameter defines the low utilisation time to trigger the timer of the throughput measurement of the MACThis parameter defines whether the broadcast PLMN identity in the system information's Master Information Blo
the decision how to use the PLMN identity broadcast in the MIB, based on this flag.
This parameter defines the usage of the Multi-Operator Core Network (MOCN) feature.
The MSActivitySupervision timer is used in the RRC states CELL_PCH and URA_PCH for supervising the inactivity
either state is executed. The MSActivitySupervision timer stops when any activity of NRT RAB(s) is detected and
timer restarts (from the initial value) when the inactivity of the NRT RAB(s) is detected and the MS is moved bac
the MSActivitySupervision timer, when the first 'inactive state indication' (that is, cell//URA update which does n
received from the MS, the RNC asks SGSN to release the Iu connection./nNote! If the parameter value is set to z
allowed. When inactivity is detected in the CELL_FACH state, the MS is switched to the idle mode.
Defines a time period (in terms of a number of slots) during which the accumulated power adjustment will be n
loop PC adjustment. A small amount of slots grants quick response times for power balancing but may cause ov
This parameter can be used to restrict the maximum bit rate of the NRT MAC-d flow. The bit rate used in the res
value of the following values: the maximum bit rate based on UE capability; the maximum bit rate of the RAB; t
parameter. This parameter does not limit the maximum instantaneous bit rate on the air interface. The value of
MAC-d flow excluding the MAC-hs header, RLC header, and padding (the parameter value includes just the RLC
depends on the features licensed for the RNC. /n- If there is no license for the feature HSDPA 15 Codes (10 code
kbps. /n- If there is a license for the feature HSDPA 15 Codes (10 codes or 15 codes license), then the maximum
HSDPA 15 Codes (10 codes or 15 codes license) and the feature HSDPA 10Mbps per User, then the maximum va
HSDPA 15 Codes (10 codes or 15 codes license) and the feature HSDPA 14Mbps per User, then the maximum va
HSDPA 15 Codes (10 codes or 15 codes license) and the feature HSDPA 64QAM, then the maximum value is 209
(10 codes or 15 codes licence) and the feature MIMO 28 Mbps, then the maximum value is 27776./n- If there is
codes licence) and the feature DC-HSDPA 42 Mbps, then the maximum value is 41984./nIf the value 65535 is us
rate, but the maximum bit rate is restricted by other limits (described earlier).
This parameter defines the maximum buffering time of the voice frames in the RNC when CS voice is transferre
transferred over HSPA, the HSUPA retransmissions can generate a variable delay of the voice frames. The maxim
management parameter 'E-DCH max number of retransmissions CS voice E-TTI 10'. An additional delay can com
HARQ cycle, when one HARQ process is allocated for the transmission. If the discontinuous uplink reception is a
DTX cycle. Because voice frames should be sent over the Iu at constant intervals, the delay variation is remove
dejitter buffer for the period of maximum length defined with this parameter. The maximum buffering time shal
RLC entity of the UE with the management parameter 'UM RLC SDU discard time in UE for CS voice over HSPA'.
This parameter defines the maximum buffering time of the voice frames in the RNC when CS voice is transferre
transferred over HSPA, the HSUPA retransmissions can generate a variable delay of the voice frames. The maxim
management parameter 'E-DCH max number of retransmissions CS voice E-TTI 2'. An additional delay can come
cycle, when one HARQ process is allocated for the transmission. If the discontinuous uplink reception is active,
cycle. Because voice frames should be sent over the Iu at constant intervals, the delay variation is removed in
buffer for the period of maximum length defined with this parameter. The maximum buffering time shall confor
entity of the UE with the management parameter 'UM RLC SDU discard time in UE for CS voice over HSPA'.
This parameter defines the Max CS delay value for the maximum buffering time of the CS voice frames in UE. W
scheduling and retransmissions can generate a variable delay of the voice frames. Delay variation is removed b
voice frames in the dejitter buffer for the period of maximum length defined with this parameter. Maximum jitte
retransmissions and the MAC-hs scheduling delay. The former is controlled with the management parameter 'HS
and the latter with the management parameter 'HSDPA Discard Timer for the CS voice service'.
This parameter specifies the maximum allowed number of Cell Reselections in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH stat
cell reselection is counted in both the CELL_FACH and CELL_PCH states. When the UE is in the CELL_FACH state,
used as a trigger for the CELL_FACH to URA_PCH transition, but it is used when deciding a target state after the
This parameter determines the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS
to UE using RRC: E-DCH MAC-d flow maximum number of retransmissions information element and to BTS using
This parameter determines the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS
UE using RRC: E-DCH MAC-d flow maximum number of retransmissions information element and to BTS using N
This timer defines the maximum time that BTS, cell, local cell group or traffic termination point can be frozen du
emption or RT over NRT procedure. The timer ensures that, once frozen BTS, cell, local cell group or traffic term
command is missing or arrives too late.
The parameter defines the largest UDCP//IP or TCP//IP header size in octets that may be compressed. The param
This parameter specifies the maximum number of ISHO Cancellations that are allowed for a corresponding UE p
This parameter defines the maximum number of re-attempts the RNC can perform when hunting congested log
emergency call, pre-emption and RT call
Parameter allows operators to adjust MAC-es reordering buffer wait time. Online modifications affect new conn
The parameter allows operators to adjust MAC-es reordering buffer wait time for NRT E-DCH 2ms TTI. Online mo
This parameter allows you to adjust the MAC-es reordering buffer wait time between the values 40ms-320ms. O
parameter can also be used to restrict the delay for RT services due to the MAC-es re-ordering.
This parameter determines the Maximum Set of E-DPDCHs when the CS voice RAB is transferred as a single ser
part of the E-DPCH information. It is signaled to UE in the RRC IE Maximum channelisation codes and to BTS in t
This parameter determines the Maximum Set of E-DPDCHs when the CS voice RAB is transferred as a single ser
part of the E-DPCH information. It is signaled to UE in the RRC IE Maximum channelisation codes and to BTS in t
When RNC calculates a new reference power for base stations, it is not updated to the base stations if it does n
stations at least by a value defined by this parameter./nSetting this parameter to a small value, such as 1dB, ca
base stations every time the measurement reports arrive and setting it to a larger value causes the reference p
parameter can be used to limit the amount of messaging traffic related to reference power updates.
This parameter indicates whether or not the feature is used on the RNC level. When the parameter value is Off,
CELL UPDATE//URA UPDATE retransmission counter (MS counter).
UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION retransmission counter (MS counter).
This counter is used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE COM
state.
This parameter specifies the maximum number of attempts for sending the Echo Request message. If an Echo R
getting an Echo Response, the path is considered to be in failure state. This parameter is not valid for GTPU uni
This parameter defines the measurement filter coefficient for the common load measurements of the inter-freq
measurement is used to detect whether non-critical handovers are possible. The measurement is event based (
example, service and UE capability type handovers. Service and load based handover make use of this parame
This parameter defines the measurement hysteresis time for the common load measurements of the inter-frequ
measurement is used to detect whether non-critical handovers are possible. The measurement is event-based (
example, service and UE capability type handovers. Service and load based handover make use of this parame
This parameter defines the load threshold for the common load measurements of the inter-frequency neighbou
used to detect whether or not non-critical handovers are possible. The measurement is event-based (event A an
values from 0 to 100. If common load measurement is used, the recommended values are from 60 to 80, which
measurement to a certain inter-frequency neighbour cell is activated or deactivated by the RNP parameter (ADJ
handovers' are, for example, service and UE capability type handovers. Service and load based handover make
This parameter defines the target delay in NRT DCH VCC which the flow control tries to keep for NRT traffic caus
parameter applies only if the VCC is being terminated in A2SU hardware. In case the VCC is being terminated in
This parameter is used to define the minimum BTS HW allocation for NRT RB with streaming RB allocated on E-D
streaming RB + NRT RBs based on the maximum set of E-DPDCH which defines the maximum bit rate (minimum
calculates the maximum set of E-DPDCH taking into account GBR for streaming and NBR or this parameter for N
indicator) where the NRT is mapped, it is used. If NBR is not defined, this parameter is used. /nThis is minimum
get bigger UL bit rates for the NRT because spreading factor (Maximum set of E-DPDCHs) is rounded down to lo
enables bigger bit rate.
The parameter defines the maximum Context Identifier (CID) value for non-TCP connections. The parameter is u
This parameter defines a priority-based scheduling policy./nThe following alternatives can be used:/n1. Priority-b
functionality is not active.
/n2. Higher priority/nThe RAB of the incoming capacity request must have a
released. /n3. Higher or equal priority/nThe RAB of the incoming capacity request must have a priority that is hi
or released. /n4. Higher or equal priority (not the highest priority)/nThe RAB of the incoming capacity request m
the DCH to be downgraded or released. However, the DCHs of the RABs that have the highest priority are not to
request can even have a lower (or an equal or higher) priority than the RAB of the DCH to be downgraded or rel
of the incoming capacity request can even have a lower (or an equal or higher) priority than the RAB of the DCH
that have the highest priority are not touched.
The parameter defines the length of the uplink DPCCH power control preamble period. The uplink DPCCH power
transmission prior to the frame where the uplink DPDCH//E-DPCCH//E-DPDCH transmission can start. The period
preamble can be used with the physical layer synchronization procedure A when the first radio link set is establ
The parameter defines the downlink power control range in relation to the maximum allocated transmission pow
achieved by subtracting the value of the parameter from the maximum transmission power of the radio link. Ho
defines the absolute lower limit for the minimum transmission power.
This parameter defines the bit rate threshold for the usage of RLC PDU size 656 bits in DL data transfer if the R
of the NRT RB must be equal to or higher than the threshold before the PDU size 656 bits can be selected. The s
in use./nThe HSDPA 15 Codes feature ('HSDPA cell upg from 5 to 10 codes' or 'HSDPA cell upg from 10 to 15 cod
for the HS-DSCH.
This parameter defines the minimum number of allocated HS-PDSCH codes that allows the usage of RLC PDU s
DSCH in the DL. The HSDPA 15 Codes feature ('HSDPA cell upg from 5 to 10 codes' or 'HSDPA cell upg from 10 t
for the HS-DSCH.
This parameter defines the HS-DSCH signal-to-interference ratio threshold for the use of RLC PDU size 656 bits
DL. HS-DSCH SIR must be equal to or higher than the threshold before RLC PDU size 656 bits can be selected. T
use./nThe HSDPA 15 Codes feature ('HSDPA cell upg from 5 to 10 codes' or 'HSDPA cell upg from 10 to 15 codes
HS-DSCH.
This parameter activates Throughput based optimisation of the PS algorithm feature. Activation and deactivatio
within all traffic handling priorities and background traffic class traffics./n'Throughput based optimisation usage
whether or not the feature is activated for the interactive traffic class traffic handling priority 1 traffics/n- bit 1 i
interactive traffic class traffic handling priority 2 traffics/n- bit 2 indicates whether or not the feature is activate
traffics/n- bit 3 indicates whether or not the feature is activated for the background traffic class traffics/nIf a bit
traffics. If a bit is set to 0, the feature is not activated for the corresponding traffics./nIf Interactive Traffic Class
throughput measurements (release, lower bit rate, and upper bit rate) for the allocated NRT DCH are allowed fo
This parameter determines whether the cell shutdown is allowed with drifting UEs or not. If there are drifting UE
cannot be shutdown.
This parameter defines the time period when the shutdown criteria for low traffic have to be fulfilled in order to
This parameter defines the time that at least one active cell in one Power Saving Mode (PWSM) cell group need
previously shutdown cell.
This parameter defines an interval between the first connected mode paging procedure and the first repeated p
received from the MS during the period. The repetition is used in UTRAN and CN originated paging procedures in
interval depends on the DRX cycle length value (cell-specific UTRAN DRX cycle length coefficient or CN domain
procedure and the interval is evaluated by the RRC entity as follows:/n the shortest repetition period is alway
used/n if the period defined by PageRep1stInterv (or PageRep2ndInterv) covers less than two DRX cycles, the
ensure, that the original and repeated paging messages are not sent in the same RRC:PAGING TYPE 1 message
zero, the paging repetition is not used and also the PageRep2ndInterv is interpreted as zero (regardless of the r
length is used during the paging procedure./nIf the MS has not responded to the first repeated paging procedur
a management parameter PageRep2ndInterv./nNote: The exact values for PageRep1stInterv and PageRep2nd In
-rate statistics obtained from the real radio network environment.
This parameter defines an interval between the first repeated and the second repeated paging procedures./nWh
paging repetition is not executed and only the DRX cycle length is used during the first repeated paging proced
The parameter defines the minimum period for consecutive RRC UL TFC control messages to be sent to the UE
SRNC for the CS AMR call from the establishment of the RAB in filtering off the UL rate control request received
load. When the RNC should send the RRC Transport format combination control message to the UE as an action
only the last maximum UL AMR mode upgrade request received during the interval defined with the parameter
maximum UL AMR mode downgrade request is transferred to the UE without filtering. If there is no signaling ov
transferred to the UE, unless there is another RRC procedure in progress that prohibits this./nValue 255 ('OFF') o
predefined SDU sizes, version 1 is only used for the CS AMR calls. Iu UP support mode version 1 does not allow
This parameter defines periodicity for Scheduling Info (SI) in case that the BTS type is WBTS. In case that the B
coded as 50 ms. The values define periodicity in both cases, that is, when no grant is given and when grant is g
This parameter determines whether post-verification is used in the downlink chip and frame synchronization. A
synchronization procedure A when the first radio link set is established for the UE. If the post-verification period
immediately when it initiates the downlink dedicated physical channel establishment. If the post-verification pe
the downlink physical channel is established. If enabled with the parameter, the post-verification period is appli
This parameter defines whether Power Balancing is used or not.
This parameter defines the HARQ power offset value for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS voice service. The para
the signaling link can be multiplexed within the MAC-e PDU with the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS voice, or if the
to 0 dB. Power offset value is used for both E-TTI values 2 ms and 10 ms.
This parameter defines the power offset for Scheduling Info (SI).
The reference power (proportional to a cell's CPICH power) is defined by choosing the largest of the averaged D
from it. Setting this parameter to a large value will cause a slight underestimation of the transmission power.
The parameter sets absolute limit for uplink noise autotuning compared to PrxNoise value. For example, Operat
PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute is set to value 2dB. This limits PrxNoise value between -99,5 dBm and -103,5 dBm.
This parameter defines priority for Radio Access Bearers having Traffic Class Background with Allocation and Re
DCH+HS-DSCH) channels, priority is directly used as Scheduling Priority Indication (SPI) value./nIn case of Dedi
lowest and 11 the highest priority)./nThis priority is used inside RAN when resources related to this kind of Radi
This parameter defines Scheduling Priority Indication (SPI) for conversational type Radio Access Bearers that ar
channels./nThis priority is used inside RAN when resources related to this kind of Radio Access Bearer are handl
This parameter defines priority for Radio Access Bearers having Traffic Class Interactive and having been marke
Indication IE)./nIn case of High Speed (HS-DSCH or E-DCH+HS-DSCH) channels, priority is directly used as Sche
channels (DCH), priority is just value 0 - 12/n(0 is the lowest and 12 the highest priority)./nThis priority is used i
Access Bearer are handled./nSignalling is defined to higher level of priority than other NRT RABs. This is done in
signalling RABs and in this way harm the existing RT PS RABs.
This parameter defines priority for Radio Access Bearers having Traffic Class Interactive with traffic handling pri
High Speed (HS-DSCH or E-DCH+HS-DSCH) channels, priority is directly used as Scheduling Priority Indication (S
just value 0 - 11/n(0 is the lowest and 11 the highest priority)./nThis priority is used inside RAN when resources
This parameter defines priority for SRBs on E-DCH and SRBs on HS-DSCH./nIn case of High Speed (HS-DSCH or
Scheduling Priority Indication (SPI) value./nThis priority is used inside RAN when resources related to this kind o
This parameter defines priority for Radio Access Bearers having Traffic Class Streaming and Allocation and Rete
This parameter enables//disables the use of the direct resource allocation for HSPA. It also defines whether the
state, Cell_DCH state, or both. If the feature is enabled, HS-DSCH//E-DCH or HS-DSCH//UL-DCH allocation is tried
during the NRT RAB setup phase as follows:/n0 (Disabled): direct resource allocation for HSPA is not applied but
started in connection with PS NRT RAB setup./n1 (Enabled in Cell_FACH): direct resource allocation for HSPA is a
(Enabled in Cell_DCH): direct resource allocation for HSPA is applied in Cell_DCH state but not in Cell_FACH state
allocation for HSPA is applied in Cell_FACH state and in Cell_DCH state./nDirect resource allocation is applied in
allocated) irrespective of the value of this parameter.
This parameter is used in the target RNC of the relocation procedure. It defines which received RANAP cause co
reason in the source controller (RNC or BSC) was a load-based handover. /nThe parameter value zero means tha
reason was a load-based handover.
reason in the source controller (RNC or BSC) was a service-based handover. /nThe parameter value zero means
handover reason was a service-based handover.
The timer is used for supervising a reception of a RANAP procedure (RAB assignment request, Iu release comma
establishment phase in CELL_FACH and CELL_DCH states. /nThe timer starts when the initial UE message is forw
procedure (e.g. RAB assignment) is received from the CN./nIn the expiry of the timer, if the connection was esta
this MS and the supervision timer SignConnActivitySupervision is set to '0 seconds'. A release of the Iu connecti
idle mode. Otherwise the MS is handled as defined by SignConnActivitySupervision.
This parameter can be used for identification of the RNC. The maximum length of the name is 15 ASCII chars.
This parameter determines whether RRC connection setup for R99 UEs is allowed to be performed on common
RRC connection setup is performed on the dedicated channel (DCH) irrespective of the value of the Establishme
CONNECTION REQUEST. If the value of this parameter is enabled and the value of the Establishment Cause info
SRBMapRRCSetupEC), RRC connection setup can be performed on common channels./nThe parameter SRBMap
connection setup, either the common or the dedicated channel.
This parameter defines the highest priority used by PS NRT RAB that can be used as a target for RT-over-NRT fun
Retention Priority (ARP) 1 needs resources in RAB establishment phase. PS NRT RABs with higher priority cannot
parameter has no effect in cases where resources are tried to be reserved for existing streaming PS RAB ./nThis
This parameter defines whether PS domain RT services are available in the RNC or not. RT services use either a
parameter is significant in both the assignment of the RAB and the relocation of the serving RNC.
Length of traffic restriction period in RNC when 'Radio Network Access Regulation Function' or 'Domain Specific
using parameter value. During traffic restriction period user defined amount of Access Classes are prevented fro
parameter value expires new set of Access Classes are selected to be 'barred' and timer is set again. The amou
with parameter CellAccessRestriction.
A unique identification for an RNC node within the UTRAN. The RNC identifier together with the PLMN identifier
Iub, Iur and Iu interfaces.
This parameter indicates the optional features that are activated in the RNC. This parameter is used for interrog
features in the RNC.
This parameter determines the SDU discard mode for a radio bearer of the RT PS RAB employing the RLC AM tra
from the following alternatives:/n- Timer-based, with explicit signalling ('Timer_based')/n- SDU discard after Max
after MaxDAT number of transmissions ('No_discard')
The priority of the System Information Block 11, which is used by the scheduling algorithm in the RNC to give p
priority/nSystem Information Block type 11bis (SIB11bis) provides extension segments for SIB11. The value of t
priority
The parameter defines the priority of the System Information Block 15, which is used by the scheduling algorith
priority/n4 = lowest priority
priority
This parameter defines the priority of System Information Block 19, which is used by the scheduling algorithm i
priority/n4 = lowest priority
The priority of the System Information Block 1, which is used by the scheduling algorithm in the RNC to give pre
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
This parameter defines whether or not a compressed mode is allowed for the pure NRT connection in the servic
This parameter defines whether a non-active load measurement of a certain inter-frequency neighbour cell (con
are used as neighbour cells in inter-frequency service- and load-based handover procedures. /nBeing non-active
or the activation of the load measurement has not been successful. /nValue 0 of this parameter means that a ce
that is not in a load-based handover state, even when exact information about this is not available. /nValue 1 m
blocked from the SLHO procedure.
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the background PS NRT data service in the servic
preferred target for the certain RAB by combining RAB-based Iu interface service priority information and the in
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the conversational CS speech service in the servi
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the conversational CS transparent data service in
the final preferred target for the certain RAB by combining RAB-based Iu interface service priority information a
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the conversational PS RT data service in the servi
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the conversational PS speech service in the servi
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the interactive PS NRT data service in the service
This parameter defines the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the streaming CS non-transparent data service in
the final preferred target for the certain RAB by combining RAB-based Iu interface service priority information a
This parameter defines
preferred target for the
the preferred RAT or WCDMA layer for the streaming PS RT data service in the service- a
certain RAB by combining RAB-based Iu interface service priority information and the in
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the background PS NRT da
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the conversational CS spee
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the conversational CS tran
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the conversational PS RT d
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the conversational PS spee
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the interactive PS NRT data
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the streaming CS non-tran
whether service- or load-based handovers are performed for the streaming PS RT data s
The parameter defines the number of frames after the PC preamble period during which the transmission of dat
by the UE. The SRB delay can be applied to the physical layer synchronization procedure A when the first radio
HSDPA layering for UEs in common channels from HSDPA layer to HSDPA layer in the cell is done, if the UE indic
WCEL- HSDPALayeringCommonChEnabled parameter is OFF, RNC should not use this parameter in state transit
In state transition from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH, the UE is transferred to the HSDPA layer if it has requested the s
This timer defines whether it is allowed to maintain an inactive signalling connection towards the PS-CN and ho
request procedure./nWhen the UE with a standalone signalling connection (i.e. no NRT-RAB(s)) towards the PS-C
supervises the inactive Iu connection by using the timer SignConnActivitySupervision./nEach time when there is
the SGSN, the inactivity supervision is stopped. After the UE is switched back to the PCH states (no NRT-RAB(s))
value./nIf there is a NRT-RAB setup executed before the expiry of the supervision timer SignConnActivitySupervi
expiry of the SignConnActivitySupervision, the RNC initiates a paging procedure. After a response to the paging
release request procedure towards the PS-CN and the UE is switched to the idle mode./nIf the value '0 seconds'
the Iu release is requested from the SGSN if//when there is no Iu release command received after: /n the last
the NAS signalling sequence (e.g. RAU or SMS) is performed between the SGSN and the UE in the CELL_DCH sta
The timer is used for inactivity detection of the signalling link in CELL_DCH state. The timer is set after inactivit
activity detected./nIn expiry of the timer, a state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH state is initiated when
This parameter specifies the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) for GTP signalling traffic. The DSCP valu
Step Size for DCH BLER is a weighting coefficient which defines how big the DCH BLER target impact to the Del
calculation.
Step Size for EDCH BLER is a weighting coefficient which defines how big the EDCH BLER target impact to the D
calculation.
This parameter defines the value of the HSDPA re-ordering release timer T1 for the HS-DSCH MAC-d flow of the
entity in the UE releases MAC-ehs PDUs to the upper layers even though there were outstanding PDUs with low
HSDPA retransmission of the associated MAC-ehs PDUs.
The CELL UPDATE//URA UPDATE retransmission timer (MS timer).
The UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION retransmission timer (MS timer).
The periodic cell update//URA update timer (MS timer).
The timer for transition to idle mode, when the timer T305 has expired, and the MS detects an 'out of service ar
The RRC CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE retransmission timer.
The timer for supervising successful connection establishment in case of an inter-RAT cell re-selection (MS time
The RRC connection re-establishment timer used for service-types allowing notably shorter re-establishment tim
CS service bearers only./nUEs prior 3GPP REL6 use this timer also for supervising the RRC connection re-establis
both the CN domains./nThis parameter is part of System Information Block 1.
This timer is started when the UE detects an 'out of service area' in URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state. This timer is s
timer expires the UE initiates cell update procedure (MS timer).
This timer is started when the T316 expires and the UE detects an 'out of service area'. This timer is stopped wh
expires the UE transits to idle mode (MS timer).
This parameter defines the maximum waiting time for the Echo Request message. T3-RESPONSE timer starts w
message has not arrived within the time specified by T3-RESPONSE, the Echo Response is considered to be lost
The parameter defines the maximum Context Identifier (CID) value for TCP connections. The parameter is used
This parameter defines the multiplier that is used to multiply the Transfer delay received from RANAP to get a v
Timer is used in BTS to discard data packets that contain old data./nThe result of multiply is rounded toward the
140, 160, 180, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 50
This parameter defines whether or not the zero size transport block of a DCH is input to the L1 CRC calculation.
transport block. The definition can be done for each traffic class and data transfer direction. CS AMR is an excep
input to L1 CRC calculation.
This parameter defines the length of the transmission gap pattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement in
frame gap. The parameter is used in case of all service combinations in HSDPA.
This parameter defines the length of the transmission gap pattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement in
The parameter is used in case of all service combinations in HSDPA.
This parameter defines the length of transmission gap pattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case of comp
time packet scheduled data service.
This parameter defines the length of transmission gap pattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement in case
non-real time packet scheduled data service.
service.
AMR service.
switched data service.
circuit switched data service.
time packet scheduled service.
non-real time packet scheduled service.
packet scheduled service.
real time packet scheduled service.
Defines whether the THP1 interactive class type of traffic is treated in a delay or non-delay sensitive way. Delay
and overbooking. If three VCC configurations are selected, the delay sensitive traffic goes to the RT VCC and ov
non-delay sensitive, the RAB is directed to the NRT VCC and overbooking is applied for a specific RAB.
This parameter specifies the maximum time for the protection of the overall Relocation procedure in the source
RANAP:Relocation Command message is received. The timer is stopped when a RANAP:Iu Release Command is
timer is set in the target RNC when a RANAP:Relocation Request Acknowledge message is sent. The timer is sto
or when the relocation procedure is cancelled.
This parameter specifies the maximum time for the Relocation Preparation procedure in the source RNC. The tim
sent. The timer is stopped when a RANAP:Relocation Command or a Relocation Preparation Failure message is r
This parameter defines the bit rate threshold for the maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB when the maximu
1920 kbps (corresponds to the spreading factor set 2*SF4). The maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB must b
threshold defined with the ThresholdMaxEDPDCHSR960kbps parameter until the restriction is set. The maximum
to spreading factors 2*SF2) if the maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB is above the threshold. The paramet
maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB for limiting of the maximum total uplink symbol rate to 1920 kbps.
5760 kbps (corresponds to the spreading factor set 2*SF2). The maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB must b
threshold defined with the ThresholdMaxEDPDCHSR3840kbps parameter until the restriction is set. The maximu
(corresponds to spreading factors 2*SF2 + 2*SF4) if the maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB is above the t
deactivates the use of the maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB for limiting of the maximum total uplink sym
kbps (corresponds to the spreading factor SF4). The maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB must be below tha
parameter has also a special value which deactivates the use of the maximum uplink user bit rate of the RAB fo
kbps.
This parameter defines the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWE_NRT_DCH_ttiXX parameter val
the IUB interface.
This parameter defines the ending point of the receiving window. DL data frames are expected to be received b
Time dedicated channel configured to 10 ms transmission time interval.
dedicated channel configured to 10 ms transmission time interval.
speech service, informed by RANAP specifications speech indicator and//or transfer delay requirements 100 ms
This parameter defines the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWS_NRT_DCH_ttiXX parameter val
in the Iub interface.
This parameter defines the starting point for the receiving window supported by BTS. DL data frames are expec
parameter is for Non Real Time dedicated channel configured to 10 ms transmission time interval.
parameter is for Real Time dedicated channel configured to 10 ms transmission time interval.
parameter is used for speech service, informed by RANAP specifications speech indicator and//or transfer delay
In expiry of the test timer CellDCHtestTmr, the MS is switched to Cell_FACH state when the parameter ToCellFAC
an Iu Release procedure is initiated in the Cell_DCH state and the MS is switched directly to the Idle Mode.
The parameter defines the target horizontal accuracy for Subscriber Trace related location requests./nThe accur
be converted to meters with formula 'meters = 10x(1.1^k-1)'.
The parameter defines the priority of Subscriber Trace triggered location requests. The RNC creates these reque
queue as core network originated requests.
The parameter defines the target vertical accuracy for Subscriber Trace related location requests./nThe accurac
be converted to meters with formula 'meters = 45x(1.025^k-1)'.
This parameter defines how soon the RNC generates a Subscriber Trace location request after transferring the U
define how soon the next location request is triggered after the results of the previous requests are available. B
location data is not included in the Subscriber Trace records.
This parameter indicates the time (in seconds) during which MAC-D of RNC is forbidden to send any new downli
triggering condition is fulfilled again./nThis parameter also indicates the time (in seconds) during which MAC-D
release//downgrade requests due to low utilised NRT DCH with the same dedicated transport channel, even if th
This parameter indicates the time (in seconds) during which UE is forbidden to send any new traffic volume me
identity, even if the triggering condition is fulfilled again./nThis parameter also indicates the time during which
measurement report is triggered./nThe parameter is sent to UE using an RRC: MEASUREMENT CONTROL messa
during which MAC-D of RNC is for bidden to send any new uplink release//downgrade request due to low utilised
the triggering condition is fulfilled again.
This parameter defines the threshold of data in the RLC buffer of RB in bytes which triggers downlink traffic volu
the UE is in a Cell_DCH state and bit rate higher than 16 kbps is allocated for the radio bearer./nNote: If flexible
FlexUpgrUsage parameter, the threshold of data in RLC buffer of RB in bytes is defined by the TrafVolThresholdD
allocated DCH bit rate is below the maximum bit rate of the radio bearer./nThe high threshold of the 16 and 8 k
rate is 8 kbps./n- 512 bytes for the RB whose NRT DCH bit rate is 16 kbps.
This parameter defines the threshold of data in the RLC buffer of RB in bytes which triggers downlink traffic volu
RNC, when UE is in a Cell_DCH state and 128 kbps DCH is allocated for the radio bearer.
This parameter defines the threshold of data in the RLC buffer of RB in bytes which triggers
downlink traffic volu
The parameter defines the threshold of data in RLC buffer of RB in bytes. This threshold triggers the uplink traffi
state and bit rate higher than 16 kbps is allocated for the radio bearer./nThe parameter is sent to the UE using t
flexible upgrade of NRT DCH data rate is activated by the FlexUpgrUsage parameter, the threshold of data in RL
TrafVolThresholdULHighBitRate parameter instead of this parameter if the allocated DCH bit rate is below the m
the 16 and 8 kbps DCH is fixed:/n- 512 bytes for the RB whose NRT DCH bit rate is 8 kbps./n- 512 bytes for the
state and 128 kbps DCH is allocated for the radio bearer.
This parameter defines, in bytes, the threshold of data in the RLC buffers of SRB0, SRB1, SRB2, SRB3, SRB4 and
measurement report, when the UE is in Cell_FACH state. Otherwise, UE sends data on RACH./nThis parameter is
message.
This parameter defines, in ms, the period of time between the timing of event detection and the timing of send
This parameter defines, in ms, the period of time between the timing of event detection and the timing of send
sent to the UE using an RRC: MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
The parameter defines the reporting interval for UE Quality Measurement when periodic reporting is used.
This parameter defines the maximum transmission power level a reference UE can use. It is used with CPICHRS
area of the UE./nIf the maximum RF output power capability of the UE is higher than the one set by this parame
area set by the CPICHRSCPThresEDCH2MS parameter.
A parameter that defines the confidence interval to interpret statistically where an uplink BLER is maintained in
value 7 gives a 75% confidence interval (10 gives 85%, 13 gives 90%, 16 gives 95%, 20 gives 97.5%, 23 gives
This parameter defines the mode of the UL CAC algorithm in the BTS. When the value 0 (Normal) is selected, th
account in upgrade and downgrade situations, but uses the received ALC parameters such that the connection
used when all BTSs are running RAS06 software or later. /nThe selected value is applied for all BTSs//AXCs confi
If the uplink SIR target has reached the maximum, and the uplink SIR Target modification commands, received b
Entity during ULQualDetRepThreshold seconds, are all greater than zero, then the uplink outer loop PC controlle
deterioration message to the HC is periodically repeated, with ULQualDetREpTreshold defining the period, until
condition specified above is no longer met, or further actions are taken by HC.
This timer is used on MAC -c to detect idle periods on data transmission (NRT RBs and SRBs) for the UE, which i
give the No_Data indication to the RRC, which further can change the state of the RRC from Cell_FACH state to t
The timer is set after a DCH for a signalling link is allocated in the RRC connection setup phase and a U-plane R
DL//UL activity is detected (i.e. capacity request received from the MS or MAC entity of the RNC) and a DCH for
state, a state transition to CELL_DCH is initiated./nThe timer is also used in the following signalling cases:/n- wh
request is received from the PS CN,/n- after the MS has detected a radio link failure in CELL_DCH state, has bee
the RNC, and/n- when the MS is in CELL_FACH state and a RAB assignment request is received from the PS CN./
from the MS or MAC-d entity of the RNC), the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH is initiated when als
RB(s), nor another active NRT RB(s) exists at the moment). If the MS is in CELL_FACH state, the state transition
received from the MAC-c entity.
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with UL SF 128. F
the maximum UL SF will be 64./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing limi
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with UL SF 16. Fo
the maximum UL SF will be 8./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing limit.
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with UL SF 256. F
the maximum UL SF will be 128./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing lim
This parameter defines the maximum channel coded bit rate before rate matching to be used with UL SF 8. For
maximum UL SF will be 4./nSF can be reduced from the maximum value depending on the puncturing limit.
The parameter defines the maximum puncturing ratio allowed to be used in UL DCHs.
This parameter defines the SDU discard timer value for the UM RLC entity of the UE when the CS voice is transf
as such to the UE. Discard time is applied in the uplink transmission. Discard time shall conform to the maximu
defined with the management parameters 'Max buffer time of the HS CS voice in RNC E-TTI 10 ms' and 'Max bu
This timer defines the time in case of resource shortage//congestion where DCH//DCH resource allocation reatte
is set if the dedicated channel allocation tried for Packet Switched data fails, because of the resource congestio
scenario (radio resources, DMCU-resources, radio link setup (BTS HW-resources) and AAL2-setup (transmission
phase of the ongoing allocation procedure or outside of the scenario (RNC is waiting the next UL//DL capacity re
scheduler makes a decision for the UE state transition to Cell_FACH or Cell//URA_PCH or tot decides that the UE
adjustable user plane resource allocation retry timer is not in use and switching the UE to Cell_FACH (or Cell//UR
connection, the UE is kept in Cell_DCH state as long as the UL//DL capacity request is being received.
This parameter defines the minimum value of the uplink scrambling code./nFrom RN4.0 Inc 1 onwards, this para
value and the range of the uplink scrambling codes that are possible to allocate in the RNC. The range of the up
of the UlScrCodeMin parameter and the last value of the uplink scrambling code is UlScrCodeMin + the number
/nActually the last indexed value depends on the value of the UlScrCodeMin. For example, if the value is set to 1
maximum number of ICSU units is 4 and the maximum number of users in RNC is 8192, then RNC allocates the
uplink scrambling code is unique for each MS and it is used continuously, even if the frequency is changed. The
inter-RAT handovers from GSM to UTRAN./nAll uplink physical channels are subjected to scrambling with a comp
with a long scrambling code.
First slot after the transmission gap: uplink DPCCH power calculation is performed using the latest transmitted u
determines whether the TPC command sent in response to the last pilot bits transmitted prior to the transmissi
This RNC based parameter is used by the UE when in compressed mode. The Recovery Period Power parameter
algorithm and the uplink power step size, after each transmission gap (within the compressed frames), during t
minimum value of the transmission gap length and 7 slots). If set to '0', the mode of the uplink power control al
This parameter defines the absolute threshold which is used by the UE to trigger the reporting event 6F due to
difference for a radio link included in the active set becomes greater than the threshold, the UE sends an event
deletes the radio link from the active set.
Defines the used ALC-parameter set for signalling radio bearer on Iub and Iur. There are several sets of SRBs (D
chosen and it is used for both the Iub and the Iur. The activity factor for SRBs is different in these sets varying f
12.8//13.6kbps, 10msTTI, Activity factor = 100%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 19 968 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 19
factor = 100%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 5 248 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 4 800 bps/nDL direction: DCCH 1.6//1.
rate = 2 752 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 2 432 bps/nUL direction: DCCH 12.8//13.6kbps, 10msTTI, Activity facto
SDU rate = 20 800 bps/nUL direction: DCCH 3.2//3.4kbps, 40msTTI, Activity factor = 100%/n- MAX CPS SDU rat
direction: DCCH 1.6//1.7kbps, 80msTTI, Activity factor = 100%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 2 752 bps/n- AVE CPS SD
12.8//13.6kbps, 10msTTI, Activity factor = 30%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 19 968 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 5 76
factor = 30%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 5 248 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 1 472 bps/nDL direction: DCCH 1.6//1.7
2 752 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 768 bps/nUL direction: DCCH 12.8//13.6kbps, 10msTTI, Activity factor = 30%/
272 bps/nUL direction: DCCH 3.2//3.4kbps, 40msTTI, Activity factor = 30%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 5 376 bps/n1.6//1.7kbps, 80msTTI, Activity factor = 30%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 2 752 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 832 bps
Activity factor = 7.5%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 19 968 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 1 472 bps/nDL direction: DCC
SDU rate = 5 248 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 1 472 bps/nDL direction: DCCH 1.6//1.7kbps, 80msTTI, Activity fac
SDU rate = 1 472 bps/nUL direction: DCCH 12.8//13.6kbps, 10msTTI, Activity factor = 7.5%/n- MAX CPS SDU ra
direction: DCCH 3.2//3.4kbps, 40msTTI, Activity factor = 30%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 5 376 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU
80msTTI, Activity factor = 60%/n- MAX CPS SDU rate = 2 752 bps/n- AVE CPS SDU rate = 1 600 bps
This parameter is used only when the Wireless Priority SErvice feature is enabled. When the Wireless Priority Se
admitted even if the estimated non-controlable load exceeds the target power./nThis parameter enables//disabl
the value is enabled, then the allowed exceeding of target power is limited. The received non-controlable powe
for received Wireless Priority Service power. The transmitted non-controlable power can exceed its target by the
Priority Service power. Thus, the number of Wireless Priority Service calls is limited in an overloaded situation./n
exceeding of target power. In this case, the number of Wireless Priority Service calls is not limited.
Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC: RRC Connection Reject message, when the Establishme
Connection Request message is: Originating Background Call, Terminating Background Call.
Connection Request message is:/nOriginating Conversational Call, Terminating Conversational Call.
Connection Request message is: Emergency Call.
Connection Request message is: Originating high priority signalling, Terminating high priority signalling.
Connection Request message is: Inter-RAT cell re-selection, Inter-RAT cell change order.
Connection Request message is: Originating Interactive Call, Terminating Interactive Call.
Connection Request message is: Originating low priority signalling, Terminating low priority signalling.
Connection Request message is: Call re-establishment.
Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC: RRC Connection Reject message,
Connection Request message is: Registration, Detach.
Connection Request message is: Originating Streaming Call, Terminating Streaming Call.
Connection Request message is: Originating Subscribed Traffic Call.
Connection Request message is: Terminating - cause unknown.
when the Establishme
This parameter defines the weight value for HSDPA Dynamic Resource Allocation and HSUPA. The weight value
background traffic class. Weight values are used for calculating the priority of the NRT DCH traffic type when DC
interactive traffic class and traffic handling priority (THP) 1. Weight values are used for calculating the priority o
user.
user.
interactive traffic class and traffic handling priority (THP) 3. The interactive class THP3 includes also lower orde
RANAP. Weight values are used for calculating the priority of the NRT DCH traffic type when DCH//DCH is allocat
background traffic class. Weight values are used for calculating the priority of the HSPA traffic type when HS-DS
allocated to the user.
allocated to the user.
interactive traffic class and traffic handling priority (THP) 3. The interactive class THP3 also includes a lower ord
RANAP. Weight values are used for calculating the priority of the HSPA traffic type when HS-DSCH (and E-DCH) i
This parameter enables//disables the use of Wireless Priority Service (WPS) feature./nIf the value is enabled, the
prioritized in Admission Control or directed to GSM in case of UTRAN congestion, in order to improve the setup o
then Wireless Priority Service identification is not used and all AMR calls are equally treated in call setup phase.
This parameter defines the activity factor for HSDPA transport bearer CAC reservation based on the Radio Netw
priority). /nActivity factor value 1 means that there is no overbooking for this bearer and the value 0.5, for exam
When the parameter value is changed, the new value is taken into use at the establishment of the new transpo
priority). /nActivity factor value 1 means that there is no overbooking for this bearer and the value 0.5, for exam
When the parameter value is changed the new value is taken into use at the establishment of the new transpor
priority). /nActivity factor value 1 means that there is no overbooking for this bearer and , for example, value 0.
When the parameter value is changed the new value is taken into use at the establishment of the new transpor
priority). /nActivity factor value 1 means that there is no overbooking for this bearer and, for example, value 0.5
the parameter value is changed the new value is taken into use at the establishment of the new transport bear
the parameter value is changed, the new value is taken into use at the establishment of the new transport bear
This parameter defines the activity factor for HSUPA (E-DCH) transport bearer CAC reservation based on the Ra
scheduling priority). /nActivity factor value 1 means that there is no overbooking for this bearer and, for examp
bearer is 2. When the parameter value is changed, the new value is taken into use at the establishment of the n
This parameter contains the fallback information for the transport bearer (that is, whether or not the transport b
according to the PS RAB priority. The Iub Transport QoS feature is a prerequisite for the use of TQM object and Q
HSPA Radio Bearer priority. The Iub Transport QoS feature is a prerequisite for the use of TQM object and SPI defi
This parameter contains the fallback information for the transport bearer (that is,
HSPA Radio Bearer priority. The Iub Transport QoS feature is a prerequisite for the
whether or not the transport b

use of TQM object and SPI defi
The parameter contains the mapping information for the CS RAB UTRAN transport bearer setup. The defined AA
Speech, W-AMR Speech, CS transparent and non-transparent data transport bearers./nThe given ITU-T Q.2630.2
and the value is signalled to adjacent AAL2 node via the ALCAP ERQ message. The RNC and BTS utilize the AAL
AAL2 layer scheduling accordingly in DL and UL directions.
The parameter contains the mapping information for the transport bearer setup. The AAL2 Path type informatio
defined according to the PS RAB scheduling priority./nThe given ITU-T Q.2630.2 standard AAL2 Path type is used
adjacent AAL2 node via the ALCAP ERQ message. The RNC and BTS utilize the AAL2 priority queue information
accordingly in DL and UL directions. RNC signals the assigned UL AAL2 queue to the BTS during the call setup.
bearer can be defined according to the HSPA RB scheduling priority. /nThe radio network layer QoS priority utiliz
the RAB QoS characteristics received from the core network: UMTS traffic class, THP and ARP. In case of HSPA R
Scheduling Priority Indicator) in the air interface scheduling./nThe given ITU-T Q.2630.2 standard AAL2 Path typ
signalled to adjacent AAL2 node via the ALCAP ERQ message. The RNC and BTS utilize the AAL2 priority queue
scheduling accordingly in DL and UL directions. RNC signals the assigned UL AAL2 queue to the BTS during the
standard AAL2 path type value in the lower four bits and the AAL2 queue number in the higher four bits of the o
The parameter contains the mapping information for the transport bearer setup for the common channels (PCH
is used for the AAL2 VCC selection and the value is signalled to adjacent AAL2 node via the ALCAP ERQ messag
select the AAL2 queue in the AAL2 layer scheduling in DL direction.
The parameter contains the mapping information for the signalling radio bearer UTRAN transport bearer setup.
utilized for SRB setup (DCCH for DCH)./nThe given ITU-T Q.2630.2 standard AAL2 Path type is used for the AAL2
node via the ALCAP ERQ message. The RNC and BTS utilize the AAL2 priority queue information to select the AA
UL directions.
The parameter contains the mapping information for the CS RAB UTRAN transport bearer. The defined differenti
Speech, W-AMR Speech, CS transparent and non-transparent data transport bearers. /nThe DSCP is utilized at th
DSCP value is used for IP packet marking and to define the Per-Hop-Behaviour.
The differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) is specified separately for each radio network layer QoS
setup with IP transport option and the DSCP value is used for IP packet marking and to define the Per-Hop-Beha
RAB packet scheduling within the UTRAN is mapped from the RAB QoS characteristics received from the core ne
scheduling within the UTRAN is mapped from the RAB QoS characteristics received from the core network: UMT
network layer QoS priority is used as SPI (3GPP, Scheduling Priority Indicator) in the air interface scheduling.
The differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) is specified separately for the common channels. The D
option, and the DSCP value is used for IP packet marking and to define the Per-Hop-Behaviour./nThe modified D
state lock//unlock operation.
The differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) for the signalling radio bearer. The defined DSCP is utili
used for IP packet marking and to define the Per-Hop-Behaviour.
This parameter is the TQM object identifier. The TQM object defines the transport bearer prioritization mapping
network layer scheduling priority./nThe Iub Transport QoS feature is enabled for the BTS once the TQM managed
This parameter identifies the I-HSPA Adapter that supports IBTS Sharing.
This parameter identifies the RNC to which the IHSPA Adapter that supports IBTS Sharing has an Iur Connection
This parameter determines the reporting interval that the Node B uses when sending dedicated measurement r
This parameter determines the reporting interval that Node B uses when sending dedicated measurement repo
This parameter determines the reporting interval that Node B uses (by default, when initialized) for sending ded
This parameter defines the HARQ method that is to be used in the virtual BTS. Possible choices are Chase Comb
method that is defined to be used in the HSPA serving cell defines the HARQ method for the RRC connection in
This parameter indicates how the measurement values should be filtered before the measurement event evalua
a Node B. /nA high value of this parameter emphasizes an old filtered measurement result (for example, with th
and the weight of a new measurement is 5%). /nA low value of this parameter emphasizes a new measurement
measurement result is 71%). /nWith the value 0, old measurements are not considered. /nThe default value is 5
measurement is 82% and the weight of a new measurement is 18%. With the default value, the impact of a sing
adaptation to more permanent changes happens over time.
This parameter defines the origin of the last configuration action affecting the VBTS object.
This parameter is the identifier for VBTS Object.
This parameter defines the AMR mode sets used in UTRAN for the CS AMR call. The serving RNC allocates the la
permitted subsets of the AMR mode set received from the MSC server in the resource request message. The co
producing the lowest AMR mode data rates of the resource request or, if the previous kind of set does not exist,
case, only version 1 of the Iu UP support mode for predefined SDU sizes is applicable. Equal maximum permitte
transfer directions./nThis parameter is applied in the SRNC when the resource request is for RAB assignment re
The parameter is not significant if the resource request is received in the DRNC from the Iur; the AMR mode set
the radio link. The parameter is not significant in the SRNS relocation, in which UE is not involved; the target RN
requests from the Iur./nThe parameter value 0 ('OFF') means that the configured AMR mode sets are not emplo
AMR mode set.
This parameter defines the AMR WB mode sets that are used in UTRAN for the CS AMR WB call. The serving RNC
sets, which are the permitted subsets of the AMR WB mode set received from the MSC server in the resource re
permitted subset if its modes are producing the lowest AMR WB mode data rates of the resource request or, if t
has the AMR WB mode of the highest data rate. Version 1 only of the Iu UP support mode for predefined SDU siz
configured AMR WB mode sets are used in the UL and DL transfer directions./nThis parameter is applied in the S
request and it is in the target RNC of the SRNS relocation hard handover. This parameter is also significant if the
This parameter determines the minimum set E-TFCI for the E-DCH. A minimum set of E-TFCI indicates the larges
power situation, given that a valid absolute grant is available and there is no transmission on the DCH.
This parameter identifies the WRAB object of the connection-based quality control parameter set associated wit
define the service bearer and signaling bearer specific quality targets and related power control thresholds for e
This parameter defines the bit rate threshold that the maximum allocated user bit rate on the downlink DPCH m
handover is possible because of the high downlink DPCH power level. The highest value of the parameter (512
This parameter defines the bit rate threshold that the maximum allocated user bit rate may not exceed in the u
handover is possible because of the high uplink DPCH power level. The highest value of the parameter (512 kbp
This parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCS object) controlling the intra-frequency
This parameter identifies the parameter set (HOPS object) controlling the intra-frequency handovers of a user h
This parameter enables//disables the use of HSDPA in the cell. In order to activate HSDPA in the virtual cell, a lic
in the virtual cell does not consume HSDPA license capacity in the RNC.
allocated./nAfter modification of the parameter, the new value is used for new connections.
This parameter enables // disables the use of HSUPA in the cell. In order to activate HSUPA in the virtual cell, lic
HSUPA in the virtual cell does not consume capacity of the HSUPA licenses in the RNC.
This parameter defines the initial bit rate in the downlink that can be allocated by the PS in the schedule situati
that are below the value of this parameter. The allocated bit rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS
bit rate of the RAB is below the value of the minimum allowed bit rate (MinAllowedBitRate) or initial bit rate, it i
maximum bit rate of the RAB is used as a new minimum allowed bit rate or initial bit rate for the RRC connectio
This parameter defines the initial bit rate in the uplink that can be allocated by the PS in schedule situation. PS
of this parameter. The allocated bit rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is co
below the value of minimum allowed bit rate (MinAllowedBitRateUL) or initial bit rate, it is allowed to schedule a
used as a new minimum or initial bit rate for the RRC connection in question.
This parameter contains the Location area code (LAC) of an IBTS cell. The coding of the Location area code (two
Area Identification) consists of PLMNid and LAC. If LAI has to be deleted, LAC is set as 0xFFFE./nThis parameter
GSM-MAP NAS system information.
This parameter defines the maximum downlink user bit rate allowed in a cell for an NRT PS domain RAB.
This parameter defines the maximum uplink user bit rate allowed in a cell for an NRT PS domain RAB.
This parameter determines the planned maximum total uplink symbol rate of the E-DPDCH(s) of the UE in the c
value of the cells that belong to the E-DCH active set is used. The signalled value is updated when a soft hando
changes. Note: Upgrade is not always possible because of capacity reasons in the RNC. /nThe final maximum to
limitations: UE capability, BTS capability, cell-based limitation, the possible limitation which is set based on the
available capacity in the RNC./nThe information is signalled to the UE using the RRC: Maximum Channelization C
E-DPDCHs IE.
This parameter defines the minimum allowed bit rate in the downlink that PS can downgrade to the NCR DCH b
corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is constructed./nNote: If the maximum bit ra
initial bit rate parameter, it is allowed to schedule a lower NRT DCH bit rate. The maximum bit rate of the RAB i
connection in question.
This parameter defines the minimum allowed bit rate in the uplink that PS can downgrade to NRT DCH bit rate i
the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is constructed./nNote: If the maximum bit rate of the RAB is
rate (InitialBitRateUL), it is allowed to schedule a lower NRT DCH bit rate. The maximum bit rate of the RAB is u
the RRC connection in question.
This parameter identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set (FMCG object) which controls the inter-RAT (G
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPG object) which controls the inter-RAT handover of a non-real-tim
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPI object) which controls the inter-frequency handover of a non-re
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover of a non-r
This parameter defines the transmission power of the High Speed Shared Control Channel, HS-SCCH. HS-SCCH p
This parameter defines the routing area within the location area to which the IBTS cell belongs. It is used only fo
information in SIB1)./nThe routing area identification (RAI) consists of the location area identification (LAI) and t
code (LAC).
This parameter controls the usage of the RNSAP: Relocation Commit procedure during the execution of an Interprocedure is used, the MS is not allowed to return to the old channel. If the establishment of a new physical cha
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPG object) which controls the inter-RAT handover of a real-time (R
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPI object) which controls the inter-frequency handover of a real-ti
This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPS object) which controls the intra-frequency handover of a real-t
This parameter defines whether one, two, or four antennas are used in the receiving direction in the cell. The R
parameter.
This parameter defines the origin of the last configuration action affecting the VCEL object.
This parameter is the identifier for VCEL Object.
Parameter is used to identify a group of authorised networks which are considered equal to the home network o
The parameters Authorised Network Mobile Country Code and Authorised Network Mobile Network Code compo
home PLMN of the subscriber.
The parameters Authorised Network Mobile Country Code and Authorised Network Mobile Network Code compo
home PLMN of the subscriber.
Parameter tells the technology which is used in the PLMN.
This parameter can be used for identification of the authorised networks. The maximum length of the name is 1
This parameter defines the C-NBAP ATM interface identifier of the related COCO object. C-NBAP VCCs ATM inter
COCO object. The WBTS-ATMInterfaceID, WBTS-VPI, WBTS-VPI triplet is visible to the user only for informative re
This parameter determines the administrative state of all WCELs under the WBTS. This parameter can only be u
This parameter is the identification string, which the BTS uses during the autoconnection procedure to identify i
This parameter is the identification string, which the BTS uses during the autoconnection procedure to identify i
The parameter can freely be used for defining any additional numeric or text format information related to the B
the field is 20 ASCII characters.
This parameter defines whether or not the HSPA Transport Fallback feature should be used for the considered B
Fallback for DCH QoS Priority xx Mapping (FallbackForHSPAQoSXX), and (FallbackForDCHQoSXX) are used when
This parameter specifies the BTS O&M IP address that is received when the BTS O&M connection is established
establish TCP//IP connection for O&M purposes to the BTS by other NEs e.g. in case of launching BTS Site Manag
This parameter defines whether the BTS supports HSDPA compressed mode. If it is supported, the RNC can star
is not supported, the RNC can start the DCH compressed mode only. /nThe HSDPA compressed mode can be uti
CMmasterSwitch is enabled.
This parameter defines a BTS radio interface capability: the support of the Blind Transport Format Detection (BT
This parameter is used for activating and deactivating the broadcast of SIB15.
This parameter enables the user to activate Broadcasting of SIB15.2. To be able to activate Broadcasting of SIB
This parameter enables the user to activate Broadcasting of SIB15.3. To be able to activate Broadcasting of SIB
This parameter identifies the Connection Configuration object for the Iub interface in the RNW database of the R
object containing the Iub link configuration for the WBTS./nAt the Iub interface, the signaling link and the user-p
adding or removing the connection between the WBTS and COCO object. The connection between the COCO an
value 'not defined'./nIf the WBTS is not connected to a COCO, the modification of the COCOId of the WBTS does
This parameter defines BTS radio interface capability: the number of DCHs per radio link.
Online information about the operational status of the O&M DCN link for the WBTS. The disabled state indicates
link is not available (for example due to a transmission failure).
This parameter contains online information about the security status of the O&M DCN link for the WBTS. The se
O&M link.
This parameter defines the use of transmitted code power of radio link averaging in RNC for dynamic link optim
measured radio link specific average transmission powers of the DPDCH bits (Ptx_average) are included in the s
used in dynamic link optimisation functionality. Dynamic link optimization functionality is triggered if the sum of
DLOptimisationPwrOffset parameter exceeds the maximum DL transmission power./nThe special value 0 means
in RNC.
This parameter defines the differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) that is used for the common cha
Conversational, Streaming). The DSCP is applied at the transport bearer setup with the IP transport option, and
the per-hop behavior. /nFor the common channels, the modified DSCP value is used after the next WCEL operat
the basic IP based Iub feature configuration. The DSCP values are retrieved from the TQM object definitions onc
Transport QoS feature./nTraffic types allocated to the DSCP high DSCP value:/n- Common channels/n- DCCH on
domain Streaming class traffic on R99 DCH
This parameter defines the differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) that is used for non-real-time HS
Interactive, Background). The DSCP is applied at the transport bearer setup with the IP transport option, and th
the per-hop behavior. /nThis value is used with basic IP based Iub and Dual Iub feature configuration. The DSCP
the TQM object is related to the WBTS with Iub Transport QoS feature./nThe following traffic types are allocated
Background class HSPA traffic (HS-DSCH and E-DCH)
This parameter defines the differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) that is used for NRT R99 DCH tra
DSCP is applied at the transport bearer setup with the IP transport option, and the DSCP value is used for IP pac
value is used with the basic IP based Iub and Dual Iub feature configuration. The DSCP values are retrieved from
the WBTS with the Iub Transport QoS feature./nThe following traffic types are allocated to the DSCP high DSCP v
R99 DCH
This parameter defines the differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) that is used for PS domain Strea
applied at the transport bearer setup with the IP transport option, and the DSCP value is used for IP packet mar
used with the basic IP based Iub and Dual Iub feature configuration. The DSCP values are retrieved from the TQ
WBTS with the Iub Transport QoS feature./nThe following traffic types are allocated to the DSCP high DSCP valu
(HSPA)
This parameter determines the reporting interval that the Node B should use when sending dedicated measure
This parameter determines the reporting interval that Node B should use when sending dedicated measuremen
This parameter determines the reporting interval that Node B should use (by default, when initialised) to send d
determines also the reporting interval when Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) is allocated./nNOTE! When modified auto
locked for operation to succeed.
This parameter defines the Maximum Threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in a delay case. If there is
INDICATION control frame reactive flag is always sent.
The parameter defines the Maximum Threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in delay case with 2ms TT
CONGESTION INDICATION control frame reactive flag is always sent.
This parameter defines the midpoint threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in an Iub delay case. If ther
DelayThresholdMax value, FP E-DCH entity executes the Delay Congestion Algorithm which determines whethe
reactive flag can either be set to the TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frame).
The parameter defines the midpoint threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in Iub delay case for 2ms T
This parameter defines the minimum threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in an Iub delay case. If the
DelayThresholdMid value, FP E-DCH entity executes the Delay Congestion Algorithm which determines whether
flag is set to the TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frame).
The parameter defines the minimum threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in Iub delay case with 2ms
< DelayThresholdMid value, FP E-DCH entity executes the Delay Congestion Algorithm which determines wheth
(proactive flag is set to the TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frame).
This parameter defines the HARQ method that is to be used in this BTS. Possible choices are Chase Combining a
both methods. The HARQ method that is defined to be used in the HSPA serving cell defines the HARQ method
selected HARQ method is signalled to the BTS using the NBAP: HARQ Info for E-DCH and to the UE using the RR
Combining is denoted with 'rv0' and Incremental Redundancy Combining with 'rvtable'.
This parameter defines whether or not the feature HSDPA 14 Mbps per User is enabled in the BTS./nIf this param
codes (the code set is defined by the management parameter HSPDSCHCodeset), then the RNC restricts the ma
parameter is disabled, then restriction of the maximum peak rate of the MAC-d flow depends on which features
This parameter enables the HSDPA Congestion Control for selected BTSs. If the parameter value is set to Enable
to Disabled, there will not be any HSDPA congestion control handlings in the RNC for the selected BTS.
The DSCP for the HSDPA UL Frame Protocol Control direction traffic.
The DSCP for the HSUPA DL Frame Protocol Control direction traffic.
This parameter defines whether or not HSUPA 3, 12, 24, or 60 Users per BTS is enabled./nIf this parameter is se
the BTS./n- '3 users enabled,' then the RNC allows up to 3 HSUPA users in the BTS./n- '12 users enabled,' then t
enabled,' then the RNC allows up to 24 HSUPA users in the BTS./n- '60 users enabled,' then the RNC allows up t
concept is used, it defines how many HSUPA users are allowed per local cell group. The RNC receives the local c
is, the information included in NBAP: RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION or NBAP: AUDIT RESPONSE messages from
BTSs' capacity value of the feature 'HSUPA (3, 12, 24, or 60) Users per BTS' is not exceeded. If it is exceeded, th
parameter value change is not allowed./nThe maximum number of HSUPA users in the BTS can be lower that is
in the local cell group' (MaxNumberEDCHLCG) parameter.
This parameter refers to the logical IP Based Route entity configured in the IP layer with MML or via the IP Plan i
is used for both user plane and control plane connections towards the BTS controlling the interface unit and por
selection. This parameter is applied when the IP over Ethernet transport option is used.
This parameter refers to a second logical IP Based Route entity configured in the IP layer with MML or via the IP
interface is used only for user plane connections towards the BTS controlling the interface unit and port selectio
This parameter is applied when the IP over Ethernet transport option is used./nThe Iub control plane connection
This parameter gives the reference to the IPNB object used for the WBTS. The IPNB object contains the NBAP lin
interface./nThe NBAP definitions, along with other Iub links, are configured in the COCO object with ATM Iub tran
the WBTS.
This parameter defines the threshold of the transport CAC (Connection Access Control) resources for preventive
free CAC resources) for the CAC transport resources is less than or equal to the threshold defined with this para
enabled, prevention of overload control is started by releasing inactive users' MAC-d flows and//or SRBs and mo
This parameter defines the threshold of the transport CAC (Connection Access Control) resources for preventive
free CAC resources) for the CAC transport resources is less than or equal to the threshold defined with this para
enabled, prevention of overload control is started by releasing inactive users' MAC-d flows and//or SRBs and mo
This parameter defines the threshold of the transport CID (Connection ID) resources for preventive overload con
CIDs) for the CID transport resources is lower than or equal to the threshold defined with this parameter and th
prevention of overload control is started by releasing inactive users' MAC-d flows and//or SRBs and moving them
This parameter defines the priorized forced handover type in a block resource request with normal priority (that
parameter value (IFHO or ISHO), either an inter-frequency or inter-system handover is attempted first in handov
priority. The priorized handover is valid in handovers during CPICH power ramp-down and in forced handovers a
This parameter defines user plane traffic types that need to be protected in case of fallback scenario: if the bit
be protected during fallback, if set to 1, it should be protected. /nThe definition is done according to air interfac
(Signalling Radio Bearer, RAB) and UMTS traffic class based selection method: /nIn case of Dual Iub or Hybrid BT
NRT DCH, Bit 2 NRT HSPA./nIn case of Dual Iub (or Hybrid BTS Backhaul), HSUPA 2ms TTI or Fractional DPCH (SR
classes are available:/nBit 0 NRT DCH, Bit 1 RT HSPA, Bit 2 NRT HSPA, Bit 3: SRB HSPA./nThe SRB on HSPA fallba
top of the IP path in the Dual Iub configuration. For the SRB on HSPA the associated downlink R99 DCH is also fa
DCH is carried on the IP path (DCCH DL//UL: R99 DCH//E-DCH TTI2)./nIn this parameter definition the RT HSPA m
The parameter indicates the transport media used for the user plane connections with air interface channel typ
UMTS traffic class based selection method. In case of IP based Iub only the value 'IP Iub' is possible and with Du
IP transport can be controlled with other values. In each transport bearer setup, the RNC selects either ATM or I
bitmask values. With Dual Iub the Control plane, Common channel, basic Signalling Radio bearer on R99 DCH a
zero, then the traffic is carried on top of the ATM./nBit value 0 means that the corresponding traffic type is carri
traffic type is carried over IP./nTo enable the IP transport, the following licenses are required:/nIP Based Iub:/nBi
configured on top of IP with IPNB object./nDual Iub:/nBit 5 NRT DCH, Bit 1 NRT HSDPA, Bit 2 NRT HSUPA/nDual Iu
Bit 4 Streaming HSUPA/nDual Iub and HSUPA 2ms TTI or Fractional DPCH (SRB on HSPA):/nBit 6: SRB HSPA, Bit 7
configured to be carried over IP, then also HSDPA NRT and HSUPA NRT must be carried over the IP transport pat
NRT HSDPA/nCombination 2: NRT HSDPA, NRT HSUPA/nCombination 3: NRT DCH, NRT HSDPA, NRT HSUPA, Stream
NRT HSUPA, Streaming HSDPA, Streaming HSUPA/nCombination 5: NRT DCH, NRT HSDPA, NRT HSUPA/nIn case o
the combinations 2-5 are recommended to be used for the user data//RAB traffic. For the SRB on HSPA air interf
DCH can be controlled separately with the value Associated DL SRB DCH (DCCH DL//UL: R99 DCH//E-DCH TTI2
This parameter defines the period how often PS can perform load control actions in a certain cell.
This parameter defines BTS radio interface capability: the maximum supported user data DCH rate per radio lin
the bit rates of the signalling link and AMR CS RAB.
This parameter defines BTS radio interface capability: the maximum supported user data DCH rate per radio lin
the bit rates of the signalling link and AMR CS RAB.
This parameter determines the maximum number of E-DCH allocations in the BTS specific local cell group. The
using the license management system and thus the upper limit of feasible values can be lower than 160. When
feature is active, the maximum feasible value of MaxNumberEDCHLCG is 160. Also, other reasons in addition to
as BTS HW). Thus, the maximum number of E-DCH allocations in the BTS specific local cell group can momenta
RNC receives periodically information about that from the BTS in NBAP: Radio Resource Measurement Report m
This parameter indicates how measurement values should be filtered before the measurement event evaluation
Node B. /nA high value of this parameter emphasises an old filtered measurement result (for example, with valu
the weight of a new measurement is 5%). /nA low value of this parameter emphasises a new measurement resu
measurement result is 71%). /nWith value 0, old measurements are not considered. /nThe default value is 5, wh
82% and the weight of a new measurement is 18%. With the default value, the impact of a single deviating me
more permanent changes happens fast enough.
The minimum UDP port number that can be allocated at common channel or call setup for the transport bearer
UDP port is assigned by the system having the value selected above the specified minimum UDP port number./
bearers and the already admitted connections are not modified.
This parameter defines the communication mode to be used for NodeB via the NBAP interface. To modify this p
WBTS must be 'Locked' and the WBTS must not be connected to any COCO//IPNB object.
This parameter specifies the WN release (for example, WN3.0) of the WBTS in the WCDMA.
This parameter specifies the BTS model in the WCDMA. The NE type is reported to the RNC Mediator from the B
its operations concerning security management, for example. The NE type is included in the topology informatio
The parameter defines the allowed number of MAC-d flows on a VCC if the shared HSDPA AAL2 allocation has fa
time the allocation is set up.
This parameter enables//disables the use of PS RAB Reconfiguration feature. /nWhen this parameter is enabled
of PS RAB.
Defines the BTS specifically if overbooking is done for the RABs going to the BTS. This means that if the switch
calculating the RAB's ALC parameters. If the switch is turned off, the default values of Activity Factors are used.
This parameter defines whether the use of RLC PDU size 656 in DL data transfer is allowed in the BTS if the RB
0 means that the RLC PDU size 656 is not to be used in the BTS./nThe parameter value 1 means that the RLC P
not used when setting up the MAC-d flow in the cell. In case of an incoming serving HS-DSCH cell change, the P
/nThe parameter value 2 means that the RLC PDU size 656 can be used in the BTS./nThe HSDPA 15 codes featu
from 10 to 15 codes' license) is required to utilize the RLC PDU size 656 for the HS-DSCH.
This parameter determines the uplink and downlink load measurement averaging window sizes in number of th
used in averaging the estimated received wide power sample values and estimated transmitted carrier power v
sliding type window is used: the oldest sample value of the estimated power is removed when a new one is dra
This parameter defines the use of transmitted code power of radio link averaging in RNC for packet scheduling
specific average transmission powers of the DPDCH bits are included in the sliding measurement window that is
bit rate upgrade or in case of a NRT DCH bit rate downgrade due to load control./nThe special value 0 means th
averaging in the RNC.
This parameter defines the PWSM usage in the BTS. Use of Power Saving Mode for BTS should be controlled at t
(PWSM) feature ON and OFF at the level of the BTS.
This parameter defines the starting hour for cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM) for remaining
This parameter defines the starting minute for cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM) for remaini
This parameter defines the ending hour for the cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM) for the rem
This parameter defines the ending minute for the cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM) for the r
This parameter defines the starting hour for cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM).
This parameter defines the starting minute for cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM).
This parameter defines the ending hour for cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM).
This parameter defines the ending minute for cell shutdown window in Power Saving Mode (PWSM).
This parameter defines the days on which the remaining cells should be shut down at weekend.
This parameter defines the maximum probability of Congestion Indication sending at the maximum allowed Iub
The parameter defines the maximum probability of Congestion Indication sending at the maximum allowed Iub
PrxAlpha defines the type of measurement filter used for the total received wideband power (PrxTotal) in a cell./
if the value is 0.5, sliding window median filter is used. If the value is between 0 - 0.5, trimmed mean filter is us
The parameter defines the number of frames used for long term averaging at the BS of the short term (frame b
The parameter defines the period - in terms of received total interference power reporting intervals - for the ad
resource allocation when one or more E-DCH MAC-d flows have been set up in the cell. The target level represe
the interference is shared dynamically between, on one hand, the NRT DCH//DCH users, and on the other hand,
adjust the target level are checked every nth received measurement report from the BTS, where n is defined wi
PtxAlpha defines the type of measurement filter for the total transmitted power (PtxTotal) in a cell./nIf the value
is 0.5, sliding window median filter is used. If the value is between 0 - 0.5, trimmed mean filter is used.
Parameter defines the maximum code channel output power for the power control dynamic range of BTS. The p
the maximum and the minimum transmit output power of a code channel. The maximum transmission power is
maximum output power (Pmax in dBm).
Parameter defines the minimum code channel output power for the power control dynamic range of BTS. The p
the maximum and the minimum transmit output power of a code channel. Minimum transmission power is calcu
maximum output power (Pmax in dBm).
The parameter defines the number of frames used for long term averaging at the BS of short term averages of
This parameter defines the reporting period of the PRACHs in a BTS. The BTS may report load figures to the RNC
private message. Value 0 means that the BTS does not report the load information for RACH.
The parameter defines the reporting period of Radio Resource Indication messages, which are used for cell-base
function is implemented by using a Nokia private message mechanism in the CRNC and the Node B. The private
extension, which allows the implementation of private, vendor specific functions of NBAP. The private message
specified in 3GPP NBAP./nA BTS informs the RNC about the current load at the radio interface from the radio res
For that purpose, the BTS sends periodically a 'Radio Resource Indication' to the RNC. /nThe RNC sends the repo
resource indication reporting period' and 'RACH load indication period'./nIn the Radio Resource Indication messa
power of the cells, the total transmitted power of the cell, and the RACH load./nThe parameter is significant for
Resource indication function.
The parameter defines the average UL DCH data rate in relation to its maximum allocated transport channel da
RAB.
transparent data RAB.
transparent data RAB.
background RAB.
streaming RAB. The parameter is also used to define the average UL E-DCH data rate in relation to the guarante
streaming RAB.
interactive RAB. The traffic handling priority of the RAB must be equal to 1.
The parameter defines the release timer for the shared HSDPA allocation in minutes. This timer is started when
transport is set up for the new MAC-d users on that route before the timer expires, the allocation is released./nI
shared HSDPA allocation is set up.
This parameter defines whether the feature 'Satellite Iub' is enabled or disabled for the BTS. If the feature is en
taken into account.
This parameter defines the period of the resource allocation for the resource requests of the PS interactive and
service resource requests, which result in the allocation of a DCH in either of the two transfer directions, are pro
selected only for the resource request, then the MAC-d flows are established without waiting for the next sched
without waiting for the next scheduling moment.
The parameter defines how the VCC selection is done for the shared HSDPA AAL2 allocation if a route includes m
zero (0), the allocation is done to the least loaded VCC. If multiple VCCs are selected by setting the value one (1
a route. If the selection method is modified online, it is taken into use next time the allocation is set up on the r
This ATM protocol level parameter defines the amount of Iub bandwidth on a VCC allocated for HSDPA traffic on
the allocation is set up on the BTS. Although the max value in the range is 14.4 Mbps, the value of this paramet
between the BTS and the RNC.
The TQM identification gives the reference to the TQM object used for the WBTS. The TQM object defines the tra
interface channel type and the radio network layer scheduling priority./nATM transport:/nIf the TQM is not relate
the transport bearer prioritization./nIP Transport:/nIf the TQM is not related to the WBTS then the basic RT//NRT
the WBTS object.
This parameter specifies the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWE_NRT_DCH_ttiXX parameter v
in the Iub interface. The R99 DCH FP receiving window offset values can be used to compensate for the jitter ge
values are dependent on the characteristics of the corresponding transport network.
This parameter specifies the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWE_RT_DCH_ttiXX parameter val
the Iub interface. The R99 DCH FP receiving window offset values can be used to cope with the jitter generated
dependent on the characteristics of the corresponding transport network.
This parameter specifies the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWS_NRT_DCH_ttiXX parameter v
at the Iub interface. The R99 DCH FP receiving window offset values can be used to cope with the jitter generat
are dependent on the characteristics of the corresponding transport network.
This parameter specifies the offset value to be added to the corresponding ToAWS_RT_DCH_ttiXX parameter val
the Iub interface. The R99 DCH FP receiving window offset values can be used to cope with the jitter generated
dependent on the characteristics of the corresponding transport network.
This parameter defines the C-NBAP VCI of the related COCO object. The C-NBAP VCCs ATM interface id, VPI, and
The WBTS-ATMInterfaceID, WBTS-VPI, WBTS-VPI triplet is visible to the user only for informative reasons.
This parameter defines the C-NBAP VPI value of the related COCO object. The C-NBAP VCCs ATM interface id, VP
object. The WBTS-ATMInterfaceID, WBTS-VPI, WBTS-VPI triplet is visible to the user only for informative reasons
This parameter identifies the WBTS uniquely under its controlling RNC.
This parameter can be used for identification of the WCDMA BTS (Node B). The maximum length of the name is
This parameter determines the downlink load measurement averaging window size in number of the scheduling
averaging the estimated transmitted carrier power sample values for the admission decision in the downlink DC
oldest sample value of the carrier power is removed when a new one is drawn.
This parameter determines the uplink load measurement averaging window size in number of the scheduling pe
the estimated received wide band power sample values for the admission decision in the uplink DCH resource a
value of the received wide band power is removed when a new one is drawn.
This parameter defines the averaging window size for the estimated transmitted non HSPA carrier power. The w
carrier power of all codes not used for HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH or E-HICH transmission (PtxNonHS
defined in the number of the scheduling periods. Arithmetic mean value of the samples is calculated. The slidin
estimated power is removed when a new one is drawn.
This parameter defines the averaging window size for the estimated received interference power of the cell exc
powers. The window size is defined in the number of the scheduling periods. The window is used in CRNC for av
power for the uplink overload control in the BTS cell. The sliding type window is used: the oldest sample value o
one is drawn. Arithmetic mean value of the samples is calculated.
'Access Class Barred list' information defines whether access is barred for each of the 16 Access Classes (AC0...
16 bits where/n- bit 0 indicates whether access is barred for AC0/n- bit 1 indicates whether access is barred for
bit 15 indicates whether access is barred for AC15/nIf a bit is set to 1, the corresponding Access Class is 'barred
barred'./nIf Access Class 10 is indicated as barred in a cell, UEs with Access Class 0 to 9 or without an IMSI are n
with Access Classes 11 to 15, emergency calls are not allowed if both Access Class 10 and the relevant Access
allowed for those UEs./nNote: This value is used in SIB3 only when AccessClassRegulation is disabled in a cell. I
15 can be barred with this parameter.
AICH transmission timing defines the delay between the reception of a PRACH access slot including a correctly d
Indicator in the AICH: 0 = Delay is 0 access slots; AI is transmitted in the 1st AICH access slot after the PRACH a
2nd AICH access slot after the PRACH access slot. Note: When modified, cell locking is needed.
This parameter defines the overload threshold for the downlink spreading code load. The downlink spreading co
codes in the spreading code tree on level SF=128. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the
from the code tree, those HS-PDSCH codes that exceed the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes are not consi
This parameter defines the overload threshold for the transmission load. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Sele
This parameter defines the offset that is used to calculate the overload threshold of PtxTotalNCpower. The overl
transmitted power is PtxTarget+AMROverTxNC. The Load based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the ov
This parameter defines an offset that is used to calculate the overload threshold of PtxnonHSPA. The overload t
The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the overload threshold.
This parameter defines the coefficient which is used to calculate the overload threshold of PtxTotal. The overloa
Load based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the overload threshold.
This parameter defines the offset which is used to calculate the threshold for code power. The threshold is calcu
transmission power of the call./nThe Load based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the threshold when se
This parameter defines the target threshold for the downlink spreading code load. The downlink spreading code
codes in the spreading code tree on level SF=128. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the
from the code tree, those HS-PDSCH codes that exceed the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes are not consi
This parameter defines the target threshold for the transmission load. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selecti
The parameter defines an offset that is used to calculate a target threshold of an average total non-controllable
total non-controllable transmitted power is PtxTarget+ AMRTargetTxNC. Feature Load based AMR Codec Mode S
This parameter defines the offset that is used to calculate the target threshold of PtxnonHSPA. The target thresh
Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the target threshold.
This parameter defines the offset that is used to calculate the target threshold of PtxTotal. The target threshold
PtxTarget + AMRTargetTxTotal. The Load based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the target threshold.
This parameter defines the underload threshold for the downlink spreading code load. The downlink spreading c
spreading codes in the spreading code tree on level SF=128. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection featur
codes reserved from the code tree, those HS-PDSCH codes that exceed the minimum number of HS-PDSCH cod
load.
This parameter defines the underload threshold for the transmission load. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Se
This parameter defines the coefficient that is used to calculate the underload threshold of PtxTotalNCpower. The
transmitted power is PtxTarget+AMRUnderTxNC. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the u
This parameter defines the offset that is used to calculate an underload threshold of PtxnonHSPA. The underloa
PtxTarget+AMRUnderTxNonHSPA. The Load Based AMR Codec Mode Selection feature uses the underload thres
This parameter defines the offset that is used to calculate the underload threshold of PtxTotal. The underload th
Based Codec Mode Selection feature uses the underload threshold.
This parameter defines the absolute priority level for the cell which is used in absolute priority based cell resele
the value 7 indicates the highest absolute priority. /nThe absolute priority based cell reselection procedure for id
reselection to LTE. If absolute priority based cell reselection is not used, then this parameter is not needed. This
reselection.
Each logical cell recource in the RNC has an administrative state, which the operator can change./nIn the RNC R
restrictions for unlocking a logical cell (e.g. incomplete configuration).
The preamble part in a PRACH channel carries one of the 16 different orthogonal complex signatures. The allow
a cell./nThe allowed preamble signatures use binary notation, where bit 0 indicates if the signature #0 is allowe
a bit is set to 1, the corresponding signature is allowed./nA maximum of four signatures is allowed for WCEL.
An RACH sub-channel defines a sub-set of the total set of access slots. There are a total of 12 RACH sub-channe
Number 1/n.../nBit 11 = Sub Channel Number 11
This parameter defines whether the alternative scrambling code is allowed to be used in case of compressed m
This parameter enables//disables the use of RRC connection setup on Common Channels (CCHSetup). /nWhen t
This parameter defines Carrier to interference ratio for Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH). The value of the parameter is
streaming user.
The parameter identifies the cell within a RNC.
This parameter enables // disables the use of Continuous Packet Connectivity in the cell./nIf the parameter is en
feature if possible for UEs which support the feature. The following subfeatures are part of Continuous Packet C
Reporting reduction, /n- Discontinuous UL Reception (MAC DTX) and /n- Discontinuous DL Reception (DL DRX)./n
discontinuous transmission and reception.
This parameter defines the threshold for CPICH Ec//No to determine whether RRC connection setup is allowed to
setup on common channels is not possible if CPICH Ec//No measured and reported by the UE is less than the va
is defined, in practice the CPICH Ec//No value does not affect the channel type selection algorithm for SRBs.
The parameter defines the offset of the primary CPICH transmission power, and the maximum DL transmission
allocation. The maximum transmission power of the reference service is calculated (in dBm) by subtracting the
primary CPICH.
The parameter defines the AMR mode sets used in UTRAN for the CS AMR call. The serving RNC allocates the la
permitted subsets of the AMR mode set received from the MSC server in the resource request message. The co
producing the lowest AMR mode data rates of the resource request or, if the previous kind of set does not exist,
case, only version 1 of the Iu UP support mode for predefined SDU sizes is applicable. Equal maximum permitte
transfer directions./nThe parameter is applied in SRNC when the resource request is for RAB assignment reques
parameter is not significant if the resource request is received in DRNC from Iur; AMR mode set of the resource
The parameter is not significant in the SRNS relocation, in which UE is not involved; the target RNC will use the
Iur./nValue 0 - 'OFF' - of the parameter means that the configured AMR mode sets are not employed; single AMR
This parameter defines the AMR WB mode sets which are used in UTRAN for the CS AMR WB call. The serving R
sets, which are the permitted subsets of the AMR WB mode set received from the MSC server in the resource re
permitted subset if its modes are producing the lowest AMR WB mode data rates of the resource request or, if t
has the AMR WB mode of the highest data rate. Version 1 only of the Iu UP support mode for predefined SDU siz
configured AMR WB mode sets are used in the UL and DL transfer directions./nThe parameter is applied in SRNC
and in the target RNC of the SRNS relocation hard handover. The parameter is also significant, if the resource re
Identifies congestion management object (CMOB) which contains Circuit Switched Domain Specific Access Restr
Reserved CTCH capacity only for the CBS messages with category High. A certain amount of the total CTCH cap
parameter.
This parameter defines the threshold value which is compared to the CPICH Ec//No measurement value receive
used to estimate whether or not the quality of the radio path is good enough to use the RRC:CELL UPDATE CON
from Cell//URA_PCH state to Cell_DCH state./nIf the reported CPICH Ec//No < CUCEcNoThreshold, then the Radio
for the state transition procedure./nCUCforPCHtoDCHallowed (Direct State Transition From Cell_PCH to Cell_DCH
This parameter defines the difference in the DL linkloss in relation to the UL linkloss when an external device is
of the primary CPICH read from the management parameter 'Transmission power of the primary CPICH channel
the needs of the UL DPCH open loop power control or the value of the Primary CPICH TX power broadcasted in t
The parameter is applied if the value of the management parameter 'MHA used' is set to the value 'Offset used
for the adjustment of the DPCCH power offset value only, the effect on the PRACH open loop PC can be reduced
C//I on PRACH at WCDMA BTS' consequently.
The parameter can freely be used for defining any additional numeric or text format information related to the c
the field is 20 ASCII characters.
This parameter defines whether the cell is barred./nA barred cell is a cell on which a UE is not allowed to camp.
select//reselect the cell, not even for emergency calls.
This parameter defines the maximum range of the cell, that is, the maximum distance from the cell site where
handover situations./nThe maximum cell range can be 180 km when using two antennas (Rx Diversity Indicator
Transmission Timing has value = 0 or four antennas are used (Rx Diversity Indicator = 2), the maximum value o
10km, AICH Transmission Timing should be 1 and Rx Diversity Indicator should be 1. /nThe maximum cell range
license./nThis is a Nokia-specific parameter. In case of Nokia BTS with 3GPP interface, parameter modification r
This parameter defines the quality measure (CPICH Ec//No, CPICH RSCP) to be indicated in both SIB3 and SIB4,
all these SIB messages.
This parameter is used to give weight to the cell in making the HSDPA layering decision. A bigger value in the s
brings more HSDPA users to this cell than in the other cell./nThis parameter is used in the RRC Connection Requ
when making a decision in which layer the HSDPA capable UE is directed to.
This parameter defines whether the cell is reserved for operator use. A reserved cell is a cell on which camping
indicated./nWhen the cell status is 'not barred' and 'not reserved' for operator use, the UE may select//reselect
procedures in idle mode and in connected mode./nWhen the cell status is 'not barred' and 'reserved' for operato
select//reselect this cell when in the home PLMN. UEs assigned to Access Class in the range 0 to 9 and 12 to 14
The parameter defines the timer value that triggers code tree optimisation, if it is not triggered otherwise.
The parameter indicates if rearrangement can be applied to a specific cell.
The parameter defines the minimum usage of code tree before rearrangement is applied to a specific cell.
This parameter indicates whether or not the DC HSDPA capability based handover is enabled in the cell./nThe D
HSDPA-capable UEs to the DC HSDPA-capable cell (which can act as a primary serving HS-DSCH cell), either from
cannot support DC HSDPA), or from the DC HSDPA cell which can only act as a secondary serving HS-DSCH cell.
Capability Based Handover./nThe operator can choose from the following options:/n(0)
DC HSDPA Capability B
enabled/n(2)
Event based (inactivity) triggering enabled/n(3) Both periodical and event based (inactivity) tri
cell, irrespective of the HSDPA and HSUPA capability of the cell. Periodical triggering of the DC HSDPA Capability
using either HS-DSCH or DCH. Event-based triggering (inactivity) is applicable to the DC HSDPA-capable UE usin
This parameter indicates whether or not the DC HSDPA feature is enabled in the cell. Before the feature is enab
of DC HSDPA-capable cells is not exceeded.
This parameter defines the number of allocated HS-PDSCH codes that may not be pre-empted by NRT DPCH in
parameter is an offset from the maximum allowed number of HS-PDSCH codes.
This parameter indicates the DPC Mode Change Support of a cell. If a cell is known not to support DPC Mode ch
supported). If a cell is known to support DPC Mode changing, the value of this parameter is set to '1' (supported
whether to send a DPC Mode Change Support Indicator to a Non-Nokia SRNC./nFor Nokia BTS's (except for RAN1
BTS's the value must be determined.
This parameter determines the threshold level which the uplink load of the cell may not exceed in order for the
cell (source cell) of the same sector. The Admission control of the RNC calculates the threshold level by adding
of the source cell.
This parameter determines the threshold level which the uplink load of the source cell must exceed before the
setup to another cell within the sector. The Admission control calculates the threshold level by adding the value
power (PrxTarget).
This parameter determines the threshold level which the downlink load of the cell may not exceed in order for t
another cell (source cell) of the same sector. The Admission control of the RNC calculates the threshold level by
power level of the source cell.
This parameter determines the threshold level which the downlink load of the source cell must exceed before th
connection setup to another cell within the sector. The Admission control calculates the threshold level by addin
transmitted power (PtxTarget).
Defines the maximum received uplink power decrease in a cell, used when bit rates are decreased by the packe
This parameter defines the maximum received uplink power increase in a cell, used when bit rates are allocate
maximum received uplink power increase is calculated by using PrxTarget as a reference point. This constant va
Defines the maximum transmitted downlink power decrease in a cell, used when bit rates are decreased by the
This parameter defines the maximum transmitted downlink power increase in a cell, used when bit rates are all
maximum transmitted downlink power increase is calculated by using PtxTarget as a reference point. This const
(PtxTotal).
The parameter enables//disables the use of the directed RRC connection setup in the cell.
This parameter enables//disables the use of the Directed RRC connection setup for the HSDPA layer in the cell.
This parameter defines the E-DCH (HSUPA) capability for a local cell.
This parameter determines the minimum set E-TFCI when the 10 ms E-DCH Transport Block Size table 0 is used
can be used by the UE independent of the UE power situation, given that a valid absolute grant is available and
TFCI is always used when F-DPCH is configured and E-TTI = 10 ms.
This parameter determines the minimum set E-TFCI when the 10 ms E-DCH Transport Block Size table 1 is used
can be used by the UE independent of the UE power situation, given that a valid absolute grant is available and
TFCI is always used when F-DPCH is not configured and E-TTI = 10ms.
The parameter is used for reporting the HSUPA operational state of a cell.
This parameter identifies the WRAB object of the connection based quality control parameter set associated wit
service bearer and signaling bearer specific quality targets and related power control thresholds for each transp
This parameter defines whether code change procedure is performed for Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) code and ho
when procedure is allowed to start. Special value 0 means that code change procedure is not targeted to F-DPC
This parameter enables//disables the use of Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) and mapping of signaling radio bearers o
DPCH functions are enabled for the cell), the system checks whether activation of F-DPCH is allowed. If it is not
does not succeed and an error message is printed out.
This parameter defines the allocation procedure of Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) in the RRC connection setup phas
(Immediate F-DPCH allocation), the system allocates F-DPCH for the Rel-7 and newer UE that supports Rel-7 F-D
/nWhen the value of the parameter is 1 (F-DPCH allocation after RRC connection setup), the system allocates FCONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE is received and if UE has indicated that it supports Rel-7 F-DPCH. The RRC conn
value of the parameter is 2 (F-DPCH allocation along with user plane allocation), the system allocates F-DPCH fo
allocation if UE has indicated that it supports Rel-7 F-DPCH. State transition to CELL_DCH state and DCH allocat
setup phase. /nAll cases, 0), 1), and 2), are run only if the RRC information element Establishment cause is inte
signaling on common channels.
The parameter defines the margin for the total throughput of SCCPCH (FACH//PCH) for downlink channel type se
at least this margin, FACH usage is possible.
The parameter defines the threshold for the total throughput of SCCPCH (FACH//PCH) channel for downlink chan
DSCH is allocated. Measurement is used for the channel type selection for the SRB in the RRC connection setup
This parameter defines the HCS priority level for a cell. Value 0 indicates the lowest HCS priority and value 7 ind
parameter is not needed ./nThe parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in both idle and connected
This parameter defines the bit rate threshold that the maximum allocated user bit rate on the downlink DPCH c
handover is possible due to high downlink DPCH power level. The highest value of the parameter (512 kbps) rep
This parameter defines the bit rate threshold that the maximum allocated user bit rate in the uplink DPCH cann
handover is possible due to high uplink DPCH power level. The highest value of the parameter (512 kbps) repre
This parameter defines how many UEs are selected in each period for an HSPA capability based handover proce
selected if suitable candidates are not available. Note that the number of UEs in compressed mode due to servi
limited with the RNP parameter MaxNumberUECmSLHO./nThis parameter is also used for MIMO Capability Base
This parameter defines the time (in seconds) when the periodical HSPA Capability Based Handover procedure s
Handover is not active in this cell if the parameter has the value 0./nThis parameter is also applied in MIMO Cap
Handover.
This parameter determines whether RNC allows to use 64QAM modulation for HSDPA./nIf the parameter is enab
the parameter is disabled, then RNC cannot use feature HSDPA 64QAM. This parameter can be modified on-line
(that is, the modification impacts only new connections).
This parameter defines whether the HSDPA 64 Users per Cell feature in the cell is enabled or not./nIf this param
64 HSDPA users in the cell./nIf 64 HSDPA users per cell is not enabled in the cell, then the RNC allows only 16 o
HSDPA users per cell are allowed, see the status of the RNC management parameter HSDPA 48 users enabled (
maximum number of BTSs capacity value of HSDPA 64 Users per Cell feature is not exceeded. If it is exceeded,
feature configuration error and the parameter value change to 'Enabled' is not allowed.
The parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCG object) controlling the inter-system me
This parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCI object) controlling the inter-frequency
Enables // disables the use of HSDPA layering for UEs in common channel features in the cell.
This parameter defines the HSDPA Measurement Power Offset (MPO) signalled to the NB//RSxxx. MPO defines th
The parameter defines the maximum user bit rate allowed in a cell for HSDPA UL DCH return channel. It is appli
This parameter defines the HSDPA capability for a local cell.
This parameter enables//disables the use of HSDPA in the cell./nIf the parameter is enabled (1), the system che
cells is not exceeded. If it is not possible to activate HSDPA for a new BTS or cell, the activation does not succee
indicate an HSDPA-capable network. This information can be sent to the UE (HSDPA cell indicator) and the UE di
enabled, the system verifies that PowerSaveHSPAType is set to either HSPA5 or NoHSPA05ReConf in order
HSPA0, the HSDPA will not be configured to a cell, even if HSDPAEnabled is set to enabled.' The activation st
relevant.
The parameter is used for reporting the HSDPA operational state of a cell.
This parameter determines whether or not the 'HSPA 72 users per cell' feature is enabled in the cell. /nIf this fea
users can be supported per cell./nIf this feature is not enabled, the RNC allows only 16, 48, or 64 HSDPA users p
parameter HSDPA 64 users enabled (HSDPA64UsersEnabled). For HSUPA users, see the status of RNC managem
HSUPAXUsersEnabled, the RNC allows 3, 12, 24, or 60 HSUPA users per BTS./nThe cell-specific parameter MaxN
users in the cell. If this value is lower than 72, and the value of HSPA72UsersPerCell is 'Enabled,' the value of M
number of HSDPA users that can be supported per cell./nThe cell-specific parameter MaxNumberEDCHCell limit
value of HSPA72UsersPerCell is 'Enabled,' whichever is the lower of the MaxNumberEDCHCell value and 72 is co
can be supported per cell. /nThe cell-specific parameter MaxNumberHSDSCHMACdFlows limits the maximum nu
CPCEnabled is used to enable//disable the Continous Packet Connectivity feature./nThe cell-specific parameter
feature.
This parameter defines whether HSPA Capability Based Handover is enabled in the cell. HSPA Capability Based
desired frequency layer. The operator can choose from the following options:/n(0) HSPA Capability Based Hando
based (inactivity) triggering enabled/n(3) Both periodical and event based (inactivity) triggering enabled/nPerio
HSDPA and HSUPA capability of the cell. Periodical triggering of the HSPA Capability Based Handover is applicab
triggering (inactivity) is applicable to the UE using HS-DSCH.
allocated./nAfter modification of the parameter, the new value is used for new connections.
This parameter controls the use of HSPA Quality of Service (QoS) features. Prioritization is done according to the
downlink when HS-DSCH is allocated or when E-DCH and HS-DSCH are both allocated. This parameter activates
prioritization for HSPA NRT connections (QoS Aware HSPA Scheduling)/n- HSPA streaming (Streaming QoS for HS
combination (or just one feature) can be activated only if a license exists for all features that are activated./nTh
Voice over HSPA feature, exist in the RNC./nNote that if HSPA streaming or CS voice is activated, then QoS prior
This parameter defines the HS-PDSCH code set. If the HSDPA dynamic code allocation functionality cannot be u
amount (5). If the HSDPA dynamic code allocation functionality can be used and is activated, the code set conta
also defines the minimum and maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes allowed./nCode amounts that can be used
maximum capacity licensed for the RNC. If the feature HSDPA 15 Codes is not in use, the code set contains just
10 HS-PDSCH codes (with the license 'HSDPA cell upg from 5 to 10 codes'), the maximum code amount that can
use with 15 HS-PDSCH codes (with the license 'HSDPA cell upg from 10 to 15 codes'), the maximum code amou
value is 10, the recommended code set contains 5, 8, and 10 codes./nIf the maximum code value is 15, the rec
codes./nThe HSDPA dynamic code allocation functionality is disabled by setting a code set that contains just fiv
codes also depends on the capability of the BTS and the existing traffic mix.
This parameter defines the required number of free SF128 channelization codes left for DPCHs. The number of f
equal to or higher than the parameter value, otherwise the HS-PDSCH code upgrade is not allowed. Also, if the
parameter, periodic HS-PDSCH code downgrade can be initiated.
This parameter enables // disables the use of E-DCH 2ms TTI in the cell. /nWhen the value of the parameter is s
cell./nIf the parameter is enabled (1), the system checks that the license of the HSUPA 2 ms TTI feature is activ
configuration error and parameter value change to enabled is not allowed.
This parameter enables//disables the use of HSUPA in the cell./nWhen the value of the parameter is set to 1 (HS
that the maximum number of HSUPA capable BTSs and cells are not exceeded. If it is not possible to activate H
and an error message is printed out./n/nYou cannot activate HSUPA online when the cell is in the operating state
object locking procedure and after that you can enable HSUPA using the HSUPAEnabled parameter. After the ce
must be activated simultaneously for all cells using the same frequency (UARFCN) in this BTS. /nYou cannot dea
In this case, deactivation of HSUPA first requires the WCEL object locking procedure and after that you can disab
is unlocked, HSUPA is deactivated in the cell setup./nHSUPA must be deactivated simultaneously for all cells usi
HSUPAEnabled is set to enabled, the system verifies that the PowerSaveHSPAType is set to either HSPA5 or
PowerSaveHSPAType is set to HSPA0, the HSUPA is not configured to a cell, even if the HSUPAEnabled is set to
BTS feature is not relevant.
This cell-specific parameter defines whether the RAN 285 feature 'Multi NRT RABs' is supported in a cell or not.
limited by an ASW capacity license.
This parameter indicates whether or not incoming ISHO from LTE is enabled in the cell.
The parameter defines the initial bit rate in the downlink that can be allocated by the PS in the schedule situati
that are below the value of this parameter. The allocated bit rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS
bit rate of the RAB is below the value of the minimum allowed bit rate (MinAllowedBitRate) or initial bit rate, it i
maximum bit rate of the RAB is used as a new minimum allowed bit rate or initial bit rate for the RRC connectio
The parameter defines the initial bit rate in the uplink that can be allocated by the PS in schedule situation. PS
of this parameter. The allocated bit rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is co
below the value of minimum allowed bit rate (MinAllowedBitRateUL) or initial bit rate, it is allowed to schedule a
used as a new minimum or initial bit rate for the RRC connection in question.
This parameter defines the scaling factor for Treselection, TreselectionPCH and TreselectionFACH in inter-frequen
The parameter defines the scaling factor for Treselection, TreselectionPCH and TreselectionFACH in inter-RAT cel
This parameter defines whether or not intra-frequency cell reselection is allowed when the cell is barred./nWhen
select//reselect this cell. If the 'Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator' is set to the value 'allowed,' the UE m
selection//reselection criteria are fulfilled. If the 'Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator' is set to 'not allowed
frequency as the barred cell. For emergency calls, the Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator IE is ignored. 'In
the 'cell barred' indicator is true.
This parameter defines the value of CBS frame offset of CTCH on FACH.
This parameter defines the Location area code (LAC) of a WCDMA cell. The coding of the Location area code (tw
(Location Area Identification) consists of PLMNid and LAC. If LAI has to be deleted, LAC is set as 0xFFFE./nThis p
known as IE: GSM-MAP NAS system information.
This parameter defines the threshold for the DL NRT capacity request rejection rate to start and stop the activa
request rejection rate is defined as a quotient of rejected capacity requests and all capacity requests (and the b
This parameter defines the threshold for the UL NRT capacity request rejection rate to start and stop the activat
request rejection rate is defined as a quotient of rejected capacity requests and all capacity requests (and the b
This parameter defines the delay between detecting 'NRT load based handover state over in this cell' and broad
control handover procedures. This information is used to detect whether or not a candidate target cell is in a loa
This parameter defines the delay between detecting 'Hard blocking load based handover state over in this cell'
entities that control handover procedures. This information is used to detect whether or not a candidate target
This parameter defines the delay between detecting 'Interference load-based handover state over in this cell' a
entities that control handover procedures. This information is used to detect whether or not a candidate target
This parameter defines the delay between detecting 'Downlink spreading code load-based handover state over
to other entities that control handover procedures. This information is used to detect whether or not a candidat
This parameter defines a base load for the hard blocking measurement of the load-based handover feature. The
hunting attempts of cell-specific hard capacity during the measurement window. The total number of hunting at
measurement window is reached by adding the parameter's value to the sum of the rejected true hunting attem
This parameter defines the threshold for the cell-based hard blocking ratio to start and stop the activation of loa
defined as a quotient of the number of hunting attempts indicating cell-specific hard blocking and the total num
the measurement window. The total number of hunting attempts of cell-specific hard capacity during the measu
parameter LHOHardBlockingBaseLoad to the sum of the rejected true hunting attempts and the successfully se
This parameter defines the hysteresis time for the capacity request rejection rate measurement to start load-ba
if the result of the capacity request rejection rate measurement exceeds the threshold and remains there for th
This parameter defines the hysteresis time for a hard blocking measurement to start load-based handovers. Loa
hard blocking measurement exceeds the threshold and remains there for the requested hysteresis time.
This parameter defines the hysteresis time for an interference load measurement to start load-based handover
the interference measurement exceeds the threshold and remains there for the requested hysteresis time.
This parameter defines the hysteresis time for a downlink spreading code reservation rate measurement to star
are started if the result of the downlink spreading code reservation measurement exceeds the threshold and rem
This parameter defines the minimum interactive and background traffic level for the measurement of the packe
feature. The value of the parameter represents the minimum number of packet scheduling resource requests th
period. The total number of processed resource requests is reached by adding the value of this parameter to th
successfully served true resource requests.
This parameter defines the number of UEs that are simultaneously in a load-based inter-frequency handover pro
selected if suitable candidates are not available. The load-based inter-frequency handover feature is not active
inter-frequency handover feature is active, the recommended value is 2. /nNote that the number of UEs in a com
the RNP parameter MaxNumberUECmSLHO.
This parameter defines the number of UEs that are simultaneously in a load-based inter-RAT handover procedur
selected if suitable candidates are not available. /nThe load-based inter-RAT handover feature is not active in th
RAT handover feature is active, the recommended value is 2. Note that the number of UEs in the compressed m
parameter MaxNumberUECmSLHO.
This parameter defines the threshold for the DL interference load to start and stop the activation of load-based
the planned target level, PtxTarget.
This parameter defines the threshold for the UL interference load to start and stop the activation of load-based
the planned target level, PrxTarget.
This parameter defines the threshold for the reservation rate of DL spreading codes to start and stop the activa
code reservation rate is defined as a quotient of reserved and all spreading codes in the spreading code tree on
HS-PDSCH codes reserved from the code tree, those HS-PDSCH codes exceeding the minimum number of HS-PD
spreading code load.
This parameter defines an averaging window size for an NRT capacity request rejection rate -based load measu
This parameter defines an averaging window size for a hard blocking measurement to stop load-based handove
This parameter defines an averaging window size for the interference load measurement to stop load-based ha
This parameter defines an averaging window size for the DL spreading code reservation rate measurement to s
This parameter defines an averaging window size for an NRT capacity request rejection rate based load measur
parameter is set to zero, the corresponding load-based handover trigger is not used in this cell. When this meas
This parameter defines an averaging window size for a hard blocking measurement to start load-based handove
corresponding load-based handover trigger is not used in this cell. When this measurement is active, the recom
This parameter defines an averaging window size for an interference load measurement to start load-based han
corresponding load-based handover trigger is not used in this cell. When this measurement is active, the recom
This parameter defines an averaging window size for the DL spreading code reservation rate measurement to s
set to zero, the corresponding load-based handover trigger is not used in this cell. When this measurement is a
This parameter indicates whether or not cell reselection from WCDMA to LTE is enabled for UE in idle and conne
local cell resource at the BTS. The LCR Id is unique within BTS./nWith the Configuration Data message the Local
used at the radio interface. In cases when configuration is initialized at the BTS, the signalling related to a cell i
This parameter defines the coverage of SRBs on HSPA within the HSPA serving cell when the CPICH EcNo measu
during the state transition from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and URA_PCH to CELL_DCH state and during incoming P
Primary CPICH code power and transmitted carrier power. SRBs will be established in the HSPA configuration if t
parameter has the value 0, then only SRBs on DCH are possible. If the parameter has the value -25dB, then SRB
This parameter defines the coverage of E-DCH TTI 2ms within the HSPA serving cell when the CPICH EcNo meas
used during the state transition from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and CELL_URA to CELL_DCH state and during incom
the Primary CPICH code power and transmitted carrier power. E-DCH TTI 2ms is possible if the power ratio exce
value 0, then only E-DCH 10ms TTI is possible. If the parameter has the value -25dB, then E-DCH 2ms TTI is alw
Parameter defines, whether any external devices such as a TX amplifier or RX amplifier or the combination of su
of the TX characteristics or the RX characteristics is moved from the antenna connector of the cabinet port to th
'Offset used', the value of the management parameter 'Cable Loss' is subtracted from the power of the primary
when the CPICH power is applied for the UL open loop power controls of DPCH and PRACH. Cabinet port power t
'Transmission power of the primary CPICH channel'./nWhen the value of the parameter is set to 'Offset used', th
the System Information Block 5, is produced with the management parameters 'Transmission power of the CPIC
the former parameter.
This parameter enables//disables the use of HSDPA MIMO in the cell.
This parameter defines whether MIMO HSDPA Capability Based Handover is enabled in the cell. MIMO HSDPA Ca
capable UE to the MIMO frequency layer. MIMO HSDPA Capability Based Handover is based on the HSPA Capabil
following options:/n(0) MIMO Capability Based Handover disabled/n(1) Periodical triggering enabled/n(2) Event b
event based (inactivity) triggering enabled/nPeriodical triggering can be used in any cell, irrespective of the HSD
the MIMO Capability Based Handover is applicable to the MIMO capable UE using either HS-DSCH or DCH. Even
capable UE using HS-DSCH.
This parameter defines the maximum downlink user bit rate allowed in a cell for an NRT PS domain RAB.
This parameter defines the maximum uplink user bit rate allowed in a cell for an NRT PS domain RAB. It is not a
The parameter defines the maximum amount of code release actions allowed in a code tree before rearrangem
This parameter indicates the maximum DL power capability for a local cell in the Node B. The reference point is
the local cell, the parameter indicates the maximum for the linear sum of the power that can be used on all bra
This parameter defines the maximum increment in the measured received wide band interference power in rela
measurement result received from the BTS for the cell exceeds the expected interference power value estimate
estimated interference power value added with the value of the parameter is used as a measurement result ins
out the short-term interference spikes. /nThe value 0 - 'OFF' - indicates that the filtering is disabled; the receive
raw.
This parameter defines the maximum number of HS-SCCH codes (SF 128) that can be reserved in one cell./nMo
multiplexing functionality is in use./nThe actual number of reserved codes depends on, for example, HSDPA cap
BTS).
This parameter defines the maximum allowed number of SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA users in the MAC-hs//ehs spe
user are counted once per scheduler. The SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA user is a user that has one or more HS-DSC
maximum number, but admission of SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA user is inhibited in the scheduler if the maximum
cell. Because the scheduler consists of several cells, the lowest parameter values of cells forming the scheduler
This parameter defines the maximum allowed number of HS-DSCH MAC-d flows of SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA use
d flow of an individual SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA user is counted once per scheduler. Each HS-DSCH MAC-d flow
number of HS-DSCH MAC-d flows in the scheduler is calculated. RNC does not exceed the maximum number, bu
the scheduler if the maximum number is to be exceeded. /nThis parameter is defined per cell. Because schedul
cells forming scheduler are used.
This parameter determines the maximum number of E-DCH allocations in the cell. The upper limit of a feasible
management parameters. Thus, the upper limit of the feasible value can be lower than 72. When the license of
the maximum possible value of MaxNumberEDCHCell is 72. If the aforesaid license is not active, the maximum
allocations in the cell can momentarily be lower than that defined with this parameter. The RNC receives inform
RESOURCE MEASUREMENT REPORT messages.
This parameter defines the maximum allowed number of SC HSDPA and primary DC HSDPA users in the cell. An
An individual DC HSDPA user is counted only in the primary cell. The SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA user is a user tha
RNC does not exceed the maximum number, but admission of SC HSDPA and DC HSDPA users is inhibited in the
This parameter defines the maximum allowed number of HS-DSCH MAC-d flows in the cell. The HS-DSCH MAC-d
actual cell. The HS-DSCH MAC-d flow of an individual DC HSDPA user is counted only in the primary cell. Each H
total number of HS-DSCH MAC-d flows in the cell is calculated. RNC does not exceed the maximum number, but
the cell if the maximum number is to be exceeded.
This parameter defines the maximum number of UEs that are simultaneously in a compressed mode in the cell
handover reasons are quality, coverage and immediate IMSI-based ones./nThe capacity of this category cannot
category is used, the abovementioned handover reasons can 'steal' free capacity from a category that is dedica
be exceeded temporarily when a new soft handover branch added to this cell belongs to an RRC connection tha
This parameter defines the maximum number of UEs that are simultaneously in a compressed mode in the cell
based handover measurement reason. /nService- and load-based handovers and the HSPA capability based han
The capacity of this category can be taken by critical handover reasons that are coverage, quality, fast moving
allowed to exceed temporarily when a new soft handover branch added to this cell belongs to the RRC connecti
This parameter defines the maximum number of UEs that are simultaneously in an HSDPA compressed mode in
Critical handover reasons are related to quality, coverage and immediate IMSI-based handover./nThe capacity o
reason. If the capacity of this category is used, the above mentioned handover reasons can 'steal' free capacity
handovers./nThis limit may be exceeded temporarily when a new soft handover branch added to this cell belon
not possible to use the compressed mode when the UE has an HS-DSCH//E-DCH allocation. Instead, in this case
allocation and after that the HSDPA compressed mode is started. The channel type switching is not started if th
This parameter defines the maximum number of UEs that are simultaneously in an HSDPA compressed mode in
/nNon-critical handovers can use only the capacity of this dedicated category. Non-critical handover reasons are
based handovers. The capacity of this category can be taken by critical handover reasons that are related to co
allowed to exceed temporarily when a new soft handover branch added to this cell belongs to the RRC connecti
possible when UE has HS-DSCH//E-DCH allocation. Instead in this case channel type is first switched as HS-DSC
started. Channel type switching is not started if this threshold is exceeded.
This parameter determines the planned maximum total uplink symbol rate of the E-DPDCH(s) of the UE in the c
values of the cells that belong to the E-DCH active set is used when the E-DCH is allocated. The signaled value
occurs and the lowest value changes. Note: Upgrade is not always possible due to capacity reasons in the RNC.
for the following limitations: UE capability, BTS capability, this cell based limitation, possible limitation which is
actual available capacity in the RNC./nIn case 'HSUPA 2 Mbps' feature is active (state 'On' and exist) but 'HSUPA
parameter is '2'. /nIn case 'HSUPA 5.8 Mbps' feature is active (state 'On' and exist), the maximum value of this p
/n'HSUPA 2 Mbps' feature is not active. If not active, the parameter value change to '3' is not allowed./nNote: Bo
that HSUPA (optional) AND HSUPA Basic RRM (optional) feature is active. 'HSUPA 5.8 Mbps' feature requires that
signaled to the UE using the RRC: Maximum channelisation codes IE and to the BTS using the NBAP: Maximum
The parameter defines the minimum allowed bit rate in the downlink that PS can downgrade to the NCR DCH bi
corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is constructed./nNote: If the maximum bit ra
initial bit rate parameter, it is allowed to schedule a lower NRT DCH bit rate. The maximum bit rate of the RAB i
connection in question.
The parameter defines the minimum allowed bit rate in the uplink that PS can downgrade to NRT DCH bit rate in
the highest bit rate in the TFS from which the TFCS is constructed./nNote: If the maximum bit rate of the RAB is
rate (InitialBitRateUL), it is allowed to schedule a lower NRT DCH bit rate. The maximum bit rate of the RAB is u
the RRC connection in question.
This parameter defines whether or not Multiple PLMN List is broadcast in the cell. If MultiplePLMNListIncluded is
List is broadcast in the cell. Otherwise, if MultiplePLMNListIncluded is set to 'Multiple PLMN List not broadcast,' t
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST retransmission counter (MS counter).
This parameter defines the maximum number of 'in sync' indications received from L1 during the establishmen
mode)./nWhen a physical dedicated channel establishment is initiated by the UE, the UE starts a timer T312 an
receiving N312 'in sync' indications, the physical channel is considered established and the timer T312 is stopp
channel is established, the UE considers this as a 'physical channel failure'.
This parameter defines the maximum number of 'in sync' indications received from L1 during the establishmen
mode)./nWhen a physical dedicated channel establishment is initiated by the UE, the UE shall start a timer T31
On receiving N312 'in sync' indications, the physical channel is considered established and the timer T312 is sto
physical channel is established, the UE considers this as a 'physical channel failure'.
This parameter defines the maximum number of successive 'out of sync' indications received from L1 (MS coun
This parameter defines the maximum number of successive 'in sync' indications received from L1 while T313 is
This parameter defines downlink threshold for the sum of the RLC buffer loads of the SRB3 and SRB4. If RNC de
from Cell_FACH state to Cell_DCH state and allocates signalling link only for the RRC connection. If threshold is n
transition is not performed.
This parameter defines uplink threshold for the sum of the RLC buffer loads of the SRB3 and SRB4. If RNC detec
from Cell_FACH state to Cell_DCH state and allocates signalling link only for the RRC connection. If threshold is n
transition is not performed.
The parameter defines the maximum number of cell reselections. If the number of cell reselections during the T
has been detected./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is used. It is not used if TCrmax equals to 'not used'./
both idle and connected mode.
This parameter defines how many SCCPCHs are configured for the cell./nIf only one SCCPCH is used, it carries F
SCCPCH always carries only PCH, and the second SCCPCH always carries FACH-u and FACH-C. If three SCCPCHs
idle. /nThe recommended value of the transmission power of the SCCPCH depends on the number of SCCPCHs./
This parameter defines the period of CTCH allocation on FACH carrying CTCH. This parameter along with the CB
capacity of the CTCH./n/nCTCH capacity is calculated by the following formula:/n(((MaxSFN-K)//N)*sizeof(SFN))//
system frame number = 4096 and/nsizeof(SFN) = Transport Block size = 168 bits and/nlength of system frame
(((4096-K)//N)*168 bits)//40.96 s
This parameter defines the maximum number of cell reselections. If the number of cell reselections during the N
high mobility is detected./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is not used. The parameter is not used if NonH
selection and re-selection in both idle and connected mode.
The parameter defines the duration for evaluating the allowed amount of cell reselections. If the number of cell
NonHCSTcrMax exceeds NonHCSNcr, high mobility is detected./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is not use
in both idle and connected mode.
The parameter defines the cell reselection hysteresis for reverting from UE high-mobility measurements. The pa
to low-mobility measurements./nThe UE moves to non-HCS high mobility state if the number of cell reselections
UEs in high mobility state apply Speed Dependent Scaling Factor for Treselection parameter in cell reselections.
of reselections does not exceed NonHCSNcr for NonHCSTcrMaxHyst time./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS
selection in both idle and connected mode.
This parameter defines whether the Event E based common measurement is initiated for the Transmitted carrie
E measurement is initiated only when the HSDPA is configured in the BTS cell. The parameter is significant in th
Measurements on Common Resources for the measurement of the Transmitted carrier power of all codes not us
Identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set (FMCS object) which controls the intra-frequency measureme
This parameter determines the number of E-DCH allocations that is reserved only for soft and softer handover b
additions in the BTS-specific local cell group. The value of this parameter is subtracted from both the maximum
local cell group to achieve correspondingly the maximum number of new E-DCH allocations in the cell and the B
This parameter defines a threshold value for the NRT DCH allocation time in overload control of the UL NRT DCH
NRT DCH allocation time is longer than the value which the parameter defines, the DCH bit rate can be reduced
DCH can be released to get the throughput or interference based DCH load to an acceptable level when the ove
DCH resources for E-DCH scheduling and also to use the actual DCH load information in its load based E-DCH sc
the RRC TFC-control procedure is used in overload control of the UL DCH resources.
This parameter defines the threshold for an NRT DCH allocation time in an enhanced overload control for DL NR
parameter defines, the DCH bit rate can be decreased and the SF can be increased, or the DCH can be released
overload situation./nValue 60 s of this parameter means that the enhanced overload control feature is not activ
This parameter defines the minimum allocation time granted for an NRT DCH in priority-based scheduling, when
priority of the RAB of the incoming capacity request. /nIf the NRT DCH allocation time is longer than is specified
downgraded or it can be released to get free capacity for an equal-priority NRT RAB that requests a DCH. The pr
handling priorities of the RABs.
downgraded or it can be released to get free capacity for a lower priority NRT RAB that requests a DCH. The prio
downgraded or it can be released to get free capacity for a higher priority NRT RAB that requests a DCH. The pr
This parameter is used for enabling\disabling 24kbps Paging channel at a cell level.
The number of Page Indicators that can be paged in one PICH radio frame. Note: When modified, cell locking is
This parameter is used to describe the WCEL size related characteristic in order to get more accurate and mean
WBTS. This parameter defines which counter boundary value set is used when updating the received values to
performance related functions./nThis parameter is used with the following measurements:/nPRACH propagation
/nTransmitted Carrier Power and Transmitted Code power counters of M1000 Cell resource measurement/nSee t
on the related counters.
This UL required received C//I value is used by the UE to calculate the initial output power of the first transmitte
control procedure. This parameter defines the value of the IE Constant value, which is part of System Informatio
propagation channel.
The scrambling code for the preamble part and the message part of a PRACH channel. PRACH scrambling code
information list' which is part of SIB5//6. Note: When modified, cell locking is needed.
The maximum number of preambles allowed in one preamble ramping cycle. PRACH Preamble Retrans Max is p
information list' which is part of System Information Block 5&6.
Identifies congestion management object (CMOB) which contains Packet Switched Domain Specific Access Rest
This is the transmission power of the PICH channel. It carries the paging indicators which tell the UE to read the
transmission power value is relative to the CPICH transmission power. It may depend on the number of paging i
recommended values for the different cases:/nN. PI per frame (NP), Repetition of PICH bits, Power relative to CP
This parameter defines the limit for the DC HSDPA user amount for cell activation decisions.
This parameter defines the limit for NRT HSDPA amount for cell activation decision.
This parameter defines the RT DCH power limit used in cell activation decision.
This parameter defines the limit for RT HSDPA amount for cell activation decision.
This parameter defines the NRT HSDPA power per user limit for cell activation decision.
This parameter defines the RT HSDPA power limit used in cell activation decision.
This parameter defines the Power Saving Mode (PWSM) cell group of a cell.
This parameter defines the total power limit used in virtual admission control decision.
This parameter defines the limit for RT HSDPA and active NRT HSDPA in cell for virtual AC decision. RT and NRT
parameter.
This parameter defines the limit for the DC HSDPA user amount for cell shutdown decisions.
This parameter defines the limit for NRT DCHs in cell to be shutdown.
This parameter defines the limit for NRT HSDPA amount for cell shutdown decision.
This parameter defines the limit for RT DCHs in cell to be shutdown.
This parameter defines the limit for RT HSDPA amount for cell shutdown decision.
This parameter defines the NRT HSDPA power per user margin for cell shutdown decision.
This parameter defines the RT DCH Power limit used in cell shutdown decision.
This parameter defines the RT HSDPA power limit used in cell shutdown decision.
This parameter defines the shutdown and activation order inside one Power Saving Mode (PWSM) cell group.
This parameter determines if a remaining cell can be shutdown or not.
The power offset between the last transmitted preamble and the control part of the PRACH message (added to
control part)./nThis parameter is part of System Information Block 5.
The parameter defines the power offset for the TFCI symbols relative to the downlink transmission power of a S
power of the data field. The power offsets vary in time according to the bit rate. Proposed values are: 2 dB for 1
modified, cell locking is needed.
The power ramp step on PRACH preamble when no acquisition indicator (AI) is detected by the UE.
This parameter defines the HSPA configuration in a cell. /n HSPA0: A cell that is originally configured with no H
services using the Power Saving Mode for BTS feature when HSPA5 cells are shut down because of low traffic. W
return to their initial configuration, that is, to provide no HSPA services./n HSPA5: A cell that is originally config
the Power Saving Mode initiates the reconfiguration of an HSPA0 cell to provide HSPA services, that is, the HSPA
NoHSPA05ReConf: A cell that is configured according to HSPA parameters in controller DB. Power Saving Mode a
reconfigurations.
The parameter identifies the downlink scrambling code of the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the Ce
shutdown procedure in the BTS./nNote: In all other than UltraSite BTS cases primary downlink scrambling code
within WBTS. Frame timing offset is set with the parameter WCEL-Tcell.
For the interference domain, this parameter defines the minimum capacity that is allowed for the uplink DCH tr
interference for the throughput based traffic load. The parameter introduces a safety margin for the received in
the interference power caused by the own cell DCH users is allowed to increase without changing the network s
DCH traffic load exceeds the threshold defined with the parameter, the RNC applies the interference based pow
For the interference domain, this parameter defines the minimum capacity for the throughput based traffic load
admitted or scheduled DCH traffic without considering the received wide band interference. The parameter intr
it defines how close to the planned target the interference power caused by the own cell DCH and E-DCH users
when the guaranteed traffic load is achieved. When the DCH and E-DCH traffic load exceeds the threshold defin
based power estimations in the E-DCH resource allocations.
For the interference domain, this parameter defines the maximum capacity for the throughput based traffic loa
parameter introduces a protection margin against the possible estimation errors in the interference based DCH
overestimated, and because of that the interference of the DCH users is underestimated, it may result to overlo
network stability. When the DCH traffic load exceeds the threshold defined with the parameter, the RNC initiate
interactive and background DCH traffic./nThe value 0 - 'OFF' - means that the throughput based uplink DCH ove
The maximum target for received total wide band power in the cell for BTS packet scheduling. The value of the
It gives an upper threshold for the noise rise: the ratio of the total received uplink power to system noise.
This parameter defines the value of the Measurement Filter Coefficient for the common measurement of the rec
the measurements of the common measurement types 'Received Total Wide Band Power' and 'Received E-DCH
quantity of the cell. The Measurement Filter Coefficient determines the amount of averaging, which BTS shall ap
reporting to CRNC. Parameter is significant in the cell of the BTS, which is applying the NSN private NBAP 'Radio
Defines the noise level in the BTS digital receiver when there is no load (thermal noise + noise figure). This par
The autotuning algorithm of Uplink noise level (PrxNoise) can be switched on or off.
The target value of the total received power (PrxTarget) can be exceeded by the value of this parameter before
Access Bearer is not admitted if the total received power exceeds the sum of the values of this parameter and t
overload threshold for BTS and RNC: PrxTargetBTS = PrxTarget+PrxOffset.
When adding a WPS call bearer, the estimated received non-controlable power can exceed its target (Target for
cell is considered to be overloaded in the uplink.
The parameter defines the target for received total wideband interference power in a cell. An uplink RT RAB is n
this threshold. PrxTarget is also used to calculate PrxTargetBTS, which is the first overload threshold for BSUL int
system noise; it gives an upper threshold for the noise rise: the ratio of the total received uplink power to syste
separate dynamic target threshold for the total received interference power. Maximum value for the dynamic ta
target for the received total wideband power'.
This parameter defines the maximum target value for the received total wideband power in the uplink resource
is applied in the resource allocation for CS speech services and for the establishment of the link. The closer the
non-real-time R99 data traffic and real-time data R99 and HSPA traffic there is in the cell. Establishment of the s
be admitted in uplink, even if the received non-controllable interference exceeds the value of the parameter 'Ta
the dynamic target value defined with this parameter.
This parameter defines the maximum allowed target interference level for the UL PS NRT DCH resource allocati
the cell. The target level represents total non-EDPCH interference power; it is applied when the interference is s
users, and on the other hand, the hs-DSCH//DCH and hs-DSCH//E-DCH users.
This parameter defines the minimum allowed interference target level for the UL PS NRT DCH resource allocatio
the cell. The target level represents the total non-EDPCH interference power; it is applied when the interference
DCH//DCH users, and on the other hand, the hs-DSCH//DCH and hs-DSCH//E-DCH users./nIf the value of the par
parameter 'Max PS target in HSPA-DCH interference sharing', the RNC does not adjust the interference target, b
UL NRT DCH resource allocation.
This parameter defines the fixed step size in decreasing the target level for UL PS NRT DCH resource allocation
the cell. The target level represents the total non-EDPCH interference power; it is applied when the interference
DCH//DCH users, and on the other hand, the hs-DSCH//DCH and hs-DSCH//E-DCH users.
This parameter defines the fixed step size in increasing the target level for UL PS NRT DCH resource allocation w
cell. The target level represents the total non-EDPCH interference power; it is applied when the interference is s
users, and on the other hand, the hs-DSCH//DCH and hs-DSCH//E-DCH users.
This parameter defines the report periodicity value for the periodic common measurement of the received total
measurements of the common measurement types 'Received Total Wide Band Power' and 'Received Scheduled
frequency at which BTS shall send measurement reports to CRNC. The parameter is significant in the cell of BTS
Common Resources' function.
This is the transmission power of one Aquisition Indicator (AI) compared to CPICH power. If a WCDMA BTS transm
increases./nThe AICH consists of a repeated sequence of 15 consecutive Access Slots (AS), each one 5120 chips
Acquisition Indicator (AI) part consisting of 32 real-valued symbols, and a second part, 1024 chips in length, wh
This second part of the slot is reserved for possible use by CSICH, or possible future use by other physical chan
of the AICH is 256, and the phase reference for the AICH is the P-CPICH.
This parameter defines the maximum transmission power of the cell. The maximum transmission power is the m
downlink physical channels that is allowed to be used in a cell./nThe maximum transmission power of the cell is
MaxDLPowerCapability (the maximum BTS power capability). The RNC signals the BTS the minimum value as th
Power IE (TS 25.433). The RNC uses the minimum value as the maximum transmission power of the cell.
The planned maximum downlink transmission power of a radio link. This parameter is used in the downlink pow
interactive or background traffic class RABs. The allocated power of a radio link cannot exceed the value of this
This parameter is the planned maximum, not the physical limit.
This parameter defines maximum power for TPC bits of Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH). Value of the parameter is sub
constant power for primary CPICH to achieve final signaled value./nIf value of the parameter is equal to value o
of HSPA DL control channels.
This parameter defines minimum power for TPC bits of Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH). Value of the parameter is sub
constant power for primary CPICH to achieve final signaled value./nIf value of the parameter is equal to value o
control of HSPA DL control channels.
This parameter defines the threshold of the PtxTotal measurement that indicates high usage of HSDPA power. In
dynamic target level for DCH packet scheduling when one or more HS-DSCH MAC-d flows is set up in the cell in
The margin for the total downlink transmission power for downlink channel type selection. When the measured
possible.
This parameter defines the transmission power of the E-DCH HARQ Acknowledgement Indicator Channel. E-HIC
CPICH.
Parameter defines the maximum allowed HSDPA transmission power. RNC sends the value to the BTS in HS-PDS
the NBAP: PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message (TS 25.433).
This parameter defines the value of the Measurement Filter Coefficient for the common measurement of the tra
measurements of the common measurement types 'Transmitted carrier power' and 'Transmitted carrier power o
Filter Coefficient determines the amount of averaging, which BTS shall apply for the results of physical layer me
in the cell of BTS, which is applying the NSN private NBAP 'Radio Resource indication' function.
The target value of the total transmitted power (PtxTarget) can be exceeded by the value of this parameter bef
Access Bearer is not admitted if the total transmitted power exceeds the sum of the values of this parameter an
downlink overload threshold for BTS and RNC: PtxTargetBTS = PtxTarget+PrxOffset./nAlso a dynamic target valu
by the value of this parameter before the cell is considered to be overloaded in downlink.
This parameter defines the transmission power of the E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel. E-AGCH power is related
This parameter defines the transmission power of the E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel. E-AGCH power is defined
Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) is configured. When F-DPCH is configured, the E-AGCH power is defined in relation to
case of WBTS, by using this parameter it is possible to adjust the signaled power level of the E-AGCH in relation
the case of WBTS, the parameter value is used when the UE is using E-DCH TTI 10 ms, and is not in E-DCH soft
value of the parameter PtxOffsetExxCH2ms is added to the signaled value./nIn the case of WBTS, if UE is in E-D
exists) and F-DPCH does not exist, the value of the parameter PtxOffsetExxCHSHO is added to the signaled valu
power offsets to the WBTS when it supports E-DCH TTI = 2 ms./nFor NB//RSxxx the signaled value is the param
configured.
This parameter defines the transmission power of the E-DCH HARQ Acknowledgement Indicator Channel. E-HIC
DPCCH except when Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) is configured. When F-DPCH is configured, the E-HICH power is d
the F-DPCH./nIn the case of WBTS, by using this parameter it is possible to adjust the signaled power level of th
P-CPICH power./nIn the case of WBTS, the value of the parameter is used when the UE is using E-DCH TTI 10 ms
E-DCH TTI is 2 ms, the value of the parameter PtxOffsetExxCH2ms is added to the signaled value./nIn the case
non-serving E-DCH RLS exists) and F-DPCH does not exist, the value of the parameter PtxOffsetExxCHSHO is ad
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH power offsets to the WBTS when it supports E-DCH TTI = 2 ms./nFor NB//RSxxx the
signaled when the E-DCH is configured.
This parameter defines the transmission power of the E-DCH Relative Grant Channel. E-RGCH power is related t
This parameter defines the transmission power of the E-DCH Relative Grant Channel. E-RGCH power is defined
Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) is configured. When F-DPCH is configured, the E-RGCH power is defined in relation to
case of WBTS, by using this parameter it is possible to adjust the signaled power level of the E-RGCH in relation
the case of WBTS, the value of the parameter is used when the UE is using E-DCH TTI 10 ms and is not in E-DCH
the value of the parameter PtxOffsetExxCH2ms is added to the signaled value./nIn the case of WBTS, if the UE
RLS exists) and F-DPCH does not exist, the value of the parameter PtxOffsetExxCHSHO is added to the signaled
HICH power offsets to the WBTS when it supports E-DCH TTI = 2 ms./nFor NB//RSxxx the signaled value is the p
is configured.
This parameter defines the power offset to the E-xxCH power offsets for the E-DCH TTI 2 ms case. If E-DCH TTI
value of the E-AGCH power offset, E-RGCH power offset, and E-HICH power offset.
This parameter defines the power offset to the E-xxCH power offsets for the E-DCH soft handover case. If the UE
exists) and F-DPCH does not exist in the connection, the value of this parameter is added to the signaled value
HICH power offset.
This parameter defines the power offset to the Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) power for the E-DCH soft handover ca
E-DCH RLS exists), the value of this parameter is added to the signaled NBAP value of Initial DL Transmission Po
Parameter is applicable to the HSDPA static resource allocation. It is ignored in the case of HSDPA dynamic reso
HSDPA power (PtxTargetHSDPA) can be exceeded by the value of this parameter before the cell is considered to
PtxNonHSDPA exceeds or equals PtxTargetHSDPA + PtxOffsetHSDPA, depending on the setting of the paramete
HS-DSCH MAC-d flows or NRT DCHs are started.
This parameter defines the transmission power of the High Speed Shared Control Channel, HS-SCCH. HS-SCCH p
When adding a WPS bearer, the estimated transmitted non-controllable power can exceed its target (Target for
cell is considered to be overloaded in the downlink.
Planned maximum transmitted code power of the radio link for the PS streaming RAB. The parameter defines th
services, when the CCTrCH includes a DCH of the PS streaming traffic class RAB.
This parameter is the transmission power of the primary CCPCH relative to the CPICH transmission power./nThe
physical channel used to carry the BCH. It is a pure data channel characterized by a fixed channelization code (
it is not transmitted during the first 256 chips of each slot, where Primary SCH and Secondary SCH are transmit
This parameter is the transmission power of the primary common pilot channel. The P-CPICH physical channel c
setup. The transmission power of the CPICH physical channel defines the actual cell size, which means that the
parameter is used, for example, for neighbor measurements, which are critical for network performance./nThe d
the WCDMA BTS, which can be, for example, 43 dBm//carrier./nNote that the cell is blocked if the WCDMA BTS d
is (Cell max power - 18dB)..(Cell max power - 3dB)./nThe value of this parameter defines the value of the IE Prim
Information Block 5. In particular, if the value of the management parameter 'MHA used' is set to the value 'Off
obtained by subtracting the value of the management parameter 'Cable Loss' from the value of this parameter.
This parameter is the transmission power of the primary synchronization channel. The power level is relative to
a modulated code 256 chips in length; the primary synchronisation code (PSC) is transmitted once every slot. T
enables downlink slot synchronization in the cell.
The parameter defines the transmission power of the S-CCPCH channel which carries:/n- a PCH (containing PCC
(containing DTCH)./nAlternatively, when a standalone PCH is mapped to another S-CCPCH, the transmission pow
DCCH//BCCH//CCCH) and an FACH (containing DTCH)./nIn both cases, the spreading factor of this S-CCPCH is 64
transmission power value is relative to the CPICH transmission power.
This is the transmission power of the S-CCPCH channel, which carries a PCH (containing PCCH) only. This param
the same S-CCPCH./nThe spreading factor of this S-CCPCH is 256 (15 ksps) and the proposed default value for t
relative to the CPICH transmission power.
The parameter defines the transmission power of the S-CCPCH channel that carries only a 24 kbps PCH (contain
are multiplexed into the same S-CCPCH or if 8 kbps PCH is used./nThe spreading factor of this S-CCPCH is 128 (
channel is -2 dB. The transmission power value is relative to the CPICH transmission power.
This parameter defines the transmission power of the SCCPCH channel that carries only a FACH containing CCC
only when Service Area Broadcast (SAB) is activated in the cell (a three S-CCPCH channel configuration)./nThe s
proposed default value is -2 dB.
This parameter is the transmission power of the secondary synchronisation channel related to the primary CPIC
repeatedly transmitting a length 15 sequence of modulated codes that are 256 chips in length. These are the S
parallel with the primary SCH. This sequence on the secondary SCH enables downlink frame synchronisation, an
code belongs. Each SSC is chosen from a set of 16 different codes that are 256 chips in length.
This is the target value for total transmitted power in a cell. A real-time Radio Access Bearer is not admitted, if t
threshold./nDefault value should be 3dB below the Cell maximum transmission power.
Parameter defines the target scheduling threshold for HSDPA power allocation. It is applicable to the HSDPA sta
HSDPA dynamic resource allocation./nDepending on the setting of the parameter HSDPAPriority, either the total
transmitted power has to be below or equal to PtxTargetHSDPA before the first HS-DSCH MAC-d flow can be allo
allocated in the cell, PtxTargetHSDPA is used instead of PtxTarget as a target of PtxnonHSDPA in NRT DCH sched
This parameter defines the adjustment period - in terms of PtxTotal//PtxNonHSPA reporting periods - of the targe
more MAC-d flows is//are set up in the cell when HSDPA dynamic resource allocation is used in the cell. Conditio
measurement report from the BTS, where n is defined by this parameter.
This parameter defines the maximum allowed target level for DCH packet scheduling when one or more MAC-d
the dynamically adjusted PtxTargetPS when HSDPA dynamic resource allocation is used in the cell.
This parameter defines the minimum allowed target level for DCH packet scheduling when one or more MAC-d fl
the dynamically adjusted PtxTargetPS threshold when HSDPA dynamic resource allocation is used in the cell.
This parameter defines the fixed step size for decreasing target level for DCH packet scheduling (PtxTargetPS) w
of HSDPA dynamic resource allocation.
This parameter defines the fixed step size for increasing target level for DCH packet scheduling (PtxTargetPS) w
of HSDPA dynamic resource allocation.
This parameter defines the maximum value for the dynamic target power used for CS services and PS conversa
power is used when there are SRBs or conversational services (non-controllable load) in the cell, which are map
power varies between the minimum (PtxTargetTotMin) and the maximum (PtxTargetTotMax) value, depending o
channels. However, non-controllable load caused by services mapped to DCH transport channels must still stay
and PtxTargetTotMax is needed to protect the already admitted services mapped to the high speed transport ch
DCH load before the high priority HS-DSCH load is affected.
This parameter defines the minimum value for the dynamic target power used for CS services and PS conversat
power is used when there are SRBs or conversational services (non-controllable load) in the cell, which are map
power varies between the minimum (PtxTargetTotMin) and the maximum (PtxTargetTotMax) value, depending o
channels. However, non-controllable load caused by services mapped to DCH transport channels must still stay
This parameter defines the threshold for the total downlink transmission power for downlink channel type selec
allocated. Measurement is used for the channel type selection for the SRB in the RRC connection setup phase a
here is that a DCH is more efficient than a FACH, due to fast power control. Relative to PtxTarget.
This parameter defines the report periodicity value for the periodic common measurement of the transmitted c
of the common measurement types 'Transmitted carrier power' and 'Transmitted carrier power of all codes not u
frequency at which BTS shall send measurement reports to CRNC. The parameter is significant in the cell of BTS
Common Resources function.
This parameter defines the quality threshold level (CPICH Ec//No) for applying prioritised hierarchical cell re-sele
parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in both idle and connected mode.
This parameter is used for TDD and GSM cells, and for FDD cells when cell selection and re-selection quality me
WCDMA and GSM cells. The hysteresis is not needed because negative offset is used.
The parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in Cell_FACH./nThe parameter is used for TDD and GSM
quality measure is set to CPICH RSCP./nThis is hysteresis between WCDMA and GSM cells. Hysteresis is not nee
The parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in Cell_PCH//URA_PCH./nQhyst1PCH is used for TDD an
selection quality measure is set to CPICH RSCP./nThis is hysteresis between WCDMA and GSM cells. Hysteresis i
This parameter is used for FDD cells when cell selection and re-selection quality measure is set to CPICH Ec//No
urban environment to avoid ping-pong. 0dB hysteresis can be used in areas of high mobility, for example highw
The parameter is used for FDD cells when cell selection and re-selection The parameter is used for cell selectio
FDD cells when cell selection and re-selection quality measure is set to CPICH Ec//No./n2dB hysteresis between
ping-pong. 0dB hysteresis can be used in areas of high mobility like highways.
The parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in Cell_PCH//URA_PCH./nThe parameter is used for FDD
set to CPICH Ec//No./n2dB hysteresis between WCDMA cells can be used in urban environment to avoid ping-po
highways.
This parameter defines the minimum required quality level in the cell (Ec//No)./nThe parameter is used for cell s
mode./nThis parameter has impact also on the initial cell selection -> low value. With high value, unnecessary c
This parameter defines the minimum required RX level in the cell. /nThe parameter is used for cell selection an
parameter is also used to create value for the parameter DeltaQrxlevmin to be sent in SIB3//4 when the used v
The Routing Area Code determines the Routing area within the location area to which the cell belongs to. It is us
system information in SIB1)./nRouting Area Identification (RAI) consists of LAI and RAC, LAI consists of PLMNid a
The parameter defines the HW capacity reserved for a RACH transport channel in the BTS. RACH Capacity is ind
radio frame. In case of WBTS with 3GPP interface, parameter modification requires object locking. It is recomm
connection setup on common channels is configured to be used in this cell.
In case that a negative acknowledgement has been received by UE on AICH a backoff timer TBO1 is started to d
started. The backoff timer TBO1 is set to an integer number NBO1 of 10 ms time intervals, randomly drawn with
(with uniform distribution). After TB01 has been expired, the next RACH attempt will be started. NB01min and N
even to zero when no delay other than the one due to persistency is desired. NB01max is given as an integer b
time in 10ms steps. NB01max is part of 'RACH transmission parameters' which is part of 'PRACH system inform
In case that a negative acknowledgement has been received by UE on AICH a backoff timer TBO1 is started to d
started. The backoff timer TBO1 is set to an integer number NBO1 of 10 ms time intervals, randomly drawn with
(with uniform distribution). After TB01 has been expired, the next RACH attempt will be started. NB01min and N
even to zero when no delay other than the one due to persistency is desired. NB01min is given as an integer be
time in 10ms steps. NB01min is part of 'RACH transmission parameters' which is part of 'PRACH system informa
Maximum number of RACH preamble cycles defines how many times the PRACH pre-amble ramping procedure
transmission to higher layers. Maximum number of RACH preamble cycles is part of 'RACH transmission parame
part of SIB5//6.
This parameter defines the report periodicity value for the periodic common measurement of the acknowledged
the cell of BTS, which is applying the 3GPP NBAP Measurements on the Common Resources function.
This parameter defines how the measurement values should be filtered before Node B reports the common mea
the RNC./nThe RNC distributes reporting characteristics to Node B in a 'NBAP: Common Measurement Initiation
on the measurement and reporting periods of the measurement; that is, the number of measurement results to
considered./nThe default value 11 means that an old filtered measurement has the weight of 97,8% and a new
appproripate default value when the measurement period is 20 ms and the reporting period 1000 ms (50 meas
emphasises the old filtered measurement result. A low value emphasises the new measurement result. /nWith v
parameter concerns a 3GPP-specified NBAP-interface only.
Identifies congestion management object (CMOB) which contains Radio Network Access Regulation Function inf
'Restriction group type' parameter value must be 'RNAR'.
The timer defines the waiting time for the repetition of the first RRC Connection Setup message to the MS. Valu
procedure is not used.
The timer defines the waiting time for the repetition of the second RRC Connection Setup message to the MS in
received from MS. Value 0 means that the RRC Connection Setup retransmission procedure is not used.
This parameter defines whether the Event E based common measurement is initiated for the Receieved Schedu
initiated only when the HSUPA is configured in the BTS cell. The parameter is significant in the cell of the BTS w
Common Resources for the measurement of the RSEPS.
This parameter defines the value of the Measurement Hysteresis Time for the Event E based common measurem
applied for the measurements of the common measurement types 'Received Total Wide Band Power' and 'Recei
Time provides the period during which a reporting criterion Event E has to be fulfilled for the Measurement Repo
in the cell of the BTS which is applying the 3GPP NBAP Measurements on Common Resources function.
This parameter defines whether the Event E based common measurement is initiated for the received total wid
BTS which is applying the 3GPP NBAP function Measurements on Common Resources for the measurement of th
This parameter defines the value of the Measurement Filter Coefficient for the common measurement of the rec
the measurements of the common measurement types 'Received Total Wide Band Power' and 'Received Schedu
determines the amount of averaging, which the BTS will apply for the results of the physical layer measuremen
the cell of the BTS which is applying the 3GPP NBAP Measurements on Common Resources function.
The parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCG object) controlling inter-system measu
with AMR speech CS RAB.
The parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCI object) controlling inter-frequency mea
simultaneously with AMR speech CS RAB.
The parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCS object) controlling intra-frequency mea
simultaneously with AMR speech CS RAB.
The parameter identifies the measurement control parameter set (FMCS object) controlling the intra-frequency
allocated simultaneously with AMR speech CS RAB./nAfter the modification of the parameter the new value is u
The margin for the RACH load for downlink channel type selection. When the measured load is below the set thr
The parameter defines the threshold for the RACH load for downlink channel type selection. If the threshold is e
used for the channel type selection for the SRB in the RRC connection setup phase and for the NRT RB in the RR
average number of acknowledged PRACH preambles over two radio frames, in proportion to the RACH capacity
multiplied by two.
This parameter defines the reference service for producing the maximum code power value of the radio link. Re
the cell. The ratio of the primary CPICH code power to the maximum code power of the reference service is defi
and reference service powers'.
This parameter controls the usage of the RNSAP:Relocation Commit procedure during the execution of an Interis used, the MS is not allowed to return to the old channel. If the establishment of a new physical channel fails,
This parameter indicates the number of free E-RGCH and E-HICH signatures which have to be reserved in the ce
HICH codes and unavailability of signatures during dynamic allocation//de-allocation of E-RGCH// E-HICH codes.
available free E-RGCH//E-HICH signatures per cell is equal to lesser than the value of this parameter, additional
parameter is used in case of releasing existing E-RGCH//E-HICH codes also.
Identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set (FMCS object) which controls the intra-frequency measureme
This parameter defines whether one, two or four antennas are used in the receiving direction in the cell. The RN
parameter.
The Service Area Identifier (SAI) identifies an area consisting of one or more cells which belong to the same Loc
the PLMN Identifier, the Location Area Code (LAC) and the Service Area Code (SAC).
The service area code used in the service area (cell) broadcast. The area where the Service Area Broadcast mes
independently from the 'location reporting area' (SAC). SACB ties a cell to a certain service area from the Servic
view. A cell belongs to a certain Broadcast Service Area. SACB shall be given a unique value within radio networ
This parameter defines the RAT specific threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules./nIt is needed only if HCS is
selection in idle mode.
This parameter defines the RAT specific threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules./nThe parameter is needed o
and re-selection in connected mode.
SIB4 indicator in SIB3 indicates whether SIB4 is broadcasted in the cell or not.
This parameter sets the SIB7 expiration timer for the UE according to the following formula: MAX([320ms], SIB_
This parameter defines the offset value for the DPCCH SIR when the radio link has an E-DCH configured. The BT
DPCCH SIR value when it is used in UL load estimations for E-DCH resource scheduling.
This parameter defines the Establishment Cause (EC) values which indicate a preference for the faster dedicate
Establishment Cause is the RRC information element which is received from the UE in the RRC message 'RRC Co
corresponding Establishment Cause prefers the 3.4 kbps dedicated channel for SRBs in the RRC connection setu
Cause prefers the 13.6 kbps dedicated channel for SRBs in the RRC connection setup. If the 13.6 kbps DCH is th
then setup is retried immediately with the 3.4 kbps DCH./nThe parameter SRBMapRRCSetupEC defines the pref
preferred channel can be either the common channel or the dedicated channel./nThe parameter FDPCHSetup d
connection setup.
This parameter defines the Establishment Cause (EC) values which indicate a preference for SRB mapping to th
Establishment Cause is the RRC information element which is received from the UE in the RRC message 'RRC Co
corresponding Establishment Cause prefers SRB mapping to the dedicated channel (DCH) or to the high-speed
connection setup. The value 1 means that the corresponding Establishment Cause prefers SRB mapping to the
emergency calls are unaffected, that is, the SRBs of emergency calls are always mapped to the DCH in the RRC
defines the preferred bit rate for the SRB DCH if DCH is selected to be preferred instead of CCH in the RRC conn
allocation procedure of the F-DPCH in the RRC connection setup.
This parameter gives a unique identifier to a sector of the base station to which the cell belongs. The RNC uses
frequencies) which have equal coverage areas within one base station. A cell does not belong to any particular
This parameter defines how many UEs are selected in each period to a service-based inter-frequency handover
be selected if suitable candidates are not available. Note that the number of UEs in a compressed mode due to
MaxNumberUECmSLHO.
This parameter defines how many UEs are selected in each period to a service-based inter-RAT handover proced
selected if suitable candidates are not available. Note that the number of UEs in a compressed mode due to ser
MaxNumberUECmSLHO.
This parameter defines the time (in seconds) when new service-based inter-frequency handover procedures are
not active in this cell if the parameter has the value 0. When the service-based inter-frequency handover featur
This parameter defines the time (in seconds) when new service-based inter-RAT handover procedures are starte
in this cell if the parameter has the value 0. When the service-based inter-RAT handover feature is active, the re
The parameter indicates the number of steps required for the transmission power to shut down.
This parameter defines the cell power ramp down duration for the CPICH, BCH and all other common physical a
This parameter defines the threshold for inter-frequency measurements and for the HCS measurement rules. /n
idle mode.
This parameter defines the threshold for inter-frequency measurements and for the HCS measurement rules. /n
the parameters SintrasearchConn and SsearchRATConn, but high enough to manage cell reselection./nThis para
mode./nNote that the UE performs inter-frequency measurements continuously when CPICH Ec//No is lower tha
QqualMin is -18 dB, the UE performs inter-frequency measurements continuously when the Sintersearch value i
This parameter defines the threshold for intra-frequency measurements and for the HCS measurement rules./nT
idle mode./nNote: If no threshold is given, MS performs measurements.
The parameter defines the threshold for intra-frequency measurements and for the HCS measurement rules./nU
EcNo < qualmin+SintrasearchConn (default: EcNo < -8 dB)./nThe parameter is used for cell selection and re-se
MS performs measurements.
This parameter defines the threshold for skipping inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS. The UE does not need to
specific threshold in the serving UTRA cell./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is used./nThe parameter is us
The parameter defines the threshold for skipping inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS. Above this RAT specific t
perform any inter-RAT measurements./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is used./nThe parameter is used fo
The parameter defines the speed dependent scaling factor for Treselection, TreselectionPCH and TreselectionFAC
mobility state.
This parameter defines the threshold used in the measurement rules for cell reselection when absolute prioritie
controlling the rate of inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements./nIf SrxlevServingCell > Sprioritysearch1 an
not search for, or measure E-UTRA layers of lower priority./nThe UE searches for E-UTRA layers of higher priorit
Thigher_priority_search is defined as (60 * Nlayers) seconds and where Nlayers is the total number of configure
frequencies. Nlayers is additionally increased by one if one or more groups of GSM frequencies is configured as
This parameter defines the threshold used in the measurement rules for cell reselection when absolute prioritie
controlling the rate of inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements. /nIf SrxlevServingCell > Sprioritysearch1 an
may not search for, or measure E-UTRA layers of lower priority./n
The UE searches for E-UTRA layers of high
Thigher_priority_search is defined as (60 * Nlayers) seconds and where Nlayers is the total number of configure
frequencies. Nlayers is additionally increased by one if one or more groups of GSM frequencies is configured as
The parameter defines the threshold for intra- and inter-frequency measurement rules in HCS. Below this limit i
and inter-frequency neighbouring cells of the serving cell./nThe parameter is used for cell selection and re-selec
The parameter defines the threshold for intra- and inter-frequency measurement rules in HCS. Below this limit i
and inter-frequency neighbouring cells of the serving cell./nThe parameter is used for cell selection and re-selec
This parameter defines the RAT-specific threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules./nThe parameter is used for
threshold is given, MS performs measurements.
The parameter defines the RAT-specific threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules./nGSM measurements will ha
quality: CPICH EcNo < Ssearch_RATConn + Qqualmin (default: EcNo < -14 dB)./nThe parameter is used for cell s
threshold is given, MS performs measurements.
The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST retransmission timer (MS timer).
The parameter defines the timer for supervising successful establishment of a physical channel (UE timer used
establishment is initiated by the UE, the UE should start a timer T312 and wait for layer 1 to indicate N312 'in s
physical channel is considered as established and the timer T312 is stopped and reset./nIf the timer T312 expir
consider this as a 'physical channel failure'.
The parameter defines the timer for supervising successful establishment of a physical channel (this UE timer is
channel establishment is initiated by the UE, the UE should start a timer T312 and wait for layer 1 to indicate N
indications, the physical channel is considered as established and the timer T312 is stopped and reset./nIf the t
the UE should consider this as a 'physical channel failure'.
The radio link failure timer (MS timer).
The RRC connection re-establishment timer for AM bearers (UE timer).
This parameter defines a time interval during which the cell is barred. During this time interval, the UE checks w
The parameter defines the value of the Measurement Hysteresis Time for the Event E based common measurem
applied for the measurements of the common measurement types 'Transmitted carrier power' and 'Transmitted
Measurement Hysteresis Time provides the period during which a reporting criterion Event E has to be fulfilled f
The parameter is significant in the cell of the BTS which is applying the 3GPP NBAP Measurements on Common
This parameter defines whether the Event E based common measurement is initiated for the transmitted carrie
only when the HSDPA is not configured in the BTS cell. The parameter is significant in the cell of the BTS which
Common Resources for the measurement of the transmitted carrier power.
This parameter defines the value of the Measurement Filter Coefficient for the common measurement of the tr
measurements of the common measurement types 'Transmitted carrier power' and 'Transmitted carrier power o
Coefficient determines the amount of averaging which the BTS will apply for the results of physical layer measu
significant in the cell of the BTS which is applying the 3GPP NBAP 'Measurements on Common Resources' funct
This parameter defines the duration for evaluating the allowed amount of cell reselections. If the number of cel
exceeds Ncr, high mobility has been detected./nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is used./nThe parameter i
connected mode.
This parameter defines the cell reselection hysteresis for reverting from UE high-mobility measurements. The a
measurements./nWhen the number of cell reselections during the time period defined by TCrmax no longer exc
period defined by TCrmaxHyst. /nThe parameter is needed only if HCS is used./nThe parameter is used for cell s
This parameter defines the value for the RRC information element TPC command error rate target. Information
certain UE that is utilizing Fractional DPCH (F-DPCH). The value of the parameter represents ratio between faile
This parameter defines the target ratio of the power from UEs for which this cell is a non-serving radio link and
also the experienced total RTWP is higher than the target RTWP signalled from the CRNC, the BTS is allowed to
command./nInformation is signalled to the BTS using the NBAP: Target Non-serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power
Each cell in a BTS uses a System Frame Number (SFN) counter, which is the BTS Frame Number (BFN) counter d
Tcell./nTcell is used for defining the start of SCH, CPICH, Primary CCPCH and DL Scrambling Code(s) in a cell rela
SCHs in different cells belonging to the same BTS. An SCH burst is 256 chips long./nThe values can be chosen a
2nd cell of the BTS, 512 chips for the 3rd cell of the BTS, etc./nNote: Changing the parameter value will start th
HSDPA cell allocation in cases where Minimum BaseBand Allocation or Shared HSDPA Scheduler for BaseBand E
Tcell group are allocated to the same MAC-hs//ehs entity. Cells composing a Dual Cell HSDPA cell pair must have
one Dual Cell HSDPA cell pair./nGroup 1: Tcell values 0 (0 chips), 1 (256 chips) and 2 (512 chips) /nGroup 2: Tcel
chips)/nGroup 3: Tcell values 6 (1536 chips), 7 (1792 chips) and 8 (2048 chips)/nGroup 4: Tcell value 9 (2304 ch
downlink scrambling code and Frame timing offset of a cell combination must be unique within WBTS. Primary s
This parameter defines the threshold used in the rules for cell reselection when absolute priorities are used. It s
the UE may perform cell reselection to a cell on a lower absolute priority layer.
channels FACH and PCH.
parameter is for common channels FACH and PCH.
This parameter defines, in bytes, the threshold of data in the RLC buffers of SRB3, SRB4 and all NRT RBs that tr
(capacity request) on MAC, when UE is in Cell_FACH state. Otherwise, RNC sends data on FACH.
This parameter defines how the UE triggers the reselection of a new cell if the cell reselection criteria are fulfille
reselection time may avoid too many cell reselections between cells and hence LA//RA updates when crossing L
failures at LA//RA border due to LA//RA update. The reselection time of 0s can be used in areas of high mobility,
This parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in Cell_FACH./nThe UE triggers the reselection of a new
time interval TreselectionFACH./nThe reselection time of 2s may avoid too many cell reselections between cells
Thus, there are less signalling and less call failures at the LA//RA border due to the LA//RA update. The reselecti
highways.
The parameter is used for cell selection and re-selection in Cell_PCH//URA_PCH./nThe UE triggers the reselection
during the time interval TreselectionPCH./nThe reselection time of 2s may avoid too many cell reselections betw
LA//RA border. Thus, there are less signalling and less call failures at the LA//RA border due to the LA//RA update
mobility, such as highways.
This parameter defines the DL channel number and the DL carrier frequency of the cell./nRNC calculates the UL
carrier frequency and a duplex distance used in the RF band./nRF band I: Allowed DL channel numbers are 1056
9662-9938. In the United States of America, allowed DL channel numbers are 9663-9712, 9763-9812, and 9888
462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, and 687./nRF band III: Allowed DL channel numbers are 1162-151
Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, and 2087./nRF b
additional DL channel numbers are 1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, and 1087./nRF band VI: Allowed DL channel
numbers are 1037 and 1062./nRF band VII: Allowed DL channel numbers are 2237-2563. Allowed additional DL
2737, 2762, 2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, and 2912./nRF band VIII: Allowed DL channel numbers are 2937-30
9387./nRF band X: Allowed DL channel numbers are 3112-3388. Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 34
3662, and 3687./nRF band XI: Allowed DL channel numbers are 3712-3812./nRF band XII: Allowed DL channel n
numbers are 3927, 3932, 3957, 3962, 3987, and 3992./nRF band XIII: Allowed DL channel numbers are 4017-40
4092./nRF band XIV: Allowed DL channel numbers are 4117-4143. Allowed additional DL channel numbers are 4
MCC set to Japan, then it assumes that any DL UARFCN sent by the network from the overlapping region of Ban
with an MCC other than Japan, then it assumes that any DL UARFCN sent by the network from the overlapping r
This parameter defines the maximum transmission power level a UE can use on DPCH. It is signaled to UE in the
message, when a radio link is set up.
This parameter defines the maximum transmission power level that a UE can use on PRACH. The value of the p
procedures./nThe value of the parameter is sent to the UE in the Cell selection and re-selection of System Inform
cell selection and re-selection in idle mode.
This parameter defines the maximum transmission power level that a UE can use on PRACH. The value of the p
procedures./nThe value of the parameter is sent to the UE in the Cell selection and re-selection of System Inform
cell selection and re-selection in connected mode (PCH, FACH).
The URA identity is the identity of the UTRAN Registration Area. Overlapping URAs can be defined. A maximum
parameter is part of System Information Block 2.
The DRX cycle length used by UTRAN to count paging occasions for discontinuous reception./n(The duration of t
DRX cycle length coefficient for UTRAN.)
This parameter indicates whether the serving cell belongs to a Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS), or not.
This parameter defines the maximum number of simultaneous HSPA conversational users that are admitted per
This parameter determines whether the uplink voice traffic is allowed to override the earlier scheduled HSUPA t
only the interference power received from the uplink realtime DCH traffic and the non-scheduled E-DCH traffic i
target of the voice traffic for the uplink admission decission. If the override is disabled, then also the estimated
interference target before admitting the voice call. /nParameter is not significant if the cell has not the HSUPA c
target of the voice service is define with the management parameter 'Maximum target for the received total wi
This parameter describes the Core Network Identity of the CN connected to the Iu interface. /nIf 'CS Core Netwo
afterwards./nIf Common PLMN id is configured, 'CS Core Network Identity' is not defined at WCEL creation. /nIf M
broadcast,' then 'CS Core Network Identity' is not defined at WCEL creation.
This parameter is the unique country identification. MCC consists of three digits. MCC together with MNC identifi
This parameter is the unique network identification within a country. MNC consists of two or three digits. MNC to
This parameter describes the Core Network Identity of the CN connected to the Iu interface./nIf 'PS Core Networ
afterwards./nIf Common PLMN id is configured, 'PS Core Network Identity' is not defined at WCEL creation./nIf M
broadcast,' then 'PS Core Network Identity' is not defined at WCEL creation.
This parameter indicates whether or not the cell in question is functional. The parameter value determines the
database), this parameter is a bit structure, in which every bit represents a different reason for why the cell is b
cell is blocked. Its possible states are presented below:/n- WO (working)/n- BL-USER (blocked by the user, U)/nW)/n- BL-FL-COCO (blocked because of a failure in COCO, C)/n- BL-WBTS (blocked because the BTS has sent dis
because the BTS shuts down, H)/n- BL-SYSTEM (blocked because of a system failure, S)/n- BL-INIT (blocked beca
Common NBAP link failure, L)/n- BL-FL-MEAS (blocked because of common measurement failure, M)/n- BL-LO-WB
NO-CELL (blocked because the cell does not exist in the WBTS, N)/n- BL-POWER (blocked because the cell is in P
The parameter defines the antenna direction measured clockwise from the North [in degrees].
Half power beam width in degrees (3dB angle) of the antenna./n360 degrees = omnidirectional
This parameter is used to identify the geographical coordinates of the antenna. /nAltitude: direction (height, de
Coordinates of the TX antenna of the cell in WGS-84 format./nAltitude measured from the sea level to the TX an
Describes type of coverage.
This parameter defines environment characterisation. The first category corresponds to e.g. Urban or Bad Urba
Suburban channels.
Gives maximum radius of antenna back radiation beam in meters.
Gives maximum radius of antenna main radiation beam in meters.
Informs if repeater exists in the cell.
This parameter identifies the cell within an RNC or an I-HSPA adapter.
This parameter is the unique country identification. MCC consists of three digits. MCC together with MNC identifi
This parameter is the unique network identification within a country. MNC consists of two or three digits. MNC to
This parameter is the unique identification for an RNC or an I-HSPA adapter node within the UTRAN. The RNC ide
identify the RNC or the I-HSPA adapter. The RNC ID is used in the Iub, Iur, and Iu interfaces.
Parameter defines the WLCSE identification.
This parameter defines the offset in the downlink SIR target value to be set in the UE one frame after the frame
transmission gap pattern. The value of the parameter does not include the effect of the bit rate increase during
This parameter defines the offset in the uplink SIR target value to be set in the BTS one frame after the frame c
transmission gap pattern. The value of the parameter does not include the effect of the bit rate increase during
This parameter defines the offset in the downlink SIR target value to be set in the UE during the frame containin
gap pattern. The value of the parameter does not include the effect of the bit rate increase during the compres
This parameter defines the offset in the uplink SIR target value to be set in the BTS during the frame containing
gap pattern. The value of the parameter does not include the effect of the bit rate increase during compressed
This parameter defines the orthogonality factor of the downlink channel. The orthogonality factor quantifies the
parameter represents the channel without any multipath propagation. The orthogonality factor is used in definin
This management parameter defines the L1 HARQ retransmission threshold for the outer loop power control de
TTI equals 10 ms. Its value is used by the RNC's outer loop power control for the detection of block errors. A blo
the value of the parameter or if a HARQ failure is observed. Outer loop power control adjusts the uplink DPCCH
threshold value is used when the BLER target has been defined with the management parameter BLER target
This management parameter defines the L1 HARQ retransmission threshold for the outerloop power control ded
TTI equals 2 ms. Its value is used by the RNC's outer loop power control for the detection of block errors. A bloc
the value of the parameter or if a HARQ failure is observed. Outer loop power control adjusts the uplink DPCCH
threshold value is used when the BLER target has been defined with the management parameter BLER target
This parameter defines the primary quality target for the DCHs which are transferring radio bearers of the PS in
parameters 'Quality target selector for uplink PS NRT DCH' and 'Quality target selector for downlink PS NRT DCH
128, 256, and 384 kbps for which this quality target is used, separately for the uplink and downlink DCHs.
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for the primary quality target of the DCHs which are transferring rad
management parameter 'Primary quality target of the PS NRT DCH' defines the appropriate value of the primary
data rates 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, and 384 kbps when the 1-way receiver diversity is assumed. The value of th
possible data rate gain. The data rate gain value is defined separately with the management parameter 'Data r
whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel data rate is done with the management
DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink. The final planned prima
the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in producing the service specific rate m
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for the secondary quality target of the DCHs which are transferring
management parameter 'Secondary quality target of the PS NRT DCH' defines the appropriate value of the prim
user data rates 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, and 384 kbps when the 1-way receiver diversity is assumed. The value
the possible data rate gain. The data rate gain value is defined separately with the management parameter 'Da
DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink. The final planned secon
This parameter defines the secondary quality target for the DCHs which are transferring radio bearers of the PS
parameters 'Quality target selector for uplink PS NRT DCH' and 'Quality target selector for downlink PS NRT DCH
128, 256, and 384 kbps for which this quality target is used, separately for the uplink and downlink DCHs.
This parameter defines whether the primary or the secondary quality target is used for a particular data rate of
PS interactive or background RAB. Either of the two quality target values, which are defined with the manageme
and 'Secondary quality target of the PS NRT DCH', can be assigned to each of the DCH user data rates 8, 16, 32
selected with the parameter, then the primary quality target is used for it; otherwise the secondary quality targ
interactive or background RAB. Either of the two quality target values, which are defined with the management
'Secondary quality target of the PS NRT DCH', can be assigned to each of the DCH user data rates 8, 16, 32, 64
with the parameter, then the primary quality target is used for it; otherwise the secondary quality target is used
This parameter defines the primary quality target for the DCHs which are transferring radio bearers of the PS st
selector for uplink PS streaming DCH' and 'Quality target selector for downlink PS streaming DCH' enable you to
kbps for which this quality target is used, separately for the uplink and downlink DCHs.
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for the primary quality target of the DCHs which are transferring rad
parameter 'Primary quality target of the PS streaming DCH' defines the appropriate value of the primary quality
rates 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256 kbps when the 1-way receiver diversity is assumed. The value of the paramet
data rate gain. The data rate gain value is defined separately with the management parameter 'Data rate gain
DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink. The final planned prima
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for the secondary quality target of the DCHs which are transferring
parameter 'Secodary quality target of the PS streaming DCH' defines the appropriate value of the secondary qu
data rates 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, and 256 kbps when the 1-way receiver diversity is assumed. The value of the par
possible data rate gain. The data rate gain value is defined separately with the management parameter 'Data r
decision whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel data rate is done with the man
of the UL DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink. The final plann
rate gain to the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in producing the service sp
This parameter defines the secondary quality target for the DCHs which are transferring radio bearers of the PS
target selector for uplink PS streaming DCH' and 'Quality target selector for downlink PS streaming DCH' enable
and 256 kbps for which this quality target is used, separately for the uplink and downlink DCHs.
PS streaming RAB. Either of the two quality target values, which are defined with the management parameters
'Secondary quality target of the PS streaming DCH', can be assigned to each of the DCH user data rates 8, 16, 3
with the parameter, then the primary quality target is used for it; otherwise the secondary quality target is used
streaming RAB. Either of the two quality target values, which are defined with the management parameters 'Pri
quality target of the PS streaming DCH', can be assigned to each of the DCH user data rates 8, 16, 32, 64, and
parameter, then the primary quality target is used for it; otherwise the secondary quality target is used.
This parameter defines the value of the planned Eb//N0 for the DCH which transfers the signalling radio bearer
assumed to be used. The management parameter 'Quality target of the SRB13.6 DCH' defines the appropriate v
'Data rate gain for the Eb//N0 of the SRB' defines the data rate gain value when the SRB is transferred with the
gain is applied with a particular physical channel data rate is done with the management parameters 'Data rate
'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink. The final planned Eb//N0 value is achieved b
parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in the producing the service specific rate matching attributes.
This parameter defines the quality target for the DCH which transfers the signalling radio bearer of the data rat
and downlink DCHs of the SRB.
This parameter defines the value of the planned Eb//N0 for the DCH which transfers the signalling radio bearer
assumed to be used. The management parameter 'Quality target of the SRB3.4 DCH' defines the appropriate va
'Data rate gain for the Eb//N0 of the SRB' defines the data rate gain value when the SRB is transferred with the
gain is applied with a particular physical channel data rate is done with the management parameters 'Data rate
'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink. The final planned Eb//N0 value is achieved b
parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in producing the service specific rate matching attributes.
This parameter defines the quality target for the DCH which transfers the signalling radio bearer of the data rat
downlink DCHs of the SRB.
This parameter defines the value of the data rate gain for the planned Eb//N0s of the DCHs which transfer the r
is used for the DPCCH with the higher physical channel data rates, which improves the channel estimation and,
matching Eb//N0s can be reduced also for the low data rate bearers, such as CS AMR, when they are transferred
which is high enough. /nThe selector parameters 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' and 'Dat
physical channel data rates (spreading factors) for which the data rate gain is valid. If the value of the selector
the gain is applicable, then the value of the actual gain parameter is added to the value of the rate matching Eb
significant with all mode sets of the NB-AMR and the WB-AMR.
encoded with Turbo, which becomes more efficient with the higher data rates, in the same way as interleaving d
the higher data rates; it improves the channel estimation and consequently the Eb//N0 performance. Therefore
data rate bearers when they are transferred in the multiservice configuration of an aggregate data rate which is
selector for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' define the phy
data rate gain is valid. If the value of the selector parameter shows that with the maximum DPDCH data rate th
parameter is added to the value of the rate matching Eb//N0 value of the data service./nThe parameter is signifi
RABs. Data services are generally encoded with Turbo, which becomes more efficient with the higher data rates
power is used for the DPCCH with higher data rates; it improves the channel estimation and consequently the E
be reduced also for the low data rate bearers when they are transferred in the multiservice configuration of an
parameters 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of
(spreading factors) for which the data rate gain is valid. If the value of the selector parameter shows that with t
the value of the actual gain parameter is added to the value of the rate matching Eb//N0 value of the data serv
This parameter defines whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular downlink DPDCH data rate in the
selector parameter defines for each DPDCH spreading factor whether the data rate gain shall be applied or not.
rate gain shall be applied with the minimum downlink DPDCH spreading factor, then the value of the actual ser
matching Eb//N0 value of the service.
This parameter defines whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular uplink DPDCH data rate in the de
selector parameter defines for each DPDCH spreading factor whether the data rate gain shall be applied or not.
rate gain shall be applied with the minimum uplink DPDCH spreading factor, then the value of the actual servic
matching Eb//N0 value of the service.
This parameter defines the value of the data rate gain for the planned Eb//N0 of the DCH which transfers the si
the DPCCH with higher physical channel data rates, which improves the channel estimation and consequently t
can be reduced also for the low data rate bearers, such as signaling radio bearers, when they are transferred in
which is high enough. /nThe selector parameters 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' and 'Dat
physical channel data rates (spreading factors) for which the data rate gain is valid. If the value of the selector
the gain is applicable, then the value of the actual gain parameter is added to the value of the rate matching Eb
with all signaling link data rates.
This parameter defines a cell specific offset for the planned uplink rate matching Eb//N0 values when the 2-way
is achieved by adding the value of the parameter to the appropriate planned uplink rate macthing Eb//N0 value
diversity is assumed. The planned Eb//N0 depends also on the channel conditions, such as propagation environm
quantifies the channel conditions for the cell of 2-way receive diversity. The radio resource management functio
estimations and power definitions.
This parameter defines a cell specific offset for the planned uplink rate matching Eb//N0 values when the 4-way
is achieved by adding the value of the parameter to the appropriate planned uplink rate macthing Eb//N0 value
diversity is assumed. The planned Eb//N0 depends also on the channel conditions, such as propagation environm
quantifies the channel conditions for the cell of 4-way receive diversity. The radio resource management functio
estimations and power definitions.
The parameter defines a cell specific offset for the planned downlink rate matching Eb//N0 values. The planned
propagation environment, multipath conditions and mobile speed. The parameter quantifies the channel condit
specific rate maching Eb//N0 values. The radio resource management functionality uses the resulting Eb//N0s in
This parameter defines the planned Eb//No for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS voice service. This parameter is
5.9, 4.75), and (5.9, 4.75), and the AMR-WB codec set (12.65, 8.85, 6.6). The planned Eb//No value is used with
parameters BLER target for the HS CS voice E-TTI 10 ms and BLER target for the HS CS voice E-TTI 2 ms. Th
in the uplink load estimations.
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for E-DCHs with 128 Kbps guaranteed bit rate which are transferring
applied in the definition of the load factor for the E-DCH streaming RAB which is used in admission control and p
management.
management.
management.
applied in the definition of the load factor for E-DCH streaming RAB which is used in admission control and pack
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for E-DCHs with 8 Kbps guaranteed bit rate which are transferring ra
Parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for E-DCHs with guaranteed bit rate over 248 Kbps which are transferring
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for the CS non transparent data service. The management paramete
appropriate value of the quality target. This parameter is applicable for all DCH user data rates when the 1-way
represents the low data rate value without the possible data rate gain. The data rate gain value is defined sepa
the Eb//N0 of the CS data'. The decision whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel
rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL D
by adding the data rate gain to the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in prod
non transparent data service is transferred with CS streaming RAB.
This parameter defines the quality target for the CS non transparent data service. The same quality target is us
transfer directions. The CS non transparent data service is transferred with CS streaming RAB.
This parameter defines the planned Eb//N0 for the CS transparent data service. The management parameter 'Q
appropriate value of the quality target. This parameter is applicable for all DCH user data rates when the 1-way
represents the low data rate value without the possible data rate gain. The data rate gain value is defined sepa
the Eb//N0 of the CS data'. The decision whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel
by adding the data rate gain to the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in prod
transparent data service is transferred with CS conversational RAB.
This parameter defines the quality target for the CS transparent data service. The same quality target is used fo
transfer directions. The CS transparent data service is transferred with CS conversational RAB.
This parameter defines the value of the planned Eb//N0 for the DCH which transfers the protection class A RAB
or set (12.2, 7.95, 5.9, 4.75). One-way receiver diversity is assumed to be used. The management parameter 'Q
value of the DCH quality target. The management parameter 'Data rate gain for the Eb//N0 of the CS AMR' defin
higher data rate services. The decision whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel
by adding the data rate gain value to the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in
4.75). One-way receiver diversity is assumed to be used. The management parameter 'Quality target of the CS
target. The management parameter 'Data rate gain for the Eb//N0 of the CS AMR' defines the data rate gain va
services. The decision whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel data rate is done
for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink.
data rate gain value to the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in producing the
This parameter defines the quality target for the CS NB-AMR speech service. The same quality target is used fo
downlink transfer directions.
This parameter defines the value of the planned Eb//N0 for the DCH, which transfers the protection class B RAB
(12.2, 7.95, 5.9, 4.75) or (5.9, 4.75). The value of the Eb//N0 is expressed in relation to the Eb//N0 value of the
the uplink and downlink DCHs. The Eb//No value is applied in producing the service specific rate matching attrib
This parameter defines the value of the planned Eb//N0 for the DCH, which transfers the protection class C RAB
(12.2)or (12.2, 7.95, 5.9, 4.75). The value of the Eb//N0 is expressed in relation to the Eb//N0 value of the prote
uplink and downlink DCHs. The Eb//No value is applied in producing the service specific rate matching attribute
8.85, 6.6). One-way receiver diversity is assumed to be used. The management parameter 'Quality target of the
quality target. The Management parameter 'Data rate gain for the Eb//N0 of the CS AMR' defines the data rate g
services. The decision whether the data rate gain is applied with a particular physical channel data rate is done
for the Eb//N0 of the UL DCH' for uplink and 'Data rate gain selector for the Eb//N0 of the DL DCH' for downlink.
data rate gain value to the Eb//N0 value of the parameter. The resulting Eb//No value is applied in producing the
This parameter defines the quality target for the CS WB-AMR speech service. The same quality target is used fo
downlink transfer directions.
This parameter defines the value of the planned Eb//N0 for the DCH, which transfers the protection class B RAB
8.85, 6.6). The value of the Eb//N0 is expressed in relation to the Eb//N0 value of the protection class A subflow
DCHs. The Eb//No value is applied in producing the service specific rate matching attributes.
This parameter defines the L1 BLER target for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS voice when the E-TTI equals 10 m
E-HARQ retransmission threshold for block error detection is defined with the management parameter 'HARQ th
the parameter is equal to the log10 of the BLER value.
This parameter defines the L1 BLER target for the E-DCH MAC-d flow of the CS voice when the E-TTI equals 2 m
E-HARQ retransmission threshold for block error detection is defined with the management parameter 'HARQ th
the parameter is equal to the log10 of the BLER value.
This parameter defines the initial SIR target for the UL DPCCH when the radio link has only DCHs configured in t
factor of UL DPDCH is 128. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must not be configured in the rad
factor of UL DPDCH is 16. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must not be configured in the radi
factor of UL DPDCH is 256. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must not be configured in the rad
factor of UL DPDCH is 4. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must not be configured in the radio
factor of UL DPDCH is 8. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must not be configured in the radio
factor of UL DPDCH is 128. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must be configured in the radio li
factor of UL DPDCH is 16. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must be configured in the radio lin
factor of UL DPDCH is 256. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must be configured in the radio li
factor of UL DPDCH is 4. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must be configured in the radio link
factor of UL DPDCH is 8. One-way receiver diversity is assumed. HS-DPCCH must be configured in the radio link
This parameter defines the maximum SIR target value for the UL DPCCH when the radio link has only DCHs con
of the SIR target is achieved by adding the value of the parameter to the initial SIR target value.
This parameter defines the minimum SIR target value for the UL DPCCH when the radio link has only DCHs confi
the SIR target is achieved by adding the value of the parameter to the initial SIR target value.
This parameter defines the initial SIR target offset for the UL outer loop power control when the radio link has o
initial SIR target value is sent to the BTS and to the outer loop power controller of the RNC, the value of the par
This parameter defines the initial SIR target offset value for the UL DPCCH when the radio link has only DCHs co
receiver diversity is assumed. Experienced SIR depends also on the channel conditions, such as propagation en
the receiver diversity gain, the parameter quantifies also the channel conditions defining an offset value for the
achieved by adding the value of the parameter to the initial SIR target value, which is produced for the case wh
This parameter defines the initial SIR target offset value for the UL DPCCH when the radio link has only DCHs co
receiver diversity is assumed. Experienced SIR depends also on the channel conditions, such as propagation en
the receiver diversity gain, the parameter quantifies also the channel conditions defining an offset value for the
achieved by adding the value of the parameter to the initial SIR target value, which is produced for the case wh
This parameter defines the origin of the last configuration action affecting the object.
This parameter identifies the WRAB object uniquely. The object contains the connection based quality control pa
signaling bearer specific quality targets and related power control thresholds for each transport channel configu
Parameter tells whether the roaming to GSM network is allowed or not.
Parameters Home PLMN Mobile Country Code and Home PLMN Mobile Network Code compose the identifier of t
Parameters Home PLMN Mobile Country Code and Home PLMN Mobile Network Code compose the identifier of t
Parameter tells the operator name of the subscriber home PLMN. The maximum length of the name is 15 ASCII
Parameter is used to identify a subscriber group for the IMSI Based Handover feature.
The parameter defines the number of the authorised network list which includes the PLMNs that are equal to th
PLMNs are authorised.
Confidence Area Level parameter informs how many percent of range difference measurement lies within the c
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid Arc for emergency locationing shape. This shape cannot be r
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point for emergency locationing shape.
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with altitude for emergency locationing shape. This sha
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty circle for emergency locationing shape
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with altitude and uncertainty Ellipsoid for emergency lo
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty Ellipse for emergency locationing shap
This parameter defines the priority of the Polygon for emergency locationing shape.
Parameter defines how many per cents of LCS capacity is used.
This parameter indicates to the SMLC which interface is used for enquiring A-GPS data and for performing the A
This parameter is used for enabling and disabling the LCS Shape Conversion feature.
This parameter enables and disables network-based A-GPS using the external reference network feature. If the
disabled as well.
The network indicator defines the signalling network to which the signalling point belongs. The network indicato
This parameter defines the operational mode of Location Services.
This parameter defines whether only a part of the required assistance data can be delivered to the UE. If this pa
data is not available, SMLC sends location related data failure to the CN, and does not send any data to the UE.
assistance data is not available, SMLC sends all available A-GPS data to the UE. If only the reference location as
failure to the CN because no GPS-related data is available.
This parameter defines how many per cents of LCS capacity can be used by periodic location requests.
This parameter indicates to SMLC which A-GPS method is preferred, that is, used first when calculating the A-GP
The parameter defines the exact maximum time to process when the CN has requested direct reporting with de
sends the response to the CN with location estimate, if available.
The parameter defines the exact maximum time to process when the CN has requested direct reporting with low
response to the CN with location estimate, if available.
This parameter defines the Ellipsoid Arc shape priority. The shape cannot be returned to R99 CN.
This parameter defines the Ellipsoid point shape priority.
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with altitude shape. This shape cannot be returned to R
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty circle shape.
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with altitude and uncertainty Ellipsoid shape. This shap
This parameter defines the priority of the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty Ellipse shape. This shape cannot be re
This parameter defines the priority of the Polygon shape.
The code that uniquely identifies the signalling point in the signalling network. Signalling Point Code of SAS is u
This parameter enables and disables UE based A-GPS using the external reference network feature. If LCS funct
Parameter defines SMLC identification.
Pointer to the adjacency target GSM cell (BTS) or external GSM cell (F-BTS//EGCE). Distinguished Name of the co
Site identification
This parameter identifies the ATM external interface used for the VP/VC Link termination point.
The conformance definition of the ATM termination point.
Quality Of Service Class parameter for the ATM termination point.
The service category of the ATM termination point.
This parameter defines the Maximum Threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in a delay case. If there is
INDICATION control frame reactive flag is always sent.
This parameter defines the midpoint threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in an Iub delay case. If ther
This parameter defines the minimum threshold value for HSUPA congestion handling in an Iub delay case. If the
DelayThresholdMid value, FP E-DCH entity executes the Delay Congestion Algorithm which determines whether
flag is set to the TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frame).
This parameter defines the waiting time before a DCH to HS-DSCH switch is attempted. If this timer expires whi
DCH to HS-DSCH switch is attempted./nThe value 0 means that a DCH to HS-DSCH switch is attempted immedi
functionality is not in use.
DN of related Nokia OMC in 3GPP DN format.
This parameter indicates the length (in bits) of the NRI parameter to be used in the CS CN selection. /n/nNOTE:
the same. Also all RNCs of the pool must have the same NRI length for the domain./nNOTE: Changing of NRI len
feature in RNC.
This parameter indicates the length (in bits) of the NRI parameter to be used in the PS CN selection. /n/nNOTE:
the same. Also all RNCs of the pool must have the same NRI length for the domain./nNOTE: Changing the NRI le
feature in the RNC.
This parameter indicates the MSC allocated NRI value to be used in the load redistribution. The NAS node selec
the UEs using Null NRI.
This parameter indicates the SGSN allocated NRI value to be used in the load redistribution. The NAS node sele
all the UEs using Null NRI./n
This parameter defines the maximum probability of Congestion Indication sending at the maximum allowed Iub
State of network element, user defines.
Parameter defines the bit rate to be used for the signalling radio bearer at the RRC connection establishment. T
established for the RRC connection.
DN of related Nokia OMC in 3GPP format.
State of network element, user defines.
Coordinate of the TX antenna of the cell./nInternal value of Latitude = (degrees + minutes // 60 + seconds // 36
Coordinate of the TX antenna of the cell./nInternal value of Longitude = (degrees + minutes // 60 + seconds // 3
Pointer to the WCEL or EWCE. Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.
Parameter indicates if BTS auto configuration will be done automatically (TRUE) or manually (FALSE). Parameter
irrelevant after auto configuration.
Name of the configuration plan for BTS auto configuration. Parameter value is relevant only for auto configurati
Parameter indicates if BTS auto configuration plan is ready (TRUE) or not (FALSE). Parameter value is relevant o
configuration.
Identification of the SW package that is activated into BTS during auto configuration. Parameter value is used o
configuration.
Parameter indicates status of BTS auto configuration operations.
This parameter defines the A-GPS data server IP address in IPv4 format. If A-GPS Server is not available, this pa
255.255.255.255, 1.1.1.1
The port ID for data connections towards the A-GPS data server.
This parameter defines the Redundant A-GPS data server IP address in IPv4 format. If redundant A-GPS Server i
Examples, IPv4: 255.255.255.255, 1.1.1.1
The port ID for data connections towards the redundant A-GPS data server.
The identification of the AAL2 termination point.
The DSCP for the NRT R99 DCH traffic (UMTS traffic classes: Interactive, Background).
The DSCP for the RT R99 DCH traffic (UMTS Traffic classes: Conversational, Streaming).
The DSCP for the non-real-time R99 DCH traffic. /nUMTS traffic classes: Interactive, Background.
The DSCP for the non-real-time HSPA (HS-DSCH and E-DCH) traffic. /nUMTS Traffic classes: Interactive, Backgrou
The parameter defines the differentiated services code point (DSCP, RFC2574) that is used for the common cha
The DSCP is applied at the transport bearer setup with the IP transport option and the DSCP value is used for IP
common channels the modified DSCP value is taken into use after the next WCEL operational state lock//unlock
feature configuration. The DSCP values are retrieved from the TQM object definitions once the TQM object is rel
The DSCP for the real-time HSPA (HS-DSCH and E-DCH) traffic. /nUMTS Traffic classes: Conversational, Streamin
Antenna element electrical tilt angle.
Defines the specific cabinet
This parameter defines absolute Tx frequency in kHz for overriding normal Filter Center frequency tuning./n/nPa
minimize noise to neighbouring frequency band. If parameter value is not defined, Tx filter frequency is evaluat
Defines is RET AISG RET or Non-AISG RET./nSelectable values is 0 (false)= Siemens AISG1.1,/nTMARET RET, Sie
3GPP protocol version.
Identifier of CREL object
Pointer to the WCDMA cell (WCEL) which uses parent RET object. Distinguished Name of the corresponding obj
Identifier of ECREL object
Pointer to the external cell (WCEL//LNCEL//BTS//EWCE) which uses parent RET object. Distinguished Name of th
means that the antenna beam is directed below the direction orthogonal to the antenna axis. BTS creates param
set the parameter value at least once according to configuration//network plan. Otherwise present value (factor
might last up-to 2 minutes according to 3GPP stardards. Typical time for the calibration is approximately 15-30
devices connected onto one antenna line shall be done as consecutive operations by the system. In addition, se
calibrate parameter documentation) shall be done as consecutive operations. When such situation exists, accum
be feasible to be activated in the one plan. Thus, in such case, time consuming operations should be devided in
Antenna Identifier
HW Version
Defines the manufacturer of the device
configuration file is updated with same plan file (i.e. user defined values are overwritten). The minimum value s
Parameter value is read from device. User shall set the parameter value at least once according to installation.
configuration file is updated with same plan file (i.e. user defined values are overwritten). The minimum value s
Defines Configuration File SW Version
Identifies the specific antenna port in Flexi Radio Module for antenna line.
The delay of the all passive units of antenna line can be entered into this parameter, which is then used as the
related parameter (ANTL: cableLength, multiplexerAmounth, multiplexerType, phsFilterTotalDelay, velocityFacto
related parameters is defined then outcoming value from formula (antennaRoundtripDelay = (10//(2.988*veloci
shall be exactly same as defined to antennaRoundtripDelay parameter othewice there is coming validation warn
50ns. For diplexer user defined value is used, Triplexer (25 ns), Filters user defined value. When passive mode o
summed and added to delay value instead of Nokias MHA default value./nIn case of BTS Site Manager is used t
value from related parameter values automatically.
This parameter contains the total loss calculated from the feederLoss and passive units.
Defines the antenna RF cable length in meters. This parameter is used by BTS Site Manager to calculate antenn
parameter must be left away if the RTT value has already been entered in the antennaRoundTripDelay paramet
letting the BTS Site Manager calculate the value based on, for example, cableLength.
Defines the feeder loss of the antenna cable.
BTS1 Automatic value (Manual voltage override is allowed: possible values [0 V // +12 V// +24V// +28 V (+24 //
module type)]), BTS2 12 /n/nNon-AISG Other (3rd party) MHA: 0 (User can change the line voltage to 12V. /nAIS
Identifies the specific Flexi Radio module for antenna line.
Defines how many diplexers connected as a series there can be in the antenna line.
Defines the diplexer loss.
Defines the diplexer total delay both in up- and downlink direction. This parameter is used in BTS Manager to ca
Defines a multiplexer type.
Total delay due to filter use. Filter's total delay is summed automatically to antennaRoundTripDelay when BTS S
manuallly.
The Velocity factor is used to calculate RTT more exactly. The velocity factor can be obtained from the specifica
BTS internally uses this attribute to keep SCF content up to date in SW upgrade // downgrade case.
Defines association maximum retransmissions (1-15 attempts, default 5)./nThis SCTP parameter is used only in
System Module Core Assembly serial number : always present in FSM HW.
Site ID inserted by operator during autoconnection.
This parameter indicates if auto configuration is allowed or blocked in auto configuration case.
A free text field for defining the used BTS configuration. For example: 1+1+1 20 W.
This parameter can be used for identification of the WCDMA BTS (Node B).
Defines the cabinet type. The allowed value is: FlexiBTS: 17.
This parameter indicates if BTS requires configuration in auto configuration case.
Defines the usage of the external 2.048MHz synchronisation reference.
In case the BTS has lost all reference sources it starts running in internal mode, means the oscillator keeps runn
shall be able to either feed the external 2.048 MHz output from (divided) system clock (parameter = true), or to
Sets the cancellation delay for the fault.
Defines the external fault lines. module, inUse, description, polarity and severity must be defined for input sign
Lines 13 and 14 are reserved for the Flexi Power Module and cannot be assigned to other use. Values 1-14 are a
also for some RF modules (in WN5.0 only for RRH modules). The number of supported input lines in RF module
is 2). Values 1-2 are allowed. Maximum total number of input signals is 16.
Defines if the EAC line is in use or not in use.
Defines the module where EAC inputs are commissioned. Allowed modules are FSM1, FR1, FR2 and FR3
Defines the used polarity of the external fault line: normally open or normally closed. Normally_open: when the
the connector is closed, there is a fault.
Defines the seriousness of the external fault condition in question. Minor = 1 Major = 2 Critical = 3.
Sets the activation delay for the fault.
Defines the external fault lines./nmodule, inUse, description and initialState must be defined for Control Signals
the future there can be output signals also in FlexiBTS RF modules (in WN5.0 RF module can have only input sig
Defines if the external control line is in use or not in use.
Defines the module where EAC outputs are commissioned. Allowed modules are FSM1, FR1, FR2 and FR3.
Defines the usage of the GPS.
Parameter is used to to define filtering for Happy bit ratio measurement. If filtering is active, then Happy bit rat
frame//subframe. The target for filtering is to filter out small data bursts (such as ping) from Happy bit ratio me
allocation.
Parameter defines threshold value for UE Power Headroom (UPH) values in Happy bit ratio measurement. Happy
defined threshold, are not taken into account in Happy bit ratio measurement. The target for filtering is to filter
measurement as they do not give reliable information of UE allocation.
This parameter enables HSDPA 16QAM feature (RAN764).
Defines how HSDPA users are allocated. The options are Full, BTS and Cell. If the selected option is BTS, it is pos
same FSP. The total amount of the HSDPA users cannot exceed 16. The HSDPA capacity requirement is 32 chan
possible to set 1 - n HSDPA cells and each HSDPA cell is situated in a different FSP. The total number of HSDPA u
in one cell (one FSP) is 16. The HSDPA capacity requirement is 32 channel elements from FSP.
This parameter enables the high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) Proportional Fair Resource Packet sche
Defines the usage of the Intelligent shutdown feature. If intelligent shutdown has been selected in use (intShutd
(intShutdownTimeout) is mandatory for local cells (LCEL).
Defines the usage of the Iub synchronization reference.
Defines the starting external fault line for the mains power fault when Intelligent shutdown is in use. Default va
between 1-12 can be chosen.
The maximum delay threshold after the system is interpreted to be in very severe congestion and propability to
arrival interval from the TTI given to Iub. Note: Thmin < Thmid < Thmax.
The middle delay threshold after the system is interpreted to be in more severe congestion and MECN procedur
arrival interval from the TTI given to Iub. Note: Thmin < Thmid < Thmax.
Defines the minimum delay threshold after the MECN procedure activates. Threshold defines the deviation of ar
< Thmax.
Defines a one of the following Flexi modules: Module='FSM1' | Module ='FSM2' | Module ='FR1' | Module ='FR2'
these modules.
Defines the location of Flexi module in free text with maximum 50 characters or has the value -1 (Not defined).
file. Location can be e.g. place or address of the module.
Defines the number of external fault lines reserved by Mains break. The allowed values are 0,1 and 3.
Free text about the passive unit in question.
Defines the name of the passive unit in question.
Defines the product code of the passive unit in question.
Defines the serial number of the passive unit in question.
Defines the version of the passive unit in question.
Defines path maximum retransmissions (1-15 attempts, default 5)./nThis SCTP parameter is used only in IP Iub
This parameter is used to select how the HSDPA Congestion Control (when enabled) treats different traffic class
Background and Interactive NRT traffic classes. In case of Iub overload, congestion control is allowed to reduce
needed. Nominal Bit Rate (NBR - not guaranteed) can be mapped to a Interactive class SPI value and for those
Streaming and Conversational RT traffic classes to protect the Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR). In case of Iub overloa
frame protocol level only down to bit rate defined by GBR, if needed. It is possible to allocate extra capacity on
recommended setting is that there should be no excess bit rate allocated on top of GBR with scheduling weight
a Interactive class SPI value and for those setting '1' behaves similarly as for Streaming and Conversational. It i
guaranteed traffic on Iub. 2: Congestion Control is off for this SPI class.
HSDPA Quality of Service Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) class identifier (0-15). This is standard defined ident
and 15 the highest.
Defines a scheduling weight for priority queues with specific SPI value. When there are no services with Guaran
the proportion in which the queues in a cell are scheduled in proportion to each other (the proportion is roughly
queues). When there are priority queues with GBR service in a cell, the weights are used to divide in similar ma
after GBR requirements of queues are met.
This parameter indicates if BTS should automatically go to 'Test Dedicated' state in start-up.
Defines the type of the RNC. If a NSN RNC is in use, there is no need to fill in any other RNC parameters.
This parameter enables simultaneous HSDPA transmission to (max) three HSDPA-capable cells by using a single
With co-location the TDM PDH interfaces are working with a clock derived from the selected synchronization ref
in case co-location is not in use, therefore a user configurable parameter is needed to enable proper synchroniz
(false) the synchronization scheme for co-location.
Defines the product code of the module (radio module or system module). /nParameter is used in offline mode c
NetAct.
Defines the unit name of the module (radio module or system module) in question. /nunitName is FR for radio m
offline mode commissioning in BTS Site Manager and in prevalidation in NetAct
Defines the number of the module (radio module or system module) in the BTS. /nRadio module are numbered
module connected to RF interface #1 gets unitNumber 1, /nradio module connected to RF interface #2 gets un
gets unitNumber 3. /nMaster system module gets unitNumber 1 and /nextension system module gets unit numb
BTS Site Manager and in prevalidation in NetAct.
Defines the name of the module (radio module or system module) in the BTS. /nExample: variant for FRGF is GF
offline mode commissioning in BTS Site Manager and in prevalidation in NetAct.
Based on the hardware in the BTS, the BTS Site Manager checks which carrier values are allowed for BTS testin
frequency band: 10562-10838 /n1700//2100 MHz frequency band: 1537-1738 /n1800 MHz frequency band: 116
frequency band: 9662-9938 /n850 MHz frequency band: 4357-4458 /n900 MHz frequency band: 2937-3088 /n2
values for /n1700//2100 MHz frequency band: 1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087 /n1900 M
612, 637, 662, 687 /n850 MHz frequency band: 1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087 /n2000 MHz frequency ba
Defines the antenna line ID assigned to the local cell. Sector Configuration Type F (Single Antenna Receiving) is
Type A, B and C are using two antIds per radio module./nType C uses antennas from two radio modules,1 per ra
using three antlIds /nper radio module.
The radius of one cell. The maximum range of the cell, i.e. the maximum distance from the cell site where a MS
handover situations. The value is given in meters for non-NSN RNCs.
This parameter defines the default carrier used in tests for local cells. The UARFCN values used are operator-sp
MHz frequency, the allowed values are 10562-10838.
This parameter sets the SIB7 expiration timer for the UE. The allowed values are 1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128, and 256
This parameter defines absolute Tx frequency in kHz for overriding normal Filter center frequency tuning. /nPara
minimize noise to neighbouring frequency band. If parameter value is not defined, Tx filter frequency is evaluat
With the Mapping HSPA cell to HW parameter, the user can map HSPA local cells to baseband HW resources (to
FSM2 AND None. By default None value is used.
Defines the backup time after which the cell starts to shut down itself. This parameter is used only when batter
immediate and 599940 is infinite. Note that BTS Site Manager UI values are in minutes (0...9999).
particular local cell resource at the BTS. The lCelId is unique within a BTS. With the Configuration Data message
identifier (C-ID) used at the radio interface. In cases when configuration is initialized at the BTS, the signalling r
cell resource identifier.
The maximum TX carrier power for the local cell in dBm. The value is shown in watts in the BTS Site Manager. T
47.8.
Parameter is used to select the static DL mimo type. Parameter value is defined first time when local cell is crea
parameter value is 0. For a MIMO enabled cell, parameter value shall be 1 (2 x TX transmission).
RACH Capacity defines the HW capacity reserved for a RACH transport channel in the BTS. RACH Capacity is giv
ms radio frame. The options are 1,2,3 and 4.
A 3GPP Iub parameter for the gradual shutdown procedure. Indicates in how many steps the transmission powe
transport channels is shut down within the shutdown window.
A 3GPP Iub parameter for the shutdown procedure. Indicates how long the actual shutdown procedure for CPICH
lasts. The time is given in seconds. If the value is 0, the gradual shutdown procedure is not used at all.
Indicates whether Virtual Antenna Mapping is enabled or not in BTS. VAM can be enabled only in BTS where MIM
MIMO turned on). In such configuration, VAM can be enabled for a MIMO- cell or a non-MIMO cell. When MIMO is
all LCELs).
Defines the LCGs access to Baseband Capacity from 0 to 100%, when BB Parameter Supports.Flexible.Bb.Config
modules has BPF parameter Supports.Flexible.Bb.Configuration equal to FALSE, then the LCG access to BB capa
sum of accessBbCapacity in LCELG MOs must be 100.
User definable name for Cell Group. 1-20 characters.
Defines the quaranteed CE capacity for each LCG in MORAN case (Optional feature). /nBTS Manager shall allow
The sum of all dedicated options of LCGs shall not exceed 100%. /nIf dedicated BB Capacity is not taken in use
Defines Minimum HSUPA decoding capacity per LCG in Mbit//s.
Defines minimum amount of users allocate to baseband in HSUPA.
This parameter defines HSUPA BB sharing usage.
Defines the list of local cells belonging to the local cell groups.
Cell group identification.
Defines MHA as AISG MHA or Non-AISG MHA. Selectable values is 0 (false)= Non-AISG MHA and 1 (true )= AISG
AISG protocol version/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS SW is not providin
Defines a configurable fault threshold level for the mast-head amplifier, used if the MHA fault detection parame
Flexi Filter (FF).
Antenna operating band(s): /n1 - 3GPP band I: 2100 MHz/n2 - 3GPP band II: 1900 MHz/n3 - 3GPP band III: 1800
MHz/n6 - 3GPP band VI: 800 MHz/n7 - 3GPP band VII: 2600 MHz/n8 - 3GPP band VIII: 900 MHz/n9 - 3GPP band IX
XI: 1500 MHz/n12 - 3GPP band XII: 700 MHz/n13 - 3GPP band XIII: 700 MHz/n14 - 3GPP band XIV: 700 MHz
Antenna Bearing
Identifies the specific antenna line assigned to the MHA.
Base Station ID
Defines the connection type for MHA//LNA. Expected values: Internal | Shared | External
Defines the 'other' type of MHA delay in the downlink direction. If the BTS Site Manager is used to calculate RTT
Gain resolution given as the gain resolution figure expressed in dB./nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file
feature content change.
Installation Date
Installer's ID
Parameter for MHA telling LNA number inside one MHA. For Non AISG MHAs is used -1 (not defined).
Maximum supported gain given as gain figure expressed in dB./nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in th
Defines if fault detection is used or not. The options are 0 (false) and 1 (true). Default values for Non-AISG MHA
and third party MHAs:0 Note: Configurable MHA faults are allowed only for passive MHAs
Defines the specific mast-head amplifier unit. The value is given as consecutive numbers starting from 1.
Defines the type of the MHA. The supported MHA types are: WMHA, WMHB, WMHC, WMHD, MDTA, MDPA, MDGA
DTMARETFV2, DTMARETFV3, DTMARETFV4, SDTMARETFV1, SDTMARETFV2, SDTMARETFV3, TMAFV1, TMAFV3, T
Minimum supported gain given as gain figure expressed in dB./nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in thi
3GPP protocol version/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS SW is not providi
Defines which antenna interface is scanned. Expected value: FRx-ANTx and empty string where FRx: 1...3 and A
Sector ID
Substance version number/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS SW is not pr
TMA Subunit receive frequency band/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS SW
TMA Subunit receive frequency band/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS SW
TMA Subunit transmit frequency band/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS S
TMA Subunit transmit frequency band/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS S
TMA Subunit type/nNote: Parameter is not seen in upload file in this release, because BTS SW is not providing th
Defines the MHA delay in the uplink direction for an 'Other' type MHA. If the BTS Site Manager is used to calcula
specified.
Defines the MHA connector in question of WMHC and TMARET MHA types. The options are BTS1 (Pass-through)
TMARET MHA types. If other than WMHC or TMARET MHA types are used then wmhConnector parameter value
Defines RET as AISG RET or Non-AISG RET. /nSelectable values is 0 (false)= Siemens AISG1.1, /nTMARET RET, S
Antenna operating band(s): /n1 - 3GPP band I: 2100 MHz/n2 - 3GPP band II: 1900 MHz/n3 - 3GPP band III: 1800
MHz/n6 - 3GPP band VI: 800 MHz/n7 - 3GPP band VII: 2600 MHz/n8 - 3GPP band VIII: 900 MHz/n9 - 3GPP band IX
XI: 1500 MHz/n12 - 3GPP band XII: 700 MHz/n13 - 3GPP band XIII: 700 MHz/n14 - 3GPP band XIV: 700 MHz
Antenna bearing
Antenna height
Antenna location
Antenna technology:/n0: voice; /n1: data; /n2: voice//data
Antenna type according to the user scheme
Identifies the specific antenna line(s) assigned to the RET.
Base Station ID
Defines the connection type for TILT. Expected values: Internal | Shared | External.
Installation date
Installer's ID
Defines the product code of the unit in question. Mandatory for 3GPP RET.
3GPP protocol version/nNote:In this release parameter uploading is possible only by NetAct.
Defines the specific RET (Remote Electrical Tilting) wich is vertical tilting for antenna.
Defines which antenna interface is scanned. Expected value: FRx-ANTx and empty string where RFx: 1...3 and A
Sector ID
Defines the serial number of the unit in question. Mandatory for 3GPP RET.
AdaptationVersionMajor shows the last release main part where changes have come to the SCF file (e.g. WN6.0
compatiblity changes.
AdaptationVersionMinor of WBTS-object contains the current commissioning file version (e.g. 450).
The delay of all the passive units of antenna line can be entered into this parameter, which is then used as the
Manager.
Defines is BTU used in BTS configuration.
Defines the product code of the BTU unit in question.
Defines the serial number of the BTU unit in question.
Defines the usage of the VSWR fault detection.
Defines the antenna RF cable length in meters. This parameter is used by BTS Site Manager to calculate antenn
parameter must be left away if the RTT value has already been entered in the antennaRoundTripDelay paramet
letting the BTS Site Manager calculate the value based on, for example, cableLength.
Defines type of multiplexer.

Defines the feeder loss of the antenna cable.
Other: 0, Automatic: -1
A running number starting from 1, used to number each RX cable.
Defines the input WAF unit for RX cabling. The values are entered as WAFid, where id=1..6.
Defines the RX cable input port. The allowed values are RX1, RX2, RX3, RX4, RX DIV1, RX DIV2, RX DIV3, RX DIV
Identifies the specific WCDMA transceiver unit. The values are entered as WTRid, where id=1..6.
Defines the port of the WCDMA receiver unit. The allowed values depend on the WTR type: WTRA: Port='RX1' |
Port='RXD1' | Port='RXM2' | Port='RXD2'
Defines the usage of the RX signal. The options are Main and Diversity.
A running number starting from 1, used to number each TX cable.
Defines the output WAF unit for TX cabling. The values are entered as WAFid, where id=1..6.
Identifies the specific wideband input combiner. The allowed values are: WIC1 WIC2 WIC3 EXTCOMB If an AIR co
Defines the port of the wideband input combiner. The allowed values are: Comb In 1 Comb In 2 Comb Out Div O
Defines the specific WCDMA linear power amplifier unit. The allowed values are: WPA1, WPA2, WPA3, WPA4, WP
Identifies the specific WCDMA transceiver unit. The values are entered as WTRid, where id=1..6.
Defines the port of the WCDMA transceiver unit. The allowed values are: TX1, TX2 and SUMTX.
The velocity factor is used to calculate RTT more exactly. The velocity factor can be obtained from the specifica
The WAF antenna ID parameter has values 1-3, and the value depends on the WAF type. For WAFG values 1-3 a
variants value 1.
Defines the specific WCDMA antenna filter unit. The allowed values are WAFid, where id=1..6.
Defines association maximum retransmissions (1-15 attempts, default 5)./nThis SCTP parameter is used only in
A free text field for defining the used BTS configuration. For example: 1+1+1 20 W.
This parameter can be used for identification of the BTS.
Defines the TX//RX usage. The options are: Only_RX_used Only_TX_used TX_and_RX_used Neither_TX_or_RX_us
Indicates whether Virtual Antenna Mapping is enabled or not in BTS. VAM can be enabled only in BTS where MIM
MIMO turned on). In such configuration, VAM can be enabled for a MIMO- cell or a non-MIMO cell. When MIMO is
all LCELs).
Defines the usage of the WCDMA output combiner. If WOC is used, it combines the output of 2 WPA units.
Defines the LCGs access to EUBB Baseband Capacity from 0 to 100%, when HW configuration contains EUBB ca
User definable name for Cell group. 1-20 characters.
Defines Minimum HSUPA decoding capacity per LCG in Mbit//s.
Defines Minimum amount of users allocate to baseband in HSUPA.
This parameter defines HSUPA BB sharing usage.
Defines the list of local cells belonging to the local cell groups.
Cell group identification
Defines the list of signal processor units belonging to the local cell group.
Identifies the specific antenna line assigned to the MHA.
Defines the MHA delay in the downlink direction. If the BTS Site Manager is used to calculate RTT delay, this val
Defines if fault detection is used or not. The options are 0 (false) and 1 (true). true: WMHA, WMHB, WMHC Powe
trough, Other.
Defines the specific mast-head amplifier unit.
Defines the type of the MHA. The supported MHA types are: WMHA, WMHB, WMHC, WMHD and Other.
Defines the MHA delay in the uplink direction for an 'Other' type MHA. If the BTS Site Manager is used to calcula
specified.
Defines the WMH connector in question for WMHC and WMHD. The options are BTS1 (Pass-through) and BTS2 (P
AdaptationVersionMajor shows the last release main part where changes have come to the SCF file (for example
compatibility changes.
AdaptationVersionMinor of BTS-object contains the current commissioning file version (e.g. 600).
Defines the specific cabinet
Identifies the AAL2 node. Because the FTM represents a single AAL2 node, the identifier is always 1.
AAL2 endpoint address (A2EA) for a signalling link. /nThe value has to be the same as the one configured in the
Virtual Channel Identifier.
Virtual Path Identifier.
This parameter identifies the signalling link./nThe identifier is composed from the elements:/n- Unit number (un
Identifier (vpi#)/n- Virtual Channel Identifier (vci#)/nFormat:/n- unit#-if#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 1-8-000C0)/n- unit#-im
1..16 (maxi. 2 digits)/nimag#: 33..75 (2 digits)/npw#: 76/nvpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /nvci#:
Defines the location on the unit of the physical interface that carries the signallink link. /nThe value depends on
1..4/nFTFA: 1..16/nFTHA: 1..16/nFTJA: 1..4/nFTLB: 1..4/nFor IMA, the parameter identifies the IMA group. Values
is always: 76.
Enables or disables alarm 61260 'STC connection to signalling peer not established'. If enabled, the FTM observ
Specifies the location of the unit (slot number). In this release it is always 1. The BTS has only 1 unit in slot 1.
Identifies the AAL2 User Path./nThe object is identified by /n- Unitnumber (unit#)/n- Interfacenumber(if#, imag#
Identifier (vci#)/nFormat:/n- unit#-if#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-8-000C0)/n- unit#-imag#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-34-00210)/nR
(2 digits)/npw#: 76/nvpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /nvci#: 000..FFF (hexadecimal number, 3 digi
Defines the location of the physical interface on the unit./nThe value range depends on the unit type./nFTEB, FT
FTFA, FTHA: 1..16/nIn case of Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) the value range is: 33..75./nFor ATM over Ether
Associates AAL2 signalling messages to the VCC (AAL2 user path) that has been selected as the carrier for the
link (A2ST, ANI).
This is the weight of AAL2 User Path queue Q2.
Identifies the ATM Access Profile. The value is always 1. Exactly 1 ATM access profile exists on the BTS for the A
Defines the maximum allowed egress bandwidth in cells per second for a logical ATM interface./nThe value rang
4528/n- T1//JT1: fixed value 3622/n- STM-1: 36..144896, step 1, default 144896 (32 x E1)/n- ATM over Etherne
IMA E1: fixed value: int[n*4526*(m-1)//m] where m = Tx Frame Length and n = number of IMA links in a group/n
Tx Frame Length and n = number of IMA links in a group
Defines the maximum allowed ingress bandwidth in cells per second for a logical ATM interface./nFor the follow
144896 (32 x E1)/n- T1//JT1: 3622/n- IMA E1: int[n*4526*(m-1)//m] where m = Tx Frame Length and n = numbe
where m = Tx Frame Length and n = number of IMA links in a group/nFor ATM over Ethernet (Pseudowire tunne
steps of 1132.
This parameter identifies the account manager. The value is always 1. Exactly 1 account manager object exists
This parameter holds the TLS access mode for the LDAP server(s) of the BTS. Values are 'TLS' (allow only secure
unsecured and secured connections).
The port number of the Primary LDAP Server.
The IP address of the Primary LDAP Server, as dotted decimal string.

1..4/nFTFA: 1..16/nFTHA: 1..16/nFTJA: 1..4/nFTLB: 1..4/nFor IMA, the parameter identifies the IMA group. Values
is always: 76.
Identifies the upper layer path./nThe object is identified by /n- Unit number (unit#)/n- Interface number(if#, ima
Channel Identifier (vci#)/nFormat:/n- unit#-if#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-8-000C0)/n- unit#-imag#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-34-0
33..75 (2 digits)/npw#: 76/nvpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /nvci#: 000..FFF (hexadecimal number
This parameter defines the Upper Layer Connection Type./nIn case of a WCDMA environment this is the NBAP ty
environment, this is the type of traffic converted to IP and then forwarded to the I-HSPA adapter.
As in FTM there are no actual ATM cross connections, the MO ATM Fabric is a dummy, introduced just to keep th
/nThis parameter identifies the ATM Fabric configuration. Values is always 1: Exactly 1 instance of ATM Fabric ex
This attribute is used to explicitly enable (TRUE) or disable (FALSE) the network element to take UBR+ into use.
and UBRshare parameters in the TRDE. /nIf set to TRUE, the network element uses MDCR and UBR share for UB
MDCR and UBRshare are not given then the network element shall take the default values for MDCR and UBRsh
This parameter enables VCC bundling for collecting extra bandwidth unused by neighbour VCCs.
Naming Attribute. This parameter identifies the unique instance of the certification handler object class of the B
This is the IP address of the Certificate Management Protocol server. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the IP Address of the CR Server in dotted decimal format.
This is the port number to be used for addressing the CR server in certificate management.
This parameter defines the range of the source port numbers that shall be used for CES over PSN. The paramet
subsequent ports are used for the CES over PSN pseudowires./nAlso a remote UDP port number is defined for e
but don't have to be different./nIt shall be ensured that CES over PSN ports are not configured for other purpose
This parameter identified the CES over PSN interface. Its value is always 1.
This parameter is used to lock and unlock the CES over PSN pseudowire./nLocking the pseudowire switches the
are suppressed.
This parameter identifies the CES over PSN pseudowire./nThe format of the parameter is slot#-if#/nwhere slot#
the interface number of the corresponding PDH interface on this unit./nIn this release slot is always 1./nThe valu
hardware:/nFTIA, FTIB, FTJA, FTLB: 1:4/nFTFB: 1-16
This is the Diff Serve Code Point value that shall be inserted into the traffic that is running over this CES over PS
This parameter holds the number of frames per CES over PSN packet./n/nNote: the number of frames per packe
payloadTimeslots) shall be between 40 and 1536. Otherwise the resulting CESoPSN packet size is violating the
be established.
This parameter holds the jitter buffer size to be used by the LLP to equalize the packet delay variation on the ne
is used as +//- x milliseconds, meaning that packets x ms too late or x ms too early still fit into the jitter buffer./
milliseconds./nA higher value allows equalizing more jitter but increases the end-to-end delay./n
This parameter defines which timeslots from each TDM frame are used to form the packet payload for CES over
may be an arbitrary one. It does not have to be contiguous./nNote that timeslot 0 is never transmitted./n/nRang
of timeslots multiplied by the number of frames per packet (parameter framesNumber) shall be between 40 an
violating the allowed ethernet packet size and the CES connection cannot be established.
This is the number of the remote UDP port to be used for running traffic on the CES over PSN pseudowire. The r
pseudowire./nAlso a local UDP port number is defined for this CES pseudowire. Local and remote port may but d
are not configured for other purposes. i.e. other pseudowires or 3G traffic types.
This parameter identifies the CES over PSN pseudowire tunnel. Its value is always 1. Currently only 1 pseudowir
This is the destination IP address of the packets belonging to the CES over PSN pseudowire tunnel./nThis is an I
This parameter is used to lock and unlock the interface./nLocking the interface deactivates it and all alarms and
This parameter identifies the Ethernet link. It is formed as 'ETHLK-s#-p#' where /ns# is the slot number - in this
/nExample '1-1'. /nThe value range of port number p# is [1..4] for the FTFB hardware unit and [1..3] for all othe
are reserved for the external Gigabit ethernet links and port numbers 3 and 4 are reserved for the ethernet link
This parameter specificies if link characteristics are autonegotiated or not./nIf not, the attribute contains the ca
MBit is available only on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces (GE)./nThis parameter is not applied for the FlexBus interfa
unit). For these interfaces the capacity and traffic mode is not configurable by the management system.
This parameter identifies the fractional interface of a unit. /nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n
1 (always)/nif#:/nFIIB, FILB, FTIB, FTIA, FTLB: 1..4/nFTPB: 1..8/nFractional is only available on units FTPB, FTIA, F
fractional at any given time.
Specifies a list of consequtive timeslots that are to be used for an ATM interface, starting from timeslot 1. The m
must be used.
Defines the location of the PDH interface that is used for fractional mode. The value depends on the unit type./n
This parameter identifies the slot number of the unit of the PDH interface that is used for fractional mode. The v
Adaptation Version (Major) of the Site Configuration File supported by FTM.
Formal identifier for the whole FTM. Always 1.
Label that can be used to describe the geographical location of the network element.
Identifies the SW Release Version of the FlexiTransport Module. This value is set by the BTS.
Label that can be used to enter the name of the network element.
Label that can be used for a description of the BTS.
Identifies an ATM interface over an Ethernet Pseudowire./nThe object is identified by /n- Unit number (unit#)/nIdentifier (vpi#)/n- Virtual Channel Identifier (vci#)/nFormat:/n- unit#-if#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-8-000C0)/n- unit#-im
(maxi. 2 digits)/nimag#: 33..75 (2 digits)/npw#: 76/nvpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /nvci#: 00..FF
Specifies the far-end IP address of an ATM point-to-point connection (IPoA).
1..4/nFTFA: 1..16/nFTHA: 1..16/nFTJA: 1..4/nFILB, FTLB: 1..4/nFor IMA, the parameter identifies the IMA group. Va
value is always: 76.
This parameter activates or deactivates the first BFD session of this interface./nActivate: if set to value true, the
peer is started and, in case the BFD session fails, alarms are raised./nDeactivate: if set to value false, the trans
stopped and all active alarms related to the BFD session are cleared. Also the BTS discards every received BFD
effectively does not exist at all.
This parameter activates or deactivates the second BFD session of this interface./nActivate: if set to value true,
stopped. Also the BTS discards every received BFD packet for a deactivated BFD instance. Moreover all active a
session effectively does not exist at all.
This parameter controls the admin state of the first BFD session of the interface. /nIf set to false, the session en
'Admin Down' are sent to the peer. All active alarms of the BFD session are cleared./nIf set to true, the session l
remote peer is also in 'Up' state. If the BFD session fails, alarms are raised for it./nThis parameter is only releva
This parameter controls the admin state of the second BFD session of the interface. /nIf set to false, the session
This is the IP address to be used in the first Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session of this interface. To
This is the IP address to be used in the second Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session of this interface
The negotiated BFD control word transmission interval, multiplied by this parameter, provides the detection tim
Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the BTS may lose in a row, before it
UDP Source port of BFD session./nNote: value range and default value depend on the BFD type. If the BFD type
then default value equals 4784. For Single Hop BFD the value range is 3784, 49152...65535 and the default val
This parameter specifies the type of the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) sessions of this interface: Sing
BFD sessions of the interface.
The Committed Information Rate ('CIR') shall define the average rate up to which traffic is delivered by the plain
capacity for the interface. The parameter is required for dynamic CAC./nThe maximum value of this parameter
Gigabit Ethernet interfaces./n/nNote that the maximum throughput (100 MBps or 1000 MBps) can only - theoret
This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the BTS would like to use when transmitting BFD control pa
interface.
This parameter identifies the unique IP based ethernet interface object in the BTS. Value is always 1.
IP address of the BTS in the transport network. It is accompanied with a subnet mask.
Network mask for the IP address of the BTS in the transport network. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
This is the maximum transfer unit in octets. In this release it has fixed value 1500.
This parameter specifies if multiple Per Hop Behaviour (PHB) queues are used over this interface or only a singl
priorisation./nAmongst the active network interfaces (plain interface IEIF or VLAN interfaces IVIF managed objec
scheduler. Parameter qosEnabled shall have value true for exactly 1 active network interface.
This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) cont
for both BFD sessions of the interface.
This parameter holds the shaper burst size for the interface.
This is the egress shaping bandwidth on the network interface (in kbit//s)./nThe related parameter upperLaying
ethernet overhead is taken into account./nValues above 100 MBit//s are only allowed on Gigabit Ethernet interfa
This parameter holds the shaper information rate for the interface./nThe maximum value of this parameter is 1
Ethernet interfaces.
This parameter holds the total Shaper Information Rate ('SIR') at the output of the WFQ aggregator./nThe maxim
interfaces and 1 GBps for Gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
This parameters decides on the type of shaping in case of VLANs. When traffic path shaping is enabled, shapin
aggregator level is enabled. Shaping may also be switched off entirely.
is the bandwidth on the IP layer only. If the flag has value false the Ethernet header is counted also. Use 'true' f
network, e.g. Metro Ethernet.
This flag indicates if Vlan mapping is enabled for this ethernet interface. Value 'true' means that Vlan mapping
on the interface will be sent in plain format.
Vlan ID to be used over this ethernet interface. The parameter is only relevant if vlan mapping is enabled (para
This is a unique string used in the DHCP server of the BTS for identifying a DHCP client that is assigned a fixed I
'RET1' (Remote Electrical Tilt), 'RET2', 'BBU' and 'LMU' or a user-defined name consisting of up to 20 digits [0-9]
Specifies a fixed IP address to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with the specified client-iden
the LMP. However, neither the IP addresses of the BTS nor its subnet IP address can be used.
This parameter identifies the unique DHCP Server object in the BTS. Value is always 1.
Specifies the fixed IP address to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with the hardware (MAC) a
Identifier'./nThe IP address must be within the public IP subnet of the LMP. However, the IP addresses of the BTS
be used.
This is the unique hardware (MAC) address within the DHCP server of the BTS by which a DHCP client identifies
parameter 'DHCP Fixed IP Address' to the client.
Specifies the final IP address of the DHCP IP address range./nThe IP address must be within the public IP subnet
nor its subnet IP address shall be used.
Specifies the starting IP address of the DHCP IP address range./nThe IP address must be within the public IP sub
BTS nor its subnet IP address shall be used.
Used to lock and unlock the IMA group./nWhen the Adminstrative State is locked, the IMA group is deactivated.
the Administrative State will trigger the creation of a TCTT (ATM interface)./nNote that setting the Administrativ
TCTT./n/nChanging the value for an IMA group also changes the Administrative State of the physical interfaces a
This parameter identifies the IMA group./n/nFormat: unit#-imag# /nwhere/nunit#: always 1 (unit number)/nima
Specifies the standard according to which the IMA group is operating. /nATM Forum af-phy-0086.000 allows for t
(alternate). ATM Forum af-phy-0086.001 eliminates this ambiguity and is the basis for IMA version 1.1. This ver
provides also an option to atomatically detect the correct IMA version (default). /nIMA version 1.0 is not support
site.
This parameter holds the IMA Group identifier.
This parameter holds the list of the physical interfaces used by the IMA group. /nThe maximum number of inter
FTIA, FTIB, FTJA, FTLB: 4/nFTEB, FTPB, FTFA: 8/nFSIB, FTFA, FTHA, FTFB: 16
Specifies the minimum number of IMA links required to keep the IMA group operable./nIf the number of working
Identifies the NTP entity on the FTM. It is always 1.
Specifies the IP addresses of the NTP servers.
Base Station Identifier./nReserved Values: 0 = 'BTS not configured' and 0xFFFF (=65535) = 'RNC not configured
IP Address of the Base Station. /nAddress under which the Base Station is available remotely.
Public IP address of the Flexbus part of the unit. In dotted decimal format.
Public IP address of the Flexi Transport Module
This parameter specifies the subnet mask of the public IP address of the transport module.
Defines the parameters which are needed for the initial commissioning of the I-HSPA adapter.
This parameter defines whether the BTS shall be operated in I-HSPA mode./nA prerequisite is that the I-HSPA SW
IPNO - iHSPASwSupport.
This parameter controls if the BTS shall respond to ICMP and traceroute requests via BTS Site Manager or SCF o
IP Address of the I-HSPA adapter./nIt is present only in an I-HSPA environment. A valid value in this attribute ser
configured as an I-HSPA Base Station. If it is not configured as I_HSPA then let the field empty
Formal Identifier. Since the FlexiBTS represents one IP node, the identifier is always 1. Value auto-generated if u
This is the maximum transfer unit that is to be used equally on all IP interfaces of the BTS.
Defines the usage of TLS between the BTS and the O&M system./nThe usage of TLS requires that valid certifica
IP Address of the RET, which is connected to the Base Station.
IP Address of the RNC to which the Base Station is connected.
This parameter selects between the transport modes AtmOverEthernet, Dual Iub and Iub//IP.
With this parameter the user can select the way how to define source two./nPossible values are: /nSINGLE: a sin
IP address and a subnet mask/nWILDCARD: any IP adress is allowed
This parameter is meaningful if and only if source two is defined as SINGLE or as RANGE; in all other cases it is
address./nIf source two is defined as SINGLE, this is the only allowed IP address. /nIf source two is defined as RA
applying the 'IP subnet mask for source two' to this IP address./nThe IP address must be given as 'dotted decim
This parameter is meaningful if and only if source two is defined as RANGE; in all other cases it is ignored./n'IP S
address for source two' yields the allowed range of far end IP addresses. /nThe netmask must be entered in dot
An alphanumeric string asigned by the user to uniquely identify the RM Exception./n(More exactly: only the pair
This parameter identifies the restricted mode configuration of the BTS. Only one configuration exist. The value
Identifies the IP routing entity on the FTM. /nInstance 1 shall only be used for DCN routing, instance 2 shall be u
Specifies the IP address for indirectly connected (point-to-point) IP nodes (remote network).
Specifies the IP address of the next IP hop via which a remote network can be reached.
Specifies the mask of the remote network.
This parameter controls the admin state of the second BFD session of the interface. /nIf set to false, the session
This is the IP address to be used in the first Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session of the interface. To
This is the IP address to be used in the second Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session of the interface
Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the BTS may lose in a row, before it
UDP Source port of BFD session./nNote: value range and default value depend on the BFD type. If the BFD type
then default value equals 4784. For Single Hop BFD the value range is 3784, 49152...65535 and the default val
This parameter specifies the type of the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) sessions of this interface: Sing
BFD sessions of the interface.
This flag specifies if this interface shall be used for CES over PSN. If true, the traffic over this interface will not b
for CES over PSN packets is decided via dynamic routing based on the entries of the static routing table of man
The VLAN Committed Information Rate ('VLAN CIR') shall define the average rate up to which traffic is delivered
capacity for the VLAN. The parameter is required for dynamic CAC./nThe CIR values of all configured VLANs are
bitrate of the Ethernet interface or the available bandwidth specified by a service level agreement.
This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the BTS would like to use when transmitting BFD control pa
interface.
This parameter holds the IP address of the BTS in the transport network for this VLAN interface. It is accompani
This parameter holds the network mask for the IP address of the BTS in the transport network for this VLAN inte
This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) cont
for both BFD sessions of the interface.
The Traffic Path Shaper Burst Size (SBS) shall define the maximum burst size that is allowed to pass the traffic p
The Shaper Information Rate ('VLAN SIR') defines the bandwidth limit to which VLAN traffic is shaped by the tra
equal the sum of CIR+EIR at the corresponding UNI./nThe sum of all SIRs is allowed to exceed the total availabl
cannot be guaranteed by the system.
This parameter holds the VLAN identifier number.
This parameter identifies the VLAN interface object. Value is 1 to 6. In case of IubIP up to 6 VLANs may exist on
FTM./nOne of the interfaces is intended to be reserved for FlexiPacket Radio Management./nOne of the interface
Object Instance Identifier. E.g. 'FTM-1//IEIF-1//IVIF-3' references VLAN interface 3 and 'FTM-1//IEIF-1' references
may remain empty. In this case the corresponding traffic type is unassigned. In particular this is possible for VLA
values are empty, the trafficPathMap is not used at all.
FlexiPacket Radio Management(for IubIP and Dual Iub)/nVT_CS1: CES over PSN (for IubIP and Dual Iub).
This parameter identifies the VLAN traffic path map object. The value is always 1.
Used to lock and unlock the interface./nLocking the interface deactivates it and all alarms and any ATM cell tran
Defines the interface location on the unit./nThe number of interfaces depends on the unit type./nFTEB, FTPB: 1.
FTFA: 1..16
Specifies the attenuation for the signal from the transmitter. /nAll attenuation values are specified in dB at 772
Specifies the frame format of the PDH signal for a physical PDH interface of a unit./nE1 (G.704): /n- DOUBLEFRA
MULTIFRAME UNBALANCED/nT1: EXTENDED_SUPERFRAME /nJT1: EXTENDED_MULTIFRAME/nNOTEs: /n1) This par
unit./n2) For FTIB and FTLB hardware unit UNBALANCED mode is not supported at all.
Identifies a PDH interface. Format: unit#-if#/nThe value of unit# is always 1./nThe value range for the interface
1..8/nFIIB, FILB, FTIA, FTIB, FTJA, FTLB: 1..4/nFSIB, FTFB, FTHA, FTFA: 1..16
Specifies the location of the unit. In this release it is always 1.
This parameter is used to switch on or off the actual BFD session. /nNote that this parameter is only relevant if
This parameter switches the BFD session on or off for each PW. BFD comprises VCCV-BFD (== PW OAM)and VCC
Uplink Concatenation Factor.
Set of registered vcCTPs. /nRepresented as Local MOId strings of VCCT without the prefix 'DN:' /nExample: 'VPTT
Downlink MPLS Header (inner label)
Uplink MPLS Header (inner label)
Per hop behaviour (DiffServ). This parameter is used to determine the DSCP value(Diff Serv Code Point) that mu
field that is part of the standard IP header. The DSCP for the given perHopBehaviour is configured in the trafficT
This parameter shall define for each PW the maximum time allowed to create a PW frame. Value range is [500,
and 5000 s. /nPlease note that small deviations between actual and nominal values exist in the implementatio
Identifies the MPLS Pseudowire. Format: slot#-mp# where/nslot# = 1/nmp# = 1..6
This parameter holds the number of control packets that the BTS may lose before the BFD session is declared d
Enables the setting of the Control Word bits in the data packet.
There is alway only one instance of this class. It is identified with 1
A list of all Pseudowires running through this tunnel./nFormat: slot#-mp#, e.g. '1-5' with/nslot#: always '1' in th
Identifier for the Pseudowire Tunnel./nThe value is fixed to 1-76.
This parameter shall define the IPv4 address of the remote PWE3 GW (RNC GW) where the PW is terminated. Th
255.255.255.255 (15 characters)
This parameter identifies the unique instance of the QOS class of the BTS. Value always 1.
This is the list of Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values that relate to a specific traffic category. The l
decimal values. The list can contain up to 64 entries.
This parameter designates a Per Hop Behaviour./nThe following values are predefined:/n0 = EF (meaning: Expe
AF3 (Assured Forwarding 3)/n3 = AF2
(Assured Forwarding 2)/n4 = AF1
(Assured Forwarding 1)/n5 = BE (B
This parameter designates a traffic type./nValues for transport mode AtmOverEthernet: /n'TT_TOP' /n'TT_SG1' PW for pHB AF4/n'TT_SG3' - PW for pHB AF3/n'TT_SG4' - PW for pHB AF2/n'TT_SG5' - PW for pHB AF1/n'TT_SG6'
IP:/n'TT_DCN'/n'TT_NBAP'/n'TT_BFD'/n'TT_TOP'/n'TT_SG1' - Signalled traffic for pHB EF/n'TT_SG2' - Signalled traffi
AF3/n'TT_SG4' - Signalled traffic for pHB AF2/n'TT_SG5' - Signalled traffic for pHB AF1/n'TT_SG6' - Signalled traffi
mapping DSCP values to vlanPrio bits/nValues for transport mode Dual Iub:/n'TT_BFD'/n'TT_TOP'/n'TT_SG1' - Sig
BE/n'TT_ICMP'
This is the vlan priority to be used on all connections for a given Per Hop Behaviour.
Used to lock and unlock the interface./nUnlocking the interface triggers the creation of a TCTT (ATM interface)./
ATM cell transfer is suppressed. Note that the associated TCTT (ATM interface) is not deleted.
Defines the interface location on the unit./nSince the FTOA unit provides just one SDH interface, the number is
Switches the laser on or off separately for each SDH interface. Automatic switching is not provided.
Enables or disables RDI on EBER that is set in SDH//SONET frame if the Bit Error Ratio of the connection is excee
This MO class has only one instance in this release. The identifier is '1-1'/n(unit#-if#)
Specifies a signal label forwarded to the remote site on the High Order Path. The Trace Identifier is located in th
Specifies a signal label forwarded to the remote site. The Trace Identifier is located in the J0 byte of the RSOH in
interfaces./nAs a default, no value is defined. In this case the Trace Identifier is not checked in the FTM.
This parameter holds the protocol of this clock source: PDH, SDH, synchronuous Ethernet, Time over Packet or t
This parameter specifies /n- either the physical location of the PDH interface location on the unit (value range 1
SDH interface location on the unit (value is always 1) for a SDH clock source/n- or the physical location of the et
synchronous ethernet clock source./nIn case of Time Over Packet the BTS automatically selects the ethernet lin
if the external clock is used.
This parameter holds the priority in which the clock sources of the BTS are to be taken into use. Value 1 ist high
Specifies the location of the unit on which the clock source is running. In this release it is always 1.
Identifies the Synchronisation Protection Group. The value is always 1.
Identifies the SYNC instance. Always one because there is only one instance.
Naming attribute/nThe object is identified by/n- Interface Type (PPTT, IMAG, PWTIP, SVTT) /n- UnitNumber (alwa
attribute interfaceNumber)/nFormat:/n- PPTT-1-if#/n- IMAG-1-if#/n- PWTIP-1-76/n- SVTT-1-1
Connection Admission Control Committed Bit Rate. /nCAC committed bit rate is a total bit rate, which is availabl
DCN bit rate are subtracted from the CAC committed bit rate and the rest is available for the user-plane data co
control. /nUsed in Dual Iub and Iub//IP transport modes.
DCN Committed Bit Rate. Used in transport mode Iub//IP.
This is the IP address to be used in addressing the external NAT device.
This is the IP address to be used in the transport network at the far end of the SCTP tunnel. The address is the S
0s. It must be entered in dotted decimal format./nThe parameter is used in Iub//IP transport mode. /nThe assoc
farEndSctpSubnetMask.
This is the subnet mask for the far end SCTP tunnel subnet IP address (parameter farEndSctpSubnetIpAddress).
This is is the minimum value of the port number to be used for SCTP. Used in transport mode Iub//IP.
This is is the minimum value of the port number to be used over UDP connections.
Signalling Committed Bit Rate. Used in transport mode Iub//IP.

This parameter identifies the unique object instance of the TMPAR clas. Value is always 1.
This indicates how often a ToP sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration r
currently fixed to 300 seconds.)/nThe following values are defined:/n-3: 8 per second/n-4: 16 per second/n-5
IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted format.
This parameter uniquely defines the instance of the ToP class. Always 1.
This parameter identifies the traffic descriptor./nThe value shall represent a number between 100 and 131.
Specifies the type of conformance test performed on the traffic stream by Usage Parameter Control (UPC)./nThe
definition and service category. For CBR the conformance definition is CBR.1 and for UBR UBR.1.
Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR). Is the targeted minimum throughput of a UBR connection in cells per secon
The same value applies both for ingress and egress traffic./nNote: The value of the MDCR cannot exceed the PC
Specifies the peak cell rate (PCR) assigned or reserved in both egress and ingress directions of transmission acr
cells per seconds. It cannot be greater than the line rate of the source./nThe exact allowed value range depend
ATMOverEthernet)
UBRshare allows to weight the traffic exceeding the Minim Desired Cell Rate among UBR connections that share
get at least the ingress MDCR and up to ingress MDCR + ingressUBRshare_i // Sum(ingress UBRshare_i) * ingres
bandwidth for the traffic of all the UBR connections sharing the same ATM interface./nThe value of UBR Share a
A string used as label to describe the ATM traffic descriptor.
This parameter shows the type of the hardware unit that is installed in the FTM./nValues are:/nFIIB: 472271A/nF
470134A/nFTFB: 472036A/nFTHA: 471522A/nFTIA: 471025A/nFTIB: 471720A/nFTJA: 471248A/nFTLA: 471730A/n
This parameter specifies the type of the hardware unit that is expected to be installed in the FTM slot./nValues a
470156A/nFTFA: 470134A/nFTFB: 472036A/nFTHA: 471522A/nFTIA: 471025A/nFTIB: 471720A/nFTJA: 471248A/n
470137A
Points to the instance of the ATM traffic descriptor (TRDE) selected for the virtual path. /nA maximum of 32 diffe
associated to a VPCT or VCCT (cross-connections).
Naming attribute (relative to Virtual Path)./nThe value is the same as the attribute VCI
Specifies for which AAL type the virtual channel (VCCT) is terminated./nSupported types are AAL2-1 (AAL2 user
signalling).
Naming attribute/nThe object is identified by /n- unitNumber(unit#)/n- interfaceNumber (if#, imag# or pw#)/n(vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in parentheses):/n- unit#-if#-vpi#vci# (2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci
2 digits)/n- imag#: 33..75 (2 digits)/n- pw#: 76/n- vpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /n- vci#: 000..FF
Points to the instance of the ATM traffic descriptor (TRDE) selected for the virtual path. /nA maximum of 32 diffe
associated to a VPCT or VCCT (cross-connections).
Specifies a virtual path on an ATM interface (TCTT) and serves as naming attribute for this object./nThe value ra
the attribute maxNumVPIBitsSupported.
Specifies the termination of the virtual path./nThe object is identified by /n- unitNumber(unit#)/n- interfaceNum
id (pwt#)/nPossible formats:/n- unit#-if#-vpi#/n- unit#-imag#-vpi#/n- unit#-pwt#-vpi#/nValue ranges:/nunit#:
Defines the A2ST location on the unit of the physical interface that carries the signallink link. The value depend
FTFA: 1..16 FTHA: 1..16 FTJA: 1..4 FTLB: 1..4 For IMA, the parameter identifies the IMA group. Values are: 33..75
76
Defines A2ST Virtual Path Identifier (0..255) and Virtual Channel Identifier (32..4095) separated by colon. For ex
Defines the A2UT location on the unit of the physical interface that carries the signallink link. The value depend
FTFA: 1..16 FTHA: 1..16 FTJA: 1..4 FTLB: 1..4 For IMA, the parameter identifies the IMA group. Values are: 33..75
76.
Defines A2UT Virtual Path Identifier (0..255) and Virtual Channel Identifier (32..4095) separated by colon. For ex
Identifies the interface on the unit./nThe physical interfaces the range depends on the unit type./nFTEB: 1..8/nF
Multiplexing for ATM (IMA), the IMAG Identifier (in the range 33..75) is used./nFor Pseudowires (ATMoE), it is alw
Defines the type of related TCTT./nValues IMAG, PPTT, PWTIP.
Identifies the interface number of Ethernet Link. The value range is [1..4] for the FTFB hardware unit and [1..3]
reserved for the external Gigabit ethernet links and port numbers 3 and 4 are reserved for the ethernet links to
Identifies the unit number of Ethernet Link.
Specifies the last consequtive timeslot that is to be used for an ATM interface. The maximum number of timeslo
Defines the location of the interface on the unit./n/nValues -1 (Not defined), 0..16/n/nThe maximum number of i
type:/n/nFTEB, FTPB: 8/nFTIA, FTIB, FTJA: 4/nFTFA, FTHA: 16
Specifies the IP address of NTP server./nValue -1 = Not defined.
See ntpServer1.
See ntpServer1.
Identifies the mp of MPLS Pseudowire.
Identifies the unit number of MPLS Pseudowire.
Defines the interface location on the unit./nThe number of interfaces depends on the unit type./nFTEB: 1..8/nFT
Multiplexing for ATM (IMA), the following IMAG Identifier are possible: 33..99
Identifies the mp (mp#) of MPLS Pseudowire. /nFormat: slot#-mp# where/nslot# = 1/nmp# = 1..6
Identifies the unit number (slot#) of MPLS Pseudowire. /nFormat: slot#-mp# where/nslot# = 1/nmp# = 1..6
Specifies the location of the unit.
Identifies interface number of Pseudowire Tunnel IP.
This parameter shall define the subnet mask for Iub of the Node B. The mask will range from 0.0.0.0 (7 charact
Identifies unit number of Pseudowire Tunnel IP.
Specifies either the interface location on the unit (value range 1..16) of the primary synchronization source or r
33..). 33 maps to object 'TOPIK-1', 34 to object 'TOPIK-2' etc./nValues -1 (Not defined), 0..63.
Specifies the location of the unit of the primary synchronization source./nValues -1 (Not defined), 1.
Specifies either the interface location on the unit (value range 1..16) of the secondary synchronization source o
range 33..). 33 maps to object 'TOPIK-1', 34 to object 'TOPIK-2' etc. /nValues -1 (Not defined), 0..63.
Specifies the location of the unit of the secondary synchronization source./nThe FTM switches to the secondary
source fails./nValues -1 (Not defined), 1.
Defines the TCTT type./nValues are IMAG, PPTT and PWTIP.
This parameter holds the state of the TimeOverPacket master clock. It is a read-only parameter.
Specifies the location of the unit.
Defines the type of related TCTT./nValues IMAG, PPTT, PWTIP.
AAL2 End Address of the WAM. Fixed length of 20 Octets./nThe A2EA uses AESA format. /nThe Authority and For
AESA format is used./nIn case of non BTS AAL2 Multiplexing the A2EA is calculated according to/nthe following r
digit '0'(filler)./nThe remaining digits are filled with 'F'. /nValue -1 is used for 'Not defined'.
See AAL2EndAddress1 for description.
AAL2 End Address of the AXCF. Fixed length of 20 Octets./nThe A2EA uses AESA format. /nThe Authority and For
AESA format is used./nIn case of non BTS AAL2 Multiplexing the A2EA is calculated according to/nthe following r
digit '0'(filler)./nThe remaining digits are filled with 'F'. /nValue -1 is used for 'Not defined'.
Enables or disables Performance Monitoring for the AAL2 signalling link Trail Termination Point./n/n0 = false/n1 =
Identifies an adjacent AAL2 node in the AXC that is connected to the same neighbourhood AAL2 node and contr
for each AAL2 signalling link within an AXC.
Identifies interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nValues 1..99 is used for AXC C
AXC./nThe link is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#)/n- virtual p
(vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in parentheses):/n- slot#-if#-vpi#vci# (2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci#
011C0)/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: 1..16 (1 or 2 digits)/n- imag#: 33.99 (2 digits)/n- klm(16)#: A0..F2 (
(hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /n- vci#: 00..FFF (hexadecimal number, 3 digits)/nCoding of klm(16)#:/nThe KLM
l and m are:/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3/nThe three-digit value k#l#m# (e.g. 132) has to be transformed
transformed to a new three-digit value with the formula C = 127+28*k+4*l+m. This value is then transformed
k=1, l=3, m=2/nC = 127+28*1+4*3+2 = 169/nklm(16)# = C(hex) = A9/nThe values for k, l and m are calcula
= int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm(16)# = C9/nC=201/nk = int((201-160)//28)+1 = 2
=2
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2...6 are u
unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual cha
parentheses):/n- slot#-if#-vpi#vci# (2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci# (2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#v
(1 or 2 digits)/n- imag#: 33.99 (2 digits)/n- klm(16)#: A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, see below)/n- vpi#: 00..F
(hexadecimal number, 3 digits)/nCoding of klm(16)#:/nThe KLM value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF. Possible
1..3/nThe three-digit value k#l#m# (e.g. 132) has to be transformed into a two-digit value. First, the three-digit
formula C = 127+28*k+4*l+m. This value is then transformed into a hexadecimal value: klm(16)# = C(hex)./n
169/nklm(16)# = C(hex) = A9/nThe values for k, l and m are calculated out of the klm(16)# as follows:/nk = int
4*l/nExample: klm(16)# = C9/nC=201/nk = int((201-160)//28)+1 = 2/nl = int((201-132-28*2)//4)+1 = 4/nm =
Enables or disables alarm 61260 STC connection to signalling peer not established. If enabled, the AXC observe
link./n/nValue 0 = False/n
1 = True
Identifies virtual channel identifier (vci#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nValues 19..127 are used for AXC Compact
Embedded AXC./nDecimal values are used instead of hex values./nThe link is identified by /n- unit location (slot
path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual channel identifier (vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in parentheses):/n- slot#-i
0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (2-A2-011C0)/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: 1..16 (1 or 2 digits)/n- ima
digits, see below)/n- vpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /n- vci#: 00..FFF (hexadecimal number, 3 digi
on the IFUF. Possible values for k, l and m are:/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3/nThe three-digit value k#l#m#
the three-digit value is transformed to a new three-digit value with the formula C = 127+28*k+4*l+m. This valu
C(hex)./nExample: k=1, l=3, m=2/nC = 127+28*1+4*3+2 = 169/nklm(16)# = C(hex) = A9/nThe values for k,
int((C-160)//28)+1/nl = int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm(16)# = C9/nC=201/nk = int(
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies virtual path identifier (vpi#) of the AAL2 signalling link./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Compact./nThe
AXC./nDecimal values are used instead of hex values./nThe link is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interfa
identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual channel identifier (vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in parentheses):/n- slot#-if#-vp
slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (2-A2-011C0)/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: 1..16 (1 or 2 digits)/n- imag#: 33.99
below)/n- vpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /n- vci#: 00..FFF (hexadecimal number, 3 digits)/nCoding
IFUF. Possible values for k, l and m are:/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3/nThe three-digit value k#l#m# (e.g. 1
three-digit value is transformed to a new three-digit value with the formula C = 127+28*k+4*l+m. This value is
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#) of AAL2 signalling link./nValues 1..99 are used for AXC
AXC./nDecimal values are used instead of hex values./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- inte
int((C-160)//28)+1/nl = int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm(16)# = C9/nC = 201/nk = in
4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the unit location (slot#) of AAL2 signalling link./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2...6 are u
by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtu
4*l/nExample: klm(16)# = C9/nC = 201/nk = int((201-160)//28)+1 = 2/nl = int((201-132-28*2)//4)+1 = 4/nm =
Identifies virtual path identifier (vpi#) and virtual channel identifier (vci#) of the AAL2 signalling link. /nParame
'-'. /nFor example 123-1234./nDecimal values are used instead of hex values./nThe object is identified by /n- un
klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual channel identifier (vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in par
imag#-vpi#vci# (2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (2-A2-011C0)/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: 1..1
A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, see below)/n- vpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /n- vci#: 00..FFF (he
value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF. Possible values for k, l and m are:/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3/nThe
into a two-digit value. First, the three-digit value is transformed to a new three-digit value with the formula C =
hexadecimal value: klm(16)# = C(hex)./nExample: k=1, l=3, m=2/nC = 127+28*1+4*3+2 = 169/nklm(16)# =
the klm(16)# as follows:/nk = int((C-160)//28)+1/nl = int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm
int((201-132-28*2)//4)+1 = 4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#) of AAL2 user path./nValues 1..99 are used for AXC Com
4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the unit location (slot#) of AAL2 user path./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2...6 are used
unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual cha
4*l/nExample: klm(16)# = C9/nC = 201/nk = int((201-160)//28)+1 = 2/nl = int((201-132-28*2)//4)+1 = 4/nm =
Identifies virtual path identifier (vpi#) and virtual channel identifier (vci#) of the AAL2 user path. /nParameter in
example 123-1234./nDecimal values are used instead of hex values./nThe object is identified by /n- unit locatio
virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual channel identifier (vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in parentheses):/n34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (2-A2-011C0)/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: 1..16 (1 or 2 digits)/n- i
4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Defines the usage of the AAL2 User Path. A Virtual Channel connection dedicated to AAL2 user path can carry fo
also shared DCH-HSDPA traffic or shared HSUPA-HSDPA traffic. The allowed values depend on the parameter en
SHARED_DCH_HSDPA, DCH, HSDPA, RTDCH, NRTDCH, HSUPA, HSPA_HSUPA_HSDPA
Enables or disables Performance Monitoring for CPS HEC Errors for an AAL2 User Path Trail Termination Point. /nV
Associates AAL2 signalling messages to the VCC (AAL2 user path) that has been selected as the carrier for the
link (A2ST, ANI). /nThe relation applies for non- BTS AAL2 Multiplexing:/nFor Iub the Path identifier for VCCs carr
following way: /nbtsid * 1000 + 10*wamId + AAL2 VCC count (1N)
Defines the maximum period of time that CPS packets with one or more octets wait before they are scheduled f
packets. They are scheduled for transmission immediately.
Defines the maximum allowed egress bandwidth in cells per second for a logical ATM interface. The AXC Manag
interface type: - STM-1//STS-3c: 353207 - E1//VC-12: 4528 - T1//JT1: 3622 - fractional E1: int(m*150,9434) wher
int(m*150,9434) where m = number of timeslots - IMA E1: int[n*4528*(m-1)//m*2048//2049] where m = Tx Fra
T1//JT1: int[n*3622*(m-1)//m*2048//2049] where m = Tx Frame Length and n = number of IMA links in a group
Specifies interface location./nValues 1..99 are used for AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are used for Modular Embe
Defines the maximum allowed ingress bandwidth in cells per second for a logical ATM interface. The AXC Manag
interface type: - STM-1//STS-3c: 353207 - E1//VC-12: 4528 - T1//JT1: 3622 - fractional E1: int(m*150,9434) wher
int(m*150,9434) where m = number of timeslots - IMA E1: int[n*4528*(m-1)//m*2048//2049] where m = Tx Fra
T1//JT1: int[n*3622*(m-1)//m*2048//2049] where m = Tx Frame Length and n = number of IMA links in a group
Defines the maximum number of contiguous VCI bits of the ATM cell that will be interpreted on a particular logic
allocated to VPI and VCI is 13 for a logical ATM interface. However, a maximum of eight bits can be allocated to
interface. With 12 bits 32 interfaces are supported./nIn AXC Compact, the max VP value is fixed to 7 bits.
Defines the maximum number of contiguous VPI bits of the ATM cell that will be interpreted on a particular logic
allocated to VPI and VCI is 13 for a logical ATM interface. However, a maximum of eight bits can be allocated to
interfaces. With 12 bits 32 interfaces are supported./nIn AXC Compact, the maximum VP value is 5 bits, but onl
enabled. All eight interfaces can be taken in use with the default value of 2 bits.
Specifies unit location./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC./nS
Defines whether policing is performed for a particular logical ATM interface. /nValue 1 = True./nValue 0 = False.
Identifies the Interface Location (if# or imag# or klm(16)#) of NBAP Termination Point. Decimal numbers are us
Unit Location (slot#)/n- Interface Location (if# or imag# or klm(16)#)/n- Virtual Path Identifier (vpi#)/n- Virtual
2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-A2-011C0)/nRange:/n
digits)/nklm(16)#: A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, identifies the VC-12 on IFUF)/nvpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal num
digits)/nCoding of klm(16)# :/nThe klm value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF./nthe 3 digit value k#l#m# has to
k,l,m:/nk#: 1..3/nl#: 1..7/nm#: 1..3/nOut of the k,l and m value a 3 digit number can be constructed/nin the for
to a new 3 digit number/nwith the following formular./nC=127+28k+4l+m/nFinally the klm(16)# is derived by t
= C(hex)./nExample: k=1, l=3, m=2/nC= 127+28*1+4*3+2 = 169/nC(hex) = klm(16)# = A9 /nCalculation of k
int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm(16)#= C9/nC=201/nk = int((201-160)//28)+1 = 2/nl
NBAP Type./nThe NBAP Type can be either C_NBAP or D_NBAP.
Identifies the Unit Location (slot#) of NBAP Termination Point./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 a
by /n- Unit Location (slot#)/n- Interface Location (if# or imag# or klm(16)#)/n- Virtual Path Identifier (vpi#)/n- V
vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-A2-011
digits)/nimag#: 33.99 (2 digits)/nklm(16)#: A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, identifies the VC-12 on IFUF)/nvpi#
(hexadecimal number, 3 digits)/nCoding of klm(16)# :/nThe klm value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF./nthe 3 d
/nvalue range for k,l,m:/nk#: 1..3/nl#: 1..7/nm#: 1..3/nOut of the k,l and m value a 3 digit number can be const
number is transformed to a new 3 digit number/nwith the following formular./nC=127+28k+4l+m/nFinally the k
hexadecimal value. /nklm(16)# = C(hex)./nExample: k=1, l=3, m=2/nC= 127+28*1+4*3+2 = 169/nC(hex) = k
= int((C-160)//28)+1/nl = int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm(16)#= C9/nC=201/nk = in
4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the Virtual Channel Identifier (vci#)/nof NBAP Termination Point./nThe range depends on the ACCP VC
object is identified by /n- Unit Location (slot#)/n- Interface Location (if# or imag# or klm(16)#)/n- Virtual Path Id
(vci#)/nFormat:/n- slot#-if#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(
1..16 (maxi. 2 digits)/nimag#: 33.99 (2 digits)/nklm(16)#: A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, identifies the VC-12 o
00..FFF (hexadecimal number, 3 digits)/nCoding of klm(16)# :/nThe klm value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF./
digit value. /nvalue range for k,l,m:/nk#: 1..3/nl#: 1..7/nm#: 1..3/nOut of the k,l and m value a 3 digit number c
3 digit number is transformed to a new 3 digit number/nwith the following formular./nC=127+28k+4l+m/nFinal
4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the Virtual Path Identifier (vpi#)/nof NBAP Termination Point./nThe range depends on the ACCP VC bits
object is identified by /n- Unit Location (slot#)/n- Interface Location (if# or imag# or klm(16)#)/n- Virtual Path Id
(vci#)/nFormat:/n- slot#-if#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-8-000C0)/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#vci# (e.g. 2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(
1..16 (maxi. 2 digits)/nimag#: 33.99 (2 digits)/nklm(16)#: A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, identifies the VC-12 o
00..FFF (hexadecimal number, 3 digits)/nCoding of klm(16)# :/nThe klm value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF./
digit value. /nvalue range for k,l,m:/nk#: 1..3/nl#: 1..7/nm#: 1..3/nOut of the k,l and m value a 3 digit number c
3 digit number is transformed to a new 3 digit number/nwith the following formular./nC=127+28k+4l+m/nFinal
4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the WAM to which the Dedicated NBAP connection shall be terminated./nFor the Common NBAP conne
can just be read. /nValues are WAM1,WAM2,WAM3,WAM4,WAM5 and WAM6.
Label that can be used to enter the name of the network element.
Defines AXC SW version./nValid value is C2.6.
Defines IP Address of the Base Station.
Indicates whether BTS Parameter Modification is enabled./nIf disabled, no BTS related Parameter modification is
0=False, 1=True
Points to an N3CF object (index)./nThe whole format is N3CF-<index>, but the N3CF- is not included.
Enables AAL2 multiplexing functionality in the AXC application software. /nThe parameter also influences the po
off, the AAL2 VC connection kind cannot be RTDCH nor NRTDCH (see A2UT - aal2UpUsage). /nValues -1=Not De
Encrypted password for logging into the AXC by using the SHA-1 algorithm./nDo not change the account before
Encrypted username for logging into the AXC by using the SHA-1 algorithm./nDo not change the account before
Indicates the Basestation Variant. The Basestation Variant is derived from the Backplane the AXC is connected t
Basestation Variant. The following mapping applies: /nVariant # Slots # WAM Value /nMetroSite WCDMA 2 1 '06
WCDMA Optima Compact 4 4 '070055A' /nUltraSite WCDMA Optima 4 4 '079688A' /nUltraSite WCDMA Supreme
'075983A' /nUltraSite WCDMA Supreme 6 6 '080436A' /nTriple-Mode UltraSite Edge 2 2 '071086A' /nMetroSite 5
This parameter controls if the BTS shall respond to ICMP and traceroute requests via BTS Site Manager or SCF o
Password of the local user account. It is available only in encrypted format.
Label that can be used to describe the geographical location of the network element.
Specifies a unique identifier for the AXC in the network in the format NE-AXC-<index>. The <index> can contai
the 'NE-' part.
Specifies the Base ID currently in use in the format NE-AXC-<index>. The <index> can contain up to 10 charac
Defines the usage of TLS between the BTS and the O&M system./nThe usage of TLS requires that valid certifica
probing
Password for logging into the AXC. /nDo not change the account before topology upload.
Specifies the near-end IP address for all ATM point-to-point connections (IPoA) or for the LMP./n/nParameter cont
Defines IP Address of the RET, which is connected to the Base Station.
Defines IP Address of the RNC to which the Base Station is connected.
Specifies the time (in seconds) that the AXC waits before restarting the Registration and Publication Service.
This attribute is used to explicitly enable (TRUE) or disable (FALSE) the usage of UBR+ in the network. If set to F
ingress//egress Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR) and ingress//egress UBRshare in the traffic descriptors. /nIf s
handling UBR+ traffic. /nThere are default values for MDCR and UBRshare, which are used when UBR is enabled
usage of UBR+ requires the availability of a licence./nValues are 0 = False, 1 = True.
Allows the next registration//publication configuration object to be used after a restart of the AXC's Registration
= True
Label that can be used for a short description.
Username of the local User Account./nIt is available only in encrypted format.
Username for logging into the AXC./nDo not change the account before topology upload.
This parameter enables VCC bundling for collecting extra bandwidth unused by neighbour VCCs.
Naming Attribute. This identifies the unique instance of the certfication handler object class on the AXC. The va
This is the IP address of the CMP server. Format = dotted decimal.
Address of the CR Server in dotted decimal format.
This is the port number to be used for addressing the CR server in certificate management.
Identifies the number of leading payload octets in the AAL-1 payload used for structured IWF interfaces./nSettin
cells to be completely filled before they are sent. Smaller values decrease delay, but require a greater bandwid
Points to the interface that is cross-connected to the CBR interface. It can point to an ATM interface (VCTT) or, in
(PPTT IWF interface). /nValues 1..99 are used for AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are used for Modular Embedded
(PPTT IWF interface). /nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC.
(PPTT IWF interface). /nValues 19..127 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range depends on the ACCP VC bits for
is used for AXC Compact and Modular Embedded AXC.
(PPTT IWF interface). /nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range depends on the ACCP VP bits for Mo
used for AXC Compact and Modular Embedded AXC.
Defines the operation mode of the CES interworking function. CES can be operated either in structured (partial
frames). /nValues: STRUCTURED, UNSTRUCTURED (default)
Defines a sequence of consecutive timeslots on the CES interworking (TDM) interface in structured operation. In
interface is E1, timeslot 16 is handled as a normal timeslot./nApplies to structured mode only. The maximum nu
1-24 in T1//JT1)./nIFUE supports unstructured CES and pass-through only.
Identifies interface location (if#) of CES interworking function. /nValues 1..8 are used for AXC Compact./nValues
identified by unit and interface location of the CBR interface./nslot#-if#/nslot#: 1..6/nif#: 1..16
Identifies unit location (slot#) of CES interworking function. /nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are
by unit and interface location of the CBR interface./nslot#-if#/nslot#: 1..6/nif#: 1..16
Specifies a unique string used in the DHCP server (AXC) to assign a specified IP address to a DHCP client that re
Specifies a fixed IP address to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with the specified client-iden
address must be within the public IP subnet of the LMP. However, neither the IP addresses of the AXC and the su
Specifies a fixed IP address to be assigned to the DHCP client if it requests a lease with the specified hardware (
address./nThe IP address must be within the public IP subnet of the LMP. However, neither the IP addresses of th
used.
Specifies a unique hardware (MAC) address used in the DHCP server (AXC) to assign a specified IP address to a
hardware address. /nExample: 123:32:21:4:12:5
Specifies the ending IP address of the DHCP range (pool). /nValid value is dotted decimal IP address./nThe IP ad
However, neither the IP addresses of the AXC and the subnet nor the broadcast IP address can be used.
Specifies the starting IP address of the DHCP range (pool). /nValid value is dotted decimal IP address./nThe IP ad
However, neither the IP addresses of the AXC and the subnet nor the broadcast IP address can be used.
Identifies the interface number (p#) of ETHLK./nThe local MO id is formed as 'ETHLK-s#-p#' where /ns# is the s
'ETHLK-2-1'/nThe ethLinkId is the 'trunk' part of the LMOID, i.e. in the above example '2-1'
Identifies the unit number (s#) of ETHLK./nThe local MO id is formed as 'ETHLK-s#-p#' where /ns# is the slot nu
'ETHLK-2-1'/nThe ethLinkId is the 'trunk' part of the LMOID, i.e. in the above example '2-1'
This parameter specificies if link characteristics are autonegotiated or not./nIf no, the attribute contains the cap
MBit is available only on Fast Ethernet interfaces (FE) and 1000 MBit only on the Gigabit Ethernet interface (GE)
Enables or disables alarm blocking. /nValues: ENABLED, DISABLED
Human-readable name for the alarm filter.
Identifies the alarm filter. Always defined to be 1 in AXC.
Number of alarm that is to be blocked./nBlocked alarms are not sent to NetAct./nThe values are:/n890 (Alarm U
slot)/n61005 (Protocol error on slot.)/n61006 (AXC booted at $date due to $RCause)/n61007 (AXC in Maintenanc
$P)/n61029 (LOS on slot $S, port $P)/n61056 (Version mismatch on slot $S)/n61057 (LOCD on slot $S, port $P)/n
slot $S port $P)/n61070 (ATM interface disabled on slot $S, port $P)/n61080 (ATM VP-AIS on slot $S, port $P | IM
IMAG $IMAG, VPI $)/n61082 (ATM VP-LOC on slot $S, port $P | IMAG $IMAG, VPI $)/n61101 (TIM (Regenerator Se
on slot $S, port $P)/n61103 (RDI (Multiplexer Section) on slot $S, port $P)/n61104 (EBER on slot $S, port $P)/n6
(AIS (Administrative Unit) on slot $S, port $P)/n61107 (UNEQ (High Order Path) on slot $S, port $P)/n61108 (PLM
Order Path) on slot $S, port $P)/n61110 (TIM (High Order Path) on slot $S, port $P)/n61111 (Interface Protection
Protection Group)/n61114 (LOP (Tributary Unit) on slot $S, interface)/n61115 (AIS (Tributary Unit) on slot $S, inte
$klm)/n61117 (UNEQ (Low Order Path) on slot $S, instance $klm)/n61118 (RDI (Low Order Path) on slot $S, inst
$klm)/n61120 (TIM Low Order Path) on slot $S, instance $klm)/n61126 (AIS (Line) on slot $S, port $P)/n61127 (R
$S, port $P)/n61137 (RDI (STS Path) on slot $S, port $P)/n61138 (LOP (STS Path) on slot $S, port $P)/n61139 (UN
on slot $S, port $P)/n61141 (TIM (STS Path) on slot $S, port $P)/n61150 (LOMF on slot $S, port $P)/n61151 (AIS
(Loss of IMA frame on slot $S, port $P)/n61171 (IMA link out of delay synchronization on slot)/n61172 (IMA remo
Transmit link unusable on slot $S, port $P)/n61176 (Far end Receive link unusable on slot $S, port $P)/n61177 (F
(Config-abort state on slot $S, instance $IMAG)/n61179 (Far end config-abort state on slot $S, instance )/n61180
end insufficient links on slot $S, instance $)/n61183 (Group timing mismatch on slot $S, instance $IMAG)/n6119
slot $S, port $P)/n61200 (Unit type mismatch in slot $S)/n61201 (Unit missing in slot $S)/n61202 (SW version m
VCI=21 on slot $S, port $)/n61260 (STC connection to signalling peer not established )/n61301 (Fan unit defect)
(License Missing for feature $feature)/n61401 (Temporary Licence for feature $feature)
Identifies the interface location (if#) of fractional interface of a unit./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location
if#/nRange:/nslot#: 2..6/nif#: 1..8
Maximum timeslot to be used, excluding timeslot 16./nSpecifies a list of consequtive timeslots that are to be us
maximum number of timeslots for E1 is 31 and for T1//JT1 24./nFor E1, timeslot 16 is optional and can be left ou
(4679 cells//s) than that of a non-fractional E1 (4528 cells//s). At least one timeslot must be used./nOn T1//JT1 t
required (1, 2)./nFractional interfaces are only supported on IFUA and IFUD. /nThe maximum number of timeslo
T1//JT1).
Identifies the unit location (slot#) of fractional interface of a unit./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (s
if#/nRange:/nslot#: 2..6/nif#: 1..8
Is timeslot 16 used./nValue 0 = False/n
1 = True/nSee parameter maxTimeSlot for further information.
Identifies the virtual channel identifier (vci#) of DCN interface./nValues 19..127 are used for AXC Compact./nTh
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Identifies the virtual path identifier (vpi#) of the DCN interface./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Compact./nThe
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Specifies the far-end IP address of an ATM point-to-point connection (IPoA)./nIf OSPF and inATMARP are to be en
Address in IP Node (IPNO) must be configured first.
Identifies the interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#) of DCN interface./nValues 1..99 are used for AXC Com
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Specifies the OSPF area that the interface is to be part of. /nValid value is dotted decimal IP address.
Specifies the cost used by the interface.
Defines the type of the OSPF configuration for the interface./nValues are:/nospfEnabled/nospfDisabled
Specifies the value for OSPF Hello Interval in seconds.
Specifies the value for OSPF Retransmit Interval in seconds.
Specifies the value for OSPF Router Dead Interval in seconds.
Specifies the value for OSPF Transit Delay in seconds.
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the DCN interface./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are used fo
location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual channel
Active Ethernet Link. E.g. for pseudowire the ethernet link which actually carries the tunnel. The activeEthernet
stopped and all active alarms related to the BFD session are cleared.
stopped and all active alarms related to the BFD session are cleared.
This parameter controls the admin state of the second BFD session of this interface. /nIf set to false, the session
This is the IP address to be used in the first BFD session of this interface. To be entered in dotted decimal forma
This is the IP address to be used in the second BFD session of this interface. To be entered in dotted decimal for
Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the AXC may lose in a row, before it
UDP Source port of BFD session./nValue range and default value of this parameter depend on the BFD type. /nIf
bfdSourceUdpPort is 4784, 49152...65535 with default value = 4784./nIf the BFD Type is Single Hop, the value r
default value = 3784.
This parameter indicates which BFD type is selected: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD/nValues are: single-HopBFD,
The Committed Information Rate ('CIR') shall define the average rate up to which traffic is delivered by this inte
the interface. The parameter is required for dynamic CAC.
This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the AXC would like to use when transmitting BFD control pa
[500..5000] ms for AXCF. Default value is always 500 ms.
If enabled, all IP packets with the public IP address in the source or destination are discarded on the LMP. /nValu
Identifies an ethernet interface on the AXC. The first interface is always used for the LMP./nRange: slot#/nwhere
IP address of the BTS in the transport network. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
Network mask for the IP address of the BTS in the transport network. To be entered in dotted decimal format.
Defines the type of the OSPF configuration for the LMP./nValid values are ospfHostAdvertisement and ospfDisab
This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received BFD control packets that the AXC shall suppor
[500..5000] ms for AXCF. Default value is always 500 ms./n
This is the egress shaping bandwidth on the network interface (in kbit//s)./nThe related parameter upperLaying
ethernet overhead is taken into account./nValues above 100 MBit//s are only allowed on Gigabit Ethernet interfa
The Shaper Information Rate ('SIR') defines the bandwidth limit to which the interface traffic is shaped by the tr
This parameter holds the total Shaper Information Rate ('SIR') at the output of the WFQ aggregator./nNote that
supported value is 100 MBit//s.
This parameters decides on the type of shaping./n- When traffic path shaping is enabled (value TPS_PATH), shap
IP interface and VLAN interface)./n- Shaping can also be at the layer 2 WFQ aggregator level (value TPS_WFQ)./
(TPS_OFF)./nValues are: TPS_OFF, TPS_WFQ, TPS_PATH
is the bandwidth on the IP layer only. If the flag has value false the Ethernet header is counted also. Use 'true' f
network, e.g. Metro Ethernet.
This flag indicates if Vlan mapping is enabled for this ethernet interface. Value 'true' means that Vlan mapping
on the interface will be sent in plain format.
Vlan ID to be used over this ethernet interface. The parameter is only relevant if vlan mapping is enabled (para
Enables or disables Interface Protection Group to be switched when a trigger becomes active. If enabled, the wo
(default) and lockedOut.
Specifies the MSP compatibility mode. It is MSP1:1 when disabled, and MSP1:1 with MSP1+1 compatibility when
indicate the compatibility mode. /nValues are mspOn (default) and mspOff.
When revertive operation is enabled, the AXC reverts the traffic back to the working interface after recovering f
revertive mode (default), the traffic remains on the protecting interface even though the AXC recovers from the
Specifies the interface location of protecting interface. If a problem on the protected interface occurs, the AXC s
available for SDH interfaces only and supported between units of the same type./nThe following rules apply for
another IFUC or any IF#3/n- IF#2 can be protected by IF#2 of another IFUC or any IF#3/n- IF#3 can be protecte
apply for IFUF:/n- Value: 1
Specifies the interface location of protected interface. If a problem on the interface occurs, the AXC switches th
rules apply for IFUF:/n- Value: 1
Specifies the unit location of protecting interface. If a problem on the protected interface occurs, the AXC switch
Specifies the unit location of protected interface. If a problem on the interface occurs, the AXC switches the traffi
Defines the interface location of the associated instance of the SDH//SONET Path Termination Point (SPTT). /nVa
Specifies whether an EBER alarm will trigger a switch (false) or not (true). /nValue 0 = False/n
1 = True
Defines the unit location of associated instance of the SDH//SONET Path Termination Point (SPTT).
Used to lock and unlock the IMA group./nWhen the Administrative State is locked, the IMA group is deactivated.
/n/nValues are 'unlocked' (default) and 'locked'.
Specifies the maximum allowed differential link delay (in milliseconds) among the constituent physical links.
Defines the count of referenced IMAL objects./nThere can be max 32 IMAL objects referenced from IMAG object.
imaLinkPtrsIf2 and imaLinkPtrsIf3 are valid.
Defines the location of the interface on the unit./nAll interfaces in a single IMA group must be located on the sa
group depends on the unit type:/nAXCC//AXCD//IFUA//IFUD: 8 links/nIFUE: 8 links/nIFUF: 32 links
For information see imaLinkPtrsIf1.
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
information
information
information
information
information
information
information
information
information
information
information
information
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
see
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
imaLinkPtrsIf1.
Specifies the standard according to which the IMA group is operating. /nATM Forum af-phy-0086.000 allows for t
(alternate). ATM Forum af-phy-0086.001 eliminates this ambiguity and is the basis for IMA version 1.1 (default).
the same at both local and remote site. The configured value can be different from the actual value. /nValues ar
(default)./nIMA version 1.0Alt is not supported by IFUF.
Defines IMA group identifier (imag#)./nIdentifies the IMA group on a unit by unit location and IMA group numbe
the unit./nThe value ranges:/nslot#: 1..6/nimag#: 33..99
Specifies the minimum number of IMA links required to keep the IMA group operable./nIf the number of working
maximum value must be smaller than or equal to the number of links in the IMA group.
Identifies slot (slot#) of the IMA group./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are used for Modular Em
location and IMA group number (slot#-imag#). The IMA group number must be unique for the unit./nThe value
Specifies the fraction of ATM user cells to the IMA frame cell in the transmit direction. For example, m128 (defa
values are m32, m64, m128 (default) and m256.
Identifies the interface location./nValues 1..8 are used for AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are used for Modular Em
physical PDH interface (Physical PDH Section Trail Termination Point) to be used for IMA./nFractional interfaces c
Identifies the unit location./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC
interface (Physical PDH Section Trail Termination Point) to be used for IMA./nFractional interfaces cannot be used
Enables or disables NTP synchronization. If enabled, the AXC requests the current time from the specified NTP s
Specifies the IP address of the NTP server./nValid value is dotted decimal IP address.
Identifies the Restricted Mode Functionality (IP-Filter).The value is always 1.
Selects the near-end IP source for the RM Exception. Possible values are BTS, TRS and LMP
Define the port(s) which will be associated to source one in this RM exception. Allowed input is EITHER '*' for all
single ports like '15, 17, 1055'. (But no combinations like '15,200-300') Lists of ports are limited to 10 ports. Por
This parameter is meaningful if and only if source two is defined by 'ALIAS'. /nIn all other cases this parameter i
address (or a group of IP addresses) and ports which have been defined already in another configuration scope.
here again./nAllowed values are:/n- RNC/n- NWI3_REGISTRATION_SERVER/n- NTP_SERVER/n- LDAP_SERVER
With this parameter the user can select the way how to define source two./nPossible values are: /nALIAS: refere
other contexts/nSINGLE: a single IP address/nRANGE: a range of IP addresses given by an IP address and a subn
This parameter is meaningful if and only if source two is defined as SINGLE or as RANGE; in all other cases it is
address; if source two is defined as SINGLE, this is the only allowed IP address. If source two is defined as RANG
applying the 'IP subnet mask for source two' to this IP address./nThe IP address must be given as 'dotted decim
This parameter is meaningful if and only if source two is defined as RANGE; in all other cases it is ignored./n'IP S
address for source two' yields the allowed range of IP addresses for source two. /nThe netmask must be given a
This parameter is ignored if source two is defined as 'ALIAS'./nDefine the port(s) which will be associated to sou
all ports OR a range of ports in the form '200-280' OR a list of single ports like '15, 17, 1055'. (But no combinati
An alphanumeric string asigned by the user to uniquely identify the RM Exception
Identifies the IP routing entity on the AXC. 1 of 2 instances can exist, for DCN and for IP routing. The value of ipR
IPRT is therefore either IPRT-1 or IPRT-2. The table for DCN is not available in IubIP mode.
Specifies the IP address for indirectly connected (point-to-point) IP nodes (remote network)./nValid value is dott
Specifies the IP address of the next IP hop via which a remote network can be reached. /nValid value is dotted d
Identifies the IP routing entity on the AXC. 1 of 2 instances can exist, for DCN and for IP routing. The value of ipR
IPRT is therefore either IPRT-1 or IPRT-2. The table for DCN is not available in IubIP mode.
Specifies the mask of the remote network./n/nValid value is dotted decimal IP address.
This parameter controls the admin state of the first BFD session of this interface. /nIf set to false, the session en
This parameter controls the admin state of the second BFD session of ths interface. /nIf set to false, the session
This is the IP address to be used in the first BFD session of this interface. To be entered in dotted decimal forma
This is the IP address to be used in the second BFD session of this interface. To be entered in dotted decimal for
Roughly speaking bfdDetectMult is the number of BFD control packets that the AXC may lose in a row, before it
UDP Source port of BFD session./nValue range and default value of this parameter depend on the BFD type. /nIf
bfdSourceUdpPort is 4784, 49152...65535 with default value = 4784./nIf the BFD Type is Single Hop, the value r
default value = 3784.
This parameter indicates which BFD type is selected: Single Hop or Multi Hop BFD/nValues are: single-HopBFD,
The VLAN Committed Information Rate ('VLAN CIR') shall define the average rate up to which traffic is delivered
capacity for the VLAN. The parameter is required for dynamic CAC.
This parameter specifies the minimum interval, that the AXC would like to use when transmitting BFD control pa
This parameter holds the IP address of the BTS in the transport network for this VLAN interface. It is accompani
This parameter holds the network mask for the IP address of the BTS in the transport network for this VLAN inte
This parameter specifies the minimum interval between received BFD control packets that the AXC shall suppor
The Shaper Information Rate ('VLAN SIR') defines the bandwidth limit to which VLAN traffic is shaped by the tra
This parameter holds the VLAN identifier number.
This parameter identifies the VLAN interface object. Value is 1 to 6. In case of IubIP up to 6 VLANs may exist on
AXC./nOne of the VLAN interfaces is intended to be reserved for FlexiPacket Radio Management.
This is the weight value to be used in the WFQ aggregation scheduler for this VLAN.
This parameter identifies the VLAN traffic path map object. The value represents the slot number of the AXCF u
in parameter vlanTrafficPath./n/nThe parameter is a LMOID (Local Managed Object Instance Identifier). E.g. 'AXC
1//IEIF-6' references the ethernet-based IP interface of the AXC on the AXCF unit in slot 6./nThe parameter may
type is unassigned. In particular this is possible for VLAN traffic type VT_UP2.
FlexiPacket Radio Management(for IubIP and Dual Iub).
This is the naming attribute of the class. Currently only the TOP chip set is modelled. The value is therefore alw
Returns the type of the module. For the TOP chip set the value is T32107.13.
Defines the type of the module expected for a specific unit. For the TOP chip set the expected type is T32107.1
Identifies the Mediator Configuration by a number (index#). The value range is 0..9999999999.
Specifies the interval by which the AXC tries to obtain the publication service in certain error situations./nThe pa
without waiting for the state of the publication service.
Specifies the interval (in minutes) by which the AXC must send heartbeats to NetAct in order for it to detect AXC
The password, which is used for the initial registration of the AXC in NetAct. It is available only in encrypted form
The username, which is used for the initial registration of the AXC in NetAct. It is available only in encrypted for
This parameter holds the TLS access mode for the LDAP server(s) of the AXC. Values are 'secured' (allow only se
secured connections)./nValues are: TLS, TLS_OR_PLAIN_TEXT
Configuration Root DN of the primary LDAP Server.
Primary LDAP Server Port
IP Address of the primary LDAP server.
People Root DN of the primary LDAP Server.
Specifies the interval (in minutes) by which the AXC must republish its notification types in some error situation
Specifies the interval (in minutes) by which the AXC must re-register with the Registration Service during norma
Specifies the base interval (in minutes) by which the AXC must retry registration with the Registration Service if
Registration Service fails./nThe length of the interval is determined by Registration Retry Base Period and Retry
Specifies the IOR of the registration service to which the AXC will register. The IOR file comes from the NetAct to
following conditions:/n- the string must be a valid IOR string according to CORBA specification v3.0.3 (for examp
start with an 'IOR:' prefix in capital or small letters; all other characters represent a hexadecimal value and mus
must be meant for Registration Service/n- the IOR must be based on an IP address (not on a host name)/n- ther
See registrationServiceIOR for information./n/nregistrationServiceIOR and registrationServiceIOR2 are concaten
when total length of IOR is more than 255 characters.
Specifies the password with which the AXC, together with the username and Registration Service IOR, registers
Specifies the username with which the AXC, together with the password and Registration Service IOR, registers
Specifies the randow part of the interval (in minutes) by which the AXC must retry registration with the Registra
the Registration Service fails./nThe length of the interval is determined by Registration Retry Base Period and R
Configuration Root DN of the secondary LDAP Server
Secondary LDAP Server Port
IP Address of the secondary LDAP server.
People Root DN of the Secondary LDAP Server.
Can be used to define a label for the registration//publication configuration.
Enables or disables the Neigbour Node Discovery (NND) functionality for an ATM interface (TCTT). /nValues are
Identifies the interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#) of Neigbour Node Discovery interface./nValues 1..99 ar
Modular Embedded AXC./nThe object is identified by/n- interface type (SVTT, PPTT, IMAG) /n- unit location (slot#
formats:/n- SVTT-slot#-if# (for example, SVTT-2-1)/n- SPTT-slot#-if#/n- SPTT-slot#-k#l#m#/n- IMAG-slot#-imag
1..3/nIFUD: 1..8/nIFUE: 1..16/nIFUF: 1/nAXCC: 1..8/nAXCD: 1..8/n- imag#: 33.99/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1.
Specifies the System ID of the neighbour node.
Specifies the identifier of the neighbours slot//interface(index) managed entity that is connected to this netwo
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the Neigbour Node Discovery interface./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nVa
identified by/n- interface type (SVTT, PPTT, IMAG) /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag#, k#l#
SVTT-2-1)/n- SPTT-slot#-if#/n- SPTT-slot#-k#l#m#/n- IMAG-slot#-imag# /nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: /n
1/nAXCC: 1..8/nAXCD: 1..8/n- imag#: 33.99/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3
Specifies a unique identifier for the OSPF area in IP address notation. /nValid value is dotted decimal IP address.
Specifies whether the OSPF area is a stub area./nValue 0 = False/n1 = True
Specifies the default cost to be used for the OSPF area in case ospfAreaStub is enabled.
unlocked.
Specifies the Bit Error Rate threshold that is acceptable before a signal degrade occurs in the local receiver./nTh
number of all received error bits divided by the number of all transmitted bits. /nValues are BER_MODE_3 (defau
Identifies interface location (if# or k#l#m#) of the PDH interface on a unit./nValues 1..8 are used for AXC Comp
AXC./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, k#l#m#)/nslot#-if#|k#l#m#
1..8/nIFUA//IFUD:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..8/nIFUE:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..16/nIFUF:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#
which up to 64 PDH interfaces can be multiplexed. Those 64 PDH interfaces are identified by the following: /n- k
the Tributary Unit Group 2 (TUG-2)/n- m identifies the Virtual Container-12 (VC-12)
Specifies the incoming power for the PDH interface. For E1//T1//JT1 the AXC will automatically change the value
PDH_SHORT_HAUL (default) and PDH_LONG_HAUL.
Specifies the attenuation for the signal from the transmitter. /nAll attenuation values are specified in dB at 772
interfaces. /nValues are PDH_LBO_0 (default), PDH_LBO_7_5, PDH_LBO_15 and PDH_LBO_22_5.
Specifies the frame format of the PDH signal for a physical PDH interface of a unit. /nValid values are:
/nPDH_LINE_TYPE_MULTI_FRAME_G704/nPDH_LINE_TYPE_DOUBLE_FRAME_G704/nPDH_LINE_TYPE_EXTENDED_M
LINE_TYPE_SUPERFRAME
Enables or disables the Q1 support. The parameter can be enabled only for E1 interfaces of IFUA, IFUD and IFUE
is used for CES or Fractional./nFurthermore, Q1 Support Function (Q1SF) must be configured. /nValues are:/nENA
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the PDH interface on a unit./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 ar
by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, k#l#m#)/nslot#-if#|k#l#m#/nValue ranges:/nAXCC//D:/n1..8/nIFUE:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..16/nIFUF:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3/nThe IFUF provides
multiplexed. Those 64 PDH interfaces are identified by the following: /n- k identifies the Tributary Unit Group 3 (
identifies the Virtual Container-12 (VC-12)
This parameter is used to switch on or off the actual BFD session. /nNote that this parameter is only relevant if
This parameter switches the BFD session on or off for each PW. BFD comprises VCCV-BFD (== PW OAM)and VCC
1=true
Uplink Concatenation Factor.
Downlink MPLS Header (inner label)
Uplink MPLS Header (inner label)
Identifies mp (mp#) of Pseudowire MPLS identifier./nTrunk part of the LMOID, defined by slot#-mp#/nwhere/nsl
used)/nmp# = 1..6
Per hop behaviour. The DSCP (DiffServ CodePoint) value is stored in the first 6 bits of the Type of Service (ToS) fi
perHopBehaviour as offset into the table, the DSCP value is determined from the trafficTypesMap of the unique
are:/nexpeditedForwarding, assuredForwardingClass4, assuredForwardingClass3, assuredForwardingClass2, ass
This parameter shall define for each PW the maximum time allowed to create a PW frame./nValue range is [240
3840 and 4800 s. /nPlease note that small deviations between actual and nominal values exist in the impleme
tools.
Identifies unit number (slot#) of Pseudowire MPLS./n/nTrunk part of the LMOID, defined by slot#-mp#/nwhere/n
be used)/nmp# = 1..6
Identifies the interface location of related TCTT./nValues 1..99 are used for AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are use
information.
Identifies the unit location of related TCTT./nValue 1 is for AXC Compact./nValues 2...6, 10 (CIF) are for Modular
Specifies Virtual Path Identifier of related VPCT./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range depends o
Identifies mp (mp#) of Pseudowire MPLS identifier./nTrunk part of the LMOID, defined by slot#-mp#/nwhere/nsl
used)/nmp# = 1..6
Identifies unit number (slot#) of Pseudowire MPLS./n/nTrunk part of the LMOID, defined by slot#-mp#/nwhere/n
be used)/nmp# = 1..6
Specifies a virtual channel inside a virtual path (VPI)./nValues 19..127 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range de
This is the number of control packets that the BTS may lose before it shall declare the BFD session to be down.
Control Word Enabled/nValues 0=false, 1=true
Desired minimum transmit interval for the control word in ms./nThe value range is [500..3000] ms for IFUH and
Identifies Pseudowire Network Element.
Required minimum receive interval for the control word in ms./nThe value range is [500..3000] ms for IFUH and
Identifies interface number (if#) of Pseudowire Tunnel IP./npwt#: 1/nslot#: 2..6 (for AXCC and AXCD only the rig
This parameter shall define the IPv4 address of the default gateway for the Node B. The address will range from
This parameter shall define the IPv4 address of the remote PWE3 GW (RNC GW) where the PW is terminated. Th
255.255.255.255 (15 characters)
Identifies unit number (slot#) of Pseudowire Tunnel IP./npwt#: 1/nslot#: 2..6 (for AXCC and AXCD only the rightm
This parameter shall define the subnet mask for Iub of the Node B. The mask will range from 0.0.0.0 (7 charact
This parameter identifies the unique instance of the Quality of Service object class of the AXC. The values is alw
This is the list of Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values that relate to a specific traffic category. The l
decimal values. The list can contain up to 64 entries.
This parameter designates a Per Hop Behaviour./nThe following values are predefined:/nValues are:/nEF
(Exp
(Assured Forwarding 3)/nAF2
(Assured Forwarding 2)/nAF1
(Assured Forwarding 1)/nBE (Best Effort).
This parameter designates a traffic type./nValues for transport mode AtmOverEthernet: /n'TT_TOP' /n'TT_SG1' PW for pHB AF4/n'TT_SG3' - PW for pHB AF3/n'TT_SG4' - PW for pHB AF2/n'TT_SG5' - PW for pHB AF1/n'TT_SG6'
IP:/n'TT_DCN'/n'TT_NBAP'/n'TT_BFD'/n'TT_TOP'/n'TT_SG1' - Signalled traffic for pHB EF/n'TT_SG2' - Signalled traffi
Iub:/n'TT_BFD'/n'TT_TOP'/n'TT_SG1' - Signalled traffic for pHB EF/n'TT_SG2' - Signalled traffic for pHB AF4/n'TT_S
traffic for pHB AF2/n'TT_SG5' - Signalled traffic for pHB AF1/n'TT_SG6' - Signalled traffic for pHB BE/n'TT_ICMP'/n
Plane file transfer
This is the VLAN priority to be used on all connections for a given traffic type or DSCP value.
Specifies the Bit Error Rate threshold that is acceptable before a signal degrade occurs in the local receiver./nTh
number of all received error bits divided by the number of all transmitted bits./nValues are:/nBER_MODE_3 (Def
Identifies interface location (if#) of the SDH interface on an IFUC or the TUG-3 on an IFUF unit./nIdentifies the S
object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#)/nFormat:/nslot#-if#/nValue ranges/n- sl
Enables or disables RDI on EBER that is set in SDH//SONET frame if the Bit Error Ratio of the connection is excee
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the SDH interface on an IFUC or the TUG-3 on an IFUF unit./nIdentifies the SDH
object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#)/nFormat:/nslot#-if#/nValue ranges/n- sl
(default)/nunlocked
Identifies interface location (if# or if#00) of the SDH interface on a unit./nThe object is identified by /n- unit loc
if#00)/nFormat:/nslot#-if#|if#00/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..3 (IFUC)/n- if#00: 100 (IFUF)
Switches the laser on or off separately for each SDH interface. Automatic switching is not provided. /nValues:/n
Specifies how the 2Mbit//s signal is mapped into the SDH signal. This only applies to IFUF where 2Mbit//s signals
are:/nPATH_MAPPING_ASYNC (default)/nPATH_MAPPING_BYTE_SYNC
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the SDH interface on a unit./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#
if#00/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..3 (IFUC)/n- if#00: 100 (IFUF)
Specifies the interface type independently for each IFUC interface./nThere is no need to specify the type for IFU
IFUF. /nValues are:/nSTM_SIGNAL_LEVEL_1/nSTM_SIGNAL_LEVEL_2/nSTS_SIGNAL_LEVEL_1/nSTS_SIGNAL_LEVEL_
Specifies a signal label that is expected from the remote site. The Trace Identifier is located in the J0 byte of the
interfaces./nAs a default, no value is defined. In this case the Trace Identifier is not checked in the AXC. /nThe S
node must be equal and vice versa. If the Received ID (read-only) does not match the Expected ID, an alarm wi
Identifies interface location (if# or if#00) of the SDH interface on a unit./nThe object is identified by /n- unit loc
if#00)/nFormat:/nslot#-if#|if#00/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..3 (IFUC)/n- if#00: 100 (IFUF)
Identifies unit location (slot#) of the SDH interface on a unit./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#
if#00/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..3 (IFUC)/n- if#00: 100 (IFUF)
interfaces./nAs a default, no value is defined. In this case the Trace Identifier is not checked in the AXC. /nThe E
node have to be equal and vice versa. If the Received ID (read-only) does not match the Expected ID, an alarm
This parameter holds the protocol of this clock source: PDH, SDH, synchronuous Ethernet, Time over Packet or t
clkSyncE, clkToP, clkExt
Specifies the frequency on the synchronization input interface ERC2./nERC2 supports 1.544MHz, 2.048MHz and
oneandahalfMHz.
This parameter holds the protocol of this clock source: PDH, SDH, synchronuous Ethernet or Time over Packet. /
Specifies the frequency on the synchronization input interface ERC2./nERC2 supports 1.544MHz, 2.048MHz and
oneandahalfMHz.
This parameter specifies - either the physical location of the PDH interface location on the unit (value range 1..1
SDH interface location on the unit (value is always 1) for a SDH clock source - or the physical location of the eth
synchronous ethernet clock source. In case of Time Over Packet the AXC automatically selects the ethernet link
the external clock is used. /nValues -1 (not defined), 1...63
This parameter specifies - either the physical location of the PDH interface location on the unit (value range 1..1
SDH interface location on the unit (value is always 1) for a SDH clock source - or the physical location of the eth
synchronous ethernet clock source. In case of Time Over Packet the AXC automatically selects the ethernet link
the external clock is used./nValid values: -1 (not defined), 1...63.
Defines the unit location of Primary Synchronization Source. /nIt can be a PDH Interface, a SDH Interface or an e
AXCD. /nValues -1 (not defined), 2...6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC./nValues -1 (not defined), 1 are used
Defines unit location of Secondary Synchronization Source. /nIt can be a PDH Interface, a SDH Interface or an ex
AXCD. /nValues -1 (not defined), 2...6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC./nValues -1 (not defined), 1 are used
Specifies a signal label that is expected from the remote site. The Trace Identifier is located in the J1 byte of the
defined. In this case the Trace Identifier is not checked in the AXC. /nThe Sent ID in the local node and the Expe
the Received ID (read-only) does not match the Expected ID, an alarm will be raised.
Specifies interface location (if#, k#00 or k#l#m#) of the Virtual Container in an SDH interface on an IFUC or IF
4//VC-3) and Low Order Path (VC-12). The Low Order Path is only supported on IFUF./nOn the high order path the
location (if#, k#00)/nFormat:/nslot#-if#|k#00/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..3 (IFUC)/n- k#: 1 (IFUF)/nO
location (slot#)/n- interface location (k#l#m#)/nThe IFUF provides an SDH interface to which up to 64 VC-12s c
and m values:/n- k identifies the Tributary Unit Group 3 (TUG-3)/n- l identifies the Tributary Unit Group 2 (TUG-2
ranges are:/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3
Specifies unit location (slot#) of the Virtual Container in an SDH interface on an IFUC or IFUF unit. Virtual Conta
Order Path (VC-12). The Low Order Path is only supported on IFUF./nOn the high order path the object is identifie
k#00)/nFormat:/nslot#-if#|k#00/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 2..6/n- if#: 1..3 (IFUC)/n- k#: 1 (IFUF)/nOn the low ord
interface location (k#l#m#)/nThe IFUF provides an SDH interface to which up to 64 VC-12s can be multiplexed.
identifies the Tributary Unit Group 3 (TUG-3)/n- l identifies the Tributary Unit Group 2 (TUG-2)/n- m identifies the
1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3
and the Sent ID in the remote node have to be equal and vice versa. If the Received ID (read-only) does not ma
Enables or disables the generation of the alarm 61070 ATM Interface Disabled. If enabled, this alarm is generat
PDH//SDH//SONET interface or an IMA group is disabled//locked, or in case of Loss of Cell Delineation (LOCD). /n
Identifies interface (if#, imag#, k#l#m# or pwt#) of the ATM interface./nThe object is identified by/n- interface
interface location (if#, imag#, k#l#m# or pwt#)/nFormat:/n- SVTT-slot#-if# (for example, SVTT-2-1)/n- SPTT-slo
PWTIP-slot#-pwt#/nRange:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: /nIFUA 1..8/nIFUC 1..3/nIFUD 1..8/nIFUE 1..16/nIFUF 1/nAXCC 1.
1..3 /n- pwt#: 1
Identifies slot (slot#) of the ATM interface./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are used for Modular
(SVTT, PPTT, IMAG, PWTIP) /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag#, k#l#m# or pwt#)/nFormat
if#/n- SPTT-slot#-k#l#m#/n- IMAG-slot#-imag# /n- PWTIP-slot#-pwt#/nRange:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: /nIFUA 1..8
1..8/n- imag#: 33.99/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3 /n- pwt#: 1
Accumulated time in seconds, the thresholdValue has been exceeded.
Value to be selected as percentage of the available bandwidth. ('utilization zone') /nValues are threshold_25, th
Enables the generation of utilization zone performance data for the attributes
/nutilizationZone25/nutilizationZone50/nutilizationZone75/nutilizationZone87/nutilizationZone100/nThe counter
transmission bandwidth on the ATM Interface was (0-25, 25-50, 50-75, 75-87, 87-100)% of its maximal bandwi
Connection Admission Control Committed Bit Rate. /nCAC committed bit rate is a total bit rate, which is availabl
DCN bit rate are subtracted from the CAC committed bit rate and the rest is available for the user-plane data co
control. /nUsed in Dual Iub and Iub//IP transport modes./nThe maximum value depends on the capacity of the u
kbps less than 100 Mbps)./n- for AXCF units the maximum value = 999900 kbps (100 kbps less than 1000 Mbps
DCN Committed Bit Rate./nThis parameter is only valid in case of IubIP mode.
This is the IP address to be used in addressing the external NAT device.
This is the IP address to be used in the transport network at the far end of the SCTP tunnel. The address is the S
0s. It must be entered in dotted decimal format./nThis parameter is only valid in case of IubIP mode./nThe asso
farEndSctpSubnetMask.
This is the subnet mask for the far end SCTP tunnel subnet IP address (parameter farEndSctpSubnetIpAddress).
only valid in case of IubIP mode.
This parameter specifies the unit over which the Iub//IP traffic is carried./nValue range = 1..6, the slot number o
mode the parameter has no meaning. It references the AXU unit and has value 1. /nIn case of IubIP or Dual Iub
units or the AXCF unit, value range = 2..6.
This is is the minimum value of the port number to be used for SCTP. This parameter is only valid in case of IubI
[49152 - 65534] otherwise./nDefault value is 49152.
This is is the minimum value of the port number to be used over UDP connections.
Signalling Committed Bit Rate./nThis parameter is only valid in case of IubIP mode.
This parameter identifies the unique object instance of the TMPAR clas. Value is always 1.
This parameter selects between the transport modes AtmOverEthernet, Dual Iub and Iub//IP./nValues are: AtmO
This indicates how often a ToP sync message shall be send by the ToP master within the transmission duration r
fixed to 300 seconds.)/nThe following values are defined:/n-3:
8 per second/n-4: 16 per second/n-5: 32 pe
This parameter holds the state of the TimeOverPacket master clock. It is a read-only parameter./nValues are:/nM
MASTER_CLOCK_DISABLED, MASTER_CLOCK_NOT_OK
IP address of the ToP master. To be entered in dotted format.
This parameter uniquely defines the instance of the ToP class. The value corresponds to the number of the slot
AXCF unit of the AXC.
Specifies the NWI3 identifier of the WBTS that contains the AXC. The Parent NE ID is left empty in case of a stan
<MOID::LocalMOID>/nNE|NE-RNC-<index>|DN:NE-WBTS-<index>/nThe <index> can contain up to 10 characte
RNC that controls the WBTS in which the AXC is located./nNE-RNC-<index>/n<MOID::LocalMOID> = unique ide
belongs to the RNC./nDN:NE-WBTS-<index>/n<MOID::BaseId> and <MOID::LocalMOID> specify a unique ident
RNC-123|DN:NE-WBTS-1
Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR). Is the targeted minimum throughput of a UBR+ connection in cells per seco
connections. The MDCR value applies to both ingress and egress traffic./nNote: The MDCR cannot exceed the Pe
Identifies the traffic descriptor in the AXC./nTraffic descriptors with identifiers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and NND-UBR are use
termination points on traffic interfaces.
UBRshare allows to weight the traffic exceeding the Minim Desired Cell Rate among UBR connections that share
get at least the egress MDCR and up to egress MDCR + egressUBRshare_i // Sum(egress UBRshare_i) * egress E
bandwidth for the traffic of all the UBR connections sharing the same ATM interface. The value of UbrShare app
Specifies the type of conformance test performed on the traffic stream by Usage Parameter Control (UPC)./nThe
definition and service category. For CBR the conformance definition is CBR.1 and for UBR either UBR.1 or UBR.2
Specifies the acceptable variation (in microseconds) of the egress traffic over the peak cell rate and is applied t
transmitted cell pattern due to multiplexing./nIngress and egress CDVT must have the same value./nFor UBR an
discarding if policing on an interface profile (ACCP) is enabled.
Maximum allowable Egress Cell Loss Ratio (CLR) Factor that has been assigned to the VPC or VCC being termina
integral value x. Cell Loss Ratio is 10e-x.
Specifies the peak cell rate (PCR) assigned or reserved in both egress and ingress directions of transmission acr
cells per seconds. It cannot be greater than the line rate of the source./nFor UBR traffic, the PCR only takes into
profile (ACCP) is enabled.
See egressCellDelayVariationToleranceCLP0plus1 for information.
Maximum allowable Ingress Cell Loss Ratio (CLR) Factor that has been assigned to the VPC or VCC being termin
integral value x. Cell Loss Ratio is 10e-x.
See egressPeakCellRateCLP0plus1 for information.
Specifies the service category to be used for an ATM virtual path or virtual channel./nSupported values are Con
A string that can be used as label to describe the ATM traffic descriptor.
Specifies the unit location (slot#) in the AXC subrack.
Returns the type of the hardware unit in the slot with position equal to unitId. /nAXUA: T32107.01/nIFUA: T3210
T32107.06/nIFUF: T32107.07/nAXUB: T32107.09/nAXCC: T32107.10/nAXCD: T32107.11/nIFUH: T32107.12/nAXC
Defines the type of unit expected in a slot (EQHO):/nIFUA: T32107.02/nIFUD: T32107.03/nIFUC: T32107.05/nIFU
T32107.12/nAXCF: T32107.14/nAXUA, AXUB, AXCC and AXCD must not be configured. Furthermore, the maximu
station//subrack version./nOnly IFUG and IFUH units are allowed with AXC Compact (AXCC//AXCD). Note that AXC
3-6 can be used for IFUG, and IFUH can be placed only in the rightmost slot, i.e. slot 4 or slot 6, depending on th
together with AXUA//AXUB.
Information about related BTS.
Identifies the interface location of related TCTT./nValues 1..99 are used for AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are use
information.
Identifies the unit location of related TCTT./nValue 1 is for AXC Compact./nValues 2...6, 10 (CIF) are for Modular
Specifies Virtual Path Identifier of related VPCT./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range depends o
Specifies whether the AXC is allowed to treat the outgoing AAL5 data as a frame and to apply Early Packet Disca
features used to avoid or recover from congestion when sending AAL5 traffic. EPD and PPD can only be activate
PPD on a channel that is used for other than AAL5 traffic may lead to traffic loss and must be avoided. /nValue 0
Specifies whether Performance Monitoring is enabled or disabled for the virtual channel. /nValues 0 = False/n
Specifies whether the AXC is allowed to treat the incoming AAL5 data as a frame and to apply Early Packet Disc
features used to avoid or recover from congestion when sending AAL5 traffic. EPD and PPD can only be activate
PPD on a channel that is used for other than AAL5 traffic may lead to traffic loss and must be avoided. /nValue 0
Points to the instance of the ATM traffic descriptor (TRDE) selected for the virtual path./nFull format is TRDE-<in
different PCR values is possible for CBR TRDE templates associated to a VPCT or VCCT (cross-connections). /nTh
Specifies a virtual channel inside a virtual path (VPI)./nValues 19..127 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range de
Defines value part of the pointer described below./nSpecifies for which purpose the Virtual Channel (VCCT) is te
Service/nAAL2-1: AAL2 User Traffic/nAAL5-1: IP over ATM connections, AAL2 Signalling
Specifies type part of the pointer described below./nValues are AAL1, AAL2 and AAL5./nSpecifies for which purp
are:/nAAL1-1: Circuit Emulation Service/nAAL2-1: AAL2 User Traffic/nAAL5-1: IP over ATM connections, AAL2 Sig
Specifies interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#) of the termination of the virtual channel./nValues 1..99 are
Embedded AXC./nDecimal value is used instead of hexadecimal value./nThe object is identified by /n- unit locat
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Specifies unit location (slot#) of the termination of the virtual channel./nValue 1 is for AXC Compact./nValues 2.
by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtu
Specifies virtual channel identifier (vci#) of the termination of the virtual channel./nValues 19..127 are used for
Modular Embedded AXC./nDecimal values are used instead of hex values./nThe object is identified by /n- unit lo
klm(16)#)/n- virtual path identifier (vpi#)/n- virtual channel identifier (vci#)/nPossible formats (examples in par
imag#-vpi#vci# (2-34-0020)/n- slot#-klm(16)#-vpi#vci# (2-A2-011C0)/nValue ranges:/n- slot#: 1..6/n- if#: 1..1
A0..F2 (coded number, 2 digits, see below)/n- vpi#: 00..FF (hexadecimal number, 2 digits) /n- vci#: 00..FFF (he
value identifies the VC-12 on the IFUF. Possible values for k, l and m are:/n- k#: 1..3/n- l#: 1..7/n- m#: 1..3/nThe
into a two-digit value. First, the three-digit value is transformed to a new three-digit value with the formula C =
hexadecimal value: klm(16)# = C(hex)./nExample: k=1, l=3, m=2/nC = 127+28*1+4*3+2 = 169/nklm(16)# =
the klm(16)# as follows:/nk = int((C-160)//28)+1/nl = int((C-132-28k)//4)+1/nm = C-127-28k-4*l/nExample: klm
int((201-132-28*2)//4)+1 = 4/nm = 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Specifies virtual path identifier (vpi#) of the termination of the virtual channel./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC C
Modular Embedded AXC./nDecimal value is used instead of hex value./nThe object is identified by /n- unit locati
= 201-127-28*2-4*4 = 2
Specifies whether Performance Monitoring for ATM Adaptation Layer is enabled or disabled. /nOnly AAL5 statisti
must be disabled in case of AAL1 or AAL2. /nValue 0 = False/n1 = True
Specifies an interface location (if#) on an ATM interface (TCTT)./nValue 1..99 is used for AXC Compact./nValues
further information.
Specifies unit location (slot#) on an ATM interface (TCTT)./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact./nValues 2..6 are u
information.
Specifies whether Performance Monitoring for the virtual path is enabled or disabled./nValue 0 = False/n1 = Tru
Points to the instance of the ATM traffic descriptor (TRDE) selected for the virtual path. /nThe full format is TRDE
different PCR values is possible for CBR TRDE templates associated to a VPCT or VCCT (cross-connections). /nTh
Specifies a virtual path on an ATM interface (TCTT)./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Compact./nThe range depen
Specifies interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#) of the termination of the virtual path./nValues 1..99 are use
Embedded AXC./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#
if#-vpi#/n- slot#-k#l#m#-vpi#/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#/nValue ranges:/nslot#: 1..6/nif#: 1..16 /nimag#: 33.99 /nk
Specifies unit location (slot#) of the termination of the virtual path./nValue 1 is used for AXC Compact only./nVa
object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, imag# or k#l#m#)/n- virtual path ident
k#l#m#-vpi#/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#/nValue ranges:/nslot#: 1..6/nif#: 1..16 /nimag#: 33.99 /nk#: 1..3/nl#: 1..7/n
Specifies virtual path identifier (vpi#) of the termination of the virtual path./nValues 0..31 are used for AXC Com
Embedded AXC./nThe object is identified by /n- unit location (slot#)/n- interface location (if#, cif#, imag# or k#
slot#-if#-vpi#/n- slot#-k#l#m#-vpi#/n- slot#-imag#-vpi#/n- C-cif#-0 /nValue ranges:/nslot#: 1..6/nif#: 1..16 /
1..3/nvpi#: 0..255
Used to restrict the use of a virtual path to virtual channels of selected service categories./nRecommended valu
channels with CBR and UBR. A virtual path with UBR service category always uses UBR virtual channels. /nValid
Used to restrict the use of a virtual path to virtual channels of selected service categories./nRecommended valu
channels with CBR and UBR. A virtual path with UBR service category always uses UBR virtual channels. /nValid
Identifies the interface location of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-connected
one endpoint. A cross-connection can only be done between two VPCTs exclusive or two VCCTs. ATM cross-conn
AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are used for Modular Embedded AXC. /nSee VPCT and VCCT for further informatio
Identifies the unit location of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-connected CTP
endpoint. A cross-connection can only be done between two VPCTs exclusive or two VCCTs. ATM cross-connectio
Compact./nValues 2...6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC. /nSee VPCT and VCCT for further information.
Identifies the virtual channel identifier of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-con
creating one endpoint. A cross-connection can only be done between two VPCTs exclusive or two VCCTs. ATM cr
defined), 19..127 are used for AXC Compact./nValues -1 (not defined), 32...4095 are used for Modular Embedde
Embedded AXC./nSee VPCT and VCCT for further information.
Identifies the virtual path identifier of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-conne
used for AXC Compact./nThe range depends on the ACCP VP bits for Modular Embedded AXC./nSee VPCT and VC
Identifies the interface location of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-connected
one endpoint. A cross-connection can only be done between two VPCTs exclusive or two VCCTs. ATM cross-conn
AXC Compact./nValues 1..373 are used for Modular Embedded AXC./nSee VPCT and VCCT for further information
Identifies the unit location of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-connected CTP
endpoint. A cross-connection can only be done between two VPCTs exclusive or two VCCTs. ATM cross-connectio
Compact./nValues 2...6 are used for Modular Embedded AXC./nSee VPCT and VCCT for further information.
Identifies the virtual channel identifier of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-con
defined), 19..127 are used for AXC Compact./nValues -1 (not defined), 32...4095 are used for Modular Embedde
Embedded AXC./nSee VPCT and VCCT for further information.
Identifies the virtual path identifier of the VPCT or VCCT managed entity that represents one of the cross-conne
used for AXC Compact./nThe range depends on the ACCP VP bits for Modular Embedded AXC./nSee VPCT and VC
Optional label that can be used to associate a text string to a cross-connection for documentation purposes.
This selects between the transport modes AtmOverEthernet and Iub//IP./n/nValues are: AtmOverEthernet, IubIP
Specifies the used bits and thus the sampling rate//traffic channel for Q1./nThe parameter can be configured on
AXCD./nThe Q1 Bit Position is the same for all interfaces of a unit. Furthermore, Q1 Support Function (Q1SF) mu
are:/nQ1_TS0_BIT_5/nQ1_TS0_BIT_6/nQ1_TS0_BIT_7/nQ1_TS0_BIT_8/nQ1_TS0_BIT_5_6/nQ1_TS0_BIT_7_8/nQ1_T
This is a the next hop IP address to reach the router for Iub//IP.
Next Hop IP address for reaching the ToP master. To be entered in dotted decimal format. Value 0.0.0.0 indicate
This parameter indicates if DTM is enabled in a segment.
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station may use when accessin
bands./nNOTE: MML value range: /nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)/nGSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and
0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36 dBm: 29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm
With this parameter you define the maximum transmission power level a mobile station can use when accessin
bands.
With this parameter you define the signal strength threshold for applying HCS in GPRS and LSA reselection.
range:/nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)/nGSM 1900: 0..32 dBm (step size 2) and 33 dBm/nNOTE: NetAct int
value - 30)//-2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 34 dBm: 30/n 36 dBm: 29/nGSM 1900:/n 0..30 dBm: 0..15 (UI value - 30)
With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell for GSM 800 and G
the segment does not contain a BCCH BTS you cannot modify this parameter.
With this parameter you define the maximum power level an MS may use in the serving cell. When segment us
BTS you cannot modify this parameter./n/nNOTE: MML value range:/nGSM 1800: 0..36 dBm (step size 2)/nGSM 1
2/n 32 dBm: 31/n 33 dBm: 30

Molto più che documenti.

3g_param

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione:

Data di caricamento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Descrizione:

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

3g_param

Caricato da

Descrizione:

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Titoli correlati

class

Identifier (ID) of SITE object.

Identifier (ID) of SITE object

The name of managed object.

An operator defined state for operator specific usage

DN of related Nokia OMC in 3GPP format

Defines the name of the commissioning engineer.

Defines the product code of the unit in question.

GERAN cell reselection timer

This parameter defines cell (LNCEL ID) to be traced.

AM RLC poll byte value in UL direction for UE category 5.

QoS Class Identifier.

Antenna model number

This parameter defines the activity

downlink traffic volu

downlink traffic volu

downlink traffic volu

downlink traffic volu

downlink traffic volu

when the Establishme

when the Establishme

when the Establishme

when the Establishme

whether or not the transport b

Defines type of multiplexer.

Virtual Channel Identifier.

Signalling Committed Bit Rate. Used in transport mode Iub//IP.

Interessi correlati

Documenti simili a 3g_param

Altro di f1cy

Popolare in Software Defined Radio

Titoli correlati

Valuta

Condividi